A glossary of scientific terms for general use

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http: //books .google .com/I

i

A GLOSSARY

OF

SCIENTIFIC TERMS

FOR GENERAL USE.

BX

ALEXANDER HENRY, M.D.

Af^ J. A

^

LONDON:
WALTON AND MABERLY,

28, UPPER 60WEB BTBEBT, AND 27. IVY LANE, PATERNOSTER ROW.

186L
/ >f n y .-^ rK I

PREFACE.
— » —

This Glossaey is intended to assist the student of scientific
works, and the general reader, by giving the etymologies and
significations of such words as are peculiar to the various
sciences, together with those of common use having special
meanings in science.

In drawing up the work, the author has collected the defini-
tions, wherever practicable, from the most modem standard
treatises on the different sciences. He has also availed him-
self of the assistance derivable from the " Imperial Diction-
ary," and the excellent "Expository Lexicon" of Dr. Mayne.
In all cases he has endeavoured to give the definitions in as
concise and simple a form as is compatible with clearness.
The accentuation of the words has been carefully marked ; and,
for the use of those unacquainted with Greek, the Greek words
have been printed in both Greek and Koman characters.

15, George Street, Portman Square, W.
Novemhevy 1860.

»»•

. . r

GLOSSARY.

Ab'aons (Lat. a slab or board). An in-
stmment for calculating, consisting
of an oblong frame, across which are
stretched wires, each supplied with
ten balls; in architectwef a table
forming the upper part or crowning
of a column and its capital.

Abattoir' (Fr. abattre, to fell or strike
down). A public slaughter-house.

Abdomen (Lat. abdOf I hide). That
• cavity of the animal body in verte-
brates which contains the organs of
digestion ; in insects, the hinder
part of the body, which appears
united to the fore part by a thread.

Abdom'inal (Lat. abdOmen). Belong-
ing to the abdomen : applied to an
order of fishes which have the ventral
fins attached under the abdomen
behind the pectoral fins.

Abdu'oent (Lat. ab, from ; duco, I
lead). Drawing away or separating.

Abdtio'tion (Lat. a&, from ; duco, I
lead). A drawing away.

Abduc'tor (Lat. a6, from ; ducOj I
lead). A leader or drawer away :
applied to certain muscles.

Aber'rant (Lat. a6, from ; errOf I
wander). Deviating from the type
of the natuml group.

Aberra'tioii (Lat. a&, from; errOf I
wander). A wandering away; in
optics, spherical abciTation is indis-
tinctness in the optical image pro-
duced by a convex lens, from the
formation of images on the exterior
part of the lens ; chromatic aberra-
tion, £i,lse colouring of an optical
image from the decomposition of

light by a lens into its primary
colours ; in astronomy, an apparent
motion of the fixed stais, by which
they appear at a small distance
from their real place ; in medicinef
insanity.

Ablacta'tion (Lat. ab, from ; lacj
milk). Weaning.

Abla'tion (Lat. ab, from ; lotus, car-
ried). A taking away.

Ablative (Lat. a5, away; lotus, home).
Taking away ; in grammor, applied
to a case of nouns, denoting an
action of taking away.

Abln'tion(Lat. a6,from; lavo, I wash).
A washing.

Abnor'nial (Lat. ab, from ; norma, a
rule). Not according to rule ; un-
natural.

Aboma'STun (Lat. ab, from ; omasum^
the paunch). The fourth stomach
of ruminant animals.

Aborig'iiial {Lot. ab, from ; ori^o, an
origin). First ; primitive ; original.

Aborig'iiies (Lat. ab, from ; ortgo, an
origin). The first or primitive in-
habitants of a country.

Abor'tion (Lat. ahorto, I miscarry).
The expulsion of a foetus before the
proper term ; a miscarriage ; an in-
complete formation.

Abor'tive (Lat. aborto, I miscarry).
Unfruitful ; incomplete ; having Uie
property of arresting development.

Abran'chiate (Gr. k, a, not ; fipayxiOf
bran'chia, gills). "Without gills.

Abra'sion (Lat. ab, from ; rado, I
shave). A tearing or rubbing qC,
as of a piece of ^Vxa.

GLOSSARY.

Abrapt (Lat ab, from ; rumpo, I
break). Broken off; in botany ^
applied to leaves and roots which
appear as if the extremity had been
cut off.

Abscess (Lat. abacSdo, I depart).
A collection of pus or matter.

Abscis'sa (Lat. abacin'dOf I cut off).
That part of the diameter of a conic
section which lies between the vertex
or some other fixed point and a semi-
ordinate, or the half of a straight
line drawn at right angles to the
axis.

Absds'sion (Lat. ab, away ; acindo^ I
cut). A cutting away, or removal.

Ab'soltite (Lat. ab, from ; soLvo, I
loosen). lodependent ; perfect or
complete in itself ; pure.

Absorb'ent (Lat. abaorb'eo, I sup up).
Having the property of sucking or
supping up fluids, as a sponge.

Abs(nrp'tloii (Lat. abaorb'eo, I sup up).
The act or process of sucking or
supping up moisture.

Abster'gent (Lat. dbste/geo, I wipe
clean). • Cleansing.

Abstract (Lat. abs, from ; traho, I
draw). Separate; applied to the
ideas of number, properties of mat-
ter, &c., considered by themselves
without reference to the subject
which they qualify ; an outline of a
treatise or writing.

Abstraction (Lat. a&«, away ; traho,
I draw). Removal ; a taking away ;
the consideration of a part or pro-
perty of an object independently of
the rest.

Acale'phsB (Gr. anaX-n^, acaXepTie, a
nettle). A class of sea-animals of the
radiated division ; so called because
some of them, when taken in the
hand, sting like nettles.

Acantha'ceoTLS (Gr. h.Kav6a, acantka,
a spine). Having prickles.

Acanthoceph'ala (Gr. 6xavea,acantha,
a, spine ; kc^oA*);, keph'ale, the head).
Intestinal worms having the head
armed with spines or hooks.

Acanthopteryg'ii (Gr. iucou^ea^acantha,
a spine; vrepuyiov, pteru'gton,B.^n),
An order of fishes having the first
fin supported by bony spiniform
rings.

Acar'diac (Gr. &, a, not ; Kopha^
har'dia, a heart). Without a heart.

Aeanles'cent (Gr. &, a, not ; Lat.
eaulit, a stem). Having no stem.

Aeaulons (Gr. a, a, not ; Lat. cavlis^
a stem). Stemless.

Accelerate (Lat. ad, to ; celev, quick)»
To quicken.

Accelerated motion. In mechanics,.
that motion which constantly re-
ceives additional velocity.

Accel'erator ( Lat. ad^ to ; cel'er, quick).
That which quickens : applied in
anatomy to certain muscles.

Acces'sory (Lat. a^icedo, I approach,,
or am added to). Added to some
person or thing in a secondary rela-
tion.

Aodpltres (Lat ad, to; capioy I
take). An order of birds including
the rapacious fowl, as the eagle,
vulture, hawk, &c.

Acclunation (Lat. ad, to ; Gr. K\ina,
Jdima, a region of the earth). The
process of becoming accustomed to
a climate.

Accliv'ity (Lat. accllvus, ascending).
A slope of the earth, considered as
ascending.

Accre'tion (Lat. ad, to ; cresco, I
grow). A growing or increase ; a
growing together.

AccTunnla'tion (Lat. cuf, to ; cilmulo,
I heap up). A heaping together ;
in mechanics, accumulation of
power is the quantity of motion
existing in machines after constant
acceleration of the velocity of the
moving body.

Aceph'alEi (Gr. &, a, not ; K€<pa\rj,
keph'ale, a head). An order of in-
vertebrate animals without a head ;
including oysters, mussels, and
other bivalve animals.

Aceph'alocyst (Gr. iuc€<pahos, akeph'-
aloSy headless ; Kvaris, hustisj a
bladder). A parasitic hydatid con-
sisting of a headless cyst or bag.

Aceph'aloTLS (Gr. &, a, not ; ^6(^0^77,.
keph'ale^ a head). Without a head.

Ac'eroae (Lat. acus, chaff). In botany ^
resembling chaff : applied to leaves
which are linear and permanent, as-
in the pine or juniper.

Aces'oent (Lat. acetco, 1 grow sour).

GLOSSARY.

8

Having a tendency to 'become
sour.

Acetabulif erous (Acetah'vlum ; ftro^
I bear). Having acetabola or
sucking-caps.

Acetab'nlnm (Lat. a sancer). The
round cnp-like cavity in the pelvic
bone, into which the head of the
thigh-bone is received ; applied also
to the suckiug-cups of some inver-
tebrate animals.

Ac'etate (Lat. aceturrif vinegar). . A
compound of acetic acid with a base.

Ace'tic(Lat. aceiumy vinegar). Belong-
ing to vinegar.

Acetom'eter (Lat. cusetumy vinegar;
Gr. fifTpoUy metron, a measure).
An instrument for measuring the
strength of vinegar.

Aoe'tOTLS (Lat. aceturrij vinegar).
Sour : producing vinegar.

Ax^'etyl (Lat. acetum, vinegar ; Gr.
{i\% kiUe, material). The supposed
base of vinegar and its allies.

Ache'nimn (Gr. d, a, not; x^'"^*
chaindy I gape). A form of fruit
consisting of a single hard pericarp,
not splitting, and inclosing a single
non-adherent seed.

^hla]nyd'eou8(Gr. (2, a, not; x^i^vs,
chlamus^ a garment). A term ap-
plied to plants, the flowers of which
have neither calyx nor corolla.

Achromat'ic (Gr. d, a, not ; xP^^f^y
ckrama, colour). Free from colour :
applied to optical instruments in
which the confusing eflfect of chro-
matic aberration, or decomposition
of light into colours, is avoided.

Achro'matisiii (Gr. ci, a, not ; xptafxaj
chroma, colour). Freedom from
colour: applied to optical instru-
ments which do not decompose light
so as to produce colours.

Acic'ular (Lat.aaVuZa, a little needle).
Occuri'ing in needle-like crystals.

Acid (Lat. aceo^ I am sour). In com-
mon meaning, sour , in chemistry^
applied to all bodies which combine
with bases to form salts.

Addifi'able (Lat. adidus, acid ; fioj
I become). Capable of being con-
verted into an acid, or made
add.

Aflid'iiy (Lat. ac'tdus, acid ; facio, I

make). To make acid, or change
into an acid.

Acidim'eter (Lat. acfidus, acid ; Gr.
/icrpoVf metron, a measure). An
instrument for ascertaining the
quantity of acid in a fluid.

Acid salt. In chemistry, a name
given to some salts which have an
acid reaction.

Aoid'ulate (Lat. acfidvs, acid ; dim.
vltis). To make slightly acid.

Acid'nloTLB (Lat. ac'idus, acid ; dim.
ultts). Slightly or mildly acid.

Acmac'iform (Gr. aKtycucjjs, ahinakcSf
a scimitar ; Lat. forma, shape).
Like a scimitar ; in botany, ap-
plied to leaves which are convex
and sharp on one side, and straight
and thick on the other.

Ac'ini (Lat. ac'inus, a grape-stone).
The secreting parts of glands, when
suspended like grains or smaJl ber-
ries to a slender stem.

Acin'iform (Lat. acfinus, a grape-
stone ; fw*ma, shape). In clusters
like grapes.

Ac'inose (Lat. a&inus, a grape-stone).
Consisting of small granular con-
cretions.

Acme (Gr. ixfi-^, acme, a point). The
height or extreme limit.

Acotyle'donous (Gr. d, a, not ; KorvXij-
h<av, kottUedon, a cup, or seed-lobe).
Having no seed-lobes, or leaves
which first appear above ground.

AcoTLS'tic (Gr. &Koua>, akouu, I hear).
Relating to sound and hearing.

Acous'tlcB (Gr. oLKovu, aJsoud, I hear).
The science which describes the
phenomena of sound.

Ac'iita (Gr. iucpiros, aJdrilos, unar-
ranged). A term applied to the
lowest animals, in which the tissues
were supposed to be confusedly
blended together.

Ac'rodont (Gr. hnpos, aJcros, at the
summit ; ohovs, odous, a tooth). A
term applied to fossil scaly saurians,
which have the teeth anchylosed to
the summit of the alveolar ridge.

Ac'rogen (Gr. cucpos, akroa, high or
extreme ; yevyato, genna^, I pro-
duce). A class of vegetables charac-
terised by growing from the top or
point.

b2

6L0SSABY.

Aoro'mial (Acrcmum). Belonging to
the acromion.

Aoro'mioii (Or. wpos, ahros, high or
extreme ; &fu>s, omoSf a shoulder).
The projecting or outer point of the
shonlder.

Acrop'olifl (Gr. iucpos, akroSf highest ;
iro\tSf poliSf a city). The highest
part or citadel of a city ; in par-
ticular that of Athens.

Ac'rospire (Ghr. ixpos, akro8, a sum-
mit ; oTreipOf speirOf a spire). The
shoot or sprout of a seed.

Aerote'rimii (Gr. iucporriptovy ahroti-
rion). In architecture^ a small
pedestal at the angle or vertex of a
pediment.

Actinic (Gr. olktiv, aktin, a ray).
Applied to those rays of the sun
by which chemical effects are pro-
duced.

Actin'ifi>rm (Gh*. cucriv, oJctinj a ray ;
Lat. forma, form). Having a
radiated form.

Ac'tinism (Gr. i-KTiv, alctin, a ray).
A property of certain rays of the
sunbeam, by which chemical changes
are produced.

Actinoc'erot (Ghr. oktiv, ahtin, a ray ;
Ktpas, keraSf a horn). A term im-
plying the radiated disposition of
parts like horns.

Actin'olite (Gr. cmctiv, (thtirif a ray
or thorn ; \idoSf lithoSy a stone).
A granitic mineral composed of
radiated thoi-n-like crystals.

Actinom'eter (Gr. iucnyf oMin, a ray ;
fi€Tpov, metron, a measure). An
instrument for measuring the heat-
ing power of the sun's rays.

Acnlea'ta (Lat. acuHeusy a sting). A
group of hymenopterous or mem-
brane-winged insects, provided with
stings, aa wasps and bees.

Aculeate (Lat. acu'leus, a prickle).
Having prickles or stings.

Acn'minate (Lat. acvlmen, a sharp
point). Having a long projecting
point.

Acupunc'ture (Lat. acm, a needle ;
ptmgOf I prick). The operation
of pricking with a needle.

Acute (Lat. a>cutti8f sharp). Sharp,
in geometry y applied to an angle
which is less tljan a right-angle ;

in medtdne, applied to diseases
which speedily come to an end.

Adaptaticm (Lat. ad, to ; aptus, fit)
A fitting.

Addn'cent (Lat. ad^ to ; duco, I lead)
Leading or bringing towards.

Adduo'tion (Lat. ad, to ; duco^ I lead)
The act of bringing towards.

Adduo'tor (Lat. o^, to ; dwio^ I lead)
A leader or bringer towards.

Adeliifonii (Ghr. hZriv, aden^ a gland
Lat. forma, shape). Shaped like
a gland.

Adeni'tis (Gr. iiZriv, aden, a gland
Uis, denoting inflammation). In
flammation of glands.

Ad'ezLoid (Gr. &S77V, aden, a gland
tlHoSf eidoSf form). Like a gland

Adenorogy (Gr. d87}v, aderij a gland
\oyos, logoSj a word or discourse)
A description of glands.

Adfec'ted (Lat. ad, to ; facio, I make)
Compounded ; containing different
powers of the same quantity.

AcUie'sion (Lat. ad, to ; Juereo, I stick
fast). A sticking together.

Adhe'sive (Lat. ad, to ; hcereo, I
stick.) Having the power of ad-
hering ; or promoting this pro-
cess.

Adipooe're (Lat. adeps, fat ; cera,
wax). A peculiar substance pro-
duced in dead animal bodies under
certain circumstances.

Adipose (Lat. adeps, fat). Belonging
to, or consisting of fat.

Adit (Lat. adeo, I go to). A passage
or approach to a mine.

Adja'cent (Lat. ad, to ; jaceo, I lie).
Lying near to.

Adjustment (Lat. ad, to ; Justus,
just). A fitting ; the means by
which an optical instrument is fitted
for taking a correct view of an ob-
ject.

Admiztion (Lat. ad, to ; misceo, 1
mix). A mixing of different sub-
stances, without change of nature.

Adnascent (Lat. ad, to ; naacor, I am
bom). Growing to or on.

Adnate (Lat. ad, to ; nascor, I am
born) . Growing together.

Adoles'cence (Lat. adoka'co, I grow).
The period between childhood and
full growth.

GLOSSABY.

Adnl'terate (Lat. ad^ to ; cUter, the
other). To corrupt or make im-
pnre by an admixture of materials
of inferior quality.

AdTLS'tion (Lat. adf to ; uro^ I bum).
A burning or heating to dryness.

Adventifioas (Lat. adf to; venio, I
come). Coming accidentally, or
out of place.

Adyxiam'ic(Gr. &, a, not; livyofiis, du'-
namiSf power). Without power;
applied to invalids, in which there
is diminution of the powers of life
to resist the disease.

JEg^ph'ony (Gr. h^, aia, a goat;
ipeavrif phone, voice). In medicinef
a peculiar trembling sound of the
voice as heard through the chest in
some diseased states, resembling
the bleating of a goat.

A'erated (Lat. aer, the air). Charged
with air ; applied to waters charged
with carbonic acid gas.

Acra'tion (Lat. aer, the air). The
art of charging with air or gas ;
or of exposing soils to the action of
the air.

Aelnal (Lat. aer, the air). Belong-
ing to, or consisting of air.

A'eriform (Lat. aer, the air ; forma,
shape). Resembling air.

Acrodynam'icB (Gr. dr/p, aier, air;
dwells, du'namis, power). The
science of the mechanical effects of
air in motion.

A'erolite (Gr. drjp, aer, air; \t$os,
lithos, a stone). A meteoric stone ;
a mineral mass which falls through
the air.

AeroVogy (Gr. d-np, aer, air; \oyos,
logos, a word or description). A
description of the air.

Aerom'eter (Gr. drip, aer, air ; fitrpov,
metron, a measure). An instru-
ment for ascertaining the weight of
air, or the bulk of gases.

Aerom'etry (Gr. d-np, aJer, air ; fierpov,
metron, a measure). The science
of measuring air.

A'eronant (Gr. drjp, a^, air ; vavrns,
nautes, a sailor). One who sails
in the air by means of a balloon.

Airopho'bia (Gr. arip, a^r, air ; <pofios,
pkobos, fear). A dread of air.

A'drophyte (Gr. ^770, aer, air; ^v»,

phtio, I grow). A plant which lives
in air.

Aerostatics (Gr.ai7p, a>er, air; Itrrrjfju,
histemif I weigh). The science
which describes the properties of
air at rest.

JEsfhet'ics (Gr. cdardavo/juu, aisthan'O'
mai, I perceive). The science of
sensation, or of the cause of mental
pleasure and pain derivable from
observing the works of nature and
art.

JEstivation. See Estivation.

Affection (Lat. ad, to; facio, I
make). A disposition; used in
medicine in the same sense as
disease.

Afferent (Lat. ad, to ; fero, I bring).
Bringing to.

Affin'ily (Lat. affi'nis, near to, or
bordering on). Relationship; an
agreement in most essential charac-
ters ; disposition to unite, so as to
form a new substance.

Afflux (Lat. ad, to ; Jltio, I flow), A
flowing towards.

Afftision (Lat. ad, to; fundo, I pour).
A pouring on.

After-damp. A gas emitted in coal-
mines, very fatal to life ; choke-
damp or carbonic acid.

Ag'amous (Gr. &, a, not ; yc^ios, ga-
mo8, marriage). A tenu* applied
to cryptogamic plants, or those
which appear to have no distinction
of sexes.

Agas'tric (Gr. a, o, not; yatrrrfp,
gaster, a stomach). Without a
stomach or intestines.

Agglom'erate (Lat. ad, to; glomus,
a roll of yam or thread). To col-
lect together like thread on a ball.

Aggln'tinant (Lat. ad, to; glvien,
glue) . Fastening together like glue.

Aggln'tinate (Lat. ad, to; glvien,
glue). To fasten together like glue.

Ag^gregpate (Lat. ad, to ; grex, a
herd). To collect together into a
mass; collected together.

Aggregation (Lat. ad, to; grex, a
herd). A collection; the act of
collecting together into a mass.

Agon'io (Gr. d, a, not ; yavia, goniOf
an angle). Without an angle : a^
plied to two liafe^ wi'Caa tsoaSaRfc ^^

GLOSSART.

the earth in which there is no decli-
nation of the magnetic needle from
the meridian.

Agra'rian (Lat. ager, a field). Rela-
ting to lands.

Agricnl'tnre (Lat. ager^ a field ; colo,
I cultivate). The science of culti-
vating the ground.

Aiguille (Fr. a needle). In physical
geogi'apky, applied to the sharp
needle-like points of lofty moun-
tains.

Air-hladder. A bladder containing
air ; generally applied to a bag in
the interior of fishes, capable of
being filled with air — a rudimen-
tary lung.

Air-cell. A cell or cavity containing
air.

Air-pnmp. An instrument for with-
drawing air from a vessel.

Air-sac. A receptacle for holding air.

Ak^era (Gr. &, a, not ; Kepas, her as,
a horn). A family of mollusca
"without horns or feelers.

Ala (Lat.) A wing, or a projection
like a wing.

Alar (Lat. ala, a wing). Belonging
to awing.

Alate (Lat. ala, a wing). Having
wings.

Albi'xLO (Lat. alhiLSy white). A person
or animal in whom the natural co-
louring matter of the skin, hair,
and eyes, is absent.

Albugin'ea (Lat. albugo^ a white spot
in the eye). The white appearance
in front of the eye, formed by the
expanded tendons of the muscles
which move the organ.

Albugin'eons (Lat. albugo, a white
spot in the eye). Belonging to or
resembling the white of the eye.

Albn'men (Lat. albtts, white). A sub-
stance found in animals and vege-
tables, of which the white of egg is
an example.

Albuminip'arouB (Lat. aXburum, the
white of egg ; pariot I produce).
Producing or secreting albumen.

AlbtL^ninoid {Albumen ; Gr. el^os,
eidos, form). Resembling albumen.

Albn'minoTLS (Lat. albumen, the white
of egg). Belonging to or containing
albumen.

Albnr^mn (Lat. albus, white). The
softer wood or sap-wood, between
the bark and the heart- wood.

Al'chemist (Arabic, al, the ; Mmiaf
secret; or Gr. x««f f^hed, I pour). A
person who practises alchemy.

Al'chemy (Arab, al, the ; kimia, se-
cret ; or Gr. x**> ^^*^> ^ pour).
The pretended science of chan^g
other metals into gold, &c.

Al'coliol (Arab, al, the ; kohol). A
fluid body produced by distillation
from fermented spirits, in which it
has been formed from sugar.

Alcoholism (Alcohol). A diseased
state, arising from the excessive
use of alcoholic liquors.

AloohoiiL'eter (Alcohol; Gr. fierpov,
metron, a measure). An instru-
ment for determining the strength
of spirits by indicating the per-
centage of pure alcohol.

Aleiiil)ic (Arab, al, the ; ambik, a
chemical vessel). A vessel used in
distillation.

AlgSB (Lat. alga, sea-weed). An order
of cryptogamous plants, including
sea-weeds.

Al'gebra (Arab, al, the ; gdbar or
chabar, to reduce parts to a whole).
A method of computation in which
signs (usually the letters of the al-
phabet) represent quantities.

Algebraical (Algebra). Pertaining
to or performed by means 0/ Algebra.

Al'gia (Gh*. d\yos, aXgoa, pain). Used
as the ending of a word, denotes pain
in the part spoken of.

Al'gide (Lat. aVgeo, I am cold). Ac-
companied by great coldness ; ap-
plied to diseases, such as fevers and
cholera.

Aliena'tion (Lat. alienus, belonging
to another ; foreign). A transfer-
ring to another ; in medicine, in-
sanity.

A'lieiiist(Pr.aZic'7i^, insane). Relating
to insanity : applied to physicians
who specially study insanity.

Aliform (Lat. ala, a wing ; format
shape). Shaped like a wing.

Al'iment (Lat. alo, I nourish). Food
or nourishipent.

Alimenfary (Lat. aloy I nourish).
Belonging to food.

GLOSSARY.

Alimezita'tion (Lat. alo, I nooiish).
The act of receiving or imparting
food.

Aliquot (Lat. aliquot^ some certain).
A part which, multiplied by any
entire number, exactly makes up a
given whole.

Aliiqslie'noid (Lat. ala, a wing ;
sphenoid), A term applied to the
part of the skull in fishes which
corresponds to the alae or wings of
the sphenoid bone.

Alkales'cent {A Ueali). Having a ten-
dency to be or to become alkaline.

Al'kali (Arab.). A substance hav-
ing the property of changing vege-
table blues to red, and turmeric
and rhubarb to brown, and ot
neutralising acids.

Alkalig^enous {Alkali; Gr. yfwaxc,
f/ennaof I produce). Producing al-
kali.

Alkalim'eter (Alkali ; Gr. fierpov,
metron, a measure). A graduated
measure used by chemists in pro-
cesses for ascertaining the amount
of alkali in any substance.

Alkalim'etry {Alkali; Gr. fifrpoy,
metron, a measure). The process
by which the quantity of alkali in
any substance is measured.

Allcaline (Alkali). Having the pro-
perties of or containing an alkali.

Alkalinity (Alkali). The condition
produced by an alkali.

Al'kaloid (Alkali; Gr. etSos, eidoSf
form). An organic body consisting
of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, and
oxygen, having the general pro-
perties of an alkali.

Allan'toid (AUantois). A term ap-
plied to the vertebrate animals
of which the foetus is provided with
an allantols ; including mammals,
birds, and reptiles.

Allan' tola (Gr. dWasy aUaSy a sausage;
ilBos, eidoSf form). One of the
membranes which invest the foetus.

Allia'ceoTLB (Lat. allium^ garlic). Be-
longing to or resembling garlic.

Alliga'tion (Lat. adf to; ligo^ I bind).
A tying together ; a rule in arithr
metic for finding the average price
of a compound of different sub-
stances.

AUophyl'ian (Gr. &A\os, allosj ano-
ther ; <pv\rit phulcj a tribe). A
term applied to the races supposed
to have inhabited Europe before
the passage into it of the Asian
nations.

Allotroplc (Gr. &KKos, alloSf another ;
rpewoOf trepdf I turn). Having the
property of existing in two or more
forms with diflferent physical pro-
perties, the composition remaining
the same.

Alloy (Lat. ad, to ; ligoy I bind). A
compound of two or more metals.

Alln'vial (Lat. allu'vies, a muddy
stream). Produced by deposit of
mud, &c., washed down by water.

Alln'vinm (Lat. ad, to; lavo, I wash).
The soil or land formed of matter
washed together by the ordinary
operations of water.

Alope'cia (Gr. aKaini^^ aldpex, a
fox). Loss of hair : foxes have
been said to be subject to it.

Alt-az'imnth. A term applied to an
astronomical instrument for ob-
serving both the altitude and
azimuth.

Al'terative (Lat. alter, another). A
medicine which gradually produces
a change in the constitution.

Altem'ate (Lat. altemttSy belonging
to one another). Being by turns;
in botany f applied to branches and
leaves which rise on opposite sides
alternately; in geometry ^ to the
internal angles made by a straight
line cutting two parallel lines, and
lying on opposite sides of the cut-
ting line.

Alternate generation. A form of
reproduction in which the young do
not resemble the parent but the
grand-parent.

Alt'itnde (Lat. alius, high). Height;
in astronomy, applied to the real
or apparent height of a heavenly
body from the horizon ; in geo-
metry, the distance of the vei"tex
or summit from the base.

Alnla (Lat. ala, a wing). A little
wing.

Almnmiferons (Lat. alumen, alum;
fero, I bear). Producing alum.

Alve'olar (Lat. alveolus^ «» wsr!«.«^.

8

GLOSSARY.

Belonging to the fockets in which
the teeth are fixed ; containing cells
or pits.

Alve'olnB (Lai ) A cell or socket ; in
anatomy J the socket of a tooth ; the
minute depressions in the mucous
membrane of the stomach are also
called alveoli.

Al'vine (Lat. cdvtiSt the belly). Be-
longing to the bowels.

Amal'gam (Gr. ftaXaffaooy malas'so, I
soften). A compound of mercury
with another metal.

Amalgama'tion. A process by which
silver ore is purified by mixture
with mercury; a blending.

Amanro'sis (Gr. i/MvpoSf amauroSf
dark). Blindness from loss of power
in the nervous system of the eye to
receive or transmit the impression
of light.

Amblyg'oxioiLS (Gr. &fi0\vs, amhluSf
obtuse; ywyiOj gonia^ an angle).
Having an obtuse angle.

Amblyo'pia (Gr. &fxfi\vs, amhlus,
dim ; wif^, upSf the eye). Amaurosis
in a milder degree.

Ambula'ora (Lat. am'buloy I walk).
The perforated plates in the shell of
echinoderms.

Am^bnlanoe (Lat. amfbulOf I walk).
A moveable hospital attached to an
army in the field.

Am'bTiIatory (Lat. am'bulOf I walk).
Made for walking.

Amenta'oeoiu (Amentum). Having
flowers arranged in amenta or cat-
kins.

Amen'tia (Lat. a, from or without ;
menSf the mind). Want of intel-
lect; idiocy.

Amen'tnm (Lat., a thong). In botany,
a form of inflorescence, resembling
a spike.

Ammoni'acal (Ammonia, the volatile
alkali). Pertaining to, or contain-
ing ammonia.

Am'monite (Ammon, one of the
titles of Jupiter, under which his

. statue was represented with ram's
horns). A fossil shell of a cephal-
opod, of a spiral form.

Am'nion (Gr. dfxyioy, amnion, a bowl).
One of the membranes suiTounding
the foetus ; in botany, a thin sub-

stance in which the embrjo of a
plant is suspended when it first
appears.

Axnxdot'io (Amnion), Belonging to
the amnion.

Amor'plioiis (Gr. &, a^ not ; iMpifnj,
morphe, form). Without regular
form; shapeless.

Amorpliozo'a (Gr. a, a, not ; fiopifni,
morphe, form ; ((taov^ zoon, an ani-
mal). Animals without definite
shape : applied to sponges and their
allies.

Amphi (Gr. iifjul>is, amphts, on both
sides; or, i^<p<c, ampho, both). A
prefix signifying the co-existence of
two things or properties; some-
times signifying around (from dfupi,
amphi, around).

Amphiarthro'sis (Gr. d/npis, amphis,
on both sides; itpBpou, arthron, a
joint). A form of joint which has
the properties of two others, named
diarthrosis and synarthrosis, and
allows slight motion .

Amjibibieh'mtM (Ainphib'ia, animals
living both on land and in water ;
Gr. 'X''^^) ichnos, a footstep). Fossil
footprints of amphibious reptiles.

Amphib'ionj (Gr. ofupis, amphis, on
both sides; /Sios, bios, life). Liv-
ing both on land and in water.

Am'phibracli (Gr. dfufus, amphis, on
both sides ; fipaxvs, brachus, short).
In versification, afoot consisting of
two short syllables with a loug one
between.

Amphicoe'lia (Gr. dfupis, amphis, on
both sides ; koiKos, koilosj hollow).
A term applied to a sub-order of
crocodiles which have the vertebral
bones hollowed at both ends.

Am'phipods (Gr. dfjxf>is, amphis, on
both sides ; vovs,pous, afoot).. An
order of Crustacea having feet for
both walking and swimming.

Amphis'cians (Gr. a/ix^is, amphis, on
both sides ; aKia, skia, a shadow).
The inhabitants of the tropics, whose
shadows are thrown to the north in
one part of the year and to the
south in the other.

Amphif roponj (Gr. dfupis, amphis, on
both sides ; rptirw, trepu, I turn).
In botany, applied to ovules or

GLOSSARY.

seeds which are attached by the
middle.

Amphor'io (Lat. amphora^ a pitcher).
Belonging to a pitcher ; in medi-
dnty applied to a sound resembling
that produced by speaking into an
empty pitcher.

Ample z'ioaol (Lat. amplexor^ I em-
brace ; caulis, a stem). Embra-
cing or surrounding a stem.

Am'plitade (Lat. amplttSj large). Size,
extent.

Ampulla (Lat. a pitcher). In hotany^
applied to a leaf in which the petiole
is dilated and hollowed out in the
shape of a hollow vessel, open at
the upper end ; in anatomy, to the
diluted part of the membranous
semicircular canals in the ear.

Ampntation (Lat. ampfUo, I cut or
lop off). A cutting off a limb, or
some part of the body.

Amy'elotLs (Gr. d, a, not; fivtXos,
mu^elos, maxrow). Without a spinal
cord.

Amyg'daloid (Lat. amyg'dala, an al-
mond ; Gt. €lSos,eido8f form). Like
an almond : applied in geology to
igneous rocks containing small al-
mond-shaped cavities filled with
some mineral of a different nature
from the mass of the rock.

Amyla'oeciLS (Lat. amylum, starch,
from Gr. a, a, not ; fiv\rjy mule, a
mill). Belonging to or containing
starch.

Am'yloid (Lat. amylum, starch ; Gr.
ct5o5, eidos, shape). Resembling
starch.

Anach'roiiism (Gr. iu/a, ana, implying
inversion ; xP^^^h chronos, time).
An eri'or in stating dates.

Anse'mia (Gr. &, a, not; aifxa, haima,
blood). Want of blood.

Axiae'mic (Gr. a, a, not; aifia, haima,
blood). Bloodless ; having a very
InsufGicient quantity of blood.

A]l8esthe'sia(Gr. a, a, not ; ouadayofiai,
aisthan'omai, I feel). Loss of feel-
ing or sensation.

Anaesthef ic (Gr. k, a, not : cdffdavofxai,
aistha/n'orrt,ai,I{ee\). Producing loss
of feeling or sensation.

A'nal (Lat. anus, the excretory ori-
fice). Belonging to or like the

anus ; applied to certain fins in
fishes, from their position.

Analep'tlo (Gr. &va\cmfiayta, analam''
band, I take up or restore). Re-
storing health and strength.

Anallan'toid(Gr. a, a, jxoi;allan'tois),
A term applied to the vertebrate
animals, of which the foetus is not
provided with an allantois, — in-
cluding batrachians and fishes.

Anal'ogoiu (Gr. ipo, ana, with ;
\oyos, logos, ratio). Having a
degree of similarity, but not iden-
tical ; applied to parts which per-
form a similar function, but are
not identical in structure.

An'alogue. That which bears a great
resemblance to something else ; a
part or organ in an animal which,
though anatomically different, has
the same function as another part
or organ in a different animal.

Anal'ogy (Gr. apa\oyia). An agree-
ment in some characters, not in all.

An'alyse (Gr. ova, an^, back ; \vw,
lud, I loosen). To separate any-
thing into the parts or elements of
which it is composed.

Anal'ysifl (Gr. dva, ana, back ; \va,
lud, I loosen). Separation of any«
thing into its component parts or
elements.

Analytical (Analysis). Pertaining
to or performed by analysis.

Anamnes'tic (Gr. dva, ana, back ;
fivaofiai, mna'omai, I remember).
Calling to remembrance.

An'apsest ((}r. aua, ana, back ; vaiof,
paid, I strike). In versification, a
foot consisting of three syllables,
the first two short, the last long.

Anasar'ca (Gr. dva, ana, through;
<ro/>|, sarx, flesh). Dropsy of the
parts lying beneath the skin.

Axias'tomcse (iir. dpa, ana, through ;
arofia, stoma, a mouth). To unite
as if by open mouths, as blood-
vessels.

Anastomo'sis (Gr. dva, ana, through ;
arofia, stoma, a mouth). A com-
munication as if by mouths.

Anafomy (Gr. dva, ana, apart ;
T€fiv(a, temno, I cut). The science
which teaches the structure cil «s^-
mals and v^»B*a» wi\«KctkR^\si ^^-

10

GLOSSARY.

section. Vegetable ancUomyiedicheB
the structure of plants ; human
aruUomy^ that of. man ; compara-
tive aruttomyt that of all animals,
-«rith the object of comparing them
vith each other ; microscopic ana-
tomy tetiahefi the appearances of
structures as seen under the micro-
scope ; pathological anatomyf the
changes in position and appearance
produced by disease ; surgical ana-
tomy describes regions of the body
in reference to surgical operations.

^Anaf roponfl (Gr. dva, ana, back ;
Tpfvta, trepOf I turn). In botany,
applied to a seed or ovule which is
curved down and grown to the
lower half.

JLnchylo'sis (more properly Ancylosis ;
Or. dyKvXecOf anku'leuj I bend). An
immoveable state of a joint, from
union of the surfaces which should
move on each other.

.Anoone'iu (Gr. ayKay, anJcon, the
elbow). A name applied to a
muscle situated over the elbow.

.Anco'iioid (Gr. kyKav, anhdn, an
elbow; ciSos, eidos, shape). Like
an elbow.

J&ndrog'ynoiLS (Gr. airup, anir, a man ;
yvm}, gwrie, a female). Having
two sexes : applied to plants of
which some flowers have stamens
only, and others pistils only, on the
same plant.

.Anelec'trode (Gr. ava, ana, up ;
electricity; ^5os, hodos, a way).
The positive pole of a galvanic
battery.

Jbiella'ta (Lat. annellus, a little ring).
See Annulata.

-Anemog'raphy (Gr. dvefios, an'emos,
wind ; ypa<pu, grapho, I write). A
description of the winds.

Anemorogy (Gr. dvefios, an'enios,
wind ; \oyos, logos, discourse). The
doctrine of winds.

Jjiemom'eter (Gr. dvcfios, an'emos,
wind ; fitrpoy, metron, a measure).
An instrument for measuring the
direction and force of wind.

.Anem'oscope (Gr. duefios, an'cmos,
wind ; aKovew, shopeo, I look).
An instrument for showing the
direction of the wind.

Anenoephal'io (Gr. d, a, not; ^icc-
^oKov, enJceph'alon, the contents of
the skull). Without brain.

Anen'teroiLS (Gr. &, a, not ; ivr^pav^
en'teron, an intestine). Without in*
testines.

An'eroid (Gr. d, a, not ; &T7p, a>erf tax ;
6(8o5, eidos, form). Witiiout air :
applied to a peculiar kind of baro-
meter, consisting of a small box
from which air is exhausted.

An'onrism (Gr. dva, ana, through ;
tvpvva, euru'rio, I widen). A dis-
eased state of an artery, in which
it is widened at any part (generallj
from injury) so as to form a pouch
or bag.

A2Leiiris'mal(il7zet(mm). Pertaining
to an aneurism.

Anfractuoelty {Anfractuous). A
turning or winding ; in anaiomy,
applied to the windings on the sur-
face of the brain.

Anfrac'tuoiLS (Lat. anfracftus, a wind-
ing). Winding ; in botany, applied
to the lobes of an anther which are
folded back on themselves, and
doubled and bent, as in the cu-
cumber.

Ang^en'chyina(Gr. &yy€ioy, angei'on^
a vessel ; iyxvfia, en'chuma, any
thing poured in). The vascular
tissue of plants.

Angi'na (Gr. dyxa, anchd, I strangle).
Quinsey ; a choking.

Angiocar'poTis (Gr. dyy^iov, angei^on,
a vessel ; Kopwos, karpos, a fruit).
In botany, applied to seed-vessels
inclosed in a case which does not form
part of themselves, as the filbert.

Angiol'ogy (Gr. dyyftou, angei'on, a
vessel ; \oyos, logos, discourse). A
description of blood-vessels.

Angiomonosper'moiu (Gr. dyytiov,
angei'on, a vessel ; tiovos, monos,
single ; ffvepfut, sperma, a seed).
Having one seed only in a pod.

AngioBper'moTis (QT.dyyetov, angeHovif
a vessel ; airfpfia, sperma^ a seed).
Applied to plants the seeds of which
are enclosed in a vessel.

Angle of contact. The angle which a
circle, or other curve, makes with
a tangent at the point of contact.

Angle of depression. The angle at

GLOSSARY.

11

which a straight line drawn from
the eye to any object dips below
the horizon.

Angle of direction. In mechanics,
the angle contained by the lines of
direction of two forces tending to
the same point.

Angle of elevation. In trigonometry,
the angle formed by two straight
lines drawn in the same - vertical
plane from the observer's eye, one
to the top of the object, the other
parallel to the horizon.

Angle of incidence. The angle which
a body, or a ray of light, forms at
the surface on which it falls with
a perpendicular to that surface.

Angle of inclination. The mutual
approach of two bodies, so as to
make an angle where their lines of
direction meet.

Angle of polarization. In optics, the
angle of incidence of a reflecting
surface which, added to the cor-
responding angle of refraction, sup-
posing the ray to enter the medium,
would make up a right angle, or
90 degrees.

Angle of position. In astronomy, the
angle contained by two great circles
passing through the earth, one per-
pendicular to the plane of the
ecliptic, the other to that of the
equator.

Angle of reflection. The angle which
a body or a ray of light rebounding
from a surface makes with a per-
pendicular to that surface.

Angle of refraction. In optics, the
angle which a ray of light passing
from one medium to another makes
with a perpendicular drawn through
the line of incidence.

Angle, solid. An angle made by
more than two plane angles meeting
in a point, and not lying in the
same plane.

Angle, spherical. An angle on the
surface of a sphere, contained within
the arcs of two intersecting cir-
cles.

Angle, visual. In optics, the angle
formed in the centre of the eye by
lines drawn from the extremities of
an object.

An'gnlar (Lat. an'guLus, a comer).
Having or relating to angles.

An'gnlate (Lat. an'gvlus, an angle).
Having an angular shape.

AnhelatUtn (Lat. ankelo, I breathe
short). Short breathing; x^^^^*
ing.

Anhy'drons (Gr. ii, a, not; 6hap,
hudor, water). Free from water;
without water of crystallization.

Animal (Lat. anima, life, breath). A
body having life, sensation, and vo-
luntary motion.

AnimaVoule (Lat. animal, an animal;
ide, signifying smallness). An ani-
mal of very small size.

Animal heat. The warmth which
animals possess in themselves.

Animalisa tion (Lat. animal, an ani-
mal). The art of imparting the
properties belonging to an animaJ,
or to animal structures ; a peopling
with animals.

Anion (Gr. dva, up ; luv, ion, going).
That substance which passes to tiie
anode in electrolysis.

Anneal (Saxon on, on ; celan, to
bum). To heat glass, &c., for
the purpose of rendering it less
brittle.

Annual (Lat. anmis, a year). Oc-
curring every year.

An'nelids (Lat. annel'lus, a little ring ;
Gr. tiSos, eidos, form). A class of
invertebrate animals, so called be-
cause apparently composed of rings, .
including earth-worms and leeches.

An'nolar (Lat. anrmlus, a ring).
Shaped like a ring.

Annul a^ta (Lat. annvXtis, a ring).
Having rings : applied to a division
of the animal kingdom, including
invertebrates having the body ar-
ranged in rings.

An'ode (Gr. iya, ana, up ; d^os, JiocPos,
a way). The way by which elec-
tricity enters substances.

An'odyne (Gr. d, a, not ; oBwn^, odt^ne,
pain). Believing pain.

Anom'alons {Or. &, a, not ; 6fM\os,
hom'alos, level, or equal). De-
parting from a general rule ;
irr^ular.

Anom'aly (Or. a, a, not ; 6fw\oSf
hom'aios, level or equal). Irregu-

12

GLOSSARY.

larity ; deTiation from an ordinary
law or type ; in attr&nomy, the
angle formed by a line drawn from
the sun to the place of a planet,
with the greater axis of the planet's
orbit.

Anomodon'tia (Gr. avonos, an'omos,
irregular ; oBovSj odous, a tooth).
An extinct order of reptiles, with
teeth wanting, or in various irregular
forms.

Anomou'ra (Ghr. ityofwSf an'omoSy irre-
gular ; ovpOj ourtty a tail). A
section of decapodous or ten-footed
crustaceans, having tails of interme-
diate length between the long- tailed
and short-tailed, as the hermit crab.

Anoplothe'rium (Gr. d, a, not ; drXoy,
h&plon, a weapon ; Oi\piovy therionf
a beast). A fossil pachydermatous
animal, having no evident organs
of defence.

Anopln'res (Gr. d, a, not ; ^Xov,
koploTij a weapon ; ovpa, ouroy a
tail). An order of wingless and
stlngless insects, living as parasites
on other animals.

Anorexia (Or. d, a, not; opt^is,
orexis, desire). Loss of appetite
for food.

Anor'mal (Lat. a from ; normal a
rule). See Abnormal.

Anou'rons (Gr. c2, a, not ; ohpoy ouray
a tail). Without a tail.

An'serine (Lat. anser, a goose). Be-
longing to or resembling a goose.

Antac'id (Gr. &vt(, avUi, against ;
add). Opposed to acids ; counter-
acting their effects.

Antee. In architecture^ the pier-
formed ends of the side-walls of
temples, when, they are prolonged
beyond the face of the walls ; pilas-
ters standing opposite a column.

Antag'onism (Gr. kvriy anti, against ;
ayavi(oixai, agoni'zomaiy I contend).
Active opposition.

Antag'onistio (Gr. dvrty antiy against ;
dryaviCofjiaiy agoni'zomaiy I contend).
In direct or active opposition to.

Antaro'tio (Gr. dyriy anti, against or
opposite ; dpicrosy arhtoSy the north
pole). Relating to the south pole.

Ante. A Latin preposition used in
composition, signifying before.

I

Anteoe'dent (Lat. antCt before ; eedoj
I go). Going before.

Ante^cian (Gr. &m, anfo*, opposite ;
ohctVy oikedy I dwell). In geo^
graphyy applied to the inhabitants
of the earth, under the same meri-
dian of longitude, but at equal dis-
tances on opposite sides of the
equator.

Antefiz'ae (Lat. antCy before ; jingo,
I fix). In architectwrcy upright
ornamental blocks placed at inter-
vals on the cornice along the sides
of a roof ; also heads of animals
as water-spouts below the eaves of
temples.

Anteflex'ion (Lat. antCy before ; jUcto,
I bend). A bending forwards.

Antemu'ral (Lat. antey before; mivrusy
a wall). In architecture, the out-
ward wall of a castle.

Anten'nae (Lat. an^na, a sail-yard).
Filaments, apparently organs of
touch, projecting from the heads of
insects and Crustacea.

Antepenolf (Lat. antCj before ; penCf
almost ; uttimusy last). The last
syllable but two.

Antever'sion (Lat. ante, before ; verto,
I turn). A turning forwai-ds.

Anthe'lion (Gr. cun-ty antiy opposite;
rfXtos, helios, the sun). A mock-sun.

Anth'eliz (Gr. dvriy antiy opposite;
eA.(|, helixy a spiral). A part of
the external human ear, before or
rather within the helix.

Anthelmin'tic (Gr. dtn-iy antiy against ;
^KfitySf helmvnSy a worm). Ca-
pable of destroying or removing the
worms which inhabit the animal
body.

Anther (Gr. dvBoSy anthosy a flower).
The top of the stamen, or male part
of a flower, containing the pollen
or fertilising dust.

Antheridlmn (Anther), A structure
in some flowerless plants, supposed
to be the analogue of an anther.

Anthocar'pons (Gr. auBosy anthoSy a
flower ; Kapvosy karpoSy a fruit).
In botany, a term applied to fruits
which are formed of masses of in«
florescence in a state of cohesion,
as the fir-cone and pineapple.

Anthooy'anine (Gr. kvOosy antho8, a

GLOSSARY.

13

flower ; kvovos, Jsu'ano's, blue).
Blae colouring matter of plants.

Anth'olites (Gr. dvOos, anthoSf a
flower ; Kidos, lithos^ a stone). The
fossil impressions of flowers.

Anthol'ogy (Gr. &p0ost antkos, a
flower ; X070S, logoSy discourse). A
description of flowers.

AnthoxazL'thine (Gr. &v0o5, avUTios, a
flower ; ^ayOos^ xanthoSy yellow).
Yellow colouring matter of plants.

Anthozo'a (Gr. &v0os, anthosy a flower ;
(uoVf zoon, an animal). Animal
flowers ; the class of polypes in-
cluding the actinia and allied
species, which resemble flowers.

Anth'raoite (Gr. dvdpa^y anthraxy a
coal). A peculiar shining kind of coal.

Antluracotike'riiim (Gr. hvepa^y an-
tkraXy coal ; OriptoVf th^Hon, a
beast). A fossil pachydermatous
animal found in the coal-formation.

Anthro'poid (Gr. hfBpa-Kosy arUhropos,
a man, i.e. human being; c2$os,
eidoSf form). Besembling man.

Anthropol'ogy (Gr. iofOpunrost ^'f*'"
thropos, a man ; \oyos, logosy dis-
course). A description of the human
body or of the human species.

Anthropomor'phoiu (Gr. hydpanrof,
anthropoSy a man ; fMp^y morpke,
form). Resembling man.

Anthropoph'agoas (Gr. Mpcovosy
anthropoSy a man ; ^payof, phago,
I eat). Eating men ; cannibal.

Anthropos'ophy (Gr. huOpayiroSy an-
thropoSy a man ; ao<piay soph'ioy
wisdom). The knowledge of the
nature of mau.

Anti (Gr. &rrf, anti), A Ghreek pre-
position used in composition, signi-
fying against.

Antiarthrif ic (Gr. ianiy antiy against;
apBpiTiSy arthritis, gout). Curing
gout.

Antiasthmatic (Gr. iLvriy antiy
against ; asthma). Curing or pre-
venting asthma.

Antibra'chial (Lat. antibra'chivmy the
forearm). Belonging to the fore-
arm.

•Antilira'chiimi (Lat.). The forearm,
from the elbow to the wrist.

Antloli'nal (Gr. &vti, anti, against ;
K\iy(o, hlind, l\)end), Jnclkdngin

opposite directions, like the ridge of
a house.

An'tidote (Or. ian-i, anti, against ;
SiBwfiiy didomiy I give). A remedy
to counteract poisons or anything
noxious.

Antife'brile (Gr. ivrt, antiy against ;
Lat. febris, fever). Removing
fever.

Antilithlc (Gr. iwrt, anti, against ;
\i0oiy lUhoa, a stone). Prevent-
ing the formation of calculi.

Antip'athy (Gr. dvriy anti, against ;
vadosy pathoSy sufiering or passion).
A strong dislike or repugnance.

Antiperiodlo (Gr. dm-iy antiy against;
periodic). Preventing or curing
diseases which recur at regular
periods, as ague.

Antiperistal'tic (Gr. dvriy anti,
against; vcpiy peri, around; areWw,
stdlo, I send). A term applied to
an unnatural or reversed action of
the alimentary canal.

Antiphlogis'tio (Gr. dvri, anti,
against; <p\o^y phlox, flame).
Diminishing inflammation.

Antip'odes (Gr. &vti, anti, against;
vous, pouSy a foot). The inhab-
itants of the. opposite side of the
globe, whose feet are, as it were,
applied against ours.

Antis'cians (Gr. dpTt, anti, against ;
iTKta, sJda, a shadow). The in-
habitants of the earth on different
sides of the equator, whose shadows
at noon are cast in contrary direc-
tions.

Antiscorbu'tic (Gr. dvriy anti, against;
Lat. scorbfittbs, scurvy). Prevent-
ing or curing scurvy.

Antisep'tic (Gr. dyri, antiy against ;
ariTrcoy sepoy I make putrid). Pre-
venting putrefaction.

Antispasmod'ic (Gr. dvriy anti, against;
Tirawy apao, I draw). Preventing
spasms or convulsions.

Antith'esis (Gr. dvriy antiy against ;
ridrifn, tithemiy I place). Opposi-
tion or contrast, especially of words
or ideas.

Antif ragos (Gr. &vti, antiy opposite ;
tragus). A projecting part of the
outer ear opposite the tragus.

Antif ropons (Gr. dvr^ a-nXs «^^^'»^^>

u

GLOSSARY.

TptirUf trepo, I turn). In botany,
applied to the position of the embryo
in a seed in which the nucleus is
erect, the embryo being consequently
inverted.

Antlia (Gr. dvrKia, arU'liaf a baling-
out). The spiral apparatus by which
butterflies and other insects pump
up the juices of plants.

Ant'orUtal (Lat. cmte, before ; orbit).
In front of the orbits.

A'orist (Gr. &, a, not ; 6pi(<0f Jwri'zo, 1
limit or define). In grammar, a
tense which expresses past action
without reference to duration or time.

Antrum (Lat. a cave). In anaiomy,
a term used to designate certain
cavities of the body.

Aor'ta (Gr. dftpa, aei'rd, I take up or
carry). The great vessel which,
arising from the left ventricle of
the heart, carries the blood to all
parts of the body.

Aor'tLc (Gr. aopTji, aorte, the aorta).
Belonging to the aorta.

Aorti'tis (Lat. aorta ; ith, denoting
inflammation). Inflammation of
the aorta.

Ape'rient (Lat. aperio, I open). Open-
ing; laxative.

Ap'ertore (Lat. aperio, 1 open). An
opening; in geometry, the space
between two straight lines forming
an angle ; in optics, the hole next
the object-glass of a telescope or
microscope through which the light
enters the instrument.

Apet'alouB (Gr. d, a, not; verdKov,
pet'aUm, a flower-leaf or petal).
Having no distinction of sepals and
petals.

Apex (Lat.). The top or highest
point of anything.

AphsB'resis (Gr. avo, apo, from ;
aJipeu), haired, I take). In gram-
mar, the taking a letter or syllable
from the beginning of a word.

Aphanip'tera (Gr. d, a, not; fpaiva,
phaino, I show ; itrepov, pteron, a
wiug). An order of insects with
rudimentary wings only, as the flea.

Aphe'lion (Gr. aTro, apo, from ; 7i\ios,
helios, the sun). The point in the
orbit of a planet which is most dis-
tant from the sun.

Aphlog^'tio (Gr. d, a, not ; ^KoyiC^f
phlogizo, 1 set on fire). Flameless ;
burning without flame.

Apho'nia (Gh:. d, a, not ; <p<apri, phoney
voice). Loss of voice.

Aph'orism (Gr. dvo, apo, &om ; dpi(M,
hori'zd, I limit). A principle or
precept expressed in a few words.

AphthflB (Or. airreD, hapto, I fasten
upon). Small white ulcers on the
inside of the mouth.

Aphyllous (Gr. d, a, not; ^vAAoy,
phuUon, a leaf). Leafless.

Ap'ical (Lat. apex, a top). Belonging
to the top of a conical body.

Aplanaf io (Gr. d, a, not ; v\avaofjuu^
plaita'omai, I wander). Opposed
to wandering ; applied to lenses or
combinations of lenses which cor-
rect the effects of spherical aberra-
tion of light.

Aplas'tio (Gr. d, a, not; vXoffvu,
plasso, I form). Incapable of being
moulded or organised.

Apnoe'a (Gr. d, a, nut ; irvco^, pneo, I
breathe). Loss of breath ; suffocation.

Ap'o (Gr. eiiro, apo). A Greek pre-
X>osition in compound words, signi-
fying from.

ApooaPpoos (Gr. drro, apo, from;
Kapiros, Jcarpos, fruit). Applied ta
flowers and fruits in which the carpels-
are separate or only partially united.

Ap'odal (Gr. d, a, not ; irovs, poiM, a
foot). Without feet. Apodal fishca
have no ventral fins, which are th&
anologues of feet.

Ap'ogee (Gr. dvo, apo, from ; yn, ge,
the earth). The point in the orbit
of a planet which is most distant
from the earth or the moon.

Aponeuro'sis (Gr. diro, apo, from;
vevpoy, neuron, a string or tendon).
The membranous spreading out of
a tendon.

Apoph'ysis (Gr. dvo, apo, from ; ^vco,
phtw, 1 grow). A prominent eleva-
tion from the surface of a bone.

Apoplec'tLo (Gr. oVo, ajjo, from ;
vkTjaao), plesso, I strike). Rela-
ting to apoplexy.

Ap'oplezy (Gr. diro, apo, from;
'jr\ri(T(rco, plesao, I strike). A dis-
ease in which consciousness of the
power of voluntary motion is

GLOSSARY.

IS

abolished, from injury Within the
brain.

Appara'tus (Lat. ad^ to ; paro, I
make). An instrument or organ
for the performance of any operation
or function.

Ap'plioate (Lat. ad, to ; pUco, I fold).
In geometi^f a straight line drawn
across a curve so as to be bisected
by the diameter.

Ap'sides (Gr. aTrrw, Jiapto, I touch).
The points in the path of the moon
or a planet when it is respectively
nearest to and most distant from
the earth.

Ap'terous (Gr. d, a, not ; impov,
pteron, a wing). Without wings.

Ap'tote (Gr. d, a, not ; Trraxris, ptosis^
case). In grammar, applied to
nouns which have no distinction of
cases.

Apyref io (Gr. i, a, not ; irupecrcrw,
puresso, I have a fever). Without
fever.

Apyrez'ia (Gr. d, a, not ; vvp€a<ra,
puressdf I have a fever). Freedom
from fever.

Aq^ua fortis (Lat. strong water). A
name for nitric acid.

Aq^ua regia (Lat. royal water). A
mixture of nitric and hydrochloric
acids, used to dissolve gold.

Aqua vitsB (Lat. water of life). A
name for strong spirits.

Aquafio (Lat. aqtta, water). Belong-
ing to, or living or growing in water.

A'qneous (Lat. aqua, water). Wateiy ;
consisting of or having the proper-
ties of water ; made with water.

Ar'able (Lat. aro, I plough). Capable
of being cultivated by the plough.

Aracli'nida (Gr. ^ax^n, arachne, a
spider). A class of invertebrate
animals, including spiders, scor-
pions, and mites.

Araclmi'tis (Arachnoid; itis, denoting
inflammation). Inflammation of
the arachnoid membrane of the
brain.

Arach'noid (Gr. dpaxvn, arachne, a
spider or spider's web ; €t5os,
eidox, form). A thin membrane
covering the brain.

Ara'neifbmi (Lat. ara'neus, a spider ;
/ormo, shape). Besembling a spider.

Arbor (Lat. a tree). In meckanics,
the part of a machine which sus-
tains the rest ; an axis or spindle.

Arbor vitsB (Lat. tree of life). In
anatomy, a tree-like appearance of
the brain>substance, seen when the
cerebellum is cut transversely.

Arbores'oent (Lat. arbor, a tree). Re-
sembling a tree ; becoming woody.

Aro (Lat. arena, a bow). A part of
the circumference of a circle or of
a curved line.

Arca'xmm (Lat. area, a chest). A
secret.

Aroli (Gr. dpxnt arche, the beginning
or head). A prefix denoting emi-
nence.

ArohsBol'ogy (Gr. dpxcuos, archaios,
ancient ; \oyos, logos, discourse).
The science which describes an>
tiquities.

Ar'ohaism (Gr. dpxcuos, archaios,
ancient). An ancient or disused
word or expression.

Archencepli'ala (Gr. apxos, archos,
chief; iyK€<f>a\o5, enkeph'alos, the
brain). Chief-brained : a term
proposed by Professor Owen to de-
note the highest sub-class of the
mammalia, comprising only man,
from the superior development of
his brain.

Ar'chetype (Gr. apxVt arche, a begin-
ning ; ruTTos, tupos, a type). An
original pattern or model.

Arohune'des' screw. An instrument
formed of a tube woimd round a
cylinder in the form of a screw,
and used either for raising fluids
or for propelling through water.

Archlteotare (Gr. apxos, archos,
chief; rcKrwy, tekton, a builder).
The science of constructing houses,
bridges, and other buildings,
according to rule.

Aroh'itrave (Gr. dpxos, archos, chief ;
Lat. trabs, a beam). The lowest
part of an entablature, being the
chief beam resting immediately on
the column.

Ar^oiform (Lat. arcus, a bow ; forma,
shape). Like an arch.

Arctio (Gr. iLpxros, aihtos, a bear, or
the north pole). Relating to th.^
north pole.

16

GLOSSARY.

Arsenate (Lat. arcuSf a bow). Shaped
like a bow.

A'rea (Lat. an open space). A plain
surface ; in' geometryy the super-
ficial contents of any figure.

Arena'oeonB (Lat. are/M, sand).
Sandy.

Are'nicole (Lat. arenas sand ; colOf I
inhabit). An animal which inhabits
sand.

Are'ola (Lat. areOf an open space).
A small surface or space.

Are'olar (Areola), Containing little
spaces ; applied to the connect-
ing tissue of the body, which
forms a number of little spaces or
interstices.

Areom'eter (Gr. dpcuos, araiost thin ;
fierpop, metroUf a measure). An
instrument for measuring the spe-
cific gravity of liquids.

AxgeaiixPetOTUi(La.t.argen'tumf silver;
fero, I produce). Producing or con-
taining silver.

Argil (Gr. dpyost argosj white). Gen-
erally clay ; technically, pure clay
or alumina.

Arg^a'ceOTU (Lat. argiXla, white
clay). Consisting of argil or clay,
especially pure clay.

Aril. In botany, the expansion of
the funiculus or placenta round the
seed, as the mace of a nutmeg.

Aris'ta (Lat.). In botany, the beard
of com and other grasses.

Arithmetioal mean. The middle
term of three numbers in arithme-
tical progression.

Arithmetioal progfreseion. A series
of quantities increasing or decreas-
ing by the addition or subtraction of
the same number.

Arithmetioal ratio. The difference
between any two terms in arithme-
tical progression.

Ai'matare (Lat. armM,, arms). A sup-
ply of weapons ; applied, in physics,
to two pieces of soft iron fastened
to the poles of a magnet, and con-
nected at their ends by a third piece,
so as to increase its power.

Armil'lary (Lat. a/rmilla, a bracelet).
Like a bracelet ; generally applied
to an artificial sphere composed of
a number of circles of the mun-

dane sphere, placed in natural
order.

Arrag'onite. A mineral consisting of
carbonate of lime, with some car-
bonate of strontia.

Arrhi'ioiu (Gr. a, a, not ; PiCa, rhiza^
a root). Without roots.

Arse'niate (Arsenic). A salt of arsenic
acid with a base.

AnexLlc. In chemistry, applied to
an acid containing an equivalent
of metallic arsenic and five of oxy-
gen.^

ArBe'niolU (Ar'senic). In chemistry,
applied to an acid containing an
equivalent of metallic arsenic and
three of oxygen ; the common
arsenic of the shops.

Ar'senite (Arsenic). A salt formed of
arsenious acid with a base.

Arte'rial (Artery). Belonging to
an artery or to arteries.

Arteri'tis (Lat. arteria, an artery ;
itis, denoting inflammation). In-
flammation of arteries.

Ar'tery (Gr. &rip, aer, air; mpHOf
tereo, I keep ; because originally
supposed to contain air). A vessel
or tube which conveys blood in a
direction from the heart to all parts
of the body.

Arte'sian (Lat. Artois, a province of
France). Artesian wells, supposed
to have been first made in Artois,
are perpendicular borings to a con-
siderable depth in the earth for
procuring water.

Arthrific (Arth-itis), Relating to
inflammation of the joints, or gout.

Arthri'tis (Gr. dpdpov, arthron, a
joint ; term, itis, inflammation).
Any inflammation of the joints;
but specially applied to gout.

Arthro'dia (Gr. dpdpoa>, arthroo, I fit
by joints). A joint in which the
head of one bone is received into
the socket of another ; a ball-and-
socket joint.

Arthrodyn'ia (Gr. apOpov, arthron, a
joint ; o^vvn, odu'ne, pain). Pain
in the joints.

Arthropdd'aria (Gr. dpdpov, arthron,
a joint ; vovs, pous^ a foot). A
term applied to those invertebrate
animals which have jointed limbs.

GLOSSARY.

17

including insects, mynapods, arach-
nides, and Crustacea.

Artlo'iilar (Lat. artididui, a joint).
Belonging to joints.

Artionla'ta (Lat. a/rti4:^uiu8, a joint).
A division of the animal kingdom,
including the invertebrates with
jointed bodies.

Artio'iilate (Lat. artidvlusy a joint).
To join together ; jointed or having
joints.

AxtioTila'tioxi(Lat. ar^tVtt^, a joint).
A connection by joint ; also speech,
because composed of sounds joined
together.

Artiodao'tyle (Gr. dpriosj ar^tioSf even,
iaicrvXjoSf dakfttUos, a finger). Hav-
ing an even number of toes.

Aryte'noid (Gr. dpvraivOf artUai'nOy a
pitcher; ct8os, eidos, shape).
Shaped like a pitcher ; applied to
two small cartilages at ike top of
the larynx.

Aflbes'tos (Gr. (2, a, not ; (rfieywfii,
sbennumif I extinguish). A fibrous
variety of hornblende, capable of
resisting heat.

Aa'caris (Gr. da-KoptCuf asTcarizoy I
leap). A small intestinal worm.

Ascen'sioii (Lat. cucen'dOf I rise). A
rising ; in cutrorwmyy right ascen-
si(m denotes the distance of a
heavenly body from the point of the
spring equinox, measured on the
celestial equator.

A'seian (Gr. d, ct, not ; (tkio, akia^ a
shadow). Having no shadow at
noon : applied to the inhabitants of
the torrid zone, who, at certain
times, have no shadow at noon.

Aflcid'iaxL (Gr. wTKosy asJsoSf a leather
bottle; ct$o5, eidoa, form). Acepha-
lous or headless moUusca, shaped
like a leather bottle.

Aseidlum (Gr. dtrnos, asJsoSf a leather
bottle). In botany f a form of leaf
in which the stalk is hollowed out
and closed by the blade as a lid.

Afld'tes (Gr. da-KoSf cukos, a leather
bag). A collection of fluid in the
abdomen.

Asez'nal (Gr. &, a, not ; Lat. sexua,
Bex). Without distinct sexes.

Alhlar. In architectwre^ the facing of
square stones on the front of a

building; freestones roughly squared
in the quarry.

Asper'it7(Lat. aaper, rough). Eough-
ness.

Asper'mons (Gr. (2, a, not ; ffvcpfjutf
gperma, seed). Without seed.

Asphyz'ia (Gr. (2, a, not ; <r^v^<v,
sphtuso, I beat, as the pulse).
Originally, failure of the pulse ;
but now applied to the symptoms
of sujSbcation produced by an ac-
cumulation of carbonic acid in the
blood.

Assay (Fr. essayer, to try). To try
the quality of metals.

Assimila'tion (Lat. ad, to ; sim'Uis,
like). The process by which a sub-
stance or thing is rendered similar
in form and property to that with
which it comes into contact.

As'sonance (Lat. ad, to ; aort/iu,
sound). Besemblance in sound or
termination without making rhyme.

Astatic (Gr. &, a, not ; itrrrifu, hiS'
te'mif I fix or make to stand). Not
moving; applied to a magnetic
needle which is not affected by the
magnetism of the earth.

Asteracan'thus (Gr. darrip, aster, a
star ; dKovQa, aJcan'tha, a thorn).
A genus of fossil fin-spines of fishes,
having star-like tubercles on their
sur&ce.

As'teroid (Gr. darrip, cater, a star ;
6t8os, eidos, form or likeness). A
name applied to the small planets
of the group which revolves be-
tween Mars and Jupiter ; also to
star-like echinoderms.

Asterophyriites (Gr. dffTtip, aster, a
star ; ^Wov, phullon, a leaf). In
geology, the fossil remains of some
plants found in the coal-measure,
lias, and oolite, having leaves ar-
ranged in star* like whorls.

Asthen'ia (Gr. ^ a, not; (rO^yos,
gthenfos, strength). Want of
strength.

Asthen'io (Gr. d, a, not; <r0fvos,
sthen'os, strength). Cluuracterised
by want of strength.

Astheno'pia (Gr. d, a, not; (retvos,
sthen'os, strength ; ^, ops, the
eye). Weakness of vision.

Asthma (Gr. «»^ ow^WX'yw^. K^cSv-

1

18

eLOSSABT.

cnlty of breathing, oocarringinpar-
ozyBxnSjWith intenralB of freedom.

Aflthmaf ic (Gr. curBfiOj cuthma). Be-
longing to, or having asthma.

As'tomons (Gr. d, a, not ; arofio,
stomOt & mouth). Without a mouth.

Aftrag'alnB (Gr. aa-rpayaXos, cutra'-
gcUoSf an ankle-bone). The bone
of the foot which forms part of the
ankle-joint.

As'tral (Gr. iurrpoy, astron, a star).
Belonging to stars.

AJBtric'tion (Lat. ad^ to ; stringo^ I
bind). The act of binding.

ABtrin'gent (Lat. ady to ; stringo^ I
tie fast). Binding or contracting.

Afl'trolabe (Gr. iurrpoUf astron^ a star ;
KafiiWy Idbeiriy to take). An in-
strument formerly used for taking
the altitude of the sun or stars.

Astrol'ogy (Gr. harpov^ astron, a star;
A070S, logoSf a word or description).
The science which pretends to teach
the effects and influence of the
stars.

Afltrom'eter (Gr. dorpoi/, cutrorif a
star ; ficrpoVf metrony a measure).
An instrument for ascertaining the
relative brightness of stars.

Astronomical (Gr. htrrpovy astron, a
star ; pofxos, nomosy a law). Be-
longing to astronomy.

Astron'omy (Gr. darpovy aatrony a
star ; vofiosy noTnoSy a law). The
science which describes the magni-
tude, position, motion, &c., of the
heavenly bodies, as taught by ob-
servation and mathematical calcu-
lation.

Asymmef rical (Gr. d, a, not ; (rvv,
sv/rif with ; yxrpovy metrony a mea-
sure). Not consisting of similar
parts on each side.

Ai^rxn'ptote (Gr. &, a, not ; (rvvy swoy
with ; iTTOftj, 'ptody I fall). A line
approaching a curve, but never
meeting it.

Atax'ic (Gr. d, a, not ; Toxt^iay tassoy
I put in order). Wanting order ;
irregular.

Ate (Lat. term. <Uus). In chemistryy
a termination applied to compounds
of which the acid contains the
largest quantity of oxygen.

Atelec'tasis (Gr. a, a, not ; tc\os,

telosy an end ; itertipw, eJeteUnd, I
stretch out). Imperfect expansion.

Athorio'era (Gr. dOripy aiker, a spike
of com ; Kipasy heras, a horn.) A
section of dipterous insects, having
only two or three joints to the an-
tennte.

Ather'mancy (Gr. a, a, not ; dtpfjuuvw,
thermaindy I make warm). The
property of transmitting the light
but not the heat of the sun.

Ather'manonB (Gr. d^aynot; 0fpfAauw,
thermainoy I make warm). Inca-
pable of transmitting heat.

Atiiero'ma {Qcr. dBapOy cUkara, or
dOrjprfy cUkerey a porridge of meal).
A diseased state of blood-vessels
and other structures of the body,
characterised by a soft pulpy de-
posit.

Atlas (Gr. 'ArXaSy AtlaSy a mytholo-
gical personage, who was said to
carry the world on his shoulders).
The first vertebra of the neck ; so
called because the head rests on
it.

Atmom'eter (Gr. arftos, cUmos, va-
pour ; ficrpoVy metrony a measure).
An instrument for measuring the
amount of evaporation from a moist
surface in a given time.

Atmosphere (Gr. drfxosy cUmoSy va-
pour ; ffitKupOy gphairOy a baJI or
globe). The mass of air surround-
ing the earth ; also applied to any
gas surrounding an animal or other
body.

Atmospheric Pressnre. The weight
of the atmosphere on a surface ; tiie
mean being 14*7 pounds to the
square inch.

Afell. A coral island, consisting of
a circular belt or ring of coral, with
a lagoon or lake in the centre.

Atom (Gr. ci, a, not ; rejuvw, temr^y
I cut). A particle of matter which
can no longer be diminished in size.

Atomic (Gr. &,Tofu)s, at'omoSy an
atom). Relating to atoms.

Atomic Theory. An hypothesis in
chemistry, which teaches that the
atoms of elementary substances
become combined in certain definite
proportions.
I Atonlo (Gr. &, a, not; reiyWf ieinOf

GLOSSARY.

19

I stretcli or tighten). Weakened ;
characterised by want of energy.

At'ony (Gr. &, a, not ; reivcOf teinOf
I stretch or tighten). Want of
power.

At'rophy (Gr. d, a, not ; rpc^, ire-
phdt I nourish). Want of nourish-
ment ; a wasting.

At'ropons (Gr. &, o, not; rpeva,
trepof I turn). Not turned ; in
hotany^ applied to that form of the
OYuIe or seed, in which its parts
have undergone no change of posi-
tion during growth.

Atten^iiant(Lat. ad, to; ten'uiSf thin).
Making thin ; diluting.

Atten'nate (Lat. ad, to ; ten'uis, thin).
To make thin.

Attollent (Lat. ad, to ; tollOf I raise).
Lifting up.

Attrac'tioxi (Lat. ad, to; traho, I
draw). A drawing towards ; the ten-
dency of bodies to unite or cohere.

At'trahent (Lat. ad, to ; traho, I
draw), rirawing towards.

Attrition (Lat. ad, to ; tero, I rub).
The act of wearing by rubbing
together.

Auditory (Lat. au'dio, I hear). Be-
longing to the sense or organ of
hearing.

Aiig'ite(Gr. i.vyyi, auge, bright light).
A mineral, closely allied to horn-
blende, entering into the composition
of many trap and volcanic rocks.

Au'ricle (Lat. awndula, a little ear).
The external part of the ear ; also
apart on each sideof the heart, from
resembling the ears of animals.

Aurif/nlar (Lat. auriduUby alittleear).
Belonging to an auricle.

Auric'iilate (Lat. auric'ida). Shaped
like a little ear ; in botany, applied
to leaves which have the lobes at
the base forming distinct segments
like little ears.

Aixric'iilo-vexitric'nlar. Belonging to,
or lying between the auricles and
ventricles of the heart.

Aiurif 'erons (Lat avrntm, gold ; fero, I
produce). Yielding or producing gold.

An'rifomi (Lat. auris, an ear -, forma,
form). Shaped like an ear.

Aiisealta'tion (Lat. ausculto,l\\s\j&si).
The act of listening : applied, in

medicine, to a means of distinguish-
ing the condition of internal parts
by listening to the sounds which
are produced in them.

Austral (Lat. avuAer, the south wind).
Belonging to the south : applied to
that pole of the magnet which points
to the south.

Antooh'thon (Gr. odros, autos, self;
X^«v, chthon, the earth). Origin-
ating from the earth of the country ;
indigenous.

Antog'enoiu (Gr. avros, atUos, self ;
ytvyoM, genndo, I produce). Self-
produced : applied to those parts
of a vertebra which are developed
from independent centres of ossifi-
cation.

An'tograph (Gr. avros, autos, him-
self ; ypaupa, graphJo, I write). The
actual signature of an individual.

Autographic Telegraph. An electric
tel^raph for transmitting messages
in the handwriting of the person
sending them.

Automatic (Gr. ahros, autos, self;
fjMoo, mcMy I move). Having me-
chanical movement, as anautomaton:
applied, in physiology, to muscular
movements produced independently
of the will ; self-moving.

Autom'aton (Gr. aanos, autos, self;
tuiM, mad, I move). A machine
which, by means of mechanical
contrivances, imitates the motion
of living animals.

Au'topsy (Gr. ahros, autos, self: h^is,
opsis, sight). Direct or personal
observation; applied especially to
an examination of the body after
death.

Auzil'iary (Lat. auxil'ium, help).
Aiding ; taking a share of labour.

AValandie (Fr.) An accumulation of
snow, or of snow and ice, descend-
ing from mountains.

Aves (Lat. birds). A class of ovi-
parous vertebrate animals with
double circulation, mostly organised
for flight.

Avic'ula (Lat. a little bird). An un-
equal valved shell, fixing itself by
a byssus.

Avic'uloid (Avidiila; Gr. 4tbos, eidos,
form). Lilse ana^ifi.>\\&.

20

OLOSSABT.

Az'ial (Axis). In the direction of the
axis.

Ax'il (Lat. axUta^ the armpit). In
botanpt the angle formed by a leaf
with the stem.

Axilla (Lat.) The armpit.

Azil'laiy (Lat. axilla^ the armpit).
Belonging to the armpit ; in botcmy,
growing in the angle formed by a
leaf with the stem.

A^iom (Ghr. &|iow, axiodt I think wor-
thy). A self-evident truth, incapable
of being made plainer by reasoning.

Axis (Lat. <ms, an azletree). A
straight line passing through the
centre of a body ; a pivot on which
anything tarns ; the second verte-
bra of tiie neck, because the head
turns on it.

Az'imath (Arab. samtUhaf to go to-
wards). The direction of an object

in reference to the cardinal points,
or to the plane of the meridian.

As'lmnth Compass. An instrument
consisting of a magnetic bar or
needle iMtlanced on a vertical pivot,
so as to turn freely in an horizontal
plane.

Azoic (Gr. &, a, not ; C<^v, zoon, an
animal). Without animals ; ap-
plied to the lowest or primary geo-
logical strata, in which no renudns
of animals are found.

Az'ote (Gr. a, ct, not ; (wiy zoe, life).
A name for nitrogen gas, because
it will not support animal life.

Az'otised {Azote). Containing azote
of nitrogen.

Az'ygos (Gr. &, a, not ; (vyoVf zugon^
a yoke). Without a fellow ; having
no corresponding symmetrical part.

B.

Baccate (Lat hacca^ a berry). Re-
sembling a berry.

Baily's Beads. In cbstronomy^ an
appearance as of a string of beads
round the sun in an eclipse.

Bal'anoid (Gr. iSoAovos, hai'anoSf an
acorn). A family of cirripeds or
barnacles, having shells arranged
conically, like an acorn.

Balsam (Gr. fia\<rafjiov, hal'samon).
A natural mixture of resin with a
volatile oil.

BarVnle (Lat. harha, a beard). A
little beard.

Barilla (Spanish). An impure car-
bonate of soda.

Barom'eter (Gr. fiapos, &aro9, weight;
fierpoVf metron, a measure). An
instrument for measuring the weight
or pressure of the air.

Basalf . A close-grained rock of the
trappean group, dark-coloured,
oft^ arranged in more or less regu-
lar, columns.

Base (Gr. fiacrts, 5am, a foundation).
The lower part of anything, or that
on which it rests ; in chemistry^ a
substance which, when combined
with an acid, forms a salt.

Basement Membrane. A fine, trans-
parent layer, lying underneath the
epithelium of mucous and serous
membranes, and beneath the epi-
dermis of the skin.

Ba'sic (Base), In chemUtry^ having
a large proportion of base ; basic
water is water which appears to act
as a base in the formation of certain
salts.

Basilar (Lat. hasia, a base). Ba»
sic ; belonging to the base of the
skull ; applied especially to an ar-
tery of the brain.

Basin (Fr. hassin). A hollow vessel ;
in geology, a hollow or trough
formed of rocks older than the
deposit contained in it.

Basioccipltal (Lat. ftom, a base;
otfcipiUf the back of the head). A
bone of the head of lower vertebrate
animals, answering to a part of the
occipital bone in man.

Bathymef rical (Gr. fioBvs, hcUhMi,
deep ; fitTpovy metron, a measure).
Belating to the distribution of
plants sAd animals along the bot-
tom of the sea, according to the
depth which they inhabit.

GLOSSAEY.

21

Batra'oliia (Ghr. ficn-paxoSf hatfrachos,
a frog). The order of reptiles of
which the frog is the type.

Batra'chian {Gr^fiarpaxoSf hat'rachos,
a frog). Belonging to the order of
RniTnalfl of which the frog is the
type. ^ •

Baf tery. In chemistry, an apparatus
of coated jars for electrical action,
or of portions of zinc and copper,
used for producing electro-chemical
or voltaic action.

Belem'nite (Gr. fieKefivoVf hekmnon,
a dart). Arrow-head ; also called
thunderbolt ; a fossil shell of the
oephalopod order, found in chalk
and limestone.

Bell-metal. An alloy of copper and
tin used in making bells.

Ben'zoate {Benzoin). A salt formed
of benzoic acid with a base.

Bergmehl (Swedish, mountain-meal).
A whitish, mealy earth, contain-
ing infusorial animalcules, said to
be eaten by the Finns and Laplan-
ders in scarcity.

Bi (Lat. hiSf twice). A prefix signi-
fying twice or twofold.

Biba'sic (Lat. bis, twice ; hose). In
chemistry, applied to acids which
unite with two equivalents of base
to form salts.

BiVoloiLS (Lat. Ubo, I drink).
Spongy ; having the property of
imbibing moisture.

BicarlMnate (Lat. bis, twice ; carbo-
note). A carbonate containing two
equivalents of carbonic acid, to
one of base.

Bicen'tral (Lat. bis, twice ; centrum,
a centre). Having two centres.

Bi'ceps (Lat. bis, twice; cap'tU,
a head). Having two heads;
in ancUomy, applied to certain
muscles.

Bichlo'ride (Lat. bis, twice ; chlorine),
A compound consisting of two
equivalents of chlorine with one of
another element.

Bicipital (Lat. bis, twice ; cap'ut, a
head). Belonging to that which
has two heads.

Bicusp'id (Lat. bis, twice ; cuspis, the
point of a spear). Having two
points or fangs.

Bidens (Lat. bis, twice ; dens, a

tooth). Having two teeth or prongs.
Bien'nial (Lat. bis, twice ; annvs, a

year). Continuing two years; or

occurring every second year.
Bifid (Lat. bis, twice ;^n<2o, I cleave).

Cleft in two parts.
Bi'farcated (Lat. bis, twice ; fwrca, a

fork). Divided into two prongs or

forkB.
Bifaroa'tion (Lat. bis, double ; furca,

a fork). A division into two

branches.
Bigem'inal (Lat. bis, twice ; gem'ini,

twins). Arranged in two pairs.
Bi'hamate (Lat. bis, twice ; hamiut,

a hook). Having two hooks.
Bi'jngate (Lat. bis, twice ; jugum, a

yoke). In botany, having two pairs

of leaflets.
Bila'biate (Lat. bis, twice ; la'bivm, a

lip). Having two lips. ^

Bilat'eral (Lat. bis, twice ; laJtuSf a

side). Having two sides.
Bil'iary (Lat. bilis, bile). Belonging

to or containing bile.
Bilif era! (Lat. Us, twice ; lit' era, a

letter). Containing two letters.
Bilo'bed (Lat. bis, twice ; Gr. XojSo;,

lobos, a lobe). Having two lobes.
Biloc'ular (Lat. bis, twice ; lodvlus,

a little place). Containing two cells.
Bi'manonj (Lat. bis, twice ; mam/us,

a hand). Having two hiuids : ap-
plied in zoology to man.
Bi'nary (Lat. bini, two and two).

Arranged in couples.
Bi'nary Theory of Salts. In chemistry ,

a theory which supposes that oxygen

salts are constituted on the same

plan as haloid salts (as chlonde of

sodium), of a metal in union with a

salt-radical.
Bi'nate (Lat. bvni, two and two). In

botany, applied to compound leaves,

the leaflets of which come off in two

from a single point.
Binazlal (Lat. bini, two and two ;

axis). Having two axes.
Binoc'nlar, (Lat. bini, two and two ;

oduhis, an eye). Having two eyes ;

also applied to optical instruments

that have two apertures, so that

both eyes may be used at once.
Bino'mial (Lat^^ku^ Viivi>^\ wyrowt^^

S2

GLOSSAET.

name). In aZ^e&}*a, applied to a term
consisting of two quantities joined
by the sign + pliu or — minus,

Binozfalate (Lat. bis, twice ; oxalic
acid). An oxalate containing two
equivalents of acid to one of base.

Binozlde (Lat. his, twice ; oxygen),
A term applied in chemittry to the
second degree of oxidation of a
metal or other substance.

Bipar'tite (Lat. his, twice ; pars, a
part). Haying two corresponding
parts.

Biped (Lat. lis, twice ; pes, a foot).
Having two feet.

Bipen'nate (Lat. bis, twice ; penna, a
wing). Having two wings ; or
wing-like leaves on each side of a
stem.

Bipin'nate (Lat. his, twice ; pirmate).
Doubly pinnate ; applied to com-
pound leaves, of whidi the leaflets
are pinnate.

Biqnad'rate (Lat. his, twice ; qtuidra,
a square). Li ma/tJiematux, the
foui*th power of a number, or the
square multiplied by the square.

Bira'mous (Lat. bis, twice ; ramiis, a
branch). Having two branches.

Bisecf (Lat. his, twice ; seco, I cut).
To divide into two equal parts.

Bise'rial (Lat. his, twice ; series, an
order or row). Arranged into two
series or courses.

Biser'rate (Lat. his, twice ; serra, a
saw). Doubly serrated ; applied
to the edges of leaves which are
doubly marked like the teeth of a
saw.

Bisol'cate (Lat. his, twice ; sulcus, a
furrow). Cleft in two ; having
cloven feet.

Bisol'phate (Lat. his, twice ; sulphu/ric
acid). A sulphate containing two
equivalents of sulphuric acid to one
of base.

Biter'nate (Lat. his, twice ; temi,
three and three). In hotany, ap-
plied to compound leaves, which
form three leaflets on each second-
ary vein.

Bitaber'cTilate (Lat. 6i8, twice; tuher^-
cidwm, a tubercle). Having two
tubercles.

Bitmoiiiif erouB (Lat. hitu'men, min-

eral pitch or tar ; fero, I prodace)»
Yielding bitumen.

Bita'minoTU. Having the property
of or containing bitumen.

Bivalve (Lat. bis, twice; voZvoe,
folding-doors). Having a shell of
two valves, closing with a hinge.

Black flnx. A mixture of carbonate
of potash and charcoal, used in
chemical operations.

Blaste'ma (Gr. fiAcurTauw, hUuftanS,
I bud forth). Material exuded
from the blood through the minute
vessels or capillaries, and capable
of organisation.

Blas'toderm (Ghr. fiXwrros, hhutos, a
bud ; BfpfJM, derma, a skin). IHie
germinal disc which forms on the
ovum or egg in the early stage of
incubation.

Blende (German hlenden, to dazzle).
A term applied to minerals having
a peculiar lustre or glimmer.

Blow-pipe. An instrument by which
a current of air is driven on the
flame of a lamp or candl^ thereby
producing an increased heat.

Boiling-point. The temperature at
which a substance boils ; it varies,
greatly for different substances,
but is constant for the same, under
the same circumstances.

Bole (Gt. fia\os, holes, a clod). A
friable clayey slate or earth, usually
coloured with oxide of iron.

Borate (Borax), A salt formed of
boracic acid with a base.

Bo'real (Gr. ^optas, horeas, the north
wind). Belonging to the north or
north wind ; applied to the pole of
a magnet which points to the north.

Borboryg'mas (Gr. fiopfiopvyfios, hor^
horug'mos). The sound caused by
wind within the intestines.

Bof any (Gr. fioTcwn, boifane, a plant).
The science which describes v^e-
tables. Descriptive botany teaches-
the description and naming of
plants ; geographical hotany, the
manner in which plants are dis-
tributed on the earth ; pcUtB'
orUological hotany compreb^ds tiie
study of fossil plants ; physiologiedf
hotany describes the functions of
plants and their organs ; strwstwral

aiiOSSAEY.

23

hotam/ teaches tlie stmcture of the
yarions parts of plants ; systematic
or taxologiccU botany^ tiie arrange-
ment and classification of plants.

Bothren'chyxna (6r. fioOpos, hotkros,
a pit ; iyxvfiOf enfchuma, any thing
poured in, a tissue). A vegetable
tissue, consisting of cylindrical cells
marked by pits resembling dots.

Botryoid'al (Gr. fiorpus, botriis, a
bunch of grapes ; iiBos^ eidos, shape).
Besembling a cluster of grapes.

Bonlder. A rounded or water-worn
block of stone.

Bonstrophe'don (Gb. fiovs, hotuf, an
ox; arpe^, strepho, I turn). A
form of writing alternately firom
left to right, and from right to left,
like ploughbig, used by the ancient
Greeks.

Bo'viform (Lat. &o«, an ox ; forma,
shape). Besembling the ox.

Bovine (Lat. &o«, an ox). Belonging
to oxen and cows.

Brachely'tra (Gr. iSpaxvs, brachtis,
short ; iKurpov, ehtftron, a case).
A fftmily of beetles characterised by
the shortness of their elytra or
outer wings.

Bra'chial (LaX. bra'cJiium, the arm).
Belonging to the arm.

Bra'oMo-cephal'ic(Lat. bra'chium,ijiie
arm; Gr. K€<l>a\rif Tceph'aU, the
head). Belonging to the arm and
the head : appli^ to an artery of
the body.

Bra'cMopods (Gr. fipaxuoVf bra'chidn,
an arm; irov^, pouSt a foot). A
genus of molluscous invertebrate
animals, so called because their
feet, or organs of progressive mo-
tion, resemble arms.

Brachyn'ra (Gr. iSpaxvs, brachus,
short ; ohpa, our a, a tail). A class
of Crustacea with short tails, as
the crab.

Bract (Lat. bracftea, a thin leaf of
metal). In botany, a leaf from the
axil or angle of which a flower-bud
arises.

Bractlet (Bract), A little bract ; any
rudimentary leaf on a flower-stem
between the bract and the calyx.

Sraa'chiflB (Gh:. fipayx^a, brcm'chiat
gills). The gills or breathing oigans

of animals which live entirely in
water ; they are analogous to lungs
in air-breathing animals.

Bran'chial (Gr. ppayxioi bran'chia,
gUls). Belonging to the branchise
or gills.

Bran'chiopods (Gr. ^paryx^o^ branfchia,
gills; irovs, poibSf a foot). Crus-
taceous animals which have gills
attached to the feet.

BrancMos'tegal (Gr. Ppayxia, brcm'-
chia, gills ; CTeyw, stegOf I cover).
Covering gills : applied to certain
rays or bent bones which support a
membrane covering in the gUls of
fishes.

BranchioB'tegons (Gr. ^payxich^^'^''
ehia, gills ; (rnyos, stegos, a
covering). Having covered gills.

Brassica'ceous (Lat. bratfsica, a cab-
bage). Belonging to the order of
plants of which the cabbage isatype.

Brec'da (Italian, a crumb). A term
applied to rocks composed of agglu-
tinated angular fragments.

Brevipen'nes (Lat. brevis, short;
penna, a feather). A fomily of
gndlae or stilt-birds, characterised
by the shortness of their wings, as
the ostrich and emeu.

Bro'mate(^romtcacid). A salt formed
by the combination of bromic acid
with a base.

Bron'ohia (Gh:. ppoyxoSf bronchos, the
windpipe). The smaller tubes into
which the windpipe divides in
entering the lung.

Bron'ohial (Gr. $poyxos, bronchos,
the windpipe). Belonging to the
divisions of the windpipe. .

Bronchi'tis vGr. fipoyxos, bronchos,
the windpipe ; term, ins, iiis, de-
noting inflammation). Inflamma-
tion of the tubes into which the
windpipe divides.

Bron'chocele (Gr. $poyxos, bronchos,
the windpipe ; Kr)\ri, kele, a tumour).
A kind of tumour on the front part
of the neck.

Bronchoph'ony (Gr. $poyxos, bron-
chos, the windpipe ; ^vri, phJone,
sound). The sound produced by the
passage of air thi*ough the bronchi.

Bronchotomy (Gr. jSpoTxos, browJics^
the windpipe \ T€iu»«^tcTOfoSk>V^2^'

24

GLOSSABT.

An operation in which the windpipe
is cut open.

Bronch'xis(GT. 0poyx'>h hnmckos^ the
throat or windpipe). One of the
large or primary divisions of the
trachea or windpipe.

Bryozo'a or Bryozoa'ria (Gr. j9pvot,
bmoSf moss ; (cooy, zoon, an ani-
mal). A term denoting the minute
mollusca which live united in
masses in a branched and moss-
like manner.

Buccal (Lat. buccaf the cheek). Be-
longing to the cheek, or to the
cavity of the mouth.

Buc'cina'tor (Lat. hudcina, a kind of
trumpet). A muscle forming a
large part of the cheek, so called
from its use in blowing wind-instru-
ments.

Bnf^ Coat. The viscid layer formed
on the surface of blood in inflam-
matory diseases.

Bulb (Lat. hvlbvs). In hota/nyf a part
of a plant, generally beneath the
ground, formed of layers of scales
in the manner of a bud, as the
onion ; in anatomy, applied to
various parts from their shape.

Bnlhif'eroiu (Lat. huZbus^ a bulb;
ferOf I bear). Producing bulbs.

Bulblet (Btdb). A Uttle bulb.

Bulbous (Lat. bulbus^ a bulb). Con-
taining bulbs.

Bulim'ia (Gr. j9ov, bou, a prefix sig-
nifying large or enormous ; Xtfios,
limoSf hunger). Excessive appetite
for food.

Bulwark-plains. In attronomyf
circular areas in the moon enclosed
by a ring of mountain-ridges.

Bunter (Germ.) A term in geology
for new red-sandstone, from its Ya-
riegated appearance.

Bursa (Lat. a purse). In anatomy^
a closed sac containing synovial
fluid.

Butyra'ceous (Lat. btUyrunif butter).
Having the properties o^ or con-
taining butter.

Butyr'ic (Lat. biUyrum, butter). Be-
loDging to butter; applied to an
acid formed in butter.

Byesus (Gr. fiv<r<ro5, btuaos, fine
flax). The thread or fibres by
which some marine animals attach
themselves to rocks.

C.

Cachec'tic (Gr. kokos, hikos, bad ;
l|is, kexis, habit). Belonging to, or
having, a vitiated state of the body.

Cachex'ia (Gr. kokosj Jcakos, bad;
i^is'f hods, habit). A deranged or
vitiated state of the constitution.

Cacoe'thes (Gr. kokos, kokos, bad ;
ilBoi, ethos, custom). A bad habit
or disposition.

Cacoph'ony (Gr. kokos, kaJcos, bad ;
</>wvT7, ph^e, voice). A disagree-
able sound, produced by the meeting
of harsh letters.

Cacoplas'tic (Gr. kokos, kakos, bad ;
7r\a(r<ru, plassd, I form). Having
a defective power of being organised
or taking a definite form.

Cadaveric (Lat. cadaver, a carcase).
Belonging to a dead body.

Cadu'cous (Lat. cado, I fall). Having
a tendency to fall off.

Caecal (Ccecum). Having a closed
end ; belonging to the caecum.

CsBcum (Lat. caucus, blind). A tube
with a closed end; applied to a
part of the intestinal canaL

Csenozo'ic, or Cainozo'ic (Gr. kcupos,
kainos, new ; (<»ov, zoon, an
animal). Applied in geology to
the tertiary strata, which indude
the most recent remains of ani-
mals.

Caf 'f)9in. A vegetable alkali found in
tea and coffee.

Cal'amites (Lat. caVamus, a reed). A
genus of fossil stems, resembling
gigantic reeds, occurring in the coal
formations.

Calca'neal (Lat. calx, the heel). Be-
longing to the heel.

Cal'carate (Lat. calcar, a spur). Like
or having a spur.

GLOSSARY.

25

Calcaireo-arena'ceoiu. Consisting of
lime, or chalk, and sand.

Calca'reons (Lat. calx, lime). Haying
tlie properties of or containing lime.

Cal'ceolate (Lat. calfcetu, a shoe).
Like a shoe or slipper.

Calcifica'tion (Lat. cab:, liine ; fado,
I make). A hardening by the de-
position of salts of lime.

Cal'cify (Lat. ccdxj lime ; fadOf I
make). To change into lime or
chalk ; to harden by the deposition
of salts of lime.

Calcina'tloii (Lat. calx, lime). The
expelling by heat some volatile
matter from a substance, as carbo*
nate of lime (limestone) is reduced
to lime by driving off the carbonic
acid by heat.

Calci'ne (Lat. calx, lime). To drive
off volatile matter by heat so as to
render a substance friable, as in
the operation of lime-burning.

Cal'ciilas (Lat. a pebble). In mcUhe-
matics, a term applied to certain of
the more abstruse branches of
calculation ; in medicine a concre-
tion formed within the body.

Calefa'cient (Lat. coZor, heat ; fado,
I make). Making warm ; heating.

Cal'endar (Lat. calen'dce, the first
day of the Boman months). A
table of the days of each month,
with the events connected with
each.

Cal'entnre (Span, calentar^, to heat).
A violent ardent fever, principally
affecting sailors in hot climates.

Cal'ibre (Fr.). The diameter of a
round body ; the bore of a cylin-
drical tube, as of a gun.

Calic'iform (Lat. calix, a cup ; forma^
shape). Shaped like a cup.

Calistiienlcs (Gr. icoXos, halos, beau-
tiful ; ffBevos, stken'os, strength).
Exercise of the body and limbs to
promote strength and graceful
movements.

Callos'ity (Lat. caUus, hardness). A
hardness.

Callus (Lat.). A hard deposit ; also
applied to the excess of bony matter
which is often formed in the process
of union of broken bones.

Calor'io (Lat. color, heat). The prin-

ciple;.*of heat ; the cause of the
effects or phenomena popularly
recognised as heat.

Calori&'cient (Lat. color, heat; fado^
I make). Producing heat ; fur-
nishing material for the production
of heat.

Calorific (Lat. color, beat ; fado, I
make) . Producing heat.

Calorim'eter (Lat. color, beat ; Gr.
Iierpov, metron, a measure). An
instrument ibr measuring the rela-
tive quantities of heat contained in
bodies.

Cal'otype (Gr.KoXos, Jedlos, beautiful;
Tviros, tupos, a type or impression).
A process of photography, in which
the picture is produced by the rapid
action of light on paper prepared
with iodide of silver and gallo-
nitrate of silver.

Calyc'ifioral (Lat. calyx, a cup or
calyx ; flos, a flower). A subdivi-
sion of exogenous plants, including
those which are provided with both
calyx and corolla, the stamens being
perigynous or epigynous.

Calyp'tra (Gr. KoKwro}, kaluptd, I
cover). An appendage of the theca
in mosses, covering it at first.

Calyp'trate (Gr. KoXinrrpa, hduptra,
a covering). Having a calyptra or
covering ; in hotany, applied to the
calyx of plants when it comes off
like an extinguisher.

Calyx (Gr. koXv^, coZux, a shell, or
unopened flower). The row of
leaf-like organs, generally green,
which immediately surrounds a
flower.

Camliinm. In hotam>y, the mucilagi-
nous fluid which lies between the
young wood and the bark of a tree.

Cam'era Luc'ida (Lat. a bright cham-
ber) . An apparatus for fiicilitating
the delineation of objects, by pro-
ducing a reflected picture of them
on paper by means of a prism.

Cam'era Obscu'ra (Lat. a dark cham-
ber). An apparatus in which, the
images of objects are received
through a double convex glass, and
exhibited in the interior of the
machine on a plane or curved sur-
&oe.

26

GLOSSABT.

Campan'nlate (Lat. eompanOf & bell).
Shaped like a beU.

Campylif ropom (Gr. irofiirvXos, ham'-
ptUo8f curved; rptirUf trepof I
torn). In botani/f applied to an
ovule bent down on itself till the
apex touches the base.

Canalic'nlxis (Lat. canaliSf a channel ;
lUuSf denoting sinallness). A little
channel.

Can'cellated (Lat. cancelli, cross-bar,
or lattice-work). Resembling lat-
tice-work : applied to the least com-
pact structure of bones.

Canoel'li (Lat. lattice-work). In ana-
tompt the network which forms the
less compact part of bones.

Canic'nlar (Lat. canidulus^ a small
dog). Belonging to the dog-star.

Cani'ne CLat. eanis^ a dog) . Belong-
ing or having relation to a dog.

Cannel-coal. A compact brittle
variety of coal, breaking with a
conchoidal fracture, and not soiling
the fingers.

Can'niila (Gr. Kavvoy harmaf a reed or
cane ; vlaf implying smallness). A
small pipe.

Can'tharis (Gr. KwBapos, han'iharos^ a
kind of beetle). The Spanish fly,
an insect of the beetle tribe : used
for producing blisters.

Canthns. The angle or comer of the
eye.

Caoutchouc, or India-rubber. The
produce of several trees in tropical
countries, which produce a juice
that hardens on exposure to
air.

Capacity (Lat. cajdo^ I receive). The
power of containing ; in chemistry^
applied to the proportion in which
bodies take in and contain caloric ;
the space included within the cubic
boundaries of a body.

Cap'illary (Lat. capiXlvSf a hair). Re-
sembling or having relation to Ado
hairs, or to the minute blood-
vessels.

Cap'itate (Lat. caputs a head). End-
ing in a knob, like the head of a
pin.

Capit'nlum (Lat. caput, a head). A
little head ; in hotanyy a flower-
head, composed of a number of

florets arranged without stems on
the summit of a single peduncle.

Ca'priform (Lat. caper, a goat; formoy
shape). Resembling a goat.

Cap'iular (Lat. caj/tida, a capeule).
Belonging or having relation to a
capsule.

Capsule (Lat. cap'svla, a little chest).
In chemistry, a clay saucer for
roasting ; in botany, a form of dry
fruit containing many seeds ; in
anatomy, a membranous bag in-
closing an organ.

Car'amel. Burnt sugar.

Car'apace (Ghr. Kopafios, har^abos, a
stag-beetle or crab). The bony
shield-like structure which pro-
tects the upper part of the turtle
and tortoise ; also the shell cover-
ing the crab, formed by the union
of the head with the thorax.

Carbide (Carbon). A compound of
carbon with hydrogen or a metaL

Carbona'ceous (Lat. carbo, a ooal).
Belonging to or containing carbon
or charcoal.

Carlionate (Lat. carbo, a coal). A
salt formed by the union of carbonic
acid with a base.

Carbonic (Lat carbo, a coal). Be-
longing to, or containing carbon
or charcoal.

Carboniferous (Lat. carbo, coal ;
fero, I bear). Producing or yield-
ing coal.

Carbonisa'tion (Lat. car&o, coal). The
process of burning a substance
until nothing but the carbon or
charcoal is left.

Car1)onise (Lat. carbo, coal). To turn
into coaL

Carni)nncle (Lat. carbo, a coal). A
painful form of excrescenceor growth
on the skin.

Carburet (Carbon). A compound
of carbon with hydrogen or a
metal.

Carcino'ma (Or. kopkivos, Jcar^kinos,
a crab). A form of cancer.

Carcinomatous (Gr. KopKitw/xa,
Jearldnima, a cancer). Consisting
of or belonging to the form of
cancer called carcinoma.

Car'dia(Gr. Kap$ta,X;a/c2ta,theheart).
The opening in the stomach whidi

GLOSSARY.

2r

admits the food : a term originating
in the former confusion of ideas
between the heart and the stomach.

Car'diac (Gr. KopBiay Tcai^dia, the
heart). Belonging to the heart ; or
to the npper orifice of the stomach.

Car'diaci (Ghr. KopSio, ka'/dia, the
heart). A term proposed to be
applied to the diseases of the heart.

Cardial'gia (Gr. KopBia, kar^dia, the
heart; d\yos, algoe, pain). Pain
in the stomach.

Car'dinal (Lat. cardoy a hinge). In
aMroTwmyt applied to the four
principal intersections of the hori-
zon with the meridian, or North,
South, East, and West ; in zoology,
belonging to or connected with the
hinge in bivalve molluscs.

Cardi'tis (Gr. Kapdia, kai^dia, the
heart ; iLia, denoting inflammation).
Inflammation of the heart.

Carries (Lat., the state of worm-eaten
wood). Ulceration of the substance
of bones.

Ca'rions (Lat. caries). Affected with
caries.

Carxnin'atiye (Lat. carmen, a poem
or song). A medicine used to relieve
pain in the stomach and flatulence ;
so called because it acts as incanta-
tions (carmina) or charms were
supposed to act.

Cama'ria (Lat. caro, flesh). An or-
der of mammalian animals which
live on flesh, as the lion, tiger, &c.

Camifica'tion (Lat. caro, flesh ; facio,
I make). Conversion into a sub-
stance resembling flesh.

Camiv'ora (Lat. caro, flesh; voro, I
devour). See Caiiiaria.

Camiv'oroiu (Lat. caro, flesh; voro,
I devour). Living on animal food.

Carot'id (Gr. Kopa, Jcara, the head ;
obs, ous, the ear). A name given
to the arteries which proceed to the
head.

Carpal {Carpus). Selonging to the
wrist.

Carpel (Gr. Kopnrot, Jearpos, fruit).
A name given to the separate pis-
tils of which a compound fruit is
formed.

Carpellary {Carpel), Belonging to
a carpel.

Carp'ology (Gr. Kopwos, Jsarpos, a
frxiii;\oyo5, logos, discourse). The
description and classification of
fruits.

Carp'ophore(GT.Kapiros, Jearpos, fruit ;
4>efMi>, phero, I carry). The axis or
stalk which supports the achsenia of
which a cremocarp is formed.

Carpus (Gr. Kopwos, Jearpos, the^
wrist). The wrist.

Car'poliihes (Gr.Kopiros, Jearpos, fruit;.
XiBos, litkos, a stone). In geology,
the general term for fossil fruits.

Car'tilage (Lat. cartUa'go). Gristle.

Cartilag'inoas (Lat. cartila'go, carti-
l£^e). Belonging to or consisting
of gristle ; applied also to certain
fishes, the skeleton of which is of a
gristly consistence.

Carbuncle (Lat. caro, flesh). A small
fleshy excrescence.

Caryatides (Gr. Kapvai, Cai^uai, a
city of Lacouia). In architecture,
female figures used to support en-
tablatures; so called from th&
women of Carjrsd (Kapvou), when
the city was taken by the Athe-
nians, being represented in this
posture to perpetuate the memory
of the event.

Caryop'sis (Gr. Kopvov, Jear^uon, a
walnut; o^is, opsis, appearance).
A form of diy fruit, consiBting of
one cell, not splitting, and con-
taining a seed which is adherent
to the pericarp.

Ca'sein (Lat. ca'sefum, cheese). A pe-
culiar compound substance, the
characteristic component of milk,
and the principal ingredient ia
cheese.

Cataclysm (Gr. KarcucXvCu, JcatacVulzu,
I inundate). A deluge or inunda-
tion.

Catalepsy (Gr. Kara, Jeata, down ;.
\rfr\fis, lepsis, a seizing). A
sudden suppression of conscious-
ness, in which the body retains the
position in which it was when the-
attack commenced.

Catal'ysis (Gr. Kara, Jeata, down ;
\iw, luo, I loosen). A term applied
to certain chemicsal phenomena, in
which changes in the composition
I of substances are e££&s^i%^\r| *^^

28

GLOSSABY.

presence of another body, which it-
self remains unaltered.

Catalyt'ic (Gr. KaTOj katOj down;
\tWf luoy I loosen). Belating to
catalysis.

Cat'aplatm (Gr. Kara, hUct, down, or
on ; irXxuract, plasso, I mould). A
poultice.

Cat'aract (Gr. Karap^rryvvfUy katar-
rhegnu^mif I break down). A water-
fall ; in mediciney a disease of the
eyes, consisting in opacity of the
crystalline lens.

Catar'rh (Gr. Karoj hcUay down ; ^c»y
rhed, I flow). A disorder attended
with increased secretion from the
nose and fauces ; a cold.

Catar'rhal (Gr. koto, kccta, down;
^60), rhed, I flow). Belonging to
catarrh.

Catastal'tic (Gr. Kara, down : <rr€\-
Xo), stelldf I send). Acting from
above downwards, or from the
centre to the circumference : ap-
plied to nervous action.

Catas'trophd (Gr. koto, down or over ;
arpe^fStrephOf I turn). In geology ,
a supposed change in the globe from
some sudden violent physical action.

Catena'rian (Lat. catSnay a chain).
Belating to or resembling a chain.

Cate'nopores (Lat. coUSnay a chain ;
poruSf a pore). Chainpore coral : a
form of fossil coral.

Cathar'tic (Gr. KoBaipcoy IccahaHro, I
dean or purge). Purgative.

Cath'ode (Gr. Karot hcUOy down;
bZosy hodoSf a way). The surface
at which electricity i>asses out of
a body.

Cation (Gr. Kara, hata, down ; ioovy
ion, going). A name given by Dr.
Faraday to those subsumces which
appear at the cathode.

Catop'tricB (Gr. icaroirTpoy, Tcatoptron,
a mirror). That part of optics
which explains the phenomena of
reflected light.

Cauoa'sian {Cou'cosim), A term pro-
perly denoting the peoples dwelling
about the Caucasus, but applied
also as the name of a class to most
of the European and several Asi-
atic nations.

Cauda eqni'na (Lat. a horse's tail).

The bmsh-like collection of
which terminates the spinal
row.

Caudal (Lat. cauda, a tail). Belong
ing to the taiL

Caudate (Lat. cattdOf a tail). HaTing
' a tail.

Caul'ide (Lat. caulisy a stalk ; de,
denoting smallness). Li botanff, a
term sometimes applied to the neck
of the embryonic plant.

Caul'ixiaxy (Lat. caulis, a stem). In
botanj/y applied to the leaves of
mosses when produced on the
stem.

Caul'ine (Lat. cauZts, a stem). Be
longing to a stem ; applied to the
leaves growing from tiie main axis
of a plant.

Caustic (Gr. icatw, JcaHoy I bum).
Burning; in surgery, destroying
animal textures by powerful che-
mical action.

Cau'terise' (Gr. kcuu, hai'oy 1 bum).
To destroy animal tissues by heat^
as with a hot iron.

Cau'tery (Gr. kcuu, Icai'd, I bum).
The destroying animal tissues by
the application of heat ; an iron in-
strument for the purpose.

Cav^emous (Lat. caver'tuiy a cavern).
Full of caverns ; or like a cavern.

Celee'tial (Lat. ccdvmy heaven).
Belonging to the sky or visible
heaven.

Cell (Lat. cellay a store-house or
chamber). In physiology^ a mi-
nute bag or vesicle.

Cellular (Lat. ceVlula, a little cell).
Consisting of or containing oeUs;
applied to the connecting tissue of
the diflerent parts of the body,
which form cells or interstices.

Cellulose (Lat. cel'lula, a cell). A
compound of carbon, hydrogen, and
oxygen, forming the fundamental
material of the structure of plants.

Ceut'igrade (Lat. ceT^um, a hundred ;
gradus, a degree). Consisting of a
hundred degrees ; the scale on
which thermometers are constructed
in France.

Cent'igramme (Fr. centy a hundred ;
gramme, a weight so called). A
French weight, the hundredth part

GLOSSARY.

29

of a gramme : about ^tbs of a
grain avoirdupois.

Cenfilitre (Fr. cent, a hundred;
litre, a quart, or IJ English pints).
The hundredth part of a litre :
about ^th of an English pint.

Cenfime'tro (Fr. cent, a hundred;
m^tre, a measure equal to S^j^ Eng-
lish feet). The hundredth -ptixt of
a metre : equal to a little more
than )^ths of an English inch.

Cenf ipede (Lat. centum, a hundred ;
pes, a foot). Having a hundred
feet : applied to certain insect-like
animals which have a large number
of feet.

Cen'trical (Lat. centrum^ a centre).
Having coinciding centres ; centri-
cal interposition, in astronomy, is
the appearance presented in eclipses
when the centres of the discs co-
incide, the margin of the larger
disc being lefb free.

Centrifugal (Lat. centrum, the'centre;
fugio, I flee). Having a tendency
to fly off in a direction ft'om the
centre; in botany, applied to plants
in which the expansion of flowers
commences at the top and proceeds
downwards.

Centrip'etal (Lat. centrum, a centre ;
peto, I seek). Having a tendency
towards the centre ; in bota/ny,
applied to plants in which the
flowers expand from below upwards.

Cephalal'gia (Gh:. K€<f>a\'n, Jceph'ale,
the head; &\yos, algos, pain).
Headache.

Cephal'ic (Gr. KfipaXrj, heph'dle, the
head). Belonging to the head.

Cephal'ici (Gr. Kf<pciXr\, heph'dle, the
head). A term proposed to be
given to diseases seated in the head.

Ceph'alopods (Gr. Ke<pdK% Tceph'aU,
the head ; vovt, pons, a foot). A
class of molluscous invertebrate
animals, which have their organs
of motion arranged round the head,
as the cuttle-fish.

Cephaloiho'raz {(3tT.K€<f>aX7i, heph'aXe,
the head ; 9wpa|, th^ax, a breast-
plate). The anterior part of the
external skeleton of arachnida,
consisting of the head and chest
united in one mass.

Cerate (Lat. cera, wax). An oint-
ment consisting of wax and oil.

Cer'atites (Gr. R^pas, keras, a horn).
A genus of fossil cephalopods in
the triassic strata.

Cer'ato- {Qv.Ktpas, keras, a horn). In
anatomy, a prefix in compound
words signifying connection with
the comua or horns of the hyoid
bone.

Cer'atose (Gr. Kepas, Jceras, a horn).
Homy ; applied to sponges, of which
the hard part is of a homy con-
sistence.

Cerose (Gr. KepKos, herJsos, a tail).
The feelers projecting from the hind
part of the body in some insects.

Cer'eal (Lat. Ceres, the goddess of
com). Belonging to, or producing
eatable grain.

Cerebellar {Cerebdlum). Belonging
to the cerebellum or little brain.

Cerebellum (Lat. cei^ebrum, the brain ;
eUwm, signifying smallness). The
little brain ; a portion of the mass
within the skiUl, situated at the
lower and back part.

Cer'ebral (Lat. cer^ebrum, the brain).
Belonging to the brain.

Cer'ebric (Lat. cer'ebrum, the brain).
Belonging to or produced from the
brain.

CereVriform (Lat. cer'ebrum, the
brain; forma, shape). Shaped
like the brain.

Cerebri'tis (Lat. cer^ebrum, the brain ;
itis, denoting inflammation). In-
flammation of the brain.

Cer'ebroid (Lat. cer'ebrum, the brain ;
Gr. €t5os, eidos, shape). Like or
analogous to a brain.

Cer'ebro-Bpi'nal (Lat. cer'ebrvm, the
brain ; spina, the spine). Belong-
ing to or consisting of the brain
and spinal cord.

Cer'ebrum (Lat). The brain proper.

Ceru'minouB (Lat. cerCmien, the wax
of the ear). Belonging to the wax
contained in the ear.

Cerulean (Lat cesium, the sky). Sky-
coloured ; blue.

Cervi'cal (Lat. cervix, the neck). Be-
longing to the neck.

Ce8't(^ (Gr. K€<TTos, Icestos^ «. ^^<ftk \
tV^z^ eido%, ioTia^ . \i^^ ^^eaS^^ \

^0

GLOSSABT.

applied to intestinal worms with
loDg flat bodies, as tlie tape- worm.

Clestra'oioiitB (Gr. KcoTpOy hestroj a
kind of fish). A family of fishes,
mostly fossil, of which the Port
Jackson shark is a type.

Ceta'ceoiu (Gr. KTtros, hko$, a whale).
Belongiog to the order of mamma-
lian animals of which the whale is
a type.

Chala'za (Gr. x^^^C^h chala'zoy a
small tubercle). The twisted mem-
branous cord attached at each end
of the yolk of an egg ; in botany y
an expansion at the base of an
ovale, uniting the ooyerings with
the nucleus.

Chalyb'eate (Gr. x^W'* chalvbbSf
steel). Oontaining iron.

Chaine'leon(Ghr. x^t/^^ chamai, on the
ground ; Aewv, leon, a lion). A kind
of lizard ; in chemistry, a manganate
of potassa, from the changes in colour
which its solution undergoes.

Cha'cs (Gr. x^^^^i chaos, void space,
or unformed mass). A mass of
matter without arrangement.

Cheirop'tera (Gr. xup, chew, a hand;
mtpov, pteron, a wing). Wing-
handed animals ; applied to an
order of mammalian animals, of
which the bat is an example, in
which the toes of the fore-limbs
are connected by a membrane, so
as to serve as wings.

-Chelate (cMlB). Having chehe or
two-cleft claws.

dhele (Gr. X'?M» chele, a hoof or
claw). The two-cleffc claws of
the Crustacea, scorpions, &c.

Chelic'era (Gr. xv^Vi chele, a claw ;
K€pas, Tceras, a horn). The pre-
hensile claws of the scorpion.

ilhelo'nia (Gr. x^^^^i cheldne, a
tortoise). The order of reptiles
including tortoises and turtles.

Chem'ical (Gr. x^®* ^^^> I pour).
Belonging to chemistry.

Chem'istry (Ghr. x««, ched, I pour).
The science which has for its object
the study of the nature and proper-
ties of all the materials which
enter into the composition of the
earth, sea, and air, and of the
beings inhabiting them.

Chert A term applied to flinty
portions occurring in limestone aad
other rocks.

Chia'ro-owa'ro (Italian, chia'ro, dear;
oseu'ro, dark). A drawing in black
and white ; the art of advantage-
ously distributing the lights iad
shadows in a picture.

Chilogna'tha (Gr. x*^^^^ cheUos, a
lip ; yvc^os, gnathos, a jaw). A
family of myriapodous invertebrate
animals, having a pair of stout
homy mandibles with sharp toothed
edges.

Chilop'oda (Gr. x^^f^h cheilos, a lip;
vovs, pons, a foot). A family ot
myriapodous invertebrate animalB,
having an additional lip formed by
the second pair of legs, containing
each a canal for the dischai^ of a
poisonous liquid, as the centipede.

Chimr'gical (Gr. x^^Pi cheir, a hand ;
ipyov, ergon, work). Relating to
surgery, or that branch of medicine
which treats diseases and ioguries
by manual operations and instm-
ments.

Chi'tine (Gr. X''''"'') cliitor^ a coat).
The hardening suhstance of the
covering of insects.

Chi'tinoxis (ChUi'ne), Consisting oi^ or
of the nature of^ chitine.

Chlo'rate {Chlorine ; term, ate), A
compound of chloric acid with a
base.

Chlo'ride {Chlorine; term. u?e). A
compound of chlorine with a metal
or other elementary substance.

Chlo'rine (Gr. x^^P^^t cTddros^ yel-
lowish green) . An elemental^ gas,
so called from its yellow colour.

Chlo'rite (Ghr. x^^P^h cfdoros^ yel-
lowish-green). A mineral occur-
ring in the granite and metamor-
phic rocks, often disseminated
through or coating the laminae.

Chlorom'etry {Chlorine ; Gr. fxerpov^
metron, a measure). The process
of testing the quantity of chlorine
contained in chloride of lime or any
other bleaching materiaL

CMo'rophyll (Gr. x^po^t ehJdrogf
yellowish-green ; 4>v\A.oi', phnUoUj
a leaf). The green colouring mat-
ter of the leaves of plants.

GLOSSAEY.

81

Crhloro'sifl (Gt. x^^f^h chloras, yel-
lowish-green). A diseased state,
characterised by poverty of blood,
and in which a greenish colour of
the skin is a prominent symptom.

dhlorotlc (Gr, x^^posi chloro8, yel-
lowish-green). Relating to or
having chlorosis.

dhoke-damp. Carbonic acid gas dis-
engaged in mines.

Cholagogue \Gr. xo^Vt chole, bile;
itycof agOf I lead). Having the
property of caosing an evacuation
of bile.

dholed'ochiu (Gr. x^^>7) ckde^ bile ;
Sexofjuuj dech'omaif I receive). Re-
ceiving bile ; applied to the tube
formed by the junction of the cystic
and hepatic ducts.

Chorera (Gr. x^^V* chole, bile : ^€«,
rheOf I flow). An epidemic disease,
characterised by diarrhoea and
vomiting, and symptoms of depres-
sion of tiie powers of life.

Choles'terin (Gr. x^^^Vi cholej bile ;
(TTepeos, ster'eoSf solid). A sub-
stance having the properties of fat^
found principally in bile.

Chondiin (Gr. x'^^^poh (^I'Ondros,
a cartilage or gristle). A substance
somewhat resembling gelatine or
animal jelly, produced by the ac-
tion of hot water on cartilage.

Chon'dlites (Lat. chondrust a kind of
sea-weed). Fossil marine plants
in the chalk and other formations.

Clhondropteryg'ii (Gt. x'^'^^P'^h c^ow-
dro8, cartilage or gristle ; irrepvyiov,
pteri^gionf a little wing). An order
of fishes, the fin-bones of which are
composed of gristle only.

<7hord (Qt. x^P^i chorde, a string).
In geometry, a line extending ^m
one end of the arc of a circle to
the other ; in mime, the union of
two or more sounds uttered at onc^
forming a harmony.

Chor'ea (Gr. x^P^^t choros, a dance).
The disease commonly called St.
Vitus's Dance, consisting of in-
voluntary movements of the mus-
cles, consciousness being retained.

€ho'riO]i(Gr.xe»p€a), cTwred, I contain).
The external membrane which
covers the foetus.

.Gho'risis (Qtr, x^p^Cf^i chdrHzdf I sepa-
rate). A separation; in botcmy,
applied to the increase in number
of the parts of a flower produced by
the splitting of organs during their
development.

Chorog'raphy (Gr. x^^P^h choroa, a
place or region ; ypoupta, graphJo^ I
write or describe). The descrip-
tion of a region or country.

Chor'oid (Gr. x^P^^^t chorion, the
chorion; ctSos, eidos, shape). Be-
sembling the chorion : applied to
a coat of the^ye, also to a network
of blood-vessels in the brain.

CShro'mate (Gr. xP^M-'h chroma, co-
lour). A compound of chromic
acid with a base.

Chromatic (Gr. xp^f^ chroma, co-
lour). Relating to colour ; in
music, the chromatic scale is that
which proceeds by semitonic inter-
vals.

Chro'matropo (Ghr. xp^f^ chrome^
colour ; rpnroD, trepo, I turn). An
optical apparatus for exhibiting the
appearance of a stream of colours,
by the revolution of a double set of
coloured circular arcs.

Chro^xnogen (Gr. xp^f"h chroma, co-
lour ; ywvoM, gennao, I produce).
The colouring matter of phtnts.

Cbronol'ogy (Gr. xP^^^^y chronos,
time ; \0y05, logos, a word or de-
scription). The arrangement of
events in order of time.

Chronom'eter (Gr. xp^vos, chronos,
time; fitrpou, metron, a mea-
sure). An instrument for measur-
ing time.

Chronomef rio (Gr. xP^^^h chronos,
time ; yxrpov, metron, a measure).
Relating to or employed in the
measure of time.

Chro'tici (Gr. xp^h chrds, the skin),
A term proposed to be applied to
diseases of the skin.

Chrys^aliB (Gr. xp^tros, chrusos, gold).
The form which certain insects as-
sume between the caterpillar and
the winged states; so called be-
cause yellow in some.

Chyle (Gr. x^^^^t chulos, juice). The
milky liquid prepared from the
I food, to be absorbed bi \3ttfc\ari«ss^

82

GLOSSABT.

vessels, and supplied to the blood
for nutriment.

Ghylif eroiiB (Lat. chylus, chyle ; fero,
I carry). Carrying chyle.

Ghylif ic (Lat. chylua^ chyle ; /aoo, I
make). Making chyle ; especially
applied to a part of the digestive
apparatus of insects.

Ghyliflca'tioii (Lat. ckylus, chyle;
faciOf I make). The process of
making chyle.

Ghylopoiet'ic (Gr. x^^^ ehvlott
juice or chyle ; iroiew, poi'eOf I
make). MaJdng chyle : commonly
applied to the stomach and intes-
tmes.

Chyme (Gr. x^fios, ehvmoSf juice).
The pulpy mass formed by digestion
of the food in the stomach.

Cicalzi'otQa (Lat. cicdtrix, a scar ;
ula, denoting smallness). A spot
resembling a small scar.

CicatiiBS'tioxL (Lat cicdtrix, a scar).
The process of healing a wound.

Cic'atrue (L&t. cicdtrix, a scar). To
heal a wound, or induce the for-
mation of a scar.

Cica^trix (Lat.) The scar left after
the healing of a wound.

Cil'ia (Lat. ciVium, an eyelash). Li
anat<ymy^ the eyelashes ; also cer-
tain minute bodies projecting from
various parts of animals, and having
waving motion ; in hotomy, hairs on
the margin of a body.

Cil'iary (Lat. cil'ium, an eyelash).
Belonging to the eyelashes or eye-
lids, or to the minute vibratory
bodies called cilia.

Ciliated {OiUta). Provided with vi-
bratile cilia : applied to a form of
epithelium.

Ciliolxra'chiate (Lat. cil'ium,; hra'-
chium, an arm). Having the arms
provided with cilia ; applied to a
class of polypes.

Cil'iograde (Lat. cU'ivm; gra'dior, I
step). Swimming by the action of
cilia.

dnen'chyma (Gr. Kivtw, Mneo, I
move ; iyx^fjut, en'chtima, a tissue).
A name given to the laticiferous
vessels of plants.

Cineri'tioxis (Lat. cinis, ashes). Re-
sembling ashes ; grey.

Cin'nabar. A crystalline sulphide of
mercury.

Cir'oinate (Lat. cir^cino, I turn round).
Curled round like a shepherd's crook
or a crosier.

Cir'cnlate (Lat. ci/cuZitf, a circle). To
movein sucha manner asto return to
the starting point, as the blood does.

drcnla'tion (Lat. cir^culus, a drde).
A motion in a circle ; the prooen
by which a moving body retumB to
the point from which it started.

drciun. A Latin preposition, used as
a prefix in compound wordbs, signi-
fying around.

Circomdne'tioiL (lAt. circum, around;
duco, I lead). A leading round ;
in physiology, a motion in which a
bone is made to describe a cone,
the apex of which is at the joint ;
as with the arm.

Cir'cimiflex (Lat. circum, around ;
flecto, I bend). Bent round; in
cmcUomy, applied to certain vessels
and nerves, from their course.

Circnmgyra'tion (Lat. circum, about;
gyrus, a circle). Motion in a drde.

Circiinmav'igate(Lat.cif'(n»m, around;
^ navis, a ship). To sail round.

Cironmpolar (Lat. circum, around;
polus, the pole). Eound the pole :
a term applied to the stars near the
North Pole.

Circnnuds'sile (Lat. circum, around ;
scindo, I cut). In hotomy, applied
to a form of dehiscence or opening
of fruits, in which the upper part
separates like a lid, as if cut off.

Cirrho'se (Lat. cirrhus, a curl or ten-
dril). Having or giving off ten-
drils.

Cirrho'sis (Gr. ictp^os, Idrrhos^ tawny).
A term applied to a diseajsed state
of the liver.

Cirri (Lat. cirrus, a lock of hair or
curl). The curled filaments acting
as feet to barnacles ; in hotomy^
tendrils.

Cirrig'eroxis (Lat. cirrus, a curl ;
gei^o, I bear). Supporting cirri or
curled filaments.

tHr'rigrade (Lat. cirrus; gra'dior^ I
^ step). Moving by means of cirri.

Cir'ripeds (Lat. cirrus; pes, a foot).
See Cirropods.

GLOSSAEY.

33

Cir'ropods (Lat. ctrruSf a fringe ; Gr.
vovSf pouSf a foot). A class of
invertebrate animals with curled
jointed feet.

Ci'tigrade (Lat. cittis, quick ; graduSf
a step). Moving quickly.

Ci'trate (Lat. citrus^ a citron or lemon).
A compound of citric acid with a
base.

Cit'ric (Lat. cUrtts, a lemon). Be-
longing to or existing in lemons ;
applied to an acid found in lemons
and some other fruits.

Cladoo'era '(Gr. kAoSo;, Madosj a
branch ; K€pas, keras, a horn).
Having branched horns : applied
to a family of crustaceous animals
with branched antennse.

Clairvoy'aiLce (Fr. c/atV, clear; voir^
to see). A state in which persons
pretend to see that which, under
ordinary circumstances, is not ap-
parent to the eye.

Clarifica'tion (L&t. clarusy clear;
fdciOj I make). A making clear.

Class (Lat. classis). A group of
things or beings, haying some con-
spicuous mark of similarity, but
capable, on further examination, of
being subdivided into other groups
or orders.

Classifica'tioa (Lat. clasaiSf a class ;
fadoj I make). An arrangement
into classes.

Cla'vate (Lat. clavuSf a club). Club-
shaped.

Clavicor'nes (Lat. clavus, a club ;
comUf a horn). A family of insects
whose antennse end in a club-shaped
enlargement, as the necrophorus
or burying beetle.

Clay. In g&)logy, a fine impalpable
sediment from water, nearly en-
tirely consisting of aluminous and
flinty particles, forming a tough
plastic mass.

Cleav'ftge. A tendency to split in
certain fixed directions.

Clep'sydra (Gr. kXcttw, hlepto^ I steal
or hide ; 6$o>p, hudovy water). An
instrument in which time was
attempted to be measured by the
flow of water ; a water-clock.

Clixnao'teric (Gr. kXiixo^, Jdimaxy a
ladder). A period of human life 1

in which a marked change is sup-
posed to take place in the constitu-
tion.

Climatologlcal {Climate ; \oyoSf lo-
gos, discourse). Relating to climate,
or to a description of climates.

Climatorog^ (Gr. ic\i/ia, Mima, a
region ; Koyos^ lof/os^ discourse).
The description of the general phe-
nomena of the climate or state of
weather of different countries.

Clinical (Gr. K\ivri , klinef a bed).
Belonging to a bed ; in medicine,
applied to instruction derived from
the actual observation of patients.

di'noid (Gr. KKiyq, kline, a bed or
couch ; €($os, eidoSy form). Like
a couch ; in anatomy, applied to
certain processes of bone, from an
imagined resemblance to a couch.

Clinom'eter (Gr. K\iv<a, klind, I bend
or slope; ixerpov, metron, a mea-
sure). An instrument for ascer-
taining the angle at which geological
strata are inclined.

Cloa'ca (Lat. a sink). The common
excretory outlet of birds and some
other animals.

Clonic (Gr. K\ov€a>, Tclon'ed, I agitate).
Applied to spasm or convulsion
which rapidly alternates with re-
laxation.

Clove (Lat. clavus, a nail). A bulb-
let formed in the axil of a leaf
which is still part of a bulb, as in
garlic.

Clyp'eifbrm (Lat. clyp'eua, a shield ;
fwma, form). Like a shield.

Clyster (Gr. h.\v^o», Uuzo, I wash).
A liquid substance thrown into the
lower intestine.

Coag'nlable (Lat. con, together ; ago,
I drive). Capable of being con-
gealed, or changed from a liquid to
a thick state.

Coag'nlate (Lat. con, together ; ago, I
drive). To turn from a fluid to a
thick state.

Coagnilft'tion(Lat. con, together ; ago,
I drive). A turning from a fluid to
a thick or solid state.

Coal-formation. The strata or layers
of the crust of the earth in which
coal is found.

Coales'cent (Lat. coo^e^'co^ \ ^s^^^

84

GLOSSABT.

together). Growing together or
uniting.

Coalition (Lat. coates'co^ I grow
together). A union of separate
bodies or parts in one mass.

Coapta'tion (Lat. con, together ; apto,
I fit). A fitting together.

Croarcta'tion (Lat. con, together;
arctuSf narrow). A narrowing or
compression.

Coohlea (6r. kox^os^ kochlos, a shell-
fish with a spiral shell). In ana-
tomyt A V^^^ of the internal ear, of
a conical form, marked by a spiral
groove.

CoefBis'ieiit(Lat. con, together ; effi^ioy
I effect or make up). That which
unites with something else to pro-
duce a result.

CoBlelxnin'tha (Gr. koiXos, hoiloSf
hollow ; iX^ivSf helminSj a worm).
The intestinal worms which have
an alimentary tube.

Coeliac (Gr. KoiXiOy hoilia, the belly).
Belonging to the abdomen.

Ck>er'ciye (Lat. c(mf together ; arceo^
I drive). Driving together; applied
to the force which brings about the
recomposition of bodies after separa-
tion into their elements.

Cohe'sion (Lat. con, together ; ha^reo,
I stick). The property by which
bodies stick together.

Coleop'tera (Gr. ko\€os, koVeos, a
sheath ; impov, pteron, a wing).
Having sheathed wings : applied to
an order of insects of which beetles
are the type, in which the outer or
upper wings form sheaths for the
inner or lower.

Coleorhi'za (Gr. KoKtos, IcoHeoSy a
sheath ; ^i^o, rhiza, a root). The
sheath which covers the bundle of
young roots in endogens.

Col'ic (Gr. KuKoVf koloTij a part of the
large intestine). In aruUomy, be-
longing to the colon ; in medicinef
a painful disorder of the intestines.

Collapse (Lat. con, together ; taboTf
I glide or fall). To fall together ;
a falling together.

Collaf oral (Lat. con, together ; IcUw,
a side). Placed side by side ; des<
cending from the children of a
common ancestor.

CoUen'chyma (Gr. koXXo, hoUii, glue ;
iyXvfULf en'chumOf a tissue). In
botany, the substance lying between
and uniting cells.

Collima'tion (Lat. con, with ; limetf
a limit). The art of aiming at a
mark ; in astronomy, the line of
oollimation is the line of sight that
passes through the point of inter*
section of the wires fixed in the focoa
of the object-glass and the centre
of that glass.

Colliq'native (Lat. con, with ; li^ueo,
I melt). Melting ; applied to
diseases attended with profuse loss
of the animal fluids.

Colliflon (Lat. con, together ; UedOf
I strike). A striking together.

CoUo'dion (Gr. koAAo, kMa, glue).
A solution of gun-cotton in a mix-
ture of ether and alcohoL

CoUam (Lat. a neck). In botam/y, the
portion between the plumnle and
the radicle.

CoUyr'iani (Gr. KoWvpa, colMra,
eye-salve). A wash for the eyes.

Cololites (Gr. Ka\oy, koUm, one of
the intestines ; \iBos, lUhoSf a
stone). In geology, a name given to
tortuous masses and impressions,
resembling the intestines of fishes.

Colnmella (Lat. a little column). In
conchology, the central pillar roond
which a spiral shell is wound ; in
anatomy, applied to the central part
or axis of the cochlea of the ear.

Colnin'nsB Car'neas (Lat. fleshy co-
lumns). Small rounded muscular
bands covering the inner surfieu^
of the ventricles of the heart.

Colnm'nar (Lat. colam'na, a column).
Arranged in columns.

Coma (Gr. Kcofia, koma, a sound sleep).
A state of complete insensibility,
with loss of power of speech and
motion.

Coma (Gr. KOfirj, komie, hair). The
nebulous or hazy appearance which
surrounds a comet.

Combina'tion (Lat. con, with ; hint,
two and two). Union of different
substances into a new compound.

Combos'tible (Lat. comburo, I bam
up). Capable of being burned.

Combns'tion (Lat. com6uro, I bum up).

GLOSSARY.

35

A burning ; the process in which,
by the aid of heat, a sabstauce
unites with oxygen, or sometimes
with chlorine.

Com'et (Gr. KOfiri, Jeomie, hair). A body
revolving round the sun in an el-
liptical orbit, and having generally
a tail or train of light, whence its
name.

Cem'ma (Gr. icoirrw, hoptd^ I cut).
In musiCf an interval between two
sounds, distinguishable by the ear.

Commen'snrable, or Commen'surate
(Lat. conf together; mensu'ra, a
measure). Having a common mea-
sure ; applied to two or more num-
bers capable of being divided by the
same quantity without leaving a
remainder.

Com'minute (Lat. coUf together ; mi-
nuoy I lessen). To break into small
pieces ; to reduce to powder.

Com'missiire (Lat. c(m^ together;
miMo, I send). A joining together;
a joint or seam.

Corn'mutator (Lat. ccm, with ; mutQt
I change). That which changes one
with another : an apparatus to con-
trol and modify the course of an
electric current.

Co'mose (Lat. comay hair). Hairy.

Compaf ible (Lat. con^ with ; pa'tior,
I suffer or endure). In logic, ex-
pressing two views of one object at
the same time ; in ehemintry and
pharmacy f not decomposing each
other.

CompexLsa'tlon Balance. In a watch
or chronometer, a contiivance for
correcting errors caused by varia-
tions of temperature, by means of
bars of two or more metals of dif-
ferent powers of expansion.

Com'plement (Lat. com'pleo, I fill up).
That which is required to fill up or
complete some quantity or thing.

Com'plex (Lat. con, with ; plecto, I
weave). Made up of two or more
parts.

(TompUca'tloxi (Lat. con, together ;
ptico, I fold or weave). An inter-
weaving or involving together ; in
medicine, applied to a disease which
appears during the presence of
another.

Compo'nent (Lat. con, together ; pono,
I put). Making up a compound
body.

Com'posite (Lat. con, together ; pono,
I put). Formed of things placed
together; in architecture, applied
to an order the characteristics of
which are made up from other
orders ; in arithmetic, applied to
numbers which can be divided
exactly by a whole number greater
than unity.

Compres'sible (Lat. con, together;
premo, I press). Capable of being
pressed together into a smaller
space.

Compres'ser (Lat. con, together ;
premo, I press). That which presses
together : an apparatus for exer-
cising pressure on bodies viewed
through a microscope.

Ckm'cave (Lat. <xm, with ; caviu, hol-
low). Sinking into a depression in
which a rounded body would lie.

Coa'cavo-eon'vex. Concave on one
surface and convex on the other.

Concen'trate (Lat. con, together ; cen-
trum, a centre). To bring to a
common centre; to increase the
strength of a compound fluid by
evaporating the water contained
in it.

Concen'trio (Lat. con, together ; cen-
trum, a centre). Having a common
centre.

Concliif' eroiu (Lat. concha, a shell ;
fero, I bear). Shell-fish ; espe-
cially those with bivalve shells.

Conchoi'dal (Ghr. icoyx% konche, a
shell ; cISof, eidos, form). Like a
shell.

Conchol'ogy (Gr. Koyxn, hmche, a
shell ; X070S, logos, ti, word or
description). The science which
describes shells.

Conchyliom,'etry (Gr. Koyxv^^^ov,
konchu'lion, a shell ; lurpov, me-
iron, a measure). The art of mea-
suring shells or their curves.

Concoo'tion (Lat. eon, implying per-
fection ; coqw), I cook). A diges>
tion, or ripening.

Concomltaat (Lat. con, with ; eomes^
a companion). Accompanying.

Conoord (Lat. cou^ -wvSSq.n tw^ ^^

86

GLOSSABT.

heart). Agreement ; in music,
the union of two or more sounds
80 as to produce an agreeable im-
pression on the ear.

Con'orete (Lat. con, together ; crescOf
Igrow). Qrowntogether, or united ;
in logiCf applied to a term which
includes both the subject and its
quality ; in architecture, a mass of
lime, sand, and gravel, or broken
stones, commonly used for the
foundation of buildings.

Concre'tion (Lat. con, together; cresco,
I grow). The act of growing to-
gether, or becoming consistent or
hard ; a mass formed by the union
of particles.

Concre'tioxiary Deposits. In geoloqy,
the recent alluvial strata, including
calcareous and other deposits from
springs.

Condensa'tion (Lat. con, together;
densua, thick). The act of making
dense, or of causing the particles
of a body to approach each other
more closely ; the state of being
made dense.

Condens'e (Lat. con, with; denstts,
thick). To make dense or thick,
by forcing the particles of a body
into a smaller compass.

Condens'er (Lat. con, with ; densus,
thick). An instrument or apparatus
by which gases or vapours may be
condensed.

Conduc'tion (Lat con, with; duco,
I lead). A leading ; the property
by which heat, electricity, &c., is
transmitted without a change in
the particles of the conducting
body. •

Condnc'tor (Lat. con, together : duco,
I lead). A leader ; in natural
philosophy, a body that receives
and communicates electricity or
heat.

Condu'plicate (Lat. con, together;
duplex, double). Double, or folded
over together ; applied in botany to
leaves, when folded together from
the midrib.

Con'dyle (Gr. kovBuKos, Jcon'dulos, a
knuckle). A rounded projection at
the end of a bone ; a knuckle.

Con'dyloid (Gr. kov^vXos, kon'dtUoSf a

knuckle ; tiSos, eidos, form). Re-
sembling a condyle : applied espe-
cially to the projection by which
the lower jaw is articulated with
the head.

Con'dylopods (Gr. kop9uXos, Jeon'dvloa^
a knuckle ; irovr, pous, a foot).
Articulated animals with jointed
legs, as insects and Crustacea.

Cone (Gr. kwvos, kHruts). A body
with a circular base, ending in a
point at the top ; in botany, % mass
of hard scales or bracts coYering
naked seeds.

Ckmfer'vBB (Lat.). Plants consisting
merely of round or cylindrical cells
united into a filament.

ConliBr'void (Lat. conferva^ a kind of
water plant; Gr. tVhs^ eidot,
form). Resembling conferra ; a
kind of fresh -water plant consist-
ing of jointed stems.

Confignra'tlon (Lat. con, together;
figuira, a figure). The shape or
outline of a body.

Con'floent (Lat. con^ together ; fiuc^
I flow). Flowing or running to-
gether: applied to the union of
parts on finally separate.

Conform'able (Lat. con, together;
forma, form). In geology, applied
to strata or groups of strata ly-
ing in parallel order one above
another.

Confionna'tion (Lat. con, together;
foi'ma, form). The manner in
which a body is formed ; structure.

Cong^la'tion (Lat. con, together; gelo,
I freeze). The process of passing
from a fluid to a solid state, as
water becomes converted into ice.

Congen'erate (Lat. con, together;
genus, a kind). Of the same kind
or nature, or having the same
action.

Congenital (Lat. con, with ; gignor^
I am bom). Born with; belong-
ing to an individual from birth.

Conge'ries (Lat. co% together ; gero^
I bear). A mass of things heaped
up together.

Conges'tion (Lat. con, together ; gero,
I bear). An accumulation of blood
or other fluid in the vessels.

Conges'tive (Lat. con, together; gerOy

GLOSSARY.

37

I bear). Belonging to or attended
by congestion.

Con'globate (Lat. con^ together ; glo-
buSf a ball). Gathered into a
round mass or ball.

Conglom'erate (Lat. con, together;
glomtUf a ball). Gathered into a
ball or mass. Applied to works
composed of rounded fragments.

Con'ic (Gr. Kwyosj konoSf a cone).
Haying the form of or belonging to
a cone.

Conic Sections. The figures formed
by the division of a cone by a plane :
they are five in number — the tri-
angle, circle, ellipse or oval, para-
bola, and hyperbola.

Conif eroiLS (Lat. conttSf a cone ; ferOf
I bear). Bearing cones : an order
of plants, of wMch the fir, pine,
and juniper are examples ; so called
because their iiruit is in the form
of a cone.

Coniros'tres (Lat. contts, a cone ;
rostrum f a beak). A tribe of in-
scssorial or perching birds having
strong conical beaks, of which the
finches, crows, and hornbills are
examples.

Con'jogate FooL In opticsy when part
of the rays falling on a lens are
refracted so as to meet in another
focus than the principal focus, then
the two foci are called conjugate foci.

Conjunc'tion (Lat. con, together;
jimgOf I join). A joining ; in oa-
tronomy, the meeting of two or
more stars or planets in the same
degree of the zodiac ; a planet is
in conjunction with the sun, when
it appears in the same straight line
from the earth.

Coi^imcti'va (Lat. con, together ;
jungo, I join). The fine membrane
covering the front of the eye, which
is a continuation of the mucous
membrane lining the eyelids.

Con'nate (Lat. con, together ; naacor,
I am bom). Growing together.

Connec'tive (Lat. eouy together ; necto,
I knit). Connecting or joining to-
gether ; in botany, the mass of
cellular tissue and spiral vessels
generally connecting the lobes of the
anther.

Co'noid (Gr. khovos, honos, a cone ;
tilosy eidos, shape). Like a cone ;
in geometry y the solid figure formed
by the revolution of a conic section
round its axis.

Conserva'trix (Lat. conser^vo, I pre-
serve). Preserving : applied, in
the expression vis conservatrix
naturcBf to the power which the
body has of resisting hurtful in-
fluences.

Consoridate (Lat. eon, together ; soti-
dus, solid or firm). To make or
become firm and hard.

Con'sonance (Lat. con, together;
sonus, a sound). A sounding to-
gether; in music, an accord of
sounds which produces an agreeable
sensation in the ear.

Constella'tion (Lat. con, together ;
stelUi, a star). A cluster or assem-
blage of stars.

Conslit'aent (Lat. con, together ;
stat'uo, I place). Forming an es-
sential or necessary part of anything.

Constitntional Diseases. Diseases
which become developed under the
iDfiuence of agents acting within the
body.

Constric'tor (Lat. con, together;
string 0, I bind). A binder or
drawer together: applied in <ma-
tomy to muscles which close any
orifice.

Consump'tion (Lat. consu'mo, I con-
sume). A consuming or destruction ;
in medicine^ a gradual decay of the
body, especially attended with a
disease of the lungs.

Contact Theory. In electrical science,
the hypothesis of Volta, by which
any two different conductors of elec-
tricity placed in contact with each
other produce a decomposition and
mutual transference of their elec-
tric fluids.

Conta'gion (Lat. con, together; ta/ngo,
I touch). A touching; in medicine,
the communication of disease by
touching the sick or his clothes,
&c.

Conta'g^oxis(Lat. con, together; tango,
I touch). Capable of being com-
municated by touch, or containing
communicable matt^t.

88

GLOSSARY.

Ckyn'tinent (Lat eoUf together ; teneOf
I hold). In geography i a large con-
nected tract of land.

Contort'ed (Lat. con^ together; tor'qwOi
I twist). Twisted.

Crontor^tion (Lat con^ together ; tm^-
queOf I twist). A twisting out of
the natural situation.

Ckmtor'tive (Lat. conior'queoy I twist
together). In botan/y, applied to
the arrangement of a f ower-bud in
which the edges of the parts alter-
nately overlap, while each part is
twisted on its axis.

Contra. A Latin preposition signi-
fying against, used in composition.

Contrac'tile (Lat. cortf together ;
trakOf I draw). Having the pro-
perty of contracting or drawing
together.

ContoMtil'ity (Lat. con, together ;
trahOf I draw). The property by
which bodies shrink or contract.

Contu'se (Lat. corij together ; tundOf
I beat). To beat or bruise.

Contu'sion (Lat. conf together ; tundot
I beat). The act of beating or
bruising ; a bruise.

Convales'cence (Lat. con, together ;
vcileo, I am in health). The re-
covery of health after illness.

Convec'tion (Lat. con, with ; veho, I
cany). The power which fluids
have of transmitting heat or elec-
tricity by currents.

Conver'ge (Lat. con, together ; vergo,
I incline). To tend to one point.

Con'verse (Lat. con, with; verto, I
turn). In rrMthematics or logk^ a
proposition formed by inverting or
interchanging the terms of another.

Con'vez (Lat. convealus). Rising into
a spherical or rounded form*

Con' volute (Lat. con, together ; volvo,
I roll). Rolled together ; applied
to leaves rolled together in the bud
in a single coil.

Conyola'tion(Lat. con, together; volvo,
I roll). A rolling together ; in
cmatomy, applied to the windings
of the brain and the intestines.

Convnl'sion (Lat. con^ together ; vello,
I pull). General involuntary con-
traction of the muscles.

Co-or'dmates (Lat. e&n, together; or-

dino, I put in order.) Ingeometry,
a system of lines to which points
under conatderniion ai-e referred,
and by means of which their po-
sition is determined.

Coper'nican {Copernicus, an astrono-
n>er). In astronom/y,. applied to
the system proposed by Gopemicns,
who taught that the earth revolves
round the sun.

Cop'rolites (Gr. Korpos, kopros, dung ;
\idos, lithos, a stone). FossillBed
excrements of animals.

Cor'acoid (Gr. icopa^, lu^rax, a crow ;
ctSos, eidos, shape). Resembling a
crow's beak : applied to a process of
the shoulder-blade, which attains a
large size in birds and reptiles.

Coral (Gr. KopaWiov, koratlion). A
general term for all calcareous
structures formed by the action of
marine polypes or zoophytes.

Cor'alloid {Coral ; Gr. tl^os, eidos,
shape). Resembling coral

Cord'ate (Lat. cor, the heart). Shaped
like a heart.

Cord'ifonn (Lat. cor, the heart; forma,
form). Shaped like a heart.

Coria'ceoos (Lat. co'rium, leather).
Resembling leather ; tough.

CO'iinm (Lat. skin or leather). The
true skin, lying beneath the cu-
ticle.

Conn (Gr. Kopfios, Jcormos, a stem or
log). In botany, a thickened under-
ground stem.

Corm'ogen (Gr. Kopfios, Jcormos, a
corm ; yfyyouo, gennao, I produce).
Producing conns ; applied to plants
which produce stems composed of
both vessels and cells.

Combrash. A coarse shelly limestone
in the upper oolite.

Cor'nea (Lat. comu, a horn). The
hwny membrane : a part of the
eye, so called from its resembling
transparent horn.

Cor'neons (Lat. cornu, a horn). Homy.

Cor'nenle((7orwea ; ule, denoting small-
ness). A little cornea ; such as
covers each segment of the com-
pound eyes of insects.

Cor'nice (Gr. Kopwyis, koro'nisj a crown).
The highest part of the entablature
of a column ; any series of oma-

GLOSSARY.

89

mental work that crowns a wall
externally or internally.

Cor'nua (Plural of Lat. comtif a Horn).
Horns : applied in anatomy to cer-
tain parts from their position.

Corolla (Lat. eoro'nOf a crown). The
inner whorl or row, generally
coloured, of the leaves which form
a flower.

Gor'ollary (Lat. corotla, a crown). A
conclusion drawn from something
already demonstrated.

Corolliflo'ral {Corolla ; floSf a flower).
A sub-class of exogenous plants
which have both calyx and corolla,
the petals being imitedi and the
stamens hypogynous.

Coro'na (Lat. a crown). In aruUomyf
the upper surface of the molar
teeth ; in botany ^ the circumference
or margin of a radiated compound
flower ; in optics^ a halo or lumi-
nous circle round the sun, moon, or
stars.

Coro'nal (Lat. coro'na^ a crown). Be-
longing to the top of the head.

Cor'onaiy (Lat. coro'^tta, a crown).
Belonging to a crown ; applied in
anatomy f to the vessels which sup-
ply the heart with blood for its
nutrition, also to vessels of the lips
and stomach.

Coro'niform (Lat. coro'na^ a crown ;
forma^ shape). Like a crown.

Coro'noid (Gr. Koptavri, kordncf a crow ;
ciSos, eidoSf form). Resembling a
crow's beak ; in anatomy^ applied
to cei'tain processes of bones from
their shape.

Cor^puB (Lat.) A body : applied in
anatomy to several parts of the
body.

Corpus'cle (Lat. corjm^culv/niy a little
body, from corpus^ a body). A
small particle.

Corpus'cular (Lat. corpva'cvZum^ a
little body). Relating to small
particles ; applied to a theory of
light, which supposes it to consist
of minute particles emitted from
luminous bodies.

Correla'tion (Lat. con, together ; re-
latvSj brought). A mutual or
reciprocal relation.

Corro'de (Lat. con, together ; rodo, I

gnaw). To eat or wear away by
degrees.

Corro'sion (Lat. con ; rodOf I gnaw).
A wearing away, as of metals, by
the action of acids.

Corro'sive (Lat. con ; rodo, I gnaw).
Having the property of gradually
eating or wearing away.

Cor'rugate (Lat con ; ru^a, a wrinkle).
To draw into folds or wrinkles.

Cort'ical (Lat. cortex^ bark). Belong-
ing to or forming the external
covering.

Comsca'tion (Lat. cotnisco, I flash).
A flash of light.

Cor'ymb (Gr. Kopvfi$oSf hor^umhoSf a
cluster). A form of inflorescence
consisting of a raceme or panicle in
which the lower flowers have short
pedicels, and the upper short ones,
so that all form a nearly level
sui-face.

Cose'cant (Lat. con; seco, I cut).
The secant of the complement of an
arc of a circle.

Co'sine (Lat. con, with ; sine). The
sine of the complement of the arc
of a circle.

Cos'mical (Gr. Koa-fios, IsosmoSf the
universe). Relating to the uni-
verse.

Cosmog'ony (Gr. Koa-fioSf Jcosmos, the
world or universe ; y^wouaj gennadf
I produce). The science which
treats of the orgin or formation of
the universe.

Cosmog^raphy (Gr. Koa-fios^ hosmos,
the universe ; ypcupWf grapko, I
write). A description of the uni-
verse.

Cosmorogy (Gr. Kotrfiosy Jeosm^oSy the
universe ; A67W, legoy I describe).
The science of the universe, or of
the formation and arrangement of
its compouent parts.

Cosmora'ma (Gr. Koa/xoSf hosmos, the
universe ; dpaw, horao, I see). A
view, or series of views, of the
world.

Cosmos (Gr. Koa-fios, hosmos, order or
arrangement ; also the world.) The
universe ; the whole created things
constituting the perceptible world.

Cos'mo8phere(Gr. ko^iaos, hosmos, the
world ; atpcupa^ spkaira, a sphereV

40

GLOSSART.

An instrnment for showing the po-
sition of the earth with respect to
the fixed stars.

Costal (Lat. costa, a rib). Belonging
to the ribs.

Cotan'gent (Lat. con^ with ; iangoy I
tonch). The tangent of the com-
plement of an arc of a circle.

Coti'dal (Lat. con^ with ; tide). Having
tides at the same time.

Cotyle'don(Gr. KorvKriiwVj hotuledoriy
a cup-like hollow). In hotany^ the
temporary leaf which first appears
above ground ; in ancUomyj ap-
plied to the portions of which the
placentae of some animals are
formed.

Cotyloid (Qr,Korv\r\^ Jcot'ule, a cup or
socket; clSos, eidos, shape). Be-
sembling the socket of a joint.

Coup (Fr.). A blow or stroke.

Coup d*<Bil (Fr., stroke of the eye).
A general view.

Coup de Boleil (Fr., stroke of the sun).
A disease produced by exposure of
the head to the rays of the sun.

Coxal'gia (Lat. coxay the hip; Gtr.
d\yo5f algo8f pain). Pain in the hip.

Cra'nial (Lat. cra'nium^ the skull).
Of or belonging to the skuU.

Craniol'ogy (Gr. Kptofiov, hra'nion, the
skull; XoyoSf logoSj a description).
A description of the skull.

Crasis (Gr. Ktpavwfii, kerannu'mif I
mix). A mixture : applied to the
just mixture of the fluids of the
body : in grammar^ the union of
two short vowels into a long one or
a diphthong.

Crassament'um (Lat. crassus^ thick).
The thick part or clot of blood.

Crater (Gr. Kparrip, hrater^ a large
cup). The mouth of a volcano.

Crayon (Fr. craie^ chalk). A coloured
stone or earth used in drawing ; a
kind of pencil made of the same.

Cre'asote (Gr. /fpeos, kreas^ flesh;
<rw^a>, aozo, I preserve). An oily
liquid consisting of carbon, oxygen,
and hydrogen, obtained from tar,
and named from its property of
preserving animal substences.

Cre'atin (Gr. Kpias^ Icreas^ flesh). A
substance obtained from flesh, be-
lieved to be its essential element.

Creat'inin (Gr. Kpta% Tereaa^ flesh).
A modified form of creatin.

Crem'ocarp (Gr. Kptfuuff kremao, I
suspend ; KopwoSf karpoSy iruit).
A fruit consisting of two achsenia
united by their faces, and covered
by the tube of the calyx.

Cre'nate (Lat. crenaf a notch).
Notched ; in hotany^ applied to
leaves having superficial rounded
divisions at their edges.

Crepitant (Lat. crep'ito^ I crackle).
Crackling or snapping.

Crepitate (Lat. crep'itOf I crackle).
To crackle.

Crepitus (Lat.). A crackling sound.

Crepus'cular {hdX.crepua'cvlmn^ twi-
light). Of or relating to twilight.

Crepuscula'ria (Lat. creput'etdAMiHy
twilight). A family of lepido-
pterous or scaly-winged insects,
which mostly fly by twilight^ as
the sphinxes or hawk-moths.

Creta'ceous (Lat. creta, chalk). Of or
relating to chalk.

Cret'inism. The state of a Cretin : a
diseased state characterised by im-
becility of mind and body, common
in Switzerland and some other
mountainous countries.

Crib'riform (Lat. cribrum^ a sieve ;
forma^ shape). Like a sieve.

Cri'coid (Gr. Kpixos, krikoSf a ring ;
fi^oif eidoSf shape). Like a ring.

Cri'noid (Gr. Kpivo^^ krinosy a lily ;
€t8os, eidoSf shape). Like a lily :
applied to certain fossil echinoder-
matous invertebrates supported on
jointed stalks.

Cri'sis (Gr. KpivoD^ krinbf I judge or
determine). That state of a disease
or other affair, in which it has
arrived at its height, and must soon
change; in medicine^ generally
applied to the change itsel£

Cris'ta (Lat. a crest). Li anaitomyf
a term applied to several propesses
of bones.

Critical (Gr. npivoa, krind^ I judge or
determine). Relating to judging ;
in medicine^ marking or producing
a change in a disease.

Crocodil'ia {Crocodile), The dass of
reptiles of which the crocodile is the
type.

GLOSSARY.

41

Crop. In geology f the edge of an in-
clined stratum when it comes to
the surface.

Cm'cial (Lat. criwj, a cross). Trans-
verse ; like a cross ; in experiTnental
science^ searching, decisive.

Cm'cible (Lat. cru'doj I torment). A
vessel of clay, sand, and ground
ware, or other material capable of
enduring heat : used in chemistry
and manufactures.

Cmcif erous (Lat. cruoc, a cross ; ferOy

I bear). Bearing a cross : applied

to an order of plants, the four petals

of the flowers of which are arranged

' in the form of a cross.

Cru'cifbrm (Lat. crttXy a cross \»forma^
shape). Shaped or arranged like a
cross.

Crudity (Lat. cruduSf raw). Bawness;
undigested substance.

Crura (Lat. crus^ a leg). Legs ; in
anatomy f applied fancifully to pro-
jections of some parts of the body.

Crural (Lat. cmsj a leg). Of or be-
longing to the legs.

Crusto petrosa (Lat. a strong crust).
A bony layer which covers the fangs
of the teeth.

Crusta'ceous (Lat. cruBta, a crust or
shell). Having a crust : applied to
a class of invertebrate animals, of
which the lobster is an example,
which have hard jointed shells.

Cryoph'orus (Gr. Kpvosy Jcraos^ ice ;
^epctf, pherOf I bear). An instru-
ment for freezing water by its own
evaporation.

Crypt (Gr. Kpxmruj Jcruptd^ I hide). A
hidden recess ; in anatomy y applied
to some of the minute cavities or
simple glands of mucous membranes.

CryptobrcuLch'iate (Gr. Kpvin-tay krupto,
I hide ; /Spovx'a, hranchia, gills).
Not having conspicuous gills; ap-
plied to certain articulated and
molluscous animals.

Cryptogam'ia (Lat. Kpinrrwy hruptd, I
hide; 70^10^, gamoSf marriage).
An order of plants in which the
distinction of sexes is not obvious.

Crystal (Or. /cpuo-ToAAos, hrustal'log,
ice). A geometrical figure, assumed
by most substances under favour-
able circumstances ; also a general

name for some transparent mineral
substances.

Crys'talline (Gr. /cpverraXXos, hrus-
tal'loSf ice or crystal). Consisting
of or resembling crystal : applied to
a lens of the eye.

Crystalli8a'tion(Gr. Kpva-raJiKos.hrus-
tal'losy ice or crystal). The as-
suming of crystalline or geometrical
forms by substances.

Crystallog'raphy (Gr. Kpva-raWoSf
krustal'los, ice or crystal ; ypcufnOf
graphoy I write). The science which
describes crystals.

Cten'oid (Gr. KreiSf JcteiSy a comb;
elioSf eidoSf form). An order of
fishes having scales jagged like the
teeth of a comb.

Ctenoptychlus (Gr. irrcfs, hteisy a
comb ; vTvxVt ptuche^ a wrinkle).
A genus of fossil teeth distinguished
by the serrated margin of their
cutting edges.

Cube (Gr. kv^os, huhos, a solid square).
In geom^tryy a solid body having
six equal sides with equal angles ;
in arithmetic^ the product of a
number multiplied twice into itself.

Cubic (Gr. kvjSos, hubosj a cube).
Having the property of, or capable
of being contained in, a cube.

Cu'bital ^at. cubitus^ the elbow). Of
or belonging to the elbow.

CulMid (Gr. KvfioSf JeuboSf a cube ;
eiSos, eidoSf shape). Like a cube
or die.

Cucul'late (Lat. cucuHhiSi a hood).
Like a hood.

Cul-de-sac (French). A passage closed
at one end.

Cul'minate (Lat. culmen, a top). To
become vertical, or gain the extreme
point of height.

Cultriros'tres (Lat. cutter ^ a plough-
share ; rostrum^ a beak). A family
of grallffi or stilt-birds, having a
long, thick, stout beak, including
cranes, herons, and storks.

Cum'brian [Cumbria, Wales). A name
given to the strata which lie be-
neath the true Silurian system,
from their occurring largely in
Wales and Cumberland.

Cu'neate (Lat. cu'neWf a wedge). Like
a wedge.

42

GLOSSABT.

Cu'neifonii (Lat. cu'neuSy a wedge ;
forma^ shape). Like a wedge.

Cupel (Lat. cupel'la, a little cup). A
kind of cap used in chemistry,
which, when heated, absorbs the
refuse matter of the metals placed
in it for purification.

Cupella'tioii (Lat. cifpeZ^a, a little cap).
The process of refining, especially
gold and silver, by means of a capel.

Cu'pola. A spherical or spheroidal
covering to a building.

Cupriferous (Lat. eupruMf copper ;
ferOy I bear). Yielding copper.

Ciurso'res (Lat. curroy I run). An
order of birds constituted for run-
ning only, as the ostrich : also a
division of spiders which have the
legs adapted for running.

Curvicau'date (Lat. curriw, curved ;
cauday a tail). Having a bent tail.

Curvifoliate (Lat. curvusy curved ;
fo'lium, a leaf). Having bent
leaves.

Curvilin'ear (Lat. curvtu, crooked ;
lin'ea, a line). Having or moving
in a curved line or curved lines.

Curviner^vate (Lat. cuanmsy curved ;
nervusy a nerve). Having the
veins or nervures curved.

Curviros'tral (Lat. curvusy crooked;
rostruniy a beak). Having a bent
beak.

Cuspidate (Lat. euspisy the point of
a weapon). Pointed : applied in
anatomy to the canine or eye-teeth.

Cuta'neous (Lat. cutisy. the skin). Of
or belonging to the skin.

Cu'ticle (I^t. cutiSy the skin). The
external or scarf skin, a membrane
covering the true skin.

Cutis (Lat.) The skin.

Cy'anate. A compound of cyanic acid
with a base.

Cyanic (Gr. kvovos, Tcu'anoSy blue).
Relating to blue ; applied to a series
of colours having blue as the type.

Cy'anide {Cyan'ogen ; terminal ide),
A compound of cyanogen with an
elementary substance.

Cyan'f^ii (Gr. Kvavosy hu'anoSy blue;
ycvvojiay gennaoy I produce). A gas
consisting of carbon and nitrogen :
it enters into the composition of
hydrocyanic acid, and has its name

from the blue colour produced by
its compounds with certain salts of
iron.

Cyano'sis (Gr. kvovos, 1cu'ano8y blue).
A diseased condition, arising from
a defect in the formation of the
heart, and characterised by blue-
ness of the skin.

Cyan'otype {Cyanogen ; Gr. rwirot,
tuposy an impression). A photo-
graph prepared by washing paper
with cyanide of potassium.

Cyca'deous. Belonging to the order of
plants which has the palm-tree as
a- type.

Cyc'adites (Cycas). Fossil plants
allied to the cycas and zamia.

Cycle (Gr. kvkXos, kvkloSy a circle).
A series of numbers, as of years, in
which, after a certain round has
passed, a similar course com-
mences.

Cyc'lioal(Gr. kvkAos, huklos, a circle).
Belonging to a cycle.

Cyclobran'chiate (Gr. kvkXosj hik-
lo8y a circle; fipayx^f^ bran'chia,
gills). Having the gUls disposed
in a circle : applied to an order of
gasteropods.

Cy'cloid (Gr. KVKKoSy hJcloSy a circle ;
6($os, eidoSy form). Resembling a
circle ; applied to an order of fishes
having smooth round scales, simple
at the margin.

Cycloneu'rous (Gr. kvkXos, hikloSf a
circle ; vfvpovy neuron, a nerve).
Having the nervous system in the
form of a circle ; as in some of the
radiated invertebrate animals.

Cyclopee'dia (Ghr. kukAos, hiMot, a
circle; 7r(u5c(a, paidei'a, instruc-
tion). A work which contains an
account of all the arts and sciences,
or of all that relates to any par-
ticular department.

Cydop'teris (Gr. kvkAos, JcukloSf a
circle ; vrepiSy pteris, a fern). A
genus of fossil fem-like plants, with
circular leaflets.

Cydo'sis (Gr. kvkAos, IcuUoty a circle).
Motion in a circle : applied to a
movement of fluid observed in some
parts of plants. *

Cydos'tomous (Gr. kvkKos, htildoSy a
circle ; arofiOf siomOf a mouth.

GLOSSARY.

43

Having a circular mouth, as certain
fishes. ,

Cyrinder (Gr. KvXw^a^ huUn'do^ I
roll). A roller ; a body produced
by the revolution of a right-angled
parallelogram round one of its
sides.

Cyxne (Gh*. kvplol^ huma, a wave ?). In
botany^ a form of ii^lorescence re-
sembling a corymb, but branched,
so as to have in part the character
of an umbel.

CyxLon'che (Gr. Kwav^ Icuon, a dog ;
ayxut anoho, I strangle). Quinsy.

Cyn'osure (Gr. KvwVf himi, a dog ;
ovpa, oura, a tail). The dog*s tail :
a constellatiou of seven stars near
the north pole ; generally called
Ursa Minor, or Charleses wain.

Cyst (Gr. Kvansy Jcmtia^ a bladder).
A small bladder ; generally applied
to small sacs or bags containing
matter of various kinds in disease.

Cystic (Gr. Kvarts, histiSf a bladder).
Belonging to, or resembling a cyst
or bladder : applied to a class of
parasitic animads ; also to a duct or
tube proceeding from the gall-
bladder.

Cystid'esB (Gr. mcrtis, Jcustis, a blad-
der). A family of fossil echino-
derms, of a bladder-like shape.

Cy'toblast (Gr. Kvrost JcutoSj a cell ;
fiKcurravWy blas'tanoy I bud forth).
The nucleus of animal and vegetable
cells.

Cytoblaste'ma (Gr. frvras, Jcutos, a
cell ; /SAaerrovw, hladtano^ I bud
forth). The viscid fluid in which
animal and vegetable cells are pro-
duced, and by which they are held
together.

Cytogen'esifl (Gr. icvros, hitos^ a cell ;
y€V€(ri5f gen'esiSf origin). The de-
velopment of cells in animal and
vegetable structures.

D.

Dac'tyl (Gr. StwcruXoy, dal^tuloSf a
finger). A foot in verse, consisting
of a long syllable followed by two
short ones, like the joints of a
finger.

D^^er'reotype. A picture produced
according to the process invented by
M. Daguerre, by the action of light
on iodide of silver.

Da'ta (Lat. do, I give). Things given ;
facts or quantities, the existence of
which is admitted as a foundation
for the discovery of other results.

Da'tive (Lat. do, I give). Giving ;
that case or part of nouns which
conveys with it the idea of giving
or acquisition.

Debacle (Fr.). In geologi/y & sudden
flood or rush of water which breaks
down opposing barriers.

Debility (Lat debilis, weak). Weak-
ness.

Del>ri8 (Fr. waste). Fragments ;
broken pieces ; in geology, gener-
ally applied to the larger fragments.

Deca (Gr. Sexo, deka, ten). A prefix
in compound words, signifying ten.

Decade (Gr. Scko, deka, ten). A

collection of ten,
Dec'agOil (Gr. ^exa, deJca, ten ; yavia,

gdnia, an angle). A figure having

ten sides and ten angles.
Dec'agTanmie (Gr. S^ko, deka, ten ;

Fr. gramme, a weight so called).

A French weight consisting of ten

grammes, or neaiiy 154^ grains.
Decagyn'ia (Gr. Btxa, deka, ten ; yvyri,

guni, a female). An order of plants

in the Linnsean system, having ten

pistils.
Decahed'ron (Gr. Sewo, deka, ten ;

I5pa, hedra, a base). A solid

having ten sides.
Dec'alitre (Gr. dcKo, deka, ten; Fr.

litre, a quart, or If English pints).

A measure of ten- litres.
Dec'alogne (Gr. Scko, deka, ten ;

\oyos, logos, a word). The ten

commandments.
Dec'ametre (Gr. 9€Ka, deka, ten ; Fr.

mitre, a measure equal to 3^ Eng-
lish feet). A measure of ten mitres.
Decan'dria (Gr. Sevo, deka, ten ;

ayrtp, ancr, a man). A class of

44

GLOSSARY.

plants in the Linnsean system,
having ten stamens.

Decap'oda (Gr. Seico, deka^ ten ; irovs,
poiiSf a foot). Animals having ten
feet.

DecarlMnize (Lat. dCf from ; carbon).
To remove carbon from a body.

Dec'astyle (Gr. Scico, deica, ten;
ffTvKos, stuloSf a column). Having
ten pillars or columns.

Decay (Lat. de^ down ; cadOf I fall).
A slow destruction ; a decomposi-
tion of moist organic matter ex-
posed to air, by means of oxygen,
without senaible increase of heat.

Decern (Lat. ten). A prefiic in com-
pound words, signifying ten.

Decen'nial (Lat. decern^ ten ; annua,
a year). Occurring every ten years ;
lasting ten years.

Decid'aous (Lat. de, down; cado, I
foil). Apt to fall off.

Dec'igramme (Lat. decern, ten ; Fr.
gramme). A tenth of a gramme ;
about 1^ English grains.

Dec'ilitre (Lat. decern, ten ; Fr. litre,
a quart, or } English pint). A
tenth of a litre,

Dec'imal (Lat. decern, ten). Relating
to the number ten ; increasing or
diminishing tenfold.

Dec'imetre (Lat. decern, ten ; Fr.
mMre, a measure equal to 3^ Eng-
lish feet). A tenth part of a nUtre ;
nearly 4 English inches.

Declen'sion (Lat. decli'no, I bend
down). A descent or slope ; the
variation in a noun produced by a
change of the ending of the word.

Decli'nal (Lat. decli'no, I bend down).
Bending down or sloping ; in geo-
logy, applied to the slope of strata
from an axis.

Declina'tion (Lat. decli'no, I bend
down). A variation from a fixed
line or point : as of a heavenly body
from the equator, or of a magnetic
needle from the true meridian.

Decoction (Lat. de, down; co'quo, I
cook). The art of boiling a. sub-
stance in water ; f)iiid impregnated
with any substance by boiling.

Decol'lated (Lat. de, off; coUum, a
neck). Having the apex or head
worn off.

Decolorisa'tioii (Lat. de, from ; a^,
colour). B«moval of colour.

Decororise (Lat. de, from ; eotoTf
colour). To remove colour.

Decompo'se (Lat. de, from ; compo'no,
I put together). To separate the
constituent parts of a body from
each other.

Decom'positioii (Lat. de^ from ; com-
po'no, I put together). The separa-
tion of a body into its constituent
parts or elements.

Decompositioii of Forces. The term
applied to the division of any foroein-
to several others, the result of whidi
is equal to the force decomposed.

Decompositioii of Light The separa-
tion of a beam into the several rays
producing prismatic colours.

Decomponnd' (Lat. de, from ; com-
po'no, I put together). In bdanpf
applied to leaves, of which the
petiole is so divided that each part
forms a compound leaf.

Decor'ticate (Lat. de, from ; cortex,
bark). To strip off the bark or
outer covering.

De'crement (Lat. decre^co, I grow
less). The quantity by which any-
thing is lessened.

Decrepitation (Lat. de, from ; crep'-
itus, a crackling). A roasting with
a crackling noise, produced by a
series of small explosions from snd-
den expansion by heat.

Decu'bitus (Lat. de, down ; cumho, I
lie). A lying down ; position in bed.

Decum'1)ont(Lat. decumbo, I lie down).
Lying down ; in botany, appUed to
stems which lie on the ground, but
rise towards their end.

Decnss'ate (Lat. decus'ao, I cut across).
To intersect or cross, like the strokes
of the letter X.

Decuss'ation (Lat. decus'so, I cut
across). An intersection or crossing.

Defeca'tion (Lat. de, from; fcex,
dregs or refuse matter). Purifica-
tion from dregs ; expulsion of ad-
ventitious matter.

Deferent (Lat. de, from; fero, I
carry). Carrying away.

Definite (Lat. de^ down ; Jlnio, I
limit). In logic, marking out a
particular class ; in botany, applied

GLOSSAEY.

45

to inflorescence when it ends in
a single flower, which is the flrst
on the stem to expand.

De'fiagrate (Lat. dCf down ; flagroj I
bum). To burn rapidly.

Deflec'ted (Lat. de^ down ; fiectOf I
bend). Bent down.

Deflec'tioii (Lat. de^ from ; fiecto, I
bend). A bending or turning aside
from the direct course.

Defiec'tive (Lat. de, from flecto, I
bend). Bending or turning aside.

Defiuzlon (Lat. de, down; fluo^ I
flow). A flowing down.

Degen'eratioii (Lat. de, down ; gemtSy
a kind). A growing worse or in-
ferior ; a falling from the normal
or healthv state to one which is in-
ferior.

Deglutition (Lat. de, down ; glutio,
I swallow). The act of swallowing.

DegTada'tion (Lat. de, down ; gradtLS,
a step). In geology ^ a removing or
casting down step by step.

Degree (Lat. de, from ; gradus, a
step). A step ; in geometry, the
three hundred and sixtieth part of
the circumference of a circle.

Dehis'cence (Lat. dehis'co, I gape).
A gaping or opening ; the splitting
open of a bag containing eggs, or of
a fruit containing seeds.

Dehis'cent (Lat. dekis'co, I gape).
Opening like the pod' of a plant.

Delete'rious (Gr. Sri^eotiai, dcleomai,
I destroy). Destructiye ; injuri-
ous ; poisonous.

Deliqae8'cence(Lat. de, down ; liques'-
co, I melt). A melting ; the pro-
cess by which saline matters attract
water from the air, and thus be-
come melted.

DeUq'uium (Lat. want or defect). A
failure of power ; fainting.

Delirium (Lat. deli'ro, I dote or rave).
A wandering of the ideas of the mind.

Delta (the Greek letter A). A piece
of land enclosed within two mouths
of a river which branches before
reaching the sea : originally ap-
plied to the land enclosed between
the mouths of the Nile.

Dertoid (Gr. AfKra,the letter delta or
A ; flSos, eidoa, shape). Resembling
the letter A or delta ; triangular.

Demen'tia (Lat. de, from ; mens, the
mind). Want of intellect ; a form
of insanity characterised by a rapid
succession of imperfect and uncon-
nected ideas, with loss of reflection
and attention.

Demi (Lat. dimid'ivm, half). A prefix
in compound words, signifying half.

Demotic (Gr. JiT)fxos, demos, people).
Belonging to the people : applied to
the alphabet used by the people, as
distinguished from that used by a
certain class ; as among the Egyp-
tians.

Demul'ceiit (Lat, de, from ; mul'ceo,
I soothe or soften). Softening or
soothing.

De'nary (Lat. deni, a series of tens).
Containing tens; having the number
tens as the characteristic.

Dendriform (Gr. Beydpov, dendron, a
tree ; Lat. forma, shape). Ee-
sembling a tree.

Dendrit'ic (Gr. d€pBpov, dendron, a
tree). Resembling a tree or shrub ;
branch-like.

Den'droid (Gr. BevBpov, dendron, a
tree i^ eidos, eidos, shape). Resem-
bling a tree.

Den'drolite (Gr. hivBpov, dendron, a
tree ; KiOos, lithos, a stone). A
fossil plant or part of a plant.

Dendrom'eter (Gr. ^epdpov, dendron,
a tree ; fitrpou, metron, a measure).
An instrument for measuring trees.

Density (Lat. densus, thick). Thick-
ness ; the quantity of matter in a
subs^nce, compared with that in
an equal volume of another sub-
stance.

Dental (Lat. dens, a tooth). Belong-
ing to the teeth; formed by the
teeth.

Dental Formula. A formula used to
denote the number of the different
kinds of teeth in an animal.

Dent'ary (Lat. dens, a tooth). A
bone in the head of fishes and rep-
tiles, which supports the teeth.

Dentate (Lat. dens, a tooth). Having
tooth-like projections.

Den'ticle (Lat. dens, a tooth ; cle,
denoting smallness). A little tooth,
or projection like a tooth.

Dentic'nlate (Lat. dens^ a tciQt\\\.

46

GLOSSABT

Haying small teeth, or projections
like teeth.

Den'tifrioe (Lat. dens, a tooth ; frico,
I nib). A substance used in clean-
ing teeth; tooth-powder.

]>6ntig'6rou8 (Lat. denSf a tooth ; gero,
I bear). Bearing teeth.

Den'tine (Lat. dens, a tooth). The
part of a tooth commonly known as
ivory.

Dentiros'tres (Lat. denSj a tooth ;
rostrum^ a beak). A family of birds
of the passerine order, having the
upper bill notched towards the
point.

Dcaititlon (Lat. den*, a tooth). The
process of breeding or cutting teeth.

Denada'tion (Lat. dt, from ; nudw,
bare). A stripping bare.

Beo'doriflO (Lat. de^ from; odor,
smell). To deprive of smell.

Deodorisa'tion (Lat. de^ from ; odoTj
smell). A depriving of smell.

Deoxidate, or Deoxidise, or Deoxyg'-
enate (Lat. de, from ; oxidate,
to charge with oxygen). To de-
prive of oxygen.

De^Uogis'ticated. Deprived of phlo-
giston, the supposed principle of
inflammability : a term formerly
applied to oxygen gas.

Depi'latory (Lat. de, from ; 'pUuSy
hair). Having the property of
removing hair.

Deple'tion (Lat. de, from ; pleo, I
fill). Emptying ; diminishing the
quantity contained.

Dcpos'it (Lat. de, down ; pono, I
put). Any thing or substance
thrown down, as from fluid in
which it has been suspended.

Deprava'tion (Lat. de, down ; jyravus,
bad). A making bad or worse.

Depres'sion (Lat. de, down ; 'prem'o,
I press). A pressing down ; a
sinking in or down.

Depres'sor (Lat. cfe, down ; 'prem'o, I
press). That which depresses or
draws down : applied to certain
muscles.

De^pnrate (Lat. <?e, from ; puru9\f
pure). To render free from impurities.

Depura'tioxi (Lat. de, from ; purus,
pure). Purification ; Tendering'free
from impurities.

Derby-spar. Fluoride of calcium, or
fluorspar.

Deriva'tion (Lat. de, from ; rivus, a
stream). In grammar, the tracing
a word to the source from which
it has been obtained.

Deriy'ative (Lat. de, from ; rivus, a
stream). Turning aside, or draw-
ing away from another part, as
applied to medicines ; in gramm^w,
a word which has its origin in
another 'word.

Derma (Or. Scf^/xa, derma, skin). The
true skin.

Der'mal (Or. Sep/uo, derm^, skin).
Belonging to or formed of skin.

Dermatorogy (Gr. htpyua, derma,
the skin ; Xoyos, logos, discourse).
A description of the skin.

Dermone'iiral (Gr. htpfxa, denna, the
skin ; yevpov, neuron, a nerve). A
name given to the outer or upper
row of spines on the back of a fish,
from their connection with the
skin, and their position in respect
to the part of the skeleton which
protects the nervous system.

Dermoskereton (Gr. Btpfxa, derma,
skin ; CKeKerou, skeVeton), A skin
skeleton ; the external covering,
more or less hard, of many inverte-
brate animals ; also the skeleton
formed of bones connected with the
skin in fishes and some other ver-
tebrates.

Desici'oate (Lat. de, from; sieciis,
dry). To make dry.

Desicca'tioii (Lat. de, from ; sicetu^
dry). The act of making dry.

Desic'cative (Lat. de, from ; siccus,
dry). Drying.

Desmog'raphy (Gr. Sea-fxos, desmos,
a ligament ; ypoufw, grapho, I
write). A description of the liga-
ments of the body.

Desqoama'tion (Lat. de, from ; squta-
ma, a scale). A throwing off in
scales.

Deter'gent (Lat de, from ; tergo, I
wipe). Cleansing.

Deter'minate (Lat. de, from ; ter'-mi-
nus, an end). Limited ; in mxUhe*
monies, applied to problems that are
capable of only one solution.

De'tonate (Lat. de, from ; Umo, I

GLOSSARY.

47

thunder). To explode, or cause to
explode.
Detona'tion (Lat. <2e, from ; tonoy I
thunder). An explosion or sudden
report.
De'trahent (Lat. de, down ; trakoy I

draw). Drawing down.
Detri'tus (Lat. de^ down ; terOy I
rub). That which is worn oflF
horn solid bodies, as rocks, by
friction : generally applied to the
more finely diyided portions.

Ddtru'sion (Lat. dCy from ; trtidOf I
thrust). A thi-usting from or
down.

Deu'tero- or Deuto- (Gr. Bivrepos,
deu'teroSf second). A prefix, deno-
ting the second degree of the word
joined with it.

DetLtoxlde (Gr. Bem^posy deu'teros,
second ; oxide). The compound
of a body with oxygen, containing
the next greatest quantity of oxygen
to the protoxide, or basic oxide.

Deyel'opmeiit (Fr. developpeVf to un-
fold). An unfolding ; the change
which takes place in living bodies
ji their progress towards maturity.

Devo'nian (Devon). In geology, a
term applied to the old red sand-
stone system, of which poi;tions are
particularly developed in Devon-
shire.

Dew-point. The temperature at
which the watory vapour in the
atmosphere begins to be deposited
on the sur&ce of the earth.

Deztrin (Lat. dexter, right). A sub-
stance resembling gum, and used
in art as a substitute for it : so
called from turning the plane in
polarised light to. the right hand.

Diabe'tes (Gr. 5ta, dia, through ;
ficuvd), baino, I go). An immode-
rate flow of urine.

Diacous'tics (Gr. dux, dia, through;
iucovco, aJcoiio, I hear). The science
of refracted sounds.

Diadel'phia (Gr. Bis, dis, double ;
aitKipos, adePphos, a brother). A
class of plants in the Linneean sys-
tem, having the filaments of the
stamens united into two parcels.

Diffi'resis (Gr. Bia, dia, apart ; cupea,
haired, I take). A separation ; in

grammar, the separation of a syl-
lable into two ; or the mark ",
which denotes that the vowel on
which it is placed is separated from
that which precedes it.

Diagno'sis (Gr. dia, dia, through or
between ; yivuvKw, ginds'ko, I
know). A distinction or differ-
ence ; in medicine, the distinction
of one disease from another.

Diag'onal (Gr. 5<a, dia, through ;
7ctfi'm, gonia, an angle). A line
drawn from one angle of a four-
sided figure to the opposite angle.

Di'agram (Gr. dia, dia, through;
ypatpco, grapko, I write). A figure
drawn for the purpose of giving a
general idea of an object, without
accuracy in minute details.

Di'alect (Gr. Bia, dia, separate ; \€ya>,
lego, I speak). The form in which
the parent language of a state is
spoken in a province.

Dial'lage' (Gr.SioAXaT?;, interchange).
In mineralogy, a mineral con-
sisting of silica and magnesia of a
changeable colour; in rhetoric, a
figure by which arguments are
placed in different points of view,
and then brought to bear upon one
point.

Diamagnefic (Gr. dia, dia, through;
fiayvrfs, mxignes, a magnet). A
term applied to substances which,
under the influence of magnetism,
take a position at right angles to
the magnetic meridian.

Diamag'netism (Gr. dia, dia,
through ; fiayvjis, magnes, a mag-
net). A peculiar property of many
bodies, which, not being themselves
magnetic^ are repelled bysufiiciently
powerful electro-ma.;nets, and take
a position at right angles to the
magnetic equator.

Diam'eter (Gr. dia, dia, through ;
fifrpou, metron, a measure). A
straight line passing through the
centre of a body from one side to
the other.

Dian'dria (Gr. dis, dis, double ; hnr^p,
aner, a man). A class of plants in
the Linnsean system, having two
stamens.

Diaph'anoQS (Gr. dia, dia, through ;

48

GLOSSART.

^ouv(Cf phainOf I show). Allowing
light to pass through, but not so as
to form distinct images of objects.

Diaphore'sis (Gr. Sia, dia, through ;
<f>op*(iif phor'edy I carry). An in-
crease of perspiration.

Diaphoretic (Gr. Sto, dia^ through ;
<f>opfa), pk(y/eoy I carry). Producing
an increase of perspiration.

Diaphragm (Gr. Sia, dia^ apart ;
ippaa-ffWf phrasso, I fence in). The
midriff, or membranous and mus-
cular partition which divides the
chest from the abdomen ; a black
perforated plate, used in optical
instruments, for allowing only the
central rays to reach the eye.

Diaphragmaf ic (Gr. diatppayfia, dia-
phragmay the midriff). Belonging
to the diaphragm.

Diaph'ysis (Gr. diOy dia^ apart;
(pvcoy phvMy I grow). A term ap-
plied to the shaft of a long bone,
of which the ends are completed
by the addition of portions ossified
separately.

Diapoph'ysis (Gr. Sto, dia^ apart;
diro, apoy from ; <pxmy phuoy I
grow). A name given to the trans-
verse process of a vertebra in the
archetype skeleton.

DiarrhoB'a (Gr. Sto, diay through;
/ieft>, rheoy I flow). An excessive
discharge from the bowels.

Diarthro'sis (Gr. Sto, diay through ;
dp0f>ov, ar^ron, a jcont). A move-
able joint, such as those of the
limbs or lower jaw,

Di'astase (Gr. Buarnfity dmtemiy I
separate). A peculiar azotised
substance found in germinating
seeds or buds in a state of develop-
ment, and having the property of
transfoiming starch into sugar.

Dias'tole' (Gr. BiOy dia, apart ;
irreAAw, stello, I send). In physi-
ologyy the dilatation or opening of
the heart after contraction ; in gramr
mavy a lengthening of a syllable.

Dlather'mancy (Gr. huny dia, through;
Oepfxouyw, tkermai'iMy I heat). The
property which some substances
possess of allowing rays of heat to
pass through them, as light passes
through glass.

Diather'manotLS (Gr. 8ta, dta^
through ; dtpfiaii^Wy thermai'noy I
heat). Having the property of
transmitting heat, as glass trans-
mits light.

Diath'esis (Gr. Sta, dia, apart ; riBrifu,
tithemiy I place). A particular
state or disposition.

Diaton'ic (Gr. 5ia, diOy through ;
rovosy tonoSy sound). Ascend-
ing or descending from sound to
sound.

Dibran'chiate (Gr. 5is, disy double;
fipayxia, hran'chiay gills). Having
two gills : applied to an order of
cephalopods.

Diceph'alous (Gr. hiSy dU, twice ;
Kf<f>a\rfy keph'alcy a head) Having
two heads on one body.

Dichlamyd'eouB (Gr. disy disy twice ;
X^c^ivsy chlamusty a garment).
Having two coverings ; in botanpy
having calyx and corolla.

DichobtL'ne (Gr. Bixoy dichoy doubly ;
fiovvosy hounoSy a ridge). A genus
of fossil quadrupeds, having deeply
cleft ridges in the upper molar
teeth.

DichotomonB (Gr. 8ix«» dicha^
doubly; re/uvw, temno^ I cut).
Dividing by pairs.

DicQBlouB (Gr. 8(s, duy double;
KoiKoSy koiloSy hollow). Having
two cavities.

Dicotyle'donois (Gr. Sis, diSy double ;
KOTvXnBuvy hotvledoriy a seed lobe
or leaf). Having two cotyledons
or seed-leaves.

Dic'tyogens (Gr. hicrvouy dikftuon,
a net ; ytvvoMy genn'ady I produce).
A sub-class of endogenous plants,
having the veins of the leaves ar-
ranged in a net- work, like exogens,
instead of parallel.

Dictyophyrinm (Gr. Sucrvov, diicftuorty
a net; pvWopy phulloUy a leaf).
Net-leaf : a genus provisionally in-
cluding all unknown fossil dicoty-
ledonous leaves of net-like struc-
ture.

Dicyn'odon (Q;r. 5iy, diSy double ;
Kxmvy humiy a dog ; oSovs, odottSy a
tooth). Double canine-toothed :
a provisional genus of reptiles with
no teeth in the upper jaw, except

GLOSSAET.

49

two long tusks in sockets, cnrred
downwards,

Didac'tyle (Gr. 8(s, disy double ;
doKTvXoSf daldtuloSy a finger).
Haying two fingers or toes.

Diderphic (Gr. his^ dis^ double;
8cA(^vs, ddphuSj the womb). A
term applied to a division of mam-
mals of which the young are bom
prematurely, including the mar-
supiate and monotrematous ani-
mals.

Didynaxn'ia (Gr. 8is, disj double;
ZvvofiiSf du'namis, power). A
Linnsean class of plants, having
four stamens, two long and two
short.

Dielec'tric- (Gr. 8io, dia^ between ;
electric). A bad conductor of
electricity.

Dietet^io (Gr. Siatro, diai'ta, food or
diet). Relating to food or diet.

Differen'tial (Lat. dia, apart ; fero, I
bear). Pointing out a distinction
or difference : applied to a ther-
mometer which shows the difference
in the temperature of two portions
of air ; also to an infinitely small
quantity in arithmetic or algebra.

Bifferen'tiate (Lat. differen'tia, a
difference). To establish a distinc-
tion or difference.

Dif&ao'tion (Lat. dis^ apart ; frango^
I break). The turning aside of
rays of light from their straight
course, when made to pass by the
boundaries of an opaque body.

Diffd'sible (Lat. dis^ apart ; fundoj I
pour). Capable of being poured or
spread in all directions.

Biffd'sion (Lat. dia, apart ; fundo^ I
pour). A pouring or spreading in
all directions.

Ihffiuion of Gases. The process by
which gases mix with each other.

Digas'trio (Gr. Sis, dis, double ;
yaarrjpf gasteVf a belly). Having
a double belly.

Diges'tioii (Lat. dif apart ; gero, I
bear or carry). A division or sepa-
ration ; the process by which the
nutritive parts of food are separated
and rendered available for nutrition.

Digea'tiye (Lat. digeroy 1 digest). Ke-
lating to or promoting digestion.

Dig'it (Lat. digitus, a finger). A
ftiger*s breadth ; the twelfth part
of the diameter of the sun or moon,
used in measuring the extent of
eclipses ; in arithmetic^ a single
figure.

Dig'itate (Lat. dig'itus, a finger).
Arranged like fingers.

Big'itigrade (Lat. dig'ittUf a finger or
toe ; gradioTj I step). Walking on
the toes, as the lion, cat, &c.

Digjm'ia (Gr. 8i?, dw, twice ; ywrif
gu/ncy a female). A Linnsean order
of plants having two pistils.

Bihed'ral (Gr. St;, dis, double ; ISpo,
hedra, a seat or face). Having
two sides.

Dilata'tion (Lat. diSy apart ; lattta,
wide). A widening in all dii'ec-
tions.

Inluent (Lat. di'luo, I wash away).
Making thin, or more liquid ;
weakening in intensity.

Dilu'te (Lat. di'luo, I wash away).
Reduced in strength ; rendered
more liquid.

Dilu'vial (Lat. dilu'viuniy a deluge).
Relating to or produced by a deluge ;
in geologyy applied to those deposits
which give indications of having
been carried from a distance by a
violent current of water.

Dilu'vinm (Lat. di'luoy I wasb away).
In geologyy a term applied to the
results of extraordinary or violent
agency of water.

Di'merous (Gr. 8ts, dis, double ;
litposy meroSy a part). Having
parts arranged in twos.

Dimidiate (Lat. dimid'iuniy half).
Divided into two halves.

Dimorph'ism (Gr. hiSy diSy double ;
fjLOpipnriy moi'pkdy form). The property
of assuming two forms under differ-
ent circumstances.

Dimor'phoiiB (Gr. 8is, dis, double ;
fiopifynt morpJie, form). Having
two forms.

Dimy'ary (Gr. Sis, diSy double ; /uvs,
mtiSy a muscle). Applied to bivalve
shells which are closed by two
muscles.

Dinor'nis (Gr. Sfwos, deinoa, terrible ;
oppiSy omisy a bird). A gigantic
extinct bird of New Za^JaxA.

50

GLOSSABT.

Dinosau'ria (Gr. Sctvo;, deinosy ter-
rible ; (ravposy tuauroSj a lizard).
Gigantic fossil animals of the sau-
rian or lizard tribe.

Dinothe'rium (Gr. deivoSf deinoSf
terrible ; drjpioPj therion, a beast).
A gigantic fossil pachydermatous
animal.

Dios'oia (Gr. diSy diSf double ; oUoSt
oikoSf a house). A Liunsean class
of plants, having male flowers on
one plant, and female on another.

Diop'tric (Gr. tia, dia, through ;
inrTOfuUf opUomaif I see). AfiFord-
ing a medium for the sight : re-
lating to the science of refracted
Ught.

Diop'trics (Gr. 8ta, dia^ through ;
Hrrofiaif op'tomaiy I see). The part
of optics which describes the phe-
nomena of the refraction of light.

Diora'ma (Gr. Sto, dia, through ;
Spcuof liora'dy I see). An apparatus
in which a picture is exhibited
through a large aperture, partly by
reflected, and partly by transmitted
Ught.

Dip. The angle which the magnetic
needle, freely poised, makes with
the plane of the horizon ; the in-
clination of a geological stratum or
bed to the horizon.

Dipef alpus (Gr. Sis, dis, double ;
ireroAoi', pet'alorif a petal). Having
two petals.

Diphthe'ria (Gr. St^Ocpo, dipKthera,
leather). A disease characterised
by the formation of a leathery mem-
brane in the throat and fauces.

Diphtheritic (Gr. dicpdepa, diph'-
thera^ leather). Tough, like leather ;
attended with the formation of a
leathery membrane.

DiphyllOQS (Gr. 5ty, dis^ double;

. ^vAXo)', phul'lorif a leaf). Having
two leayes.

Diphy'odonts (Gr. 5ts, dis^ double ;
4>w(tf, pkuOf I produce ; oSoi/s,
odouSj a tooth). Animals which
produce two sets of teeth in suc-
cession.

Dip'lbe' (Gr. SiirXouy, dip'lous, double).
The network of bone-tissue which
fills up the interval between the
two compact plates in the bones (xf I

the skull ; in hotany^ the cellular
substance of a leaf.

Diplo'ma (Gr. 8firAo», dip'lod^ I
double). Originally, a folded letter
or writing ; now applied to a letter
or writing conferring some power,
privilege, or dignity.

Diplo'pia (Gr. StirXovs, di^'hus,
double ; h-trroyLtu, op^tomaif I see).
Double vision ; a state in which
objects are seen double, from a dis-
turbance of the combined actioii of
the eyes.

Diplop'tera (Gr. 8tir\ov9, dip^lous,
double ; impov^ pter^on, a wing).
A family of hymenopterous or mem-
brane-winged insects, having the
fore-wings folded longitudinally, as
the wasp.

Dip'terons (Gr. 5is, dis^ twice; irrepov,
ptei^oUy a wing. Having two wings^
as certain insects : in botany, ap-
plied to seeds which have the
margin prolonged in the form of
wings.

Dipteryglan (Gr. 8(s, dis, twice;
nr€pvyioUfpterufgi(mi&&D), Haying
two fins.

Dip'tote (Gr. hs, diSy doable ; irnrru,
pipto, I fall). A noun having two
cases only.

Disc. See Disk.

Disc'oid (Gr. BiaKoSf diskosy a quoit ;
el^s, eidoSy form). Shaped like a
disk or quoit.

Discord (Lat. diSf separate ; cor, the
heart). Disagreement ; in mime,
the mixed sound of notes, the vibra-
tions producing which are not in a
simple ratio to each other.

Discord'ant (Lat. disy apai-t ; cor, the
heart). Disagreeing; in geology,
applied to strata deposited horizon-
tally on other strata which have
been thrown into an oblique di-
rection by disturbing causes.

Disep'alous (Gr. »is, dis, double ;
sepal). Having two sepals.

Disinfect (Lat. disy from; infect).
To purify from infection.

Disin'tegrate (Lat. disy from ; in'teger,
entire). To break up into integrant
parts, not by chemical action.

Diqiinc'tive(Lat. rfw, separate ;jungo,
I join). Separating; ingrammarf

GLOSSARY.

61

uniting words or sentences, but dis-
joining the sense.

Disk (Gr. dicKoSf dishoB^ a quoit). In
astronomy^ the surface of the sun,
moon, or planet, as it appears to an
observer on the earth ; in botant/f
a body seated between the base of
the stamens and the base of the
ovary ; also the central parts of a
radiate compound flower.

Dis'locate (Lat. dta, from ; locuSf a
place). To put out of place.

Disloca'tion (Lat. diSf from ; locusj a
place). A putting out of place.

Disper'moiiB (Or. 8ts, disj double;
OTrtpfMOj spermaj a seed). Having
two seeds.

Bisper'sioii (Lat. diSf apart ; spargOf
I scatter). A scattering ; in opticSj
the separation of the coloured rays
of light in passing through a prism,
varying according to the refoicting
power of the material of which the
prism is composed.

Dismp'ted (la.t.' dis^ apart; rumpOf
I break). Violently torn apart.

Disrup'tion (Lat. dis^ apart ; rumpo^
I break). A rending asunder ; in
geology, a displacement in the crust
of the earth by earthquakes, or
other disturbing causes.

Dissec'tioii (Lat. dts, apart ; mco, I
cut). A cutting in pieces ; the
cutting up an animal or vegetable
to ascertain its structure.

Dissep'iment (Lat. dia^ from ; sepes,
a hedge). A partition in an ovary
or fruit.

Dissolu'tion (Lat. dis, from ; solvo, I
loosen). Melting ; the separation
of the particles of a body from each
other.

Dissolve (Lat. dUy apart ; solvo, I
• loosen). To melt ; to separate the
particles of a substance from each
other.

Dissyllable (Gr. 8(s, dis, double;
<rvK\afirif «ttZ7a5e, a syllable). A
word of two syllables.

Dis'tal (Lat. c^, apart ; sto^ I stand).
At a distance from a given line or
point.

Dis'tichous (Gr. 8fs, die, double ;
(TTixM, stichos, a row). Arranged
in two rows.

Distil' (Lat. dis, from ; stilla, a
drop). To let fall in drops ; to
separate a lighter fluid from another
by heat or evaporation, the vapour
being cooled and falling in drops
into a vessel placed to receive it.

Dis'tillation (Lat. dis, apart ; stiUa,
a drop). The process by which
substances are separated which rise
in vapour at different degrees of
heat, or by which a volatile liquid
is parted from a substance incapable
of volatilisation.

Distor'tion (Lat. dis^ apart ; torqiieo,
1 twist). A twisting out of regular
shape ; in optics, the change in the
form of an image depending on the
form of the lens.

Diu'resis (Gr. Sio, dia, through ;
ovpov, ouron,\ame). An increased
flow of urine.

Diuretic (Gr. Bia, dia, through ;
ovpov, ouron, urine). Increasing
the secretion of urine.

DiuT'nal (Lat. diwrniis, daily). Re-
lating to, or performed in a day.

Divarica'tion (Lat. di, apart ; va'rko,
I straddle). A branching at an
obtuse angle.

Diyellent (Lat. di, apart ; vdlo, I
pull). Drawing asunder.

Divertic'ulnm (Lat. di, apart ; verto,
I turn). A turning aside ; a short
blind tube branching out of a larger
one.

Divisibility (Lat. dUvido, I divide).
The property of bodies by which
their parts are capable of being
separated.

Dedeca- (Gr. 8a>86Ka, dodeka, twelve).
A prefix in compound words, signi-
fying twelve.

Dodec'agon (Gr. SwSefca, dodeha,
twelve ; ywvia, gdnia, an angle).
A figure consisting of twelve equal
sides and angles.

Dodecagyn'ia (Gr. $a>5eKa, dodeha,
twelve ; ycovri, gune, a female). An
order of plants in the Linn»an
system having twelve pistils.

Dodecahed'ron (Gr. Sc^Scko, dodeha,
twelve : ISpa, hedra, a seat or face).
A solid figure having twelve equal
bases or sides.

Dodecan'dria (Gr. 8«8€Ka» d.«d.^fio.^

^^

52

GLOSSARY.

twelve ; iunfipf anlr^ a man). A
class of plants in the Linnsean
system, haying twelve stamens.

Doromite. A variety of magne^n
limestone.

Dome (Lat. domus, a house). A
house ; the external part of a
spherical roof.

Dominical (Lat. {dies) domin'ica,
Sunday). Belonging to Sunday;
applied to the letter prefixed in
Almanacks to the Sundays, from
which the days of the week falling
on the successive days of past or
present years may be computed.

Dcor'sal (Lat. dorsum^ the back).
Placed on, or belonging to, the
back.

Donibran'cliiate (Lat. dorsum, the
back; Gr. PpayxiOj bran'chia, gills).
Having the branchia or breathing
organs distributed on the back ;
applied to certain mollusca.

Dorao. (Lat. dw-sum, the back). In
anaiomyf a prefix in compound
words signifying connection with,
or relation to, the back.

Doable Salt A salt in which the
acid is combined with two different
bases.

Doable Stars. Two stars placed so
close together that to the naked
eye they appear single.

Doablet. A magnifying glass, con-
sisting of a combination of two
plano-convex lenses.

Drastic (Gr. Spcuo, drau, I do or act).
Acting powerfully ; applied to cer-
tain medicines.

Dropsy (Gr. i)5wp, Kvddr, water ; o^'iy,
<ypsis, an appearance). An un-
natural collection of watery fluid in
any part of the body.

Drapa'ceoas {Di'upe). Of the nature
of a drupe ; bearing fruit in the
form of a drupe.

Drape (Gr. dpvrrvOf dinippa, an over-
ripe olive). A pulpy fruit without
valves, containing a stone with a
kernel, as the peach.

Da'al (Lat. duo, two). Relating to
two ; applied to a form of nouns
and verbs in which two persons or
things are denoted, as in the Greek
and some other languages.

Doallty (Lat. duo, two). The stale
of being two in mftnber.

Daot (Lat. dticoy I lead). A tube
or vessel for conveying a fluid,
especially a secretion from a
gland.

Dactile (Lat. dttcoy I lead). Capable
of being drawn out.

Daotil'ity (Lat. duco, I lead). The
property which substances possess
of being drawn out.

Daode'cimal (Lat. duod'ecim, twelve).
Proceeding in a scale of twelves.

Daode'nary (Lat. dtiode'nif twelve).
Increasing in a twelvefold pro*
portion.

Daode'nam (Lat. duode'nii twelve).
The fint portion of the small v\-
testine ; which, in man, is twelve
finger-breadths in length.

Da'plicate (Lat. duplex, double).
Double ; duplicate proportion or
ratio is the proportion or ratio of
squares.

Dora Mater (Lat. hard mother : be-
cause the other membranes were
supposed to proceed from it). The
strong fibrous membrane which
envelopes the brain and spinal
cord.

Dura'mea (Lat. durus, hard). The
central or heart wood of an exo-
genous tree.

Dyke. A wall or fence ; in geology,
applied to wall-like intrusions of
igneous rock which fill up veins
and fissures in the stratified
system.

Dynamic (Gr. dvpo^is, du'namis,
power). Relating to strength or
force.

D3niam'ics (Or. ^vuafiis, du'namiSf
power). That part of natural
philosophy which investigates the
properties of bodies in motion.

D3niamom'eter(Gr. ^vpafus, du'riamis,
power ; ix^rpov, metron, a measure).
An instrument for measuring
strength.

Dysaesthe'sia (Gr. Bus, dus, badly;
cuffdaifofiai, aisthan'omai, I feel).
Impaired power of feeling.

Dys'entery (Gr. Jus, dw, badly;
ivrtpov, en'teron, an intestine). A
discharge from the intestines ac-

(5H0SSARY.

58

eompanied by blood, mncuSi or
other morbid matter.

Dyi^p'sia (Qr. 8uy, dtts, badly;
vem-oDf peptOf I digest). Indi-
gestion ; difficalty of digestion.

B^lia'gia (Gr. $vy, duSj badly; .

ipaywt phago, I eat). Difficulty of
swallowing.
Byspnoe'a (Gr. 5uy, <fiw, badly ; wew,
pneoj I breathe). Difficult bi-eath-
ing.

Earth. In ehemistryy an oxide of a
metal : but applied especially to the
oxides and salts of barium, calcium,
magnesium, and aluminium.

Ebrac'teate (Lat. e, from ; brac'tea,
a bract). Without bracts.

Ebullition (Lat. e, out ; bvMat a
bubble). Boiling ; the formation
by heat of bubbles of vapour within
a liquid, which rise to the surface.

Ebnma'tioii (Lat. ehur, ivory). A
rendering dense like ivory ; the
excessive deposition of compact
osseous matter which sometimes
takes place in diseased states of
bones.

Eccen'tric (Gr. ix, eh, from ; Kivrpov,
Icentron, a centre). Deviating from
a centre ; incapable of being brought
to a common centre.

Eccentricity (Gr. ^/c, ek, from ;
Kivrpovy kerUroiif a centre). The
state of being eccentric ; the dis-
tance between the centre of an ellipse
and either of its foci.

Ecchymo'sis (Gr. ix, ek, out ; x^Mo^»
ckumos, juice). An effusion of blood
nnder the skin ; a bruise.

Ecooprotlo (Gr. iK, ek, out; Kovpos,
koproa, dung). Promoting the dis-
charge from the bowels.

Ec'dysifl (Gr. ^Ky ek, out ; 5iw, duo,
I pnt on). A casting off or moulting.

Eohinocoo'oTis (Gr. ix^vos, echi'noa, a
hedgehog ; kokkos, kokkos, a berry).
A parasitic animal, consisting of a
membranous sac or bag, and pro-
vided with a series of minute
hooks.

Echinoder^mataor Eohi'nodemui (Gr.
ix^vos, echi'nos, a hedgehog ; ^ep/ux,
dermay a skin). A class of inverte-
brate animals, the bodies of which
are covered by a thick covering or
shell, often with spikes.

EolLom'eter (Gr. ^x«> ^^Ao, sound ;
fitrpouy meti'ony a measure). An
instrument for measuring the dura-
tion of sounds, and their intervals.

Eolamp'sia (Gr. ixy eky from ; Xafivw,
Zam/)o, I shine). An appearance of
flashing of light which attends epi-
lepsy ; but now applied to epilepsy
or convulsive disease itself.

Eclec'tic (Gr. ixy ek, out ; Aeyw, legoy
I choose). Selecting or choosing ;
selected.

Eclips'e (Gr. ^/c, ek, from; \€ivwy
leipo, I leave). A failure ; an inter-
ception of the light of the sun,
moon, or other luminous body.

Eclip'tic (Gr. ^/c, eky from ; Aetiro, leipo,
I fail). The circle of the heavens
which forms the apparent annual
path of the sun : so called because
eclipses can only take place when
the moon is very near it.

Ecliptic Limits. In astronomyy the
limits within which an eclipse of the
sun or moon may occur.

Econ'omy (Gr. oiKosy oikos, a house ;
poftosy nomas, a rule). The regula-
tion of a family or household ; the
operations of nature in the formation
and preservation of animals and
plants.

Ec'stacy (Gr. ^/c, eifc, out ; IcrrrifUy
hUtemiy I make to stand). A
state in which the senses are sus-
pended in the contemplation of some
extraordinary object.

Ecdilip'sis (Gr. ^/c, ek, from ; BXi^y
thlibo, 1 press or rub). In Latin
grammary the cutting off in pro-
nunciation the final syllable of a
word ending in m, when the next
word begins with a vowel.

Ecto- (Gr. iKToSy ektoSy outside). A
prefix in some compound words,
signifying out&ldA.

H

GLOSSAKT.

Ecto'pia (Gr. ix, eJe, oat ; rowoSf
top^oSj a place). A displacement.

Ectro'piom (Gr. ^/c, ek, out ; rptwcof
trepOf I turn). A disease in which
the eyelashes are turned outwards.

Eo'zema (Gr. ix^ eky out ; (^a, zed, I
boil). An eruption on the skin,
of small pustules, without fever,
and not contagious.

Ede'ma, Edem'atons. See (Ede'ma and
(Edem'atous.

Eden'tate (Lat e, out ; dena, a tooth).
Without teeth ; applied to an order
of mammalian animals which have
no front teeth.

Eden'tnlons (Lat. e, out ; dem^ a
tooth). Without teeth.

Edible (Lat. edo, I eat). Fit to be
eaten as food.

Edrioph'thahnia (Ghr. ISpo, hedra, a
seat ; (KpBotXfjLoSf opTUhod^moSf an
eye). A section of crustaceons
animals, having the eyes sessile, or
not mounted on a foot-stalk.

E'dnct (Lat. e, out ; dttco, I lead).
Any thing separated from another
with which it was previously com-
bined.

Efflsrves'cence (Lat. ex, out ; fer'veo,
I boil). The escape of bubbles of gas
from a fluid, not produced by heat.

Efflores'cence (Lat. ex^ out ; flos^ a
flower). In botany, the time of
flowering ; in medicine, an eruptive
redness of the skin; in chemisti'y,
the formation of a dry powder in
some salts on exposure to the air,
by losing water of crystallisation.

Efflu'vium (Lat. exy out ; Jlun, I
flow). A flowing out ; the minute
particles which exhale or pass off
into the air from substances.

Efflux (Lat. ex, out ; ^uo, I flow).
A flowing out.

Effodien'tia (Lat. effo'dio, t dig out).
Digging : applied to a family of
edentate animals from their digging
habits, as the armadillo.

Effd'sioii (Lat. ex, out ; fundo, I
pour). A pouring out ; the escape
of a fluid from the vessel or cavity
containing it.

Si'd<^^ph (Gr. clJos, eidos, form ;
ypcufxo, graphs, I write). An in-
strument for copying designs.

1

Igeo'tlon (Lat. e, out ; jado, I cast).
A casting out.

Elab'arate (Lat. e, oat ; laho'ro, I
labour). To produce by labour,
or by successive operations.

Elain(Gr. iXouov, elai'on, oil). The
liquid principle of oils and fats.

Elas'tio (Gr. i7<avv(o, elau'no, I drive).
Having the property of springing
back to its original form after this
has been altered.

Elasticity (Gr. iXaww, elau'no, I
drive). The property by which a
body, after having been compressed,
or having had its form changed,
recovers its original shape on being
released from the force applied to it.

EL'ater (Gr. iKavvw, elau^no, I drive).
A spiral fibre in the thecse or seed-
cases of some cryptogamic plants,
serving to disperse the sporules by
uncurling.

EWtive Affinity (Lat. ^Itgo, I choose
oat). The disposition which bodies
have to unite chemically with cer-
tain substances in preference to
others.

Elec'tric (Gr. ^Xeicrpov, elelftrortf
amber). Containing, pertaining to,
derived from, or communicating
electricity.

Elec'tricity (Gr. ii\€KTpoy, eleytron,
amber ; became first observed in
amber). A series of phenomena
(also their cause) in various sub-
stances ; supposed to be due to the
presence of a compound fluid, which
is developed by friction or other
mechanical means.

Elec'tro-chem'istry. The science which
explains the phenomena of the de-
coraposingpower of electric currents.

Electro-mag'iietiBm. The branch of
electrical science which explains the
phenomena of the action of a voltaic
current on the magnetic needle.

Elec'trify (Electricity; Lat. facio, I
make). To charge with, or affect
by, electricity.

Elec'trode {Electricity; Gr. t^os,
hodos, a way). The termination
of a voltaic battery, by which the
electricity passes into or from the
fluid in which it is placed.

ELectrology (-^/ec^rictVy; Gr. \070s,

GLOSSAKT.

is

logoSf disconrse). The department
of physical science which treats of
electricity.

Elec'tro-dynamlc {Electricity; Or.
^wofuSf du'namiSf power). Re-
lating to electricity in motion^ and
producing its effects.

Electroly'sis (Electricity; Qr. \vw,
luOf I loosen). Decomposition by
an electric current.

Elec'tro-magnet'ic [Electricity; mag-
net). Eekting to magnetism as
connected with electricity.

Elec'trolyte {Electricity; Qr. \va,
IwOf I loosen). A body capable of
being decomposed by an electric
current.

EIec'tro-metalliir'gy(jE7ertnci«y; Gr.
lieraiKKoVf metaVloUy a metal; ^pyovy
ergoriy a work). The art of de-
positing metals from solutions of
their salts, by the voltaic current,
on other bodies.

Electrom'eter {Electricity; Qr.fitrpov,
metroriy a measure). An instru-
ment for measuring the intensity of
the electricity of a body.

Elec'tro-mo'tive. Moving by means
of electricity : applied by Volta to
the power of decomposition by the
electric current.

Elec'tro-neg'atlve. Having negative
electricity, and appearing at the
positive pole of a voltaic battery.

Elec'troph'oms , {Electricity ; Qr.
<p>€pWf pherOf I bear). An appara-
tus for collecting electricity, for
the purpose of fixing gaseous mix-

• tures in close vessels.

Elec'tro-pla'tiiig. The process of
depositing a coating of metal on some
other metal or substance by means
of electric action.

Elec'tro-pos'itiyiB. Having positive
electricity, and appearing at the
negative pole of the voltaic battery.

Elec'troBCope {Electricity ; Gr.
aKOTTta, akop'eof I look). An in-
strument for measuring the inten-
sity of electricity.

Electrostatic {Electricity ; Gr.
ararucosy stat'ikoSy stationary).
Belating to electricity in a state of
equilibrium.

Eleo'tro-teleg'raphj (Electricity; Gr.

T7;X€, teUy far off ; ypoupooy grapkoy
I write). The application of elec-
tricity to the conveying of mes-
sages.

Eleo'tro-type {Electricity; Gr. rwrosy
tuposy a type). The process of
copying medals, plates, &c., by
means of depositing metals from a
solution by a galvanic current.

Elec'tuary (Gr. ^k, eky out ; \eixaty
leickdy I lick). A medicine made
in the form of a confection.

El'ement (Lat. elemen'tum). The
first principle or constituent part
of anything ; in ckemistryy espe-
cially, any substance which has
resisted all efforts to decompose it ;
in anatomyy the autogenous or pri-
mary part of a vertebra.

Elemen'tary (Lat. elemen'tum). Pri-
mary ; incapable of further ana-
lysis.

Elephantiasis (Gr. i\€<pas, el'ephas,
an elephant). A disease of the
skin, attended with much thicken-
ing and the formation of tubercles.

Eleva'tion (Lat. c, from ; levoy I
raise. ) A raising ; in astronomy,
the distance of a heavenly body
above the horizon ; in trigonometryy
angle of elevation is the angle
formed by two lines drawn in the
same vertical plane from the obser-
ver's eye, one to the top of the
object and the other parallel to the
horizon ; in archUedurey a drawing
of the front or a face of a building.

Eleva'tor (Lat. e, from ; levoy I raise).
A lifter or raiser.

Elim'iniite (Lat. e, out ; limeuy a
threshold). To thrust out ; to
remove or expel.

Elision (Lat. eli'doy I strike out). A
cutting off or suppression of a
vowel at the end of a wprd.

El'lipse (Gr. ^/c, eky out ; Xcmw,
leipdy I leave). An oval figure,
produced by the section of a cone
by a plane cutting both sides ob-
liquely ; in grammar y an omission
of words.

EUips'oid {Ellipse; Gr. €«5oy, eidoSy
form). A figure formed by the
revolution of an ellipse round its
axis.

56

GLOSSABT.

Ellip'tio (Gr. ^/c, eJry out ; Xuvw,
leipo, I leave). Relating to, or
having the form of, an ellipse.
Elong^'tion (Lat. e, from ; longua^
long). A lengthening or stretch-
ing ; in astronomy y the apparent
recession of a planet from the sun.
Elntria'tion (Lat. e, from ; Gr.
\ovTpov, loutron^ a bath). The
process of removing lighter matter
from a powdered solid substance by
washing it with water, and pouring
off the latter.
ELy'truni (Gr. ^Au«, eluoy I roll over
or cover). The outer sheath which
protects the body and membranous
wings in beetles.

Emana'tioii (Lat. e, out ; manoy I
flow). That which issues from any
substance or body.

Emar'gfinate (Lat. e, from ; margo, a
margin). Having a piece appa-
rently notched or bitten out of the
margin.

Embank'meiit. The act of surround-
ing by a bank ; a structure raised
to protect lands from the overflow
of rivers or the sea.

Emboss' (Fr. cn^ in ; 6o*S€, a stud or
knob). To form bosses or protu-
berances ; to ornament by the for-
mation of ornaments in relief or
projecting from the sur&use.

Emlwucliure (Fr. hmche^ a mouth).
The mouth of a river, &c.

Embroca'tion (Gr. ^v, cw, in ; $p€xo>,
hrechdf I moisten). A mixture of
oil, spirit, &c., with which any
part of the body is rubbed.

Emliryo (Gr. 4fi$pvov, em'bruon).
The first or rudimentary form of
an animal or vegetable.

Embryog'eny (Gr. ifippxmy, em'bruon,
an embryo ; 7€vvaa, gennao, I
produce). The development of the
embryo. "

Embryorog^ (Gr. ifippvov, em'bruon^
an embryo ; \oyoSf logos, a de-
scription). A description of the
foetus or embryo,

Emer'sion (Lat. emer'go, I issue out).
In astronomy, th% passage of a satel-
lite out of the shadow of a planet.

Emefic (Gr. ^jU€«, em'eo, I vomit).
Producing the act of vomiting.

Em'inence (Lat. emin'eo, I stand
above others). In ana^om^, a gene-
ral term for a projection on a bone.

Emollient (Lat. e, from ; mollis^
soft). Softening or relaxing^

Empbyse'ma (Gr. 4v, en, in ; ^v<roM,
phiLsa'o, I blow). Distension with
air.

Empir'ic (Gr. iv, en, in ; xcipa,
peira, experience). Properly, one
who makes experiments ; a physi-
cian whose knowledge consists in
observation alone ; but commonly
applied to a quack.

Empir'ical (Gr. iv, en, in ; ircipa,
peira, experience). Relating to or
derived from simple experience or
observation, without the aid of
science.

Empiricism (Gr. ip, en, in ; vcipa,
peira, experience). Practice on the
ground of experience alone.

Emprosthofonos (Gr. iynrpoirOey,
emprosftken, before ; rtivco, ttino, I
stretch). A form of tetanus in
which the body is bent forward.

Empye'ma (Gr. h, en, in ; wov,
puon, pus). A collection cf pus in
the cavity of the chest.

Empyreu'ma (Gr. iv, en, in ; Tvpew,
pureuo, I set on fire). A disagree-
able smell arising from the burning
of animal and vegetable matter.

Empyreumatlc (Gr. iv, en, in ; tv-
pevci), pureuo, I set on fire). Having
the taste or smell of slightly bum|
animal or vegetable substances.

Emnl'gent (Lat. e, out; mul'geo, I
milk). Milking or drawing out :,
applied to the blood-vessels of the
kidneys, which were supposed to
strain the serum.

Emnl'sion (Lat. e, from ; muVgeo, I
milk). A milk-like substance,
produced by rubbing oil with sugar
or gum, &c., and water.

Emnnc^tory (Lat. emun'go, I wipe
out). Removing excreted matter.

Enai'ma (Gr. iv, cn^ in ; ou/uc, kaima,
blood). Having blood ; applied by
Aristotle as a distinctive character
of certain animals.

Enaliosau'rians (Gr. iv, en, in ; aXs,
kals, the sea ; aavpos, sav/ros, a
lizard). A name given to some

GLOSSARY

57

extinct gigantic lizards, supposed
to have lived in the^sea.

Exial'lage' (Qr. ^v, ct?, in ; &A.Xott«,
aUa^tOf I change). A figure in
fframmarf by which one word or
mode of expression is substituted
for another.

Enam'el. A compound of the nature
of glass, but more fusible and
opaque ; the smooth hard substance
covering the crown of a tooth.

Enarihro'siB (Gr. iv, en, in ; h^Bpov,
curthron, a joint). The ball-and-
socket joint, such as is formed by
the head of the thigh-bone and the
hip.

Encaustic (Qr. ^v, ew, in ; icatw, Tcaio,
I bum). Applied to a kind of
painting in which colours are made
permanent by being burned in.

Enceph'ala (Gr. ^v, en, in ; K€<f>a\%
keph'alcf the head). Molluscous
animals having a distinct head.

Encephali'tis (Gr. iyK€<pa\ov, en-
keph'alon, the brain ; itiSj denoting
inflammation). Inflammation of
the substance of the brain, or of the
structures in general within the
skull.

EnceplL'alon (Gr. ip, en, in ; KitpaXri,
keph'ale, the head). That part of
the nervous system which is con-
tained in the skull.

Enclitic (Gr. iv, en, on ; kXivw,
Mind, I lean). Leaning on ; ap-
plied to certain words which throw
their accent on the word immedi-
ately preceding, and thus, as it were,
lean on it.

En'crinite (Gr. iv, en, in ; Kpivoy,
krimm, a Hly). A fossil radiated
animal, resembling a lily.

Encysted (Gr. iu, en, in ; kvo-tis,
kustis, a bladder or sac). Enclosed
in a sac or bag.

Endeca-. See Uendeca-.

Endemic (Gr. iy, en, in ;8r;/*oy, demos,
people). Among the people ; applied
to diseases which habitusdly pre-
vail in any locality.

Endermatic, or Ender'mic (Gr. iv,
en, in; Jep/xo, derma, the skin).
A term applied to the administra-
tion of medicines by means of the
gkin»

Endo- (Gr. iv^ov, en' don, within). A
prefix to words, signifying within.

ExULocar'dial (Gr. iv^ov, en'don, with-
in ; KopSia, kar^dia, the heart). Re-
lating to the lining membrane of
the heart.

Endocardi'tis (Gr. iv^ov, en'don, with-
in ; Kapha, kar'dia, the heart ; itis,
denoting inflammation). Inflamma-
tion of the lining membrane of the
heart.

Endocar'dixim (Gr. iyBov, en'don,
within ; Kapha, kar'dia, the heart).
The membrane lining the interior
of the heart.

En'docarp (Gr. 4ySoy, en'don, within ;
KopTTos, karpos, fruit). The mem-
brane in some fruit, as apples, which
lines the cavity containing the seeds.

Endogen (Gr. iy^ov, en'don, within ;
yeyyao), genna'o, I produce). A
plant which grows by deposition of
woody matter in the interior, without
distinction of pith, wood, and bark.

Endog'enites (Endogen), Fossilstems
exhibiting the endogenous struc-
ture.

En'dolymph (Gr. iv^oy, en'don, with-
in ; Lat. lympha, water). A watery
fluid in the interior of the mem-
branous labyrinth of the ear.

EndophloB'mn (Gr. Moy, en^don,
within ; <p\oios, pkloios, bark).
The inner'layer of the bark of trees.

Endopleu'ra (Gr. iy^oy, en'don, with-
in ; ir\€vpa, pleura, a rib or mem-
brane). The coat of the nucleus
in the seed.

Endorhi'zal (Gr. iy^oy, en'don, with-
in ; ^i(a, rhiza, a root). Having
a root within ; applied to plants of
which the root bursts first through
the coverings of the seed before
elongating downwards.

EndosSLereton (Gr. iy^oy, en'don,
within ; <rKf\eroy, skel'eton, a frame-
work of bone). An internal skele-
ton ; such as exists in vertebrate
animals.

Endosmom'eter (Gr. iy^oy, en'don,
within ; wt/jlos, osmos, an impulse ;
fi€Tpoy, metron, a measure). An
instrument for measuring the in-
tensity of endosmose.

En'dosmose (Gr. iyloy^ en'don^ with-

58

GLOSSARY.

in ; wBHt, otheoj I posh) . The pro-
cess by which a fluid, separated
from another by a membrane, mixes
with it in a direction from within
outwards.

Endos'teum (Gr. ivhov^ en' don, with-
in ; offTfoVf oa^teon, a bone). The
fine membrane lining the medullary
canal of bones.

En'dostome {Qr.iy^ovy en'don^ within;
crrofia, stoma, a mouth). The inner
aperture of an ovule.

Ene'ma (Gr. iv, en, in ; /17/Kt, hiemi,
I send). A medicine thrown into
the lower bowel.

Engineering. The art of construct-
ing and using engines or machines.

Engor'gement (Fr. en, in ; goi'ge, the
throat). A swallowing gi'eedily ;
but applied in medicine to an over-
filled state of the vessels of a pai*t.

Enneagyn'ia (Gr. iyvca, en'nea, nine;
yvtniy gune, a female). An order
of plants having nine pistils.

Ennean^dria (Gr. hnf^a, edniea, nine ;
hri\p, aner, a male). A class of
plants in theLinnaean system having
nine stamens.

Enode (Lat. e, from ; nodw, a knot).
Wthout knots or joints.

En'siform (Lat. ensis, a sword \ forma,
shape). Like a sword.

Entablature (Lat. in, in ; tab'ula, a
board or table). The structure
which lies horizontally on columns,
divided into architrave, frieze, and
cornice.

Enter'ic (Gr. itn-epov, en'teron, an in-
testine). Belongingto the intestines.

Enteri'tis (Gr. imepoy, en'teron, an
intestine ; itis, denoting inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the intestines.

En'terocele (Gr. ivnpov, en'teron, an
intestine ; ici)\% Jcele, a tumour).
A hernial tumour containing intes-
tine.

En'terolith (Gh*. ivrepov, en'teron^ an
intestine ; \iBos, lithos, a stone).
A concretion resembling a stone,
formed in the intestines.

Enthetlc (Gr. iv, en, in ; nOrifju,
tithemi, I place). A term applied
to diseases which become developed
in the body after the introduction
of a poison.

I

En'thymeme (Gr. iv'Ovfitoftm^ enthti^'
meomai, I think). In rhetoric^ an
argument consisting of two propo-
sitions only, an antecedent and a
consequent.

Ento- (Gr. ivros, en'tos, within). A
prefix in compound words, signify-
ing to th^ inner side.

En'tomoid (Gr. ivrofiov, en'tomon,
insect) from iv, en, into ; r^fuWf
temno, I cut ; tiSos, eidos, form).
Resembling an insect.

Entomol'ogy (Gr. ivTofiov, en'tom^ouj
an insect ; \0y05, logos, a descrip-
tion). A description of insects.

Entomoph'agons (Gr. ivroiwv, en'Uh
mon, an insect ; <f>ayw, phago, I
eat). Feeding on insects.

Entomofi'traca (Gr. iin-o/xoy, en'tomon,
an insect ; oarpaKov, os'traJeon, a
shell). A section of minute crus-
taceous animals.

Entomot'omy (Gr. ivTOfwv, en'tomon^
an insect ; rffxycc, temno, 1 cut).
The dissection of insects.

Entomozoa'ria (Gr. iy, en, into ;
r^jxpof, temno, I cut ; (wov, zoon,
an animal). Invertebrate «nimft.li^
having their bodies arranged in
ring-like segments.

Entozo'on (Gr. ivros, en'tos, within ;
(taov, zoon, an animal). An animal
which lives on the bodies of other
animals : properly applied to those
infesting the interior.

En'trooMte {Gr. iy, en, in; rpoxoSf
irockos, a wheel). A name given
in geology to the wheel-like joints
of the encrinite.

Entro^pium (Gr. iy, en, in ; rpeireo,
trepo, I turn). A turning of the
eyelashes inwards towards the
eye.

Enu'cleate (Lat. e, out of ; ntddeus,
a kernel). To remove as a kernel
from a nut.

E'ocene (Gr. ^ws, eos, the dawn ;
Koiyos, kainos, new). Early ; ap-
plied to the earliest deposits in the
tertiary geological strata.

Eoripile (Lat. JE'olus, the god of the
winds ; pila^ a ball). An instru-
ment consisting of a hollow metal
ball, with a tube, used for exhibit-
ing the elastic power of steam by

GLOSSARY,

59

filling the ball with water and heat-
ing it.

Ep'aot (Gfr. ^t, ep'i, on ; ayoa, ago, I
drive.) The number which denotes
the age of the ecclesiastical moon
on the first day of any year in a
cycle of nineteen years.

Epen'thesis (Gr. ivi, ep'u on; iv,
en, in ; TidrnjHy tiikemi, I place).
The insertion of a letter or syllable
in the middle of a word.

Ephelis (Gr. ivi, ep'i, on ; 7}\ios,
helios, the sun). Freckles ; an
emption of gi'eyish or yellowish
spots.

Ephrai'eris (Gh*. iiriy ep'i, on ; rifiepa,
hemer a, 9, daj). A diary; an ac-
count of the daily positions of the
planets.

Ep'i, or ep- (Gr. hrt, ep'i, on). A pre-
fix in compound words, signifying
npon.

Epic (Gr. iwu, ep'of I speak). Nar-
rative ; applied to poems which re-
late real or supposed events.

Eploarp (Gr. ivty ejp'iy on ; KofnroSf
karpoSf a fruit). The outer skin
of a fruit.

Epicene (Gr. iiri, ep'i, on; koivos,
koinoSf common). Common ; ap-
plied to nouns which denote both
the male and the female species.

Epicon'dyle (Gr. iwiy ep'i, on ; kov-
hvXoSy kon'duloSj a knuckle). In
anatomy y an additional condyle, a
joint placed on a condyle.

Epicy'cle (Gr. ^irt, ep'iy on ; KVK\osy
kvJcloSy a circle). A small circle,
of which the centre is in the cir-
cumference of a larger one.

Epicy'cloid (Gr. iviy ep'iy on ; KVKKoSy
kuklosy a circle ; ii^os, eidosy
form). A curve produced by the
revolution of the circumference of
a circle along the convex or concave
side of another circle.

Epidemic (Gr. iiri, ep'iy on ; Sriixos,
dem08y the people). Attacking
numbers of people in any locality
at the same time, but of temporary
duration, and not essentially con-
nected with the locality.

Epidemiorog^ (Gr. ^tti, ep'iy on;
Ihlfios, demos, the people ; \oyos,
Uigoif a description). The descrip-

tion or investigation of epidemic
disease.

Epider^mal (Epidermis). Belonging
to, or formed from the epidermis.

Epider'mis (Gr. ivi, e'pi, on ; 8fp/ua,
dermay the skin). The cuticle, or
scarf-skin ; the external layer of
the skin, or of the bark in plants.

Epigas'tric (Gr. iiriy ep'iy on ; yourrrip,
gasteVy the stomach). Belonging
to the upper and anterior part of
the abdomen ; over the stomach.

Epiglof tis (Gr. ^i, ep'i, on ; yKtarray
giottay a tongue). A tongue-shaped
projection lying over the entrance
of the windpipe, and preventing the
entrance of food or drink.

Epig'ynons (Gr. iiriy ep'i, on ; yvtnriy
gundy a female). Growing on the
top of the ovary in plants ; applied
to stamens which are united both to
the calyx and to the ovary.

Ep'ilepsy (Gr. ^jt*, ep'i, on ; Xr/^tj,
lepsisy a seizing). The falling sick-
ness; a sudden loss of sensation
and voluntary power attended by
convulsions, recurring at irregular
intervals.

Epilep'tic (Gr. iviy ep'i, on ; Xrjyl/is,
lepsiSy a seizing). Subject to epi-
lepsy.

Epilep'tiform (Epilepsy; Lat. forma,
form). Eesembllng epilepsy.

Epime'ral (Gr. ^iri, ep'iy on ; ftripos,
meros, a thigh or limb). The part
of the segment of an insect or
other articulated animal which is
above the joint of the limb.

Epipet'alous (Gr. im, ep'i, on;
ircraAov, j3e^aZow,apetal). Placed
or growing on the petals.

EpipUoB'iim(Gr. ivi, ep'i, on ; <t>\oio5,
phloios, bark). The layer of
bark immediately beneath the eja-
dermis.

EpiphylloTis (Gr. ivi, ep'i, upon ;
<pv\^oy, phullon, a leaf). Inserted
on a leaf.

Epiph'ora Gr. ^t, ep'i, on; <^€p«,
pher^d, I bear). Watery eye; a
disease in which the tears flow over
the cheek, from an obstruction in the
canal which should carry them off.

Epiph'ysiB (Gr. im, ep'i, on ; <t>vw,
phuo, I grow). The end of a long

60

GLOSSAEY .

^

bone, wliicli is formed at first
separately from the shaft, and
afterwards is united to it.

Epiphyte (Or. ^wt, tp'i^ on ; <^i/w,
'pkuo^ I grow). A plant which
grows on or adheres to another
vegetable, or to an animal.

Epiploon (Qr. ^wt, cp'i, on ; irAew,
'plto^ I float). The canl ; a por-
tion of the peritoneum, or lining
membrane of the abdomen, which
covers in front, and as it were
floats on, the intestines.

Epispas'tic (Gr. iin, ep'i, on ; o-ttocd,
<pad, I draw). Drawing; blistering.

Ep'isperm (Gr. ^iri, ep'iy on ; avepfia,
sperma, a seed). The outer covering
of a seed.

Epistaz'is (Gr. ivt, ep'i, on ; a-raCwf
stazof I drop). Bleeding from the
nose.

Epister'nal (Gr. im, ep't^ on ; (rrepuov,
stemorif the breast). Situated on
or above the sternum or breast-
bone.

Epithelial (Epithelium). Belonging
to, or formed of, epithelium.

Epithe'lium. A covering membrane
in animals and vegetables, formed
of the same structure as epidermis,
but finer and thinner.

Eplthem (Gr. ivi^ ep'i, on ; Tt^r;/*i,
tifhemif I place). A liquid in
which cloths are dipped to be laid
on any part of the body.

Epit'ome' (Gr. ^irt, cp't, on ; t€/ai/»,
temndf I cut). An abridgment of
a book or writing.

Epizo'on (Gr. ivi^ ep'iy on ; Cc»ov, zoon^
an animal). An animal which
fastens itself to the exterior of
other animals and lives on them.

Epizoofic (Gr. ^iri, ep'if on; fwov,
zoon, an animal). A term applied
to diseases prevailing among ani-
mals, as epidemic diseases among
men.

E'poch (Gr. iirif ep'if on ; ^x"» cchloy
I hold). A fix^ point of time from
which dates are numbered; any
fixed time or period.

Equa'tion (Lat. cequo, I make equal).
A making equal ; in algebra^ a
form expressing the equality of two
quantities ; in astronomy, the dif-

ference between real and apparent
time or space.

Eqna'tor (Lit. cequo^ I make equal).
A great imaginary circle, surround-
ing the earth at an equal distance
from each pole.

Eqnato'rial (Equator). An astro-
nomical instrument, capable of re-
volving on a fixed axis, coinciding
in direction with that of the celestial
sphere.

Equicm'ral (Lat. csquus, equal ; crtu,
a leg). Having equal legs ; or two
sides of equal length, as a triangle.

Eqnidifferent (Lat. cequuSf eqnal ;
different). Having an equal dif-
ference ; applied to numbers in
arithmetical progression, which in-
crease or decrease by the addition
or subtraction of the same number.

Equidis'tant (Lat. cequu^^ equal ; dis,
from ; sto, I stand). At equal dis-
tances from some point.

Eqnilaf eral (Lat. ceqimsy equal ;
latuSf a side). Having all the sides
equal.

Eqnilib'rixun (Lat. aiquua, equal ;
libray a balance). Equality of
weight or force ; balance.

Eqnimnl'tiple (Lat. cBquv>8f equal ;
multip'licOi I multiply). The pro-
duct of multiplying a number by the
same quantity as that by which
some other number is also multi-
plied,

Equinoc'tial (Lat. cequuB^ equal ; nox,
night). A term applied to the
points at which the ecliptic inter-
sects the celestial equator : so called
from the days and nights being
equal when the sun arrives in
them.

Equinoz'es (Lat. cequvA^ equal ; nox,
night). The times at which the
sun's centre is found in the equi-
noctial points, the days and nights
being equal.

Eq'uipoise (Lat. aquus, equal ; Fr.
jjctcfe, weight). Equality of weight ;
equilibrium ; even balance.

Eqnirafional (Lat. aquua, equal;
raJtio, a reckoning). Having an
equal ratio ; appUed to numbers in
geometrical progression, which in-
crease or decrease regularly by

GLOSSARY.

61

being multiplied or divided by the
same number.

Equiv'alent (Lat. ceqwas^ equal ;
vaXeOf I am worth). Equal in value
or power ; in chemistry ^ a term
applied to the numbers in which
elements uniformly replace each
other in combination.

Erec'tile (Lat. e^rigo, I raise up).
Having the property of raising
itself.

Erec'tor (Lat. e^rigo^ I raise up). That
which raises np : applied to some
muscles.

Eremacaa'sifl (Gr. iipefxa, erema, gra-
dually ; /cou», kaiif I burn). Slow
combustion : the process by which
the matters formed in the fermen-
tation and putrefaction of animal
and vegetable bodies combine gra-
dually with the oxygen of the air.

Er'ethiBin (Gr. ip^OiCco, erethi'zd^ I
excite). Excitement ; unnatural
energy of action.

Er^gotLEan (Ergot^ spurred rye), A
diseased state, characterised by a
kind of moi-tification, produced by
eating spuiTed rye.

Ero'dent (Lat. e, out ; rodOf I gnaw).
Eating into ; gnawing.

Ero'sion (Lat. c, from ; rodo, I gnaw).
The state of eating or being eaten
away.

Errat'ic (Lat. erroy I wander). Wan-
dering ; not fixed ; occurring in a
casual manner.

Er'rhine (Gr. iv, e», in ; i>iv, rhiuj
the nose). Affecting the nose ;
producing discharge from the nose.

Erucf ation (Lat. erudto, I belch). A
bursting forth of wind from the
stomach ; or of gases or other matter
from the earth.

Enip'tioii (Lat. e, out ; rumpOy I
break). A breaking forth ; a rash
on the skin.

Erysip'elas (Gr. ipvot, erm, I draw ;
7r€\aSf pelaSy near). A spreading
inflammation of the skin ; St. An-
thony's fire.

Erythe'ma (Gr. 4pv0posy eru'throa,
red). A superficial redness of the
skin.

Esca'pement. An apparatus in
clocks and watches for regulating

the action of the pendulum or ba-
lance wheeL

Escai'pment. (Fr. eacarper^ to cut

a slope.) Ground cut away nearly

vertically about a military position ;

also a natural cutting away of the

ground, as in ravines.

Eschar (Gr. iaxapa, ea'charay a hearth
or gridiron). A crust or scab pro-
duced by heat or caustics.

Escharot'io (Gr. itrxapa, es'chara, a
hearth or gridiron). Producing an
eschar or crust on the flesh.

Esophagot'omy (Gr. ola-o<payos, ot-
soph'agosj tiie oesophagus ; r^fiyo),
temnoj 1 cut). The operation of
making an incision or opening into
the oesophagus.

Esoph'agus (Gr. ola, oio, I carry ;
(paytay pihai/oy I eat). The gullet,
or tube which carries food to the
stomach.

Esoter'ic (Gr. ^<r», e«o, within). Pri-
vate ; applied to the private in-
structions of Pythagoras.

Es'sence (Lat. e«se, to be). The par-
ticular and distinguishing nature of
a being or substance.

Essen'tisd (Lat. e«se, to be). Neces-
sary to the constitution of a thing ;
specially distinctive.

Esthetics. See Jlsthet'ics.

Estiva'tion (Lat. css/os, summer).
The manner in which the petals of
a flower are arranged within the
bud.

Es'tuary (Lat. asiuiy tide). An arm
of the sea, or mouth of a river,
where the tide meets the current.

Ethe'real (Gr. o'Vtjp, aiihert ether).
Relating to or formed of ether.

Etherisa'tion(£Y/icr). The production
of insensibility by inhaling the
vapour of ether.

Ethical (Gr. iidos, ethos, habit of
men, manners). Relating to public
manners or morals.

Ethics (Gr. ^BoSf ethos, manners).
The science of moral philosophy, or
of the duties of men.

E'thmoid (Gr. f/d/zo r, ethmos, a sieve ;
€t5os, eidos, form). Perforated
with holes like a sieve.

Ethnorogy (Gr. i6vos, ethnos, a na-
tion ; \oyoSf logos^ ^vgufs^sx^. ^^Jaa

62

GLOSSABT.

science which describes the relation
of the different varieties of mankind
to each other.

E'tiolate. To whiten bj excluding the
rays of the sun.

E'tlology (Gr. alria, aitia, a cause ;
A.0705, logoSf a discourse). A de-
scription of causes ; in medicine, the
department of the science which
studies the agents by which diseases
are produced.

Etymorogy (Gr. irvfios, et^umos,
true ; Koyos, logos, a word). A
description of the origin, derivation,
and changes of words.

Et'ymon (Gr. irvfios, efumos, true).
The root of a word, from which it
is derived.

Endiom'eter (Gr. c v, eu.well ; Zios, dios,
air; fitrpov, metron, a measure).
An instrument for measuring the
amount of oxygen contained in air
or in gaseous mixtures.

Eudiom'etry (Gr. ev, eu, well ; hios,
dioSf air ; firrpoy, metron, a
measure). The art of measuring
the quantity of oxygen in the air or
in gaseous mixtures.

Eu'phemism (Gr. €^, eu, well ; <^/a<,
phemi, I speak). The substitution
of a delicate or agreeable word for
one which is offensive.

Euphon'ic (Gr. 6v, eu, well ; (pcovrij
phoncy voice). Having an agree-
able sound.

Eu'phoiiy (Gr. €&, eu, well ; <puvr),
phone, voice). A combination of
letters and syllables which is agree-
able to the ear.

Ensta'cMaiL Tube (Eusta' chins, a
celebrated anatomist). The tube
which connects the internal ear
with the back part of the mouth.

Ensta'chiaii Valve. A fold of mem-
brane lying between the anterior
margin of the lower vena cava and
the right auricles of the heart.

Evac'aant (Lat. e, from ; vadttOj I
empty). Emptying.

Evac'uate (Lat. e, out ; vacfuo, I
empty). To empty or free from.

Evacna'tloTi (Lat. e, out; vacfuo,
I empty). An emptying or clear-
ing.

Evap'orate (Lat. e, from; vapor,

vapour). To pass off in vapour ; to
convert into vapour.

Evap'oration (Lat. e, from ; vapor,
vapour). The conversion of a fluid
into vapour or steam ; the removal
of fluid from any substance by con-
verting it into vapour.

Evec'tion (Lat. e, out ; veho, I cany).
A carrying out ; in astronomy, an
inequality in the moon's place, pro-
duced by the mean progression of
,the apsides, and the variation of
the excentricity,

Evolu'tion (Lat. e, out ; volvo, I roll).
An unfolding or unrolling ; in cU-
gebra and arithmetic, the extraction
of a root, or the unfolding of a num-
ber multiplied into itself any num-
ber of times ; in military affairs,
changes in the position and arrange-
ment of troops.

Evnl'sion (Lat. e, from ; vello, I
pluck). A pulling out by force.

Exacerba'tion (Lat. ex, from ; acer^-
bus, sharp). Irritation ; an in-
crease in violence.

Exalbn'minoug (Lat. ex, from ; aUm'-
men). Without albumen.

Ezan'thema (Gr. i^, ex, out ; Mos^
anthos, a flower). An eruption :
now applied to contagious diseases,
attended by fever and by an erup-
tion on the skin.

Ezcen'tric. See Eccen'tric.

Excentricity. See Eccentric'ity.

Ezcis'ion (Lat. er, from ; casdo, I
cut). A cutting off.

Excitability (Lat. eoe, from ; cito, I
provoke). The power of being
roused to action.

Exci'tant (Lat. ex, from; cito, I
provoke). Calling into action;
stimulating.

Exci'to-mo'tor (Lat. exdto, I excite ;
moi-eo, I move). A term applied
to those actions which arise from
an impression made on the extremity
of a nerve, conveyed to the spinal
cord, and thence reflected, without
sensation, to the nerves supplying
the muscles of the part moved.

Excor'iate (Lat. ex, from ; co'rium,
the skin). To fetrip off the skin.

Ex'crement (Lat. ex, from ; eemo, I
separate). Refuse matter.

GLOSSARY.

63

Excrea'cfflice (Lat. ex, from; cresco,
I grow). An unnatural or super-
fluous growth.

Excre'tion (Lat. exj from ; cemoy
I separate). A separation of fluids
from the body by means of glands ;
the fluids separated.

Excre'tory (Lat. ex, from ; cemoy I
separate). Having the property of
excreting or throwing off; removing.

Exege'sifl (Gr. i^iryeoixcUf exegeomaif
I explain). An explanation.

Exfo'liate (Lat. ex, from ; fdlium, a
leaf). To separate in scales, as
diseased bone, or the lamina of a
mineral

Ezha'lant (Lat. ex^ from ; AoZo, I
breathe). Breathing out or evapor-
ating.

Exhala'tion (Lat. ex^ from; Tialo, I
breathe). The act of exhaling or
sending forth in vapour; that which
is emitted as vapour.

Exhale (Lat. ex, from ; halo, I
breathe). To breathe or send out
vapour.

Exhau'st (Lat. ex, from ; hau'rio, I
draw). To draw off; to empty by
drawing out the contents.

Exooar'dial (Gr. iiw, exo, outside ;
Kopdia, kai^'dia, the heart). Out-
side the heart.

Ex'ogen (Gr. ^|w, exd, outside ;
yfvvouo, gennao, I produce). A
plant which grows by additions to
the outside of the wood.

Exog'enites (Eafogen), Fossil stems
exhibiting the exogenous structure.

Exog'enous (Gr. ^|w, exd, outside ;
y^woua, gennao, I produce). In
botany, growing by addition to the
outside; in anatomy, growing out
from a bone already formed.

Exor'dixun (Lat. ex, from ; or^dior, I
begin). The introductory part of
a discourse.

Exorhi'zEd {Qt, i^oo, exo, outside;
pi(a, rhiza, a root). A term applied
to plants of which the roots do not
burst through the coverings of the
seed before growing downwards.

Exoskereton (Gr. ifya, exd, outside;
<ric€A,€Tov, skd'eton). An external
skeleton, such as is found in many
invertebrate animals ; also in those

vertebrate animals which have ossi-
fied or bony plates connected with
the skin.

Ex'osmose (Gr. i^, ex, out ; uB^oo,
othed, I drive). The passage of
one fluid to another through a
membrane from within outwards.

Ex'ostome (Gr. ^|», exo, outwards ;
(TTOfxa, stoma, a mouth). The
outer aperture in the ovule of a
plant, towards which the apex of
the nucleus points.

Exosto'ais (Gr. 4^, ex, out; oartov,
os'teon, a bone). An unnatural
projection or growth from a bone.

Exoter'io (Gr. i^a, exo, outside).
External ; public.

Exothe'oinm (Gr. i^a>, exo, outside ;
driKiov, thefhion, a box). In botany ,
the outside covering of the anther,
the inner being the endothecium.

Exofic (Gr. ^|«, exo, outside).
Brought from a foreign country.

Expansibility (Lat. ex, out ; pando,
I open). Capability of being en-
larged or extended in all directions.

Expec'torant (Lat. ex, from ; pectus,
the breast). Promoting discharge
from the air-passages and limgs.

Expeo'torate (Lat. ex, from ; pectus,
the breast). To discharge from
the air-passages or lungs.

Expira'tion (Lat. ex, from ; spiro, I
breathe). A breathing out of air
or vapour.

Expo'nent (Lat. expo'no, I set forth).
A number or figure which, placed
above and to the right hand of a
number, denotes what root is to be
extracted, or to what power it is to
be raised : in the former case,
fractions are used ; in the latter,
whole numbers ; also the number
which denotes the ratio between
two quantities.

Expres'sion (Lat. ex, out ; prem'o,
1 press). A pressing out ; in
algebra, any quantity, simple or
compound.

Exsan'gnine (Lat. ex, from ; sanguis,
blood). Without blood; deprived
of blood.

Exsert'ed (Lat. eafserso, I thrust out).
In botany, extending beyond an
organ.

64

GLOSSARY.

Exsioca'tion (Lat. ex, from ; siccuSf

dry). Drying.
ExBtip'Tilate (Lat. ex, from ; stipule).

Without stipules.
Ezten'sor (Lat. ex, out ; tendo, I

stretch). A stretcher out ; applied

to certain muscles.
External Contact. In astronomy^ the

apparent touching of two disks at

their edges, without interposition.
Extine (Lat. ex, out). The outer

covering of the pollen-grain.
Extracell'iQar (Lat. extra, beyond ;

cell'ula, a cell). Without cells :

applied to the formation of nuclei

or cells in animal and vegetable

matter, without the influence of a

previously existing cell.
Extravas'oiQar (Lat. extra, beyond ;

vatfcular). Without vessels.
Extrao'tion (Lat. ex, from ; traho, I

draw). A drawing out.

Extrao'tlTe (Lat.^ ex, from ; traho, I
draw). That which is drown out :
a term used in chemistry to denote
matter of a peculiar kind obtained
from substances by chemical opera-
tions.

Extravasa'tion (Lat. extra, out of;
vas, a vessel). The pouring of a
fluid, as blood, out of its vessels.

Extro'rse (Lat. extror^sum, outwards).
Turned outwards.

Exuda'tion (Lat. ex, out ; sudo, I
perspire). A discharge of moisture
through pores.

Exu'de (Lat. ex, out ; stido, I per-
spire). To discharge through pores.

Exu'visB (Lat. from cxuo, I put off).
Cast-offshells or skins of animals ; re-
mains of animals found in the earth.

Eye-piece. The lens or combination
of lenses in a microscope to which
the eye is applied.

F.

Fao^ade (Fr.). The front view of a
building.

Facet (Fr. : a little face). A small
face ; applied to the small terminal
faces of crystals and cut gems.

Fascial (Lat. fa'cies, the face). Be-
longing to the face.

Fascial An'gle. In anatomy, the
angle formed by a line drawn
through the opening of the ear and
the base of the nostrils, with
another drawn from the most pro-
jecting part of the forehead through
the front of the upper jaw; re-
garded as a measure of intelligence
in animals.

Fac'tor (Lat. fac'io, I make). A
maker up or agent ; in arithmetic
and algebra, the factors of a
quantity are those by the multi-
plication of which into each other
it is formed.

Fa'cules (Lat. fa'cula, a little
torch). A term applied to varie-
ties in the intensity of the bright-
ness of different parts of the sun's
disk.

FflB'ces (Lat. fcex, dregs). Excrement
or refuse matter.

Falcate (Lat. falx, a sickle). Bent

like a sickle.
Fal'ciform (Lat. /oZx, a hook or

sickle ; focrma^ shape). Shaped

like a sickle.
Falx Ger'ebri (Lat. fdhx, a sickle).

A curved projection downwards of

the dura mater, which divides the

brain into two hemispheres ; a

similar structure also divides the

cerebellum, or little brain.
Fari'na (Lat. far, com). Meal or

flour ; consisting of gluten, starch,

and gum ; in botany, the pollen or

fine dust of the anther.
Farina'ceons (Lat. fari'na, flour).

Consisting of, or containing meal or

flour.
Fas'cia (Lat. a band). A band ; in

architecture, a baud-like structure;

a surgical bandage ; a membranous

expansion.
Fas'ciate (Lat. fas' da, a band).

Bound, or apparently bound, with

a band.
Fas'cide or Fascic'nlTis (Lat. fas-

cic'vlus, a little bundle). A small

bundle; in anatomy, a bundle of

muscular fibres.

GLOSSARY.

65

Faseic'nlate (Lat. fascidvluSf^k small
bundle). Arranged in small
bundles or clusters.

Fasci'ne (Lat. fas'cia^ a baijid). A
fagot used in military operations for
raising batteries, filling ditches, &c.

Fau'ces (Lat. fauoc, the jaws). The
opening by which the back part of
the mouth communicates with the
pharynx.

Fault (Lat. faUoy I deceive or fail).
A failing ; in geology^ an inter-
ruption of the continuity of strata.

FanzLa (Lat. Faunus), The entire
collection of animals peculiar to a
country.

Favose (Lat. favus^ a honey-comb).
Resembling a honey-comb.

Favus (Lat. a honey-comb). A
disease of the skin, popularly known
as scaldhead.

Feather-edged. In architecture^
made thin at one edge.

Febric'ula (Lat. febrU, a fever ; ula^
denoting smallness). A slight
fever.

Feb'rifuge (Lat./c6rM, a fever ; /m^o,
I drive away). Diminishing or
preventing fever.

Felbrile (Lat. /eftm, a fever). Re-
lating to, or indicating fever.

Fec'ula (Lat. /cex, dregs ; vlay de-
noting smallness). Starch.

Fec'ulent (Lat. foecuLoy small dregs).
Containing dregs or sediment.

Fe'eundate (Lat. fecun'dm, fruitful).
To make fruitful.

Fecnn'dity (Lat. fecun'dus^ fruitful).
Fruitfulness ; power of producing.

Feld'spar (Germ, fddy afield ; ^ar).
The soft part of granite ^ consisting
of a mixture of alumina, lime,
and potash or soda, with silicic
acid.

Feldspathlc (Feld'spar), Consisting
of, or abounding in feldspar.

Feline (Lat. fe'lis^ a cat) . Belonging
to cats, or to the cat tribe.

Fel'spar — ^Felspathlc. See Feld-
spar and Feldspath'ic.

Fem'oral (Lat. femur, the thigh).
Belonging to the thigh.

Femur (Lat). In anatomy , the thigh-
bone ; in entom>ologyy the third joint
of the leg in insects.

Fenes'tra (Lat. a window). A term
applied in anatomy to two small
openings in the bones of the ear.

Fenes'tral (Lat. fenes'tra, a window).
Having openings like a window.

Fenes'trate (Lat. fenes^tra, a window).
Belonging to, or resembling a
window.

Ferae (Lat. fera, a wild beast). An
order of mammalia in the Linnsean
classification.

Ferment (Lat. fer'veoy I boil). That
which causes fermentation.

Fermenta'tion (Lat. fermentumy
leaven). A peculiar change oi
organic substances, by a rearrange-
ment of their elements under the
agency of an external disturbing
force, different from ordinary chemi-
cal attraction.

Fer'reons (Lat. ferrwm, iron). Re-
lating to or consisting of iron.

Fer'ric (Lat./c?Tttw, iron). Derived
from iron.

Ferriferous (Lat. ferrum, iron; /ero,
I bear). Producing iron.

Ferro- (Lat. ferrum^ iron). A prefix
denoting that iron enters into the
composition of the substance named.

Ferm'ginonB (Lat. ferrum, iron ;
gigno, I produce). Producing or
yielding iron.

Fertilisa'tion (Lat. fero, I bear). In
botany f the application of pollen to
the stigma of a plant.

Fer'tilise (Lat. fero, I bear). To
make fruitful or productive.

Fetal (Lat. fostus, the young of a
creature). Belonging to the foetus.

Fetus or Foetus (^t). The young
imbom animal, in which all the
parts of the body are formed.

Fibre (Lat. Jibra, a small sprout).
A thread ; a minute slender
structure entering into the com-
X>osition of various parts of animals
and vegetables.

Fini>ril (I^t. Jibray a small sprout ;
U, denoting smallness). A minute
fibre.

Fi'brin (Fibre). An organic sub-
stance found in the blood, which
forms, on removal, long white
elastic filaments).

Fi'bro-oar'tilage (Fibre; eartilage).

6S

GLOSSAEY.

An animal tissue composed of
fibrons tissue mixed with cartilage.

Tilbro-se'roiLS {Fibre ; serum). Con-
sistiijg of fibrous tissue covered by
a serous membrane.

Filnrons (Lat. Jtbra^ a small sprout
or fibre). Containing or consisting
of fibres.

FiVula (Lat. a buckTe). The outer
or small bone of the leg.

FiVular (Fib'ula). Belonging to or
situated near the fibula.

Fic'tile (Lat. firigo, I mould). Manu-
factured by the potter's art.

Fig'iirate Kumbers. In arithmetic,
a series of numbers capable of being
placed in such order as to represent
a geometrical figure.

Fil'ameiit (Lat. filum^ a thread). A
thread; in anatomy, a thread-like
structure ; in botany, the part of the
stamen which supports the anther.

Fil'icoid (Lat. Jilix, fern ; Gr. fides,
eidos, form). Resembling fern.

Pi'liform (Lat. filum, a thread ; forma,
shape). Like a thread.

Filter {Felt, fulled wool). A strainer :
to strain, in order to separate fluid
from solid matter.

Piltrate. The liquid which lias passed
through a filter.

Kltra'tion, The act of filtering or
straining.

Timnbriae (Lat. fim'bria, a fringe).
In anatomy, a structure resembling
a fringe.

Pim'briated (Lat. Jim'bria, a border
or hem). Haying a fringed edge.

Fi'xiite (Lat. finis, an end). Having
a limit.

Tire-damp. Light carburetted hy-
drogen : the explosive gas of coal-
mines.

Tirestone. A stone that stands heat ;
in geology, a stone of lime and
sand.

Pirst Intention. In sv/rgery, the
process by which wounds head by
direct unioo.

ris'sile (Lat. findo, I cleave). Capable
of being split.

Jissip'arons (Lat. findo, I cleave ;
par'io, I produce). Multiplying
the species by the division of the
ifidividiuJ into two parts, . as in.

polygastric animalcules and po-
lypes.

Fisdros'tres (Lat. findo, I cleave ;
rostrum, a beak). A tribe of in-
sessorial or perching birds, having
the beak much depressed or flat-
tened horizontally, so as to give a
wide opening, as the swallows and
kingfishers.

Fis'snre (Lat. findo, I cleave). A
cleft ; in anatomy, an opening in a
bone or other part resembling a
cleft.

Fis'tnla (Lat. a pipe). In surgery, a
deep, narrow, callous ulcer.

Fis'toloiLS (Lat. fis'tula, a pipe). Like
a pipe ; in botany, applied to cylin-
drical bodies which are hollow but
closed at each end.

Fixed (Lat. figo, I fix). Firm ; fixed
air, carbonic acid gas ; fixed stars.

Fixed Oils. Oils which are not capable
of being distilled without decompo-
sition.

Flaberiiform (Lat. fiabeVlum, a fim ;
forma, shape). Like a fan.

Flat'ulency {hiiX. flatus, a blast). A
generation of gases in the stomach
and intestines.

Flex'ible ( Lat. ^cc^o, I bend). Capable
of bending ; a changing form in
obedience to a force exerted across
the length of the material.

Flexion (Lat. fiecto, I bend). A
bending.

Flex'or (Lat. flecto, I bend). A
bender ; applied to the muscles
which bend the limbs.

Flex'ure (Lat. fiecto, I bend). The
bending or curve of a line or surface.

Flex'uo8e(Lat./ccto, I bend). Wind-

ing.

Floc'cnlent (Lat. floccus, a lock of
wool). Consisting of or containing
flocks, as of wool.

Flora (Lat. the Goddess of Flowers).
The entire collection of plants be-
longing to a country.

Flo'ral (Lat. flos, a flower). Belong-
ing to a flower.

Flower-bud. A bud which becomes
developed into a flower.

Fln'ate {Flu'orin). A compound of
fluoric acid vrith a base.

FMd (Lat./«o, I flow). Capable of

GLOSSAEY.

67

flowing ; not having sufficient force
of adhesion in the component parts
to prevent their separation by their
mere weight readily changing their
position.

fluidity (Lat. fluo, I flow). The
state of being flnid.

riu'or, or Fluor-spar, A mineral con-
sisting of fluoride of calcium, or the
element fluorine with the metallic
base of lime.

Fluor'io. Relating to, or containing
the element fluorine.

Flu'oride {Fla'orine). A compound
of fluorine with another elementary
body.

Fln'orine (Fluorspar). An elemen-
tary substance which, in combina-
tion with calcium, forms fluor-
spar.

Flu'vial (Lat. flu'vius, a river). Be-
longing to a river, or fresh water.

Flu'viatUe (Lat. flu'viusj a river).
Belonging to a river, or fresh
water.

Flnz (Lat. /zw>, I flow). A flowing ;
a substance used in chemical opera-
tions to promote the melting of
metals or minerals.

Flnz'ion (Lat. flm^ I flow). A flow-
ing ; in mnthematicSy the finding of
an infinitely small quantity, which,
taken an infinite number of times,
becomes equal to a given quantity.

Flywheel. A wheel used in ma-
chinery for the purpose of rendering
motion equable and regular.

Focal. (Lat. focua, a fire-hearth),
filiating to a focus.

Focal Distance. The distance of a
focus from some fixed point ; in'
opticSj the distance between the
centre of a lens or miiTor, and the
point into which the rays are
collected.

Focus (Lat. a hearth). A point in
which rays meet.

Folia'ceons (Lat. fo'liunty a leaf).
Consisting of, or resembling leaves.

Foliated (Lat. fo'lium^ a leaf). Con-
sisting of, or resembling a plate or
leaf; arranged in layers like leaves.

Folia'tlon (Lat. fo'lium, a leaf). The
arrangement of leaves on a tree.

FolOicle (Lat foUis^ a bag). A little

bag; in botany j a form of fruit
with one suture.

Follic'nlated (Lat. folllc'ulm, a little
bag). Having follicles.

Fon'tanel (Lat. /otm, a fountain). The
opening in the skull of infants,
between the bones, at each end of
the sagittal suture.

Footstalk. The stem of a leaf.

For'alites (Lat. fwo^ I bore ; Gr.
Xt^os, lithosj a stone). Tube-like
markings in sandstones and other
geological strata, apparently the
burrows of worms.

Fora'men (Lat. foro, I pierce). A
hole or aperture.

Foraminiferoug (Lat. fora'men^ a
hole ; feroj I bear). Having a
hole or holes ; applied to a class of
marine animals, having shells con-
sisting of chambers separated by
partitions having in each a small
hole.

Forma'tion (Lat. formo^ I shape or
build up). In geology^ a term ap-
plied to any assemblage of rocks
connected by geological position, by
immediate succession in time, and
by organic and mineral affinities.

For'miate. {Formic acid). A com-
pound of formic acid with a base.

Formic (Lat. formi'ca^ an ant). Be-
longing to or obtained from ants :
applied to an organic acid pro-
curable from ants, and also from
the oxidation of' wood-spirit under
the influence of finely divided
platinum.

Formica'tion (Lat. formVca^ an ant).
A sensation of ants or small insects
creeping over the skin.

For'mula (Lat. fo^'ma^ a form ; uUty
denoting smalluess). A form; in
mathematics^ a general expression
by means of letters ; in chemistry ^
an expression denoting the compo-
sition of a substance ; in medicine^
a prescription, or directions for
making up medicines.

Fos'sil (Lat. fo'dio, 1 dig). Dug out
of the earth ; in geology, applied
generally to mineralised animal and
vegetable remains, found in rocks
or in the earth.

Fosailif eroiu (Lat. fo'dio, I dig ; ferox

68

GLOSSABT.

I bear). Producing or containing
fossil remains of animals and vege*
tables.

FoB'fidlize (Lat. foilsilia, that which
may be dug out). To convert into
a fossil.

Fourchette (Fr. a fork). The bone in
birds formed by the junction of the
clavicles ; the merrythought.

Fovil^ (Lat. white ashes). The
minute granular matter which exists
in the interior of the pollen-grains
in flowers.

Frac'tion (Lat. frango, I break). A
broken part of an entire quantity
or number.

Frac'tnre (Lat. frango, I break). A
break ; the manner or direction in
which a break takes place.

Freeadng Mixture. A mixture which
produces cold sufficient to freeze
other liquids.

Freezing Point. The point at which
the mercury stands in the ther-
mometer when immersed in a fluid
in the act of freezing.

Rrem'itiu (Lat. frern'o, I roar or
murmur). A vibrating sensation
felt on applying the hand to the
chest.

Fri'able (Lat. /m, I break or crumble).
Easily crumbled.

Fric'tlon (Lat. frico, I rub). The
act of rubbing one body against
another.

Frieze. The part ot the entablature
of a column which is between the
architrave and cornice.

Fiig'id ^ (Lat. fri'gua, cold). Cold ;
wanting heat.

Frigoriflc (Lat. frUguSf cold ; fa'do^
I make). Producing cold ; freezing.

Frond (Lat. fronsy a leal^ or bough
with leaves). In botany ^ the
flattened expansion produced by the
spores of some acotyledonous or
flowerless plants : leaf of a tree-
fern.

Frondip'arouB (Lat. from^ a leaf;
pa'rio, I produce). In botany,
applied to fruits which produce
leaves from their upper pai-t.

Fron'tal (Lat. fron^, the forehead).
Belonging to the forehead.

Fmctifica'tion (Lat. frmftus, fruit ;

fcu/io, I make). The production
of fruit.

Fruc'tif y (Lat. fruc'tusy fruit ; /ae/io,
I make). To make fruitfrd ; to
fertilise.

Frugiv'orous(Lat/n*'^M, fruit; two,
I devour). Eating or living on fruits.

Fms'tum (Lat. a broken piece). A
piece broken off; in geometi'y, the
part of a solid body nearest the
base, which remains after the top
has been cut off by a plane parallel
to the base.

Fuciv'oroiiB (Lat fu'cusy sea-weed ;
voro, I devour). Eating or living
on sea-weed.

Fu'coid (Lat. fu^cus, sea- weed; Qr.
tlhos, eidoSy form). Eesembling
sea-weed.

Ful'cmm (Lat. fuVdo, I support).
A support : the fixed point on
which a lever turns.

Ful'minate (Lat. ful'men^ thunder).
To detonate : a compound of ful-
minic acid with a base, character-
ised by a tendency to explode
violently.

Fnl'minic Acid (Lat. fuVmen, thun-
der). An acid produced by the
action of nitric acid on alpohol in
the presence of a salt of silver or
mercury, and forming salts which
have a tendency to explode vio-
lently.

Fu'marolles (Lat. fu'mus, smoke).
Crevices in the earth in volcanic
districts from which steam and
boiling fluids are emitted.

Fu'migate (Lat. fulmus, smoke). To
apply smoke or vapour.

Func'tion (Lat. fimgor, I perform).
In physiology y the use of a part or
organ.

Fun'gi (Lat. fun'guSf a mushroom).
An order of flowerless plants of
which the mushroom is the type.

Fun'goid (Lat. fun'giLs^ a mushroom :
Qr. e($os, eido8, form). Besem-
bling a mushroom.

Fimgos'ily (Lat. furigwt, a mush-
room). A soft excrescence, often
of rapid growth.

Fun'gous (Lat. fun'gug^ a mushroom).
Consisting of^ or resembling mush-
rooms.

GLOSSARY.

69

Fonic'Tilns (Lat. fu'nis, a bundle). A
ittle bundle : in anatomy ^ a bun-
dle of fibrils of a nerve, eni^sed in
a sheath ; in hotany^ the stalk by
which the ovule is attached.

Furfora'ceous (Lat. fui-'fur, bran).
Resembling bran.

Fuse'e (Lat. fu'sus, a spindle). The
conical part of a watch or clock
which has the chain or cord wound
round it.

Fusibility (Lat. fun'dOf I pour out).

Capability of being melted, or con-
verted from a solid to a liquid state
by heat.

Fu'sible (Lat. fun'dOf I pour out).
Capable of being melted, or con-
verted from a solid to a liquid state
by heat.

Fu'fdform (Lat. fu'sibSy a spindle;
ffyrmoy shape). Like a spindle :
tapering at each end.

Fn'fdon (Lat. fuji'do^ I pour out),
A melting by heat.

OaHbion (Fr.). A large cylindrical
basket of wicker-work, filled with
earth, used in fortifications.

Gable (Welsh, gavaely a hold). The
upright triangular end of a house.

Galac'tagogue (Gr. ya\a, gala, milk ;
&7(v, ago, I diive). Increasing the
secretion of milk.

Galac'tic Circle. In astronomy, the
circle at right angles to the diam-
eter forming the galactic poles.

Galac'tic Poles. In astronomy, the
opposite points of the celestial
sphere, round which the stars are
most sparse.

Galactom'eter (Gr. 70X0, gala, milk :
fifrpoy, matron, a measure). An
instrument for ascertaining the
purity of milk by means of its
specific gravity.

Galactoph'agoufl (Gr. 70X0, gala,
milk ; <f>ayw, pJia^o, I eat.)
Living on milk.

Galactoph'orous (Gr. yaXa, gala,
milk ; <f>€pco, phero, I bear). Pro-
ducing or conveying milk.

Gal'axy (Gr. 70X0, gala, milk). The
milky way : a dense cluster of stars,
giving to the naked eye an appear-
ance of whitish nebulous light.

Ckil'eated (Lat. gaVea, a helmet).
Covered as with a helmet : having
a flower like a helmet.

Ckde'na. Sulphuret of lead ; a com-
pound of sulphur with lead.

GiJen'ic {Gale'nus, an ancient physi-
cian). Relating to Galen : ap-

plied to medicines derived from the
vegetable kingdom.

Gallate. A compound of gallic acid
with a base.

Gall-ducts. The ducts or canals
which convey the bile from the
liver.

Gal'lic (Lat. gaUa, a gall). ,Belong-
ing to gall-nuts*: applied to an
organic acid derived from them.

(}alliiia'ceou8 (Lat. galli'na, a hen).
Belonging to the order of birds of
which the domestic fowl and the
pheasant are examples.

Galli'nsB (Lat. gaUi'na, a hen). An
order of birds of which the com-
mon fowl is the type.

Galvanic. Relating to, containing,
or exhibiting galvanism.

Gal'vanism. See Voltaic Electricity.

Gal'vanise. To affect with gal-
vanism.

Galyanom'eter (Galvanism ; Gr.
fifrpov, metron, a measure). An
instrument for measuring the in-
tensity of galvanic Qr voltaic
action.

Ckdvan'OBCope (Gal'vanism ; Qr,
aKovfco, skop'ed, I view). An ap-
paratus for ascertaining the direc-
tion in which the pole of a mag-
netic needle is moved by a galvanic
current.

Gamopef alooB (Gr. yofios, gam'os,
marriage ; irtraKov, p^alon, a
petal). Having petals united by
their margins.

70

GLOSSARY,

Gamosep'aloiu (Gr. yofioSf js/am'oSf
marriage ; sep'al). Having sepals
united by their margins.

Oan'gliated {Ganglion), Provided
with ganglia.

Oan'glion (Gr. yayy\ioVf ga'nfgliony a
knot). In anatomy, a small mass
of nervous matter resembling a
knot, found in the coarse of varions
parts of the nervous system ; in
surgery, a tumour consisting of a
cyst filled with serous fluid, occur-
ring generally at the wrist and
ankle.

Ganglionic (Gr. yay/Kiov, gan'glion,
a knot;. Containing, or belonging
to ganglia : applied especially to a
part of the nervous system in whick
these structures abound, otherwise
called the sympathetic nerve.

Oan'g^ene (Gr. yaYypaiva,gangrai!naf
an eating sore). Death of a limited
portion of the body, or of any of
its tissues.

Oanoceph'ala (Gr. yavov, gan'os,
splendour ; K€<f>a\ri, heph'alef a
head)". An order of fossil reptiles
having polished bony plates cover-
ing the head.

Oan'oid [One. yavos, gan'os, splen-
dour ; 6<8os, eidoSf appearance).
Of splendid appearance ; applied to
an order of fishes, mostly extinct^
witk angular scales covered by a
thick coat of shining enamel.

Gar'goyle (Lat. gttrgu'lioy the throat-
pipe). A spput in the cornice or
parapet of a building for discharg-
ing water from the roof.

Gas (Saxon ga^t, German geist^ a
spirit). A body of which the com-
ponent particles are not held to-
gether by mutual cohesion, and
also have a disposition to separate
from each other.

Ckusholder. An apparatus for holding
gases.

Ckuiom'eter (Gas ; Gr. fifrpov, metrony
a measure) . An apparatus for
measuring, collecting, or mixing
gases.

Oas'teropod (Gr. yaa-rrip, gaster, the
stomach ; irovs, pouSy a foot).
Moving on the belly: applied to an
order of molluscous invertebrate

animals, of whick the snail and
slug are examples.

CkuitraVgia (Gr. yaarnpy gasteVj the
stomach ; aXyos, algos, pain). Pain
in the stomach.

Gastric (Gr. ycurrrip^ gagter, the
stomach). Pertaining to the sto-
mach.

Ckuitri'tis (Gr. yaarup, gasteTy the
stomach ; itis, denoting inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the stomach .

Ckui'tro- (Gr. ycurr-np^ gasteVy the
stomach). In anatomy and medi-
cinCy a prefix in compound words
signifying relation to, or connection
with, the stomach.

Gastrocne'mius (Gr. yaarrjpy gasttr,
the stomach; KvrjfiTiy hiimey the
leg). A muscle which forms the
chief part of the calf of the leg.

Gastrodyn'ia (Gr. yaa-rrfpy gasfer,
the stomach ; oUvmjy odtmcy pain).
Pain in the stomach.

Ckui'tro-enteri'tis {Qr.ycurrnpy gastery
the stomach ; ivrtpovy en'teroriy an
intestine ; itis, denoting inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the sto-
mach and intestines.

Gastro-pnl'monary (Gr. ycunripy gas-
tery the stomach ; Lat. pulmo, a
lung). Connected with the lungs
and intestinal canal : applied to a
track of mucous membrane.

Gastro'raphy (Gr. ytuniripy gasfer, the
stomach; pa(p% raphcy a suture).
Union of a wound of the stomach
or abdomen by suture.

Gault. In geology, a common term
for the chalky clays of the lower
division of the chalk system.

Geratine (Lat. geloy I congeal). The
softish substance produced by dis-
solving animal membranes, skin,
tendons, and bones, in water at a
high temperature ; animal jelly.

Gelafinize (GeUatine). To change
into gelatine.

Gelatinous (GeVatine). Belonging to
or consisting of gelatine.

Gemina'tion (Lat. gem'ini, twins).
A doubling.

Gemma'tion (Lat. gemma, a bud).
Budding ; the construction of a
leaf-bud ; multiplication by budding.

Gemmip'arous (Lat. gemmOy a bud ;

GLOSSARY.

n

par'to, I produce). Producing
bads ; multiplying by a process of
budding.

Gem'ucule (Lat. gemma, a bud ; ule,
denoting smallness). The growing
point of the embryo in plants.

Geneal'ogy (Gr. ytvosy genos, a race ;
XoyoSf logos, a description). A
history of the descent of a person or
family from an ancestor.

Gener'ic (Lat. genits, a kind). Per-
taining to a genus; distinguishing a
genus from a species or from ano-
ther genus.

Gen'oBis (Qr. ytwoua, gennad, I pro-
duce). A production or formation.

Genef ic (Gr. ytwcua, gennad, I pro-
duce). Relating to the origin of a
thing or its mode of production.

Ge'nio- (Gr. y^vuov, genei'on, the
chin). La anatomy, a prefix in
several names of muscles, denoting
attachment to the chin.

Genitive (Lat. gigno, I produce). In
grammar, applied to that case which
denotes the person or thing to which
something else stands in the rela-
tion of descent, possession, or other
connection.

Genius (Lat. a kind). An assemblage
of species possessing certain common
distinctive characters.

Geocen'tric (Gr. yn, ge, the earth ;
Kfyrpov, kentron, a centre). Hav-
ing the earth as a centre : applied
to the position and motion of a
heavenly body as viewed from the
earth.

Ge'ode (Gr. yn, ge, the earth). In
geology, a rounded nodule wijbh
internal cavities.

G^eod'esy (Gr. yri, ge, the earth ; 8oi»,
daio, I divide). The science which
measures the earth and portions
of it by n^athematical observation.

Geognos'tic (Gr. yri, ge, the earth ;
yvQxris, gnosis^ knowledge). Rela-
ting to a knowledge of the struc-
ture of the earth.

Geogno'By (Gr. yn, ge, the earth ;
yva>iTis, gnosis, knowledge). The
knowledge of the earth.

Geographical (Gr. yri, ge, the earth ;
ypcupa, graphs, I write). Rela-
ting to geography.

Geog'raphy (Gr. yn, ge, the earth ;
ypa<pa>, grapho, I write). The
science which describes the surface
of the earth, its divisions, their
inhabitants, productions, &c. This
is general or universal geography.
Mathematical geography applies the
knowledge of mathematics to the
solution of problems connected with
the earth's figure, the position of
places, &c. Medical geography
describes the distribution of dis-
eases on the globe. Physical geo-
graphy describes the various cli-
mates, the causes influencing them,
and their bearing on animal and
vegetable life. Political geography
describes the political and social
organisation of the various human
inhabitants of the earth.

Georogy (Gr. m, ge, the earth;
\oyos, logos, a description). The
science which describes the condi-
tion or structure of those parts of
the earth which lie beneath the
surface.

Geometrical (Geometry). According
to geometry.

Geometrical Progres'sion. A form
of progression in which numbers
increase or decrease by being mul-
tiplied or divided by the same
number.

Greom'etry (Gr. yn, ge, the earth;
fifrpov, matron, a measure). Lite-
rally and originally, the art of
measuring the earth ; but now de-
noting the science of the mensura-
tion and relations of bodies, and
their physical properties.

Geothermom'eter (Gr. yn, ge, the
eai'th ; Oepfios, thermos, warm ;
fxerpov, m^ron^ a measure). An
instrument for measuring the tem-
perature of the earth at different
points, as in mines, artesian wells,
&c.

Ger'minal (Lat. germen, a bud). Be-
longing to a germ or bud.

Ger'nunal Membrane. The mem-
brane, formed of cells, which imme-
diately surrounds the ovum or egg
after segmentation.

Ger'minal Spot. The opaque spot on
the germinal membrane^ which is

72

GLOSSARY.

intended to be deyeloped into the
embryo.

Ger'ininal Ves'icle. The small vesi-
cnlar body within the yolk of the
ovnm or egg.

Ger'miiiate (lAt. ger^men^ a spront).
To sprout or begin to grow.

Germina'tion (Lat. ger^men, a sprout).
The act of sprouting.

Ger'nnd (Lat. gei/^Oj I bear). A part
of a verb, partaking of the charac-
ter of a noun.

BeyBer. A boiling spring or foun-
tain, of volcanic origin.

Gibl)OTiB (Lat. gibhus^ a bunch on the
back). Humped ; presenting one
or more large elevations.

Gin'glymoid (Ghr. yiYY^v^os^ gin'glu-
mo8f a hinge or joint ; tiHos, eidos,
form). Resembling a hinge.

Gin'glymns (Qr. ytyyXvfMs, gin'glu-
mo8, a hinge or joint). A joint
allowing motion in two directions
only, such as that of the elbow and
lower jaw.

Gla'brous (Lat. gla'her, smooth).
Smooth ; destitute of hair.

Glac'ial (Lat. gladies, ice). Resem-
bling ice.

Glacier (Lat. glatfieSj ice). A mass
of snow and ice, formed in the
higher valleys, and descending into
the lower valleys, carrying with
them masses of rocks and stones.

Gland (Lat. glanSf an acorn). A
structure in animal and vegetable
bodies, for the purpose of secreting
or separating some peculiar mate-
rial.

Gland'ula (Gland), In anatomy, a
little gland.

Gland'ular. Consisting of or relating
to glands ; in botany^ applied to
hairs having glands at their tips
containing some special secretion,
or fixed on glands in the epidermis.

Glanco'mA (Gr. yKavKos, glaucos,
blue-grey). A disease of the eyes,
attended with a greenish discoloi-a-
tion of the pupil.

Gle'noid (Or. yX-nvny glrne, the pupil,
or a shallow pit ; eitios, eidoSy
form). A term applied to a round
shallow excavation in a bone, to
receive the head of another bone.

GlolKMse (Lat. glohuSf a globe). In
botany, forming nearly a true
sphere.

Glob'ular (Lat. globtts, a globe). A
very small round body.

Glob'iilar Projection. That projec-
tion of the sphere which so repre-
sents it as to present the appear-
ance of a globe.

Glob'nline {Glob'ule). An organic
substance, somewhat resembling
albumen, found in the red cor-
puscles of the blood.

Glochid'iate (Gr. y\a>xis, gldchis, a
projecting point ; the point of an
arrow). In botany, applied to hairs,
the divisions of which are barbed
like a fish-hook.

Glom'emle (Lat. glo'mua, a clew of
thread ; ule, denoting smallness).
In botany, a kind of dense tuft of
flowers ; also the powdering leaf
lying on the thallus of lichens.

Glomer'nlas (Lat. glofmua, a clew of
thread). A name applied to small
red bodies in the kidney, consist-
ing of tufts of minute vessels,
covered in by the dilate end of the
secreting tubes of the organ.

GlOB'sary (Gr. yKaacra, gloasa, a
tongue). A dictionary of difficult
words ; sometimes an ordinary
dictionary.

GlosBl'tis (Gr. yXooTtra, glossa, a
tongue ; itis, denoting inflamma*
tion). Inflammation of the tongue.

GIob'so- (Gr. yKwa-ira, glossa, the
tongue). In anatomy, a prefix in
several compound words, signifying
connection with the tongue.

GlOBSO-hyal (Gr. y\co<r<ra, glossa, the
tongue ; hyoid bone). Connected
with the tongue and the hyoid bone.

Glottis {QT.yhMrra,gldtta^ the tongue).
The narrow opening at the top of
the windpipe.

Glu'eoBe (Gr. yXvicvs, glu'hus, sweet).
Grape-sugar, or the sugar of fruits.

Glume (Lat. gluma, chaff). The
bracts covering the flower of grasses
and com.

Glumel'laB (Lat. gluma, chaff; ella,
denoting smallness). The scales
forming the flowers of grasses and
corn.

GLOSSARY.

78

Gln'teal (Qt. yXovroSj glovltos, the
hinder region). Belonging to the
buttocks.

Gluten (Lat. glue). An insoluble
substance obtained from wheat- flour
by washing with water and straining.

Glyc'erine (Gr. 7Ai;»ci;y, glukutSf sweet).
An organic substance existing in
fats and oils, and obtained by
saponifying them with an alkali or
with oxide of lead.

Glycogen'esis (Gr. y\vKvsy gluhm,
sweet ; yewcuOf genna'd^ I produce).
The formation of sugar in the ani-
mal body.

Glyphog^raphy (Gr. 7X1/^, glupho,
I engrave ; ypaupo»y grapko, I write).
A process by which designs are en-
graved on a coating of wax or other
soft substance spread on a metal, a
sheet of other metal being then depo-
sited on it by the electrotype process.

Glyptothe'ca (Gr. yXv<pa^ gluphd^ I
engrave ; ri&rifju, tithemi, I place).
A building or room for preserving
works of sculpture.

Gneiss. A hard tough crystalline
rock, composed mostly of quartz,
feldspar, mica, and hornblende,
differing from granite in having its
crystals broken, indistinct, and
confusedly aggregated.

GneisB'oid {Gneiss; Gr. tlJiost eidosy
form). Resembling gneiss ; applied
to rocks intermediate between
granite and gneiss, or between mica-
slate and gneiss.

Gnomiomet'rical (Gr. yvotyuavy gnomon^
an index ; fxerpovy metron, a mea-
sure). Relating to the measure-
ment of angles by reflexion.

Gno'mon (Gr. yvufiuVf gndmorif one
that knows or interprets). The
index of a dial.

Goitre (Fr). A large soft swelling in
front of the neck.

Gompho'sis (Gr. yofi<f>oSf gompTioSy a
nail). A form of joint in which a
conical body is fastened into a socket ;
as the teeth.

Go'niodont (Gr. ywviOf gdniay an
angle ; oBovSy odouSf a tooth). Having
angular teeth ; applied to certain
fishes.

Goniom'eter (Gr. yotviOf gonia, an

angle ; fxerpov, metron, a measure).
An instrument for measuring angles.

Gorget (Fr. gorge, the throat). A
piece of armour for defending the
throat or neck ; in surgery, a cer-
tain cutting instrument.

Gothic. Belonging to the Goths : in
architecture, applied to the archi-
tecture of the middle ages.

Gonty Concretions. Calculi or de-
posits of urate of soda in the joints,
arising from gout.

€k>v'emor. A contrivance in machi-
nery for maintaining uniform velo-
city with varying resistance.

Gra'dient (Lat. grad'ior, I step). The
degree of slope of the ground over
which a railway passes.

Grad'uate (Lat. gradus, a step). To
receive a degree from an university ;
to mark with regular divisions ; to
change gradually.

Gradua'tion. The receiving a degree
from an university ; the marking
instruments with regular divisions.

GrallsB or Grallato'res (Lat. graUal-
tor, one who goes on stilts). An
order of birds, remarkable for the
length of the legs, as bustards,
cranes, herons, and snipes.

Gramina'ceoiLS or Gramin'eonB (Lat.
gramen, grass). Belonging to
grasses, or the order of plants
which includes grasses and com.

Graminivorous (Lat. gramen, grass ;
voro, I devour). Eating grass.

Gramme. A French weight ; the
weight of a cubic centimetre of
distilled water, or 15 '43 8 grains
Troy.

Granite (Lat. granum, a grain, from,
its appearance). A stone or rock
consisting of grains of quartz, fel-
spar, and mica ; chemically com-
posed for the most part of silica or
flint-earth and alumina.

Granitic (Granite), Relating to or
formed of granite.

Granitoid (Granite ; Gr. tlios, eidoSf
form). Resembling granite.

Ghraniy'orouB (Lat. granum, a grain
or seed ; voro, I devour). Eating
grains or seeds.

Gran'ular (Lat. granum, a grain).
Consisting of or resembling grains.

74

GLOSSARY.

Gran'nlate (Lat. ffranumj a grain).
To form, or be formed, into grains
or small nia.sses.

Grannla'tion (Lat. granum, a grain).
The act of forming into grains ; a
small fleshy body springing np on
the surface of wounds.

Graph'ite (Gr. ypoupwy grapho^ I
write). Black-lead ; a mineral con-
sisting of carbon, generally with a
small quantity of iron.

Grap'tolites (Gr. yp<u(>w, grapho, I
write; \iBosy lUhfoSf a stone). Fossil
zoophytes or protozoa which give
the appearance of writing or sculp-
ture to the stone in which they are
fonnd.

Grauwac'ke or Greywac'ke (Germ.
grau, grey ; wacke^ a kind of stone
so called). A kind of sandstone
consisting of different minerals.

(hravirn'otOT (Lat. gravisy heavy ; Gr.
fxerpovy metrony a measure). An
instrument for measuring specific
gravities.

OraVitate (Lat. gravis^ heavy). To
tend towards the centre of a body.

Oravita'tion (Lat. gravis^ heavy).
The act of tending towards a centre ;
the force by which bodies are drawn
towards the centre of the eai-th or
other centres.

Grav'ity (Lat gravis, heavy). Weight ;
the force by which bodies tend
towards the centre of the earth or
another centre. Specific gravity is
the weight of a body compared with
the weight of an equal bulk of some
other body, taken as unity.

Greensand. The lower group of the
chalk system, in which many of the
beds are coloured green.

Greenstone. A rock composed of
feldspar and hornblende.

Greg^'rioos (Lat. grex, a herd).
Living in flocks or herds.

Grego'rian Tear. The year accord-
ing to the ordinary reckoning, as
reformed by Pope Gregory XIII.

Greywac'ke. See Grauwacke.

Grit. In geology, a term applied to
any hard sandstone in which the
grains are sharper than in ordinary
sandstone.

Groined. In architectv/ref formed of

vaults or arches which intersect sjid
form angles with each other.

Gnmmif' erous (Lat. gummi, gum ;
ferOy I bear). Producing gum.

Gnn Cotton. An explosive material,
formed by steeping cotton- wool or
vegetable fibre in a mixture of
nitric and sulphuric acids.

Gus'tatory (Lat. gtistOy I taste). Be-
longing to taste.

Gntta Sere'na (Lat.). An old term
for blindness from loss of power in
the nervous system of the eye.

Gnttif eroufl (Lat. gultay a drop ; fero,
• I bear). Producing gum or resin.

Gnftnral (Lat. gtUtuVy the throats.
Belonging to, or formed by, the
throat.

Gynma'sinm ((^. yvfivosy gumnosy
naked). Originally, a place for
athletic exercises ; but also applied
to schools for mental instruction.

Gymnas'tic (Gr. yvfivosy gumnoSy
naked). Pertaining to atUetic ex-
ercises.

Gym'nodont (Gr, yv/xvosy gvmnoSy
naked ; o^ovsy odouSy a tooth).
Having naked teeth : applied to
some fishes in which the jaws are
covered with an ivory-like substance
in place of teeth.

Gym'nogens (Gr. yv/xvosy gumnoSy
naked ; yevvauy gennady I produce).
Plants with naked seeds.

Gym'nosperms (Gr. yvfivosy gumnoSy
naked ; (nrep/io, spermay seed).
Plants having seeds apparently
without a covering.

Gym'nospore (Gr. yvfuvos, gumnoSy
naked ; cnropa, sporOy seed). A
term applied to the spores of aco-
tyledonous plants, when they are
develox>ed outside the cell in which
they are produced.

Gynan'dria (Gr. yvvriy gwney a fe-
male ; avrip, aniVy a man). A class
of plants in the Linn8ean system,
in which the stamens and pistih
are consolidated.

Gy'nobase (Gr. yvvriy guncy a female ;
fiouriSy basisy a base). In botani/y
a fleshy substance in the centre of
a flower, bearing a single row of
carpels.

Gynos'cenm {Qr. yvvriy gune, a female j

GLOSSARY.

76

ohcoSf oUsoSt a house). The female
api)aratas of fiowering plants ; the
pistils.

Gy'nophore (Gr. yvmif gwiic, a fe-
male ; ^€pw, pker'df I bear). The
stalk of a carpel in plants.

Gyp'seous {Gypsum). Containing or
consisting of gypsum or sulphate of
lime.

Gyp'Bum (Gr. yv^os^ gupsos, chalk
or plaster of Paris). Sulphate of
lime.

Gyra'tion (Gr. yvpoif guroSf a
whirling). A turning or whirling.

Oyr^ceph'ala (Or. yvpow, gurodj I

wind; fy/ce^oAof, enkeph'aloSf the
brain). Winding-brained ; applied
by Professor Owen to a sub-class
of mammalia in which the surface
of the brain is convoluted, but not
to the same extent as in man.

Gyri (Gr. yvpos, guroSy a turning).
In anatomy t a name given to the
convolutions of the brain.

Gy'roBCope (Gr. yvpos, gwros, a
whirling ; <TKoirt<i»y akop'eoj I look
at). An instrument for demon-
strating the rotation of the earth
by another apparent motion arti-
ficially produced.

H.

Habitat (Lat. hab'ito, I dwell). The

natural abode or locality of an

animal or plant.
Hsema- or Hseniat- (Gr. o/juo, haima,

blood). A part of some compound

words, signifying blood.
H8eiiiadyiiaixiom'eter(Gr.afjua, haima,

blood ; dwa/AtSf du'namist force ;

fxtrpoVf metroThy a measure). An

instrument for measuring the force

of the flow of blood in the vessels.
Hsemal (Gr. oi/io, haima, blood).

Relating to blood : applied to the

arch proceeding from a vertebra,

which encloses and protects the

organs of circulation.
Hsemapoph'ysis (Gr. oZ/ao, haimay

blood ; apoph'ym). A name given

to the parts projecting from a

vertebra which form the hsemal

arch.
HsBxnatem'esis (Gr. alfuty Tiaimoy

blood ; ^/ucw, cn^eoy I vomit). A

vomiting of blood.
HflB^matixi (Gr. aifMy haim/iy blood).

The colouring matter of the blood.
Hae'llLatite (Gr. m/xa, haimay blood).

Blood-stone ; native sesquioxide of

iron.
HflBmafooele (Gh*. aZ/io, haima, blood ;

ici)Xt7, helcy a tumour). A tumour

filled with blood.
Hsmatoo'rya (Gr. olna, haim^i,

blood ; Kpvos, kruosy frost). Ck)ld-

blooded vertebrate animals.

H8eiiiatorog7(Gr. odfia, haimay blood ;

Xoyosy logoSy discourse). A de-
scription of the blood.
Haematosin. See Hsematin.
Haemato'sis (Gr. aljuoy haima, blood).

The formation of blood.
Hseinatother'iiLa (Gtr. ou/xa, haima,

blood ; Qtpfxjos, therm^Sy warm).

Wai-m-blooded vertebrate animals.
Hsematu'ria (Gr. aifiOy haimay blood ;

ovpovy ouroriy urine). A discharge

of blood with the urine.
Haemop'tysis (Gr. odfia, haim^

blood ; iTTva, piuo, I spit). A

spitting of blood.
H8eiii'orrhage(Gr. cdna, haim^, blood ;

^rjywfju, rhegnu'mi, I burst forth).

An escape of blood from its vessels.
H8em'orrhoid(Gr. cdfta, haima, blood ;

p€09, rheo, I flow ; tl^os, euios,

form). An enlargement of the veins

of the lower bowel, commonly at-
tended with loss of blood.
Haemostatic (Gr. atfia, haima, blood ;

IffrrifUy histemiy I make to stand).

Arresting the flow of blood.
Haglog'rapha (Gr. ayios, hag'ios,

holy; ypa<pwy grapho, I write).

Sacred writings.
Hal'itns (Lat. haloy I breathe out).

A breathing; the odoar or vapour

which escapes from blood.
Hallacina'tioii (Lat. haUu'cinoTy I

blunder). An error of the senses.
Halo (Gr. a\aos, kalos, a threshing-

76

GLOSSARY.

floor or area). A circle apparently
round the snn or moon, sometimes
white and sometimes coloured, pro-
duced by the passage of light
through or near vapours in the
atmosphere.

Hal'ogen (Gr. aXs, Ao^, salt ; ytwaxOf
genna'o, I produce). Producing
salts by combination with metals.

Haloid (Gr. a\Sj halSf salt; 6i8os,
eidos, form). Resembling salt: a
name given to a class of saline sub-
stances constituted of a metal, and
another element which is a salt
radical ; after the type of common
salt or chloride of sodium, where
sodium is the metal, and chlorine
the salt radical or halogen.

Eam'ite (Lat. hamuSf a hook). A
genus of fossil shells of cephalopods,
with a hook at the end.

HarnLo'nia (Gr. apfioCvf harmozd^ I fit
together). A form of articulation in
which the surfaces of bones are
merely placed in apposition to each
other, so as not to allow motion.

Harmonlcal (Gr. op/uo^cD, harmozOf I
fit together). Relating to harmony ;
concordant.

Harmonical Proportion. In aritk-
metic, that relation of four quanti-
ties to each other, in which the
first is to the fourth as the difference
between the first and second is to
the difference between the third and
fourth.

Har'mony (Or. opyMQu, harraozo, I fit
together). A proper fitting of parts
together ; agreement ; in mudc, the
effect produced on the ear by the
sounding of notes, the vibrations of
which have a certain limit of co-
incidence.

Has'tate (Lat. hastcLj a spear). Like
a spear.

HanBteriate (Lat. TiauateVlum, a
sucker). Having a sucker for
sucking or pumping up fluids ; ap-
plied to a. large division of insects.

HaoBteriam (Lat. hau'rio, I draw).
A sucker, such as some insects are
provided with for taking their
liquid food.

Haver'sian Canals {Havers^ a physi-
cian, their discoverer). Small longi-

tudinal canals in the substance of
bone.

Heat. The sensation produced by
the contact of a hot body; the
quality of the body by which this
sensation is produced ; caloric, or
the agent to which the quality is
due. Sensible heat is that which
is perceptible to the body. Latent
heat is that which a substance re-
ceives or loses without exciting an
increased or diminished sense of
warmth. Specific heat is the amount
required to raise a substance to a
given degree of temperature.

Hebdom'a£d(Gr. kfihoyLas,heh'domas,
a period of seven days). Relating
to a week.

Hectic (Gr. €|iy, hexis, habit). A form
of fever arising h-om local irritation
in a weakened constitution.

Hec'togramme (Gr. kKarov, hehfaton,
ahundred; Fr. gramme). A French
weight of 100 grammes, or about
8^ pounds avoirdupois.

Hec'tolitre (Gh:. iKarov, kek'aton, a
hundred ; Fr. litre, a quart). A
French measure of 100 litres.

Hec'tometre (Gr. fKorov, kekfaton, a
hundred ; Fr. m>etre). A French
measure of 100 mitres, or about
828 British feet.

Heli'acal (Gr. 7i\ios, helios, the sun).
Emerging from, or passing into the
light of the sun.

Hellanthoi'da (Gr. rjMos, hUios, the
sun ; 6.v$os, anthos, a flower ; tlSos,
eidos, shape). An order of polypes,
resembling a sun-flower in appear-
ance ; of which the actinia or sea-
anemone is an example.

Hericoid (Gr. 4Xt^, helix, a spiral
body ; ctSos, eidoa, shape). Twisted
like the shell of a snail.

Helleal (Ghr. f\i^, helix, a spiral
body). Spiral.

Helicotre'ma(Gr.^A.({, helix, a spiral;
rprrifia, trema, a hole). An opening
in the apex of the cochlea, or spiral
structure of the internal ear.

Heliocen'tric {Or. iiXios, helioa, the
sun; K^vrpov, IceiUron, a centre).
Having relation to the centre of
the sun.

Heliocen'tric Lon'gitade. The angle

GLOSSARY.

77

formed at the snn's centre by the
projection of the radius vector of a
planet on the ecliptic with a line
drawn from the sun's centre to the
first point of Aries.

Heliograph'ic (Qr. ^\iof, Tielios, the
sun ; ypcupcoj grapho^ I write).
Delineated by the rays of the sun.

He'liolitOB (Gr. yXios, helioSj the sun ;

MQosy lith'oSj a stone). A genus

of fossil corals, distinguished by

the central radiating or sun-like

aspect of the pores.

Eeliom'eter (Gr. rjKiosy KilioSy the
sui^; fitrpoify metrorif a measure).
An instrument for measuring the
diameter of the heavenly bodies.

Ee'lioBCope (Qr. ^A.ios, kelioSf the
sun ; <r»coir€«, shyp'edy I view). A
telescope fitted for viewing the sun
without injury to the eyes.

He'liostat (Gr. 17X10;, heltos^ the sun;
urrrifJUy histcmif I make to stand).
An instrument for fixing (as it
were) a sunbeam in an horizontal
position.

Eeli£phe'rical(Gr. IXi|, Mix, aspire;
<r<paipa, sphaira, a sphere). Ap-
plied to a course in navigation,
which winds spirally round the
globe.

Helix (Gr. eA(|, helix, from i\i<r<ra>,
helisso, I turn round). A spiral
line or winding ; the cartilaginous
structure forming the external rim
of the ear.

Hellenic (Gr. 'EAA.171', BeUen, a
Greek). Belonging to the Hellenes
or inhabitants of Greece.

Herienism (Gr. 'EWriv, ffellen, a
Greek). The Grecian idiom used
by the Jews living in countries
where Greek was spoken.

Helminth 'agogue (Gr. f\fiws, hd-
minSy a worm ; kym, ago, I drive).
Removing or expelling intestinal
worms.

Helmin'thoid (Gr. kXfiivs, helmins, a
worm ; tidos, shape). Like a worm.

Hema^ or Hemat-. For words with
this beginning, see the same words
commencing with Hsema- or
Hsemat-.

Hemeralo'pia (Gr. v/^tpa, hemera,
day ; &Aao/Mu, ala'omaif I grope

about ; ci>\lf, dps, the eye). A de-
fect of sight, in which the patients
can see by night, but not by day.

Hemicra'nia (Gr. Jiiuavs, hemisus,
half ; Kpaviov, kra'nion, the skull).
A painful affection of one side of
the head and face.

Hemihed'ral (Gr. rjfiurvs, hemisus,
half; ISpo, hedra, a side). Half-
sided ; a form assumed by crystals
from the excessive growth of some
of their sides and the obliteration
of others, so that they have only
half the number of faces required
by the laws of symmetry.

Hemily'tra (Gr. yifjuvvs, hemisva,
half ; iXvrpoy, elu'tron, a cover).
Wing in insects, of which x)ne half
is firm, like an elytrum, and the
other membranous.

Hemio'pia (Gr. rjfua-vs, hemistis,
half ; ftn|^, ops, the eye). A defect
of sight in which only half of an
object is seen.

Hemiple'gia (Gr. rjfjutrvs, hemisus,
half; vXTjaaw, plesso, I strike).
Loss of power in one lateral half
of the body.

Hemip'tera (Gr. i}fii<rvs, hemisus,
half ; irrepov, pteron, a wing). An
order of insects which have the
upper wings half hard and half
membraneous ; as the cock-roach
and grasshopper.

Hem'iBphere (Gr. nf^a-vs, hemisus,
half; (Tipoupa, sphaira, a round
body). A half sphere ; the half of
the earth, divided by the equator ;
a map of half the globe ; in
anatomy, applied to each lateral
half of the brain.

Hemispher'ical (Gr. thjmtvs, Khntsus,
half; ir<paipa, sphaira, a round
body). Having the shape of half
a globe.

He'mitrope (Gr. rifiiavs, hemistis, half;
Tpevat, trepfo, I turn). Half turned.

Hemop'lysis. See Hsemop'tysis.

Hem'orrhage. See Hsem'orrha^e.

Hendec'agOB (Gr. ivBtKo, hen'deka,
eleven ; yavia, gonia, an angle).
A figure of eleven sides and as
many angles.

Hepaf ic (Gr. ^ap, hepar, the liver).
Belonging to the liver ; applied to

78

GLOSSAEY.

a tube or duct conveying the bile
from the liver.

Hepati'tiB (Qr. rprapy hepar, the
liver ; itisj denoting inflammation).
Inflammation of the liver.

Hepatiza'tion (Gr. rjvapy hepar^ the
liver). A diseased condensation of
parts of the body, or the lungs, so
that they resemble liver.

Hepato- (Qr. 77irop, hepar, the liver).
A prefix in compolind words, signi-
fying connection with, or relation
to, the liver.

Hepatoga'stric (Gr. Vop* hepar, the
liver ; yaarrip, gaster, the stomach).
Belonging to the liver and stomach.

Heptagon (Gr. cttto, hepta, seven ;
7o>i'ia, gonia, an angle). A figure
of seven sides and seven angles.

Heptagyn'ia (Gr. eTrro, hepta, seven ;
7i;*'r7, ^Tttwe, a female). ALinusean
order of plants, having seven
pistils.

Heptan'dria (Gr. eirro, hepta, seven ;
&K77P, anerj a man). A Linnsean
class of plants, having seven sta-
mens.

Heptas'tichons (Gr. Ittto, Acpfa, seven;
(TTixos, atichos, a row). In seven
rows ; in botany^ applied to the
arrangement of leaves in seven
spiral rows, the eighth leaf in the
series being placed above the first.

Herba'ceons (Lat. herbay a herb).
Pertaining to herbs ; applied to
plants which perish yearly, at least
as far as the root.

Herbiv'oroiig (Lat. herba, a herb;
voro, 1 devour). Feeding on vege-
tables.

HerT)orize (Lat. herba, a herb).
To search for plants for scientific
purposes.

Hereditary (Lat. h(Bres, a heir).
Acquired from ancestors ; trans-
mitted from parents to children.

Hermaph'rodite (Gr. *Ep/u7jy, Hermes,
Mercury ; A(ppodtrr), Aphrodi'te,
Venus). Partaking of both male
and female natures in the same
individual.

Hermeneu'tic (Gr. ^pfityevoty her-
meneu'o, I interpret; from 'Ep/xris,
Hermes, Mercury). Relating to
interpretation or explanation.

Hermeneu'tics (Gr. ipjxtvevoi, her-
meneu'o, I interpret). The art of
explaining the meaning of a writ-
ing.

Hermetically (Gr. *Epfiris, Hermes,
the supposed inventor of chem-
istry). Chemically ; a vessel is
hermetically sealed, when the neck
is heated to melting, and closed by
pincers until it is air-tight.

H^nia (Gr. (pvos, hernos, a branch).
A protrusion of any organ of the
body from the cavity containing it.

Herpes (Gr. kpva, herpo, I creep).
Tetters or shingles ; an emptive
spreading disease of the skin.

Herpetic (Gr. kpvtc, herpo, I creep).
Relating to, or of the nature of
herpes.

Herpetol'og^ (Gr. kpinrov, her^peton,
a reptile ; \oyos, logos, discourse).
The description of reptiles.

Hef fero-(Gr. irepos, het'eros, another).
A prefix in many compound words,
signifying another, or different.

Heterocer'^ (Gr. ^repos, hetferos,
another ; KfpKos, herkos, a tail).
A term applied to fishes in which
the caudal fin, or tail, is unsym-
metrical ; arising from the pro-
longation of the vertebral column
into its upper lobe.

Het'eroclite (Gr. ertpos, hetferos,
another ; kXivw, hlino, I bend).
Leaning another way ; applied to
words which depart from the
ordinary form in declension or con-
jugation.

Heterod'romons (Gr. knpos, hetferos,
another ; hpotxos, drom'os, course).
In botany, applied to the arrange-
ment of leaves in branches in a
different manner from the stem.

Heterog'amoiis (Gr. ^repos, het'eros,
another ; yafios, gamos, marriage).
Having florets of different sexes on
the same flower-head.

Heterogaii^gliate(Gr. €r€pos, het'eros,
another ; yayyXiov, gan'glion, a
knot or nervous ganglion). Having
the nervous ganglia scattered un-
symmetrically ; applied to the
molluscous invertebrate animals.

Heteroge'neons (Gr. krtpos, het'eros,
another ; y^voi^ genos, kind). Un-

GLOSSAET.

79

like in kind ; consisting of elements
of different nature.

Eeterome'ra (Gr. irepos, hetferos^
another; fxripovy mtrouy a thigh).
A section of coleopterous insects,
having five joints in the four
anterior* tarsi, and one joint less
in the hind tarsi.

Eeteromor'phoTis (Grr. hnpos^ het'eros^
another; iJiop<p% inorphe^ form).

- Having an irregular or unusual
form ; applied to the larvae of in-
sects which differ in form from tho
imago.

Eeteropa ^Gr. krepos^ het'eros^
another ; irous, potbn^ a foot). A
section of amphipodous Crustacea,
having fourteen legs, of which at
least the four posterior are fitted
only for swimming.

Heterophyl'lous (Gr. inpos^ heiferosy
another ; ^vXXov, phvllon^ a leaf).
Having two different kinds of leaves
on the same stem.

Het^eropods (Gr. It€/)os, he^eroSf
another ; irovs, poiLSf a foot). An
order of gasteropodous molluscous
animals, in which the foot forms a
vertical plate, serving as a fin.

Eeterop'tera (Gr. ^rtpos, JieiferoSf
another ; m-epov^ pteron, a wing).
A section of hemipterous insects,
having the wing-cases memhranous
at the end.

SeterorM'zal (Gr. kreposy het'eros,
another; ^1(0^ rhiza^ a root). In
botany^ applied to acotyledonous
plants, because their roots arise
from every part of the cellular axis
or spore.

Seteroa'cian (Gr. kr^poSf heierosy
one of two ; o-fcto, ahia^ fi shadow). .
Having a shadow only in one direc-
tion ; applied to the inhabitants of
the earth between the tropics and
polar circles.

EeterofroponB (Gr. ^rtpos, hetferoSy
another ; rpeira;, trep'Of I turn).
Turned another way; applied to
the embryo of seeds when it lies
in an oblique position.

Sez'agoii (Gr. I|, hex, six; ycopia,
gonia, an angle). A figure having
six sides and six angles.

L'ia (Gr. i^, /tex, six ; yvirrif

gune, a female). A Linnsean order
of plants, having six pistils.

Eezahed'ron (Gr. €|, hex, six ; ISpo,
hedra, a base). A regular solid
body of six sides ; a cube.

Eezam'eter (e^, hexy six ; fxtrpop,
metron, a measure). A verse in
ancient poetry consistiDg of six
feet, as in the Iliad and Mneid,

Eezan'dria (Gr. €|, hex, six ; &irnp,
aner, a man). A Linnsean class of
plants having six stamens.

Eezan'gular (Gr. I|, hex, six; Lat.
an'gulus, an angle). Having six
angles.

Eez'apod (Gr. I|, hex, six ; vovs,
pous, a foot). Having six feet.

Sez'astyle (Gr. €|, hex, six ; arvKos,
stuloa, a pillar). A building with
six columns in front.

Hia'tus (Lat. hio, 1 gape). An open-
ing or chasm ; the effect produced
by the uttering of similar vowel
sounds in succession.

Hiber'nate (Lat. hibe/nua, belonging
to winter). To pass the winter in
a torpid state, as some animals.

Hierafic (Gr. iepos, hieros, sacred).
Sacred ; applied to the characters
used in writing by the ancient
Egyptian priests.

Hieroglyphic (Gr. Upos, hi'eroSf
sacred ; y\v<f)a, glupho, I carve).
A sailed character ; the represen-
tation of animals and other objects
used by the ancient Egyptians to
represent words and ideas.

High-pressure Engine. A steam-
engine in which the direct power of
stean^ is used, or that produced by
the evaporation of water.

Hilnm (Lat. the black of a bean). The
scar marking the union of a seed
with the fruit.

Hippocraf ic (Gr. 'linroKparrjs, Hippo-
crates, an ancient physician). Per-
taining to Hippocrates ; applied to
the appearance of the face indica-
tive of approaching death, as de-
scribed by him.

Hippopathorogy (Gr. iwiros, hippos^
a horse ; pathology). The doctrine
or description of the diseases of
horses.

Hippu'rio (Gr. ImroSf hippos, a horse

80

GLOSSARY,

evpoy, ourorit urine). A term applied
to an acid existing in the mrine of
horses.
Hippu'rites (Gr. Imro;, hippos, a
horse ; ovpa, our a, a tail). A genns
of plants in the coal-formation, re-
sembling the hippuris or mare^s
tail.

Hirsute (Lat. hirsu'tits, hairy). In
botany, applied to plants having
long, distinct, and tolerably soft
hairs.

His'pid (Lat. Ais'|3icftM, rough). Shaggy
or prickly ; in botany, applied to
plants having long soft hairs.

Higtogen'esis or Eistog'eny (Gr.
iffTos, histoa, a tissue; yevvata,
gennao, I produce). The forma-
tion of organic tissues.

Histolog'ioal (Gr. la-ros, kistos, a tis-
sue ; \oyos, logos, discourse). Re-
lating to histology or the descrip-
tion of tissues.

Historog^ (Gr. la-ros, histos, a tissue ;
\oyos, logos, discourse). The des-
cription of the tissues which form
an animal or plant.

His'tory (Gr. icropeu, history, I
learn by inquiry). A narration of
events ; a description of things that
exist.

Homo- (Gr. dfios, hornos, the same).
A prefix in compound words, signi-
fying identity or exact similarity.

Homocen'tric (Gr. dfAos, homos, the
same ; Kivrpoy, Jcentron, a centre).
Having the same centre.

Homocer'cal (Gr. dfios, homos, the
same ; K€pKos, her'kos, a tail).
Having a symmetrical tail ; applied
to fishes.

Homod'romoufl (Gr. byioi, homos,
similar ; hpofios, drom'os, a course).
In botany, applied to the arrange-
ment of leaves on branches in the
same manner as on the stem.

HomoB'o- (Gr. dfiotqs, homoifos,
similar). A prefix in compound
words, implying similarity but not
identity.

HonuBomer'io (Gr. d/xoios, homm^os,
similar ; {JL^pos, meros, a part).
Having or relating to similarity of
parts.

Honueop'athy (Gr. dfioios, homoi'os,

similar ; iraBos, pathos, suffering).
A system by which it is alleged
that diseases can be cured by
doses of substances capable of ex-
citing similar diseased states in
healthy persons.
Homogan'gliate (Ghr. byuos, homos,
the same; 7077X10*', gan'glion, a
knot or nervous ganglion). Having
the nervous ganglia arranged sym-
metrically ; applied to the articu-
lated invertebrate animals.
Homogen'eous (Gr. dfios, homos, the
same ; 7€i'os, genos, a kind). Of
the same kind ; consisting of ele-
ments of a like nature.
Homorogoufl (Gr. djxos, homos, the
same ; \oyos, logos, reasoning).
Constructed on the same plan,
though differing in form and func-
tion.
Hom'ologoe (Gr. S/ios, homos, the
same ; \oyos, logos, reasoning).
The same part or organ, as far as
its anatomical relation is concerned,
although differing in form and func-
tions ; as the arms of man, the
wings of birds, and the pectoral
fins of fishes.
Homorog^ (Gr. ifios, homos, the
same; \oyos, logos, reasoning).
The doctrine of the corresponding
relations of parts in different beings,
having the same relations but differ-
ent functions ; affinity depending
on structure, and not on similarity
of form or use.
Homoxnor'plioiiB (Gr. Sfios, homos,
the same ; fiopiprif morphe, form).
Of similar form ; applied to certain
insects of which the larva is like
the perfect insect) but without
wings.
Homop'oda (Gr. dfios, hxmios, the
same ; trovs, pov^s, a foot). A sec-
tion of amphipodous crustaceans,
having fourteen feet all terminated
by a hook or point.
Homop'tera (Gr. dfios, homos, the
same ; irrepov, pteron, a wing).
Having the four wings alike ; re-
stricted to a section of the hemi-
pterous class of insects.
Hom'otype (Gr. dfios, homos, the
same; rimos, tupos^ a type). A

GLOSSARY.

81

part homologous with another in a
series.

Eo'rary (Lat. hora, an hour). Ee-
lating to, or denoting an hour.

Hori'son (Gr. tpi^ot^ horiw^ I bound).
The line in tlie celestial hemisphere
which bounds the view on the sur-
face of the earth.

HorizoiL'tal {Horizon), Parallel to
the horizon.

Eomblende (Germ, blenden, to daz-
zle). A mineral, generally of a black
or dark green colour, found fre-
quently in granitic and trappean
rocks.

Hc/rologe (Gr. &pa, hora^ an hour ;
A«7w, legOf I describe). An in-
strument for indicating the hours
of the day.

Herorog^ (Gr. wpo, horaf an hour ;
keyw, legOf I tell.) The art of
conslaructing machines for indicat-
ing time.

Horom'etry (Gr. &pa, hora^ an hour ;
ficrpovy metroThy a measure). The
art of measuring time by hours.

Horse-power. The power of a horse,
estimated as equal to the raising of
33,000 pounds one foot high per
minute, used in calculating the
power c^ steam-engines.

Horse-shoe Magnet. An artificial
magnet, in the form of a horse-
shoe.

Herticul'tiire (Lat. hortuSf a garden ;
colOf I cultivate). The art of cul-
tivating gardens.

Hortos Siccas (Lat. a dry garden).
A collection of dried plants.

Hot Blast. A current of heated air
thrown into a furnace.

Hu'mate (Lat. humua^ the ground).
A compound of humic acid with a
base.

Hmneota'tion (Lat. humedto, I
moisten). A making wet.

Hu'meral (Lat. hu'raerugy the shoul-
der). Belonging to the humerus,
cr upper part of the arm above the
elbow.

Ha'merus (Lat. the shoulder). The
arm from the shoulder to the
elbow ; the bone of this part.

Hu'mic (Humus). Belonging to hu-
mus ; applied to an acid produced

from the decomposition of humus
by alkalies.

Hu'moral (Lat. humors moisture).
Belonging to humours or fluids :
in medicine^ humoral pathology is
the doctrine which attributes dis-
eases to a disordered state of the
fluids of the body.

Humoar (Lat. humor, moisture).
Moisture ; in anatomy, applied to
certain parts of the eye which
abound in flail.

Hu'mns (Lat soil). The common
vegetable mould or soil, consisting
of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen,
arising from the decay of vegetable
matter.

Hy'ade8(Gr. t/», huo, I rain). A cluster
of five stai-s in the BuWs Head,
supposed by the ancients to bring
rain.

Hy'aline (Gr. 6a\os, ku'aloSf glass).
Like glass ; transparent.

Hy'aloid (Gr. vaAos, ka'alos, glass ;
fiSoSf eidoSf form). Resembling
glass ; transparent.

Hy'bodonts (Gr. 6j3o$, ku'bos, humped;
o^ovSj odous, a tooth). A family
of fossil sliark-like fishes with
knobbed teeth.

H3rni>rid (Gr. vfipis, hubris, force or
injury). The offiapring of two ani-
mals or plants of different varieties
or species ; in etymology, applied
to words cumpoanded from difierent
languages.

Hydat'id (Gr. vdtop, huddr, water).
A transparent vesicle tilled with
water; often applied to parasitic
animal growth found in the liver
and other organs.

Hydrac'id {Hy'drogen ; Lat. acfidus,
acid). An acid containing hydro-
gen as one of its forming elements.

Hy'dragogue (Gr. vSap, hudUr, water ;
ayw, ago, I lead). Producing a
discharge of fluid ; applied to cer-
tain medicines.

Hy'drate (Gr. vdap, hudor, water);
A compound body in which water
exists in chemical combination.

Hydraulic (Gr. vBup, hudor, water;
avXos, aiUos, a pipe). Relating to
the conveyance of water through
pipes.

o

82

GLOSSART.

Hydraulio Depth. The depth which
a volume of flowing water would
take in a channel, whose breadth is
equal to the outline of the bottom
and sides of the actual bed.

Hydraulic Head. The measure of a
given hydraulic pressure, expressed
in terms of the height of a baro-
metrical column of the fluid.

fiydraulic Press. A machine in
which powerful pressure is produced
by water forced into a cylindec, and
therein acting on a piston which
raises a table on which the material
to be pressed is placed.

Hydraulic Pressure. The pressure
which a liquid moving in a closed
channel, exerts on the surfaces by
which it is confined.

Hydraulics (Gr. 6$wp, hvdSTf water;
ai\oi, auloSf a pipe). The science
which teaches the application of the
knowledge of the forces influencing
the motion of fluids, to their con-
veyance through pipes and canals.

Hydrenceph'alocele (Gr. 68wp, hudory
water ; ^Kc^oAor, tnJeeph'alony the
contents of the skull ; ici^At?, iteZe,
a tumour). A hernial protrusion
from the head containing water.

Hydrenceph'aloid (Gr. d$»p, huddr,
water ; fyice^oXoi', enteeph'cUonf
the brain ; cl$os, eidosy from). Ee-
sembling hydrocephalus or dropsy
of the brain.

Hydri'odate {ffi/drogen and Iodine).
A compound of hydriodic acid with
a base ; now described by chemists
as an iodide, or compound of iodine
with a metal, together with an
equivalent of water.

Hydriod'ie (Ht/drogen and Fodine),
Consisting of hydrogen and iodine.

Hydro- (Gh*. i^top^ kudor, water). A
prefix implying the existence of
water; but, in chemical terms,
implying that hydrogen is a compo-
nent part of the substance.

Hydrocar'hon {Hijdrogm and Car-
bon), A compound of carbon and
hydrogen.

Hydrocarl)uret (Hj/drogen and Car-
bon). A compound of carbon and
hydrogen.

Hydroceph'alus (Gr. ^»/7, hudor^

water; icc^aXiy, TcepK'aZe^ the head).
A disease characterised by the
presence of water within the head ;
a dropsy of the membranes covering
the brain.

Hydroc]ilo'rate(^y(2ro^enand Chlor-
vm). a compound of hydrochloric
&cid with a base : now described by
chemists as a compound of chlorine
with a metal, together with an
equivalent of water.

Hydrochlo'ric {Hy'drogentjodi Chlor-
ine). Consisting of hydrogen and
chlorine.

Hy'drocy'anate (Hy'drogenandCyan'-
ogen). A compound of hydrocyanic
add with a base : now described by
chemists as a compound of cyanogen
and a metal, together with an
equivalent of water.

HycLrocyan'ic (H'l/drogen and Cyan -
ogen). Consisting of hydrogen and
cyanogen.

Hydrodynamics (Gr. ^wp, hudor^
water; SvvafuSf du'namis, force).
The science which treats of the
motion of liquids and the causes
influencing it.

Hydro-elec'tric (Gr. 65wp, hudor,
water ; electric). A term ap-
plied to a machine in which elec-
tricity is developed by the action of
the steam of water ; also to the
voltaic current into the combina-
tion of which a liquid element
enters.

Hydroflu'ate {Ei/drogen and Flv!-
orine). A compound of hydrofluoric
acid with a base.

Hydrofluor'ic (Ht/drogen and Flv!-
orine). Consisting of hydrogen and
fluorine.

Hjr'drogea (Gr. i^8»p, Aiedor, water;
ytwoMf gennao, I produce). The
lightest of elementary bodies; a
colourless combustible gas, which,
with oxygen, forms water.

Hydrog'rapher (Gr. ^«p, huddr,
water ; yfuupWf grapho, I write).
A person who describes the physical
or geographical conformation of
seas or other bodies of water.

Hydrog'raphy (Gr. vSvp, hvdor^
water; 7pa0», grapkoj I write).
The science of describing the physi-

GLOSSARY.

83

eal or geographical conformation of
seas, lakes, and other bodies of
water.

Hydrol'ogy (Gr. dSo)/), huddTf water ;
koyoSf logos J discourse). The science
which describes wat«r.

Hydr<mi'eter (Gr. v$wp, hudor, water;
fierpop, metron, a measure). An
instrument for measuring the spe-
dfic gravity of fluids.

Hydromef rograph (Gr. v^ap, hvdor,
water; fierpov^ metrotif a measure;
ypcupMf graph^f I write). An in-
strument for recording the quantity
of water discharged from a pipe or
orifice in a given time.

Hydroperiear'diiim (Gr. v8a>p, iltM^,
water ; p&'icar'ditmi). Dropsy of
the pericardium or covering mem-
brane of the heart.

Hydropholxia (Gr. 6S«ip, hudSrj water ;
ffwfioSf phob'oSy fear). A disease
characterised by a dread of water.

Hy'drophyte (Gr. 6dupf hudory water ;
(jmu, phtto, I grow). A plant
which grows in the water.

Hydro-salts (Gr. v$»p, httddry water).
A name given to salts, the acid or
base of which contains hydrogen.

HydroBtafic(Gr. 6^a>py hudor^ water;
hrrjfUy kistemif I place). Relating
to the pressure of fluids at rest.

Hydrostaf io Frenmre. The pressure
of water or any fluid, at rest, on a
given surface.

Hydrostaf ios (Gr. 6iwp, hudwr^
water ; icrTrnxiy kistemiy I make to
stand). The science which treats
of the properties bf fluids at rest.

Hydrosnl'plmret {Hydrogen and
Stdphvr), A compound of hydro-
sulphuric acid with a base: now
described by chemists as a sulphide,
or compound of sulphur with a
metal, together with an equivalent
of water.

Hydrotho'raz (Gr. 6^apy huddVy
water ; Bwpa^y thorctXj the chest).
A disease characterised by the
presence of water in the chest;

• dropsy of the chest.

Hydrous (Gr. v^wp, hvdory water).
Containing water ; watery.

Hydroso'a (Gr. i9pa, hibdra, a water-
serpent; (uoVf zoon^ an' animal).

The polypes which are organised
like the hydra.

Hyetog'raphy (Gr. 6«tos, hvletos,
rain ; ypw^tay graph' o, I write).
The science of rain ; the knowledge
of the quantities and localities in
which rain has fallen in a given
time.

Hyg'iene (Gr. ^717^1, hu'gies, healthy).
The science which treats of the
preservation of health.

Hygienic (Gr. U7117S, ku'giSs, healthy).
Relating to the health and its pre-
servation.

Hygro- (Gr. iypos, hu'gros, moist).
A prefix in compound words, im-
plying moisture.

Hygrom'eter (Gr. ^ypos, httgrosy
moist ; fifTpoVy metron, a measure).
An instrument for measuiing the
amount of moisture in the atmos-
phere.

Hygromefric (Gr. iypos, hugrost
moist : /xerpov, metroUy a measure).
Relating to the measurement of
the moisture in the air ; readily
absorbing moisture from the air.

Hygrom'e^ (Gr. vyposy hu'gros,
moist ; titrpovy metron^ a measure).
The branch of meteorological science
which treats of the measuring the
pressure, quantity, and effects, of
watery vapour in the atmosphere.

H/groscope (Gr. ^posy llugrosy moist ;
ffKo-Ktoiy skop'eoy I view). An in-
strument for ascertaining approxi-
matively the moisture of the at-
mosphere.

Hygroscopic (Gr. vypos, htigros,
moist; ffKovewy sJcop'ed, I view).
Liable to absorb moisture from the
air.

Hyme'nitim (Gr. ^fiWy hvmeriy a mem-
brane). The mass formed by the
union of the organs of fructification
in the mushroom tiibe.

Hymenop'tera (Gr. vfi-^Vy humen, a
membrane ; irrepov, ptet^oUy a wing).
An order of insects having fine
membranous wings, as bees and
wasps.

Hy'o- (The Qreek letter w, or upsUon).
In ancUomyy a prefix in compoimd
words, implying connection with
the hyoid bone.

a 2.

84

GLOSSARY.

Hy'oid (The Ghreek letter v, or upsUon;
cl8of, shape). fiesembling the
letter v ; applied to the bone which
supports the tongue, from its shape.

Hypse^thral (Gr. 6iro, hupOf under ;
a^p» aithirj the air) . Exposed to
the open air ; without a roof.

Hypal'lage' (Gr. 6iro, hupoy under ;
iiXKucnrUf aUas^so, I exchange). In
grammar J an interchange of cases ;
as an accusative of the thing given
and a dative of the recipient, for an
accusative of the recipient and a
dative of the thing given.

Hypapoph'ysis (Gr. 6iro, hupo, under ;
apoph'ysis). An apophysis of a
vertebra growing downwards.

Hyper- (Gr. ^ep, huper^ above). A
preposition signifying excess in com-
pound words.

Hyperse'mia (Gr. Wtp, huper, be-
yond ; at/io, haima^ blood). A^
excessive supply of blood.

Hyperaem'ic (Or. Htp^ huper^ be-
yond ; oi/ui, haimaf blood). Re-
lating to, or having an excessive
supply of blood.

Hypereesthe'sia (Gr. 6ir€f>, huper^
beyond ; alcrdavo/iat, aisthan'omaij
I feel). Excessive sensibility.

Hyper'baton (Gr. 6irfp, huper ^ be-
yond ; fiaivcOf hainOj I go). A
figure in (p'ammar, in which the
natural order of words or sentences
is inverted.

Hyper'bola (Gr. hrep, hupery beyond ;
jBoAAfitf, ballo, I throw). A cm*ve
formed by the section of a cone by
a plane passing parallel to its axis.

Hyperni)ole' (Gr. vvtpf huper^ beyond ;
i3a\X», haXlOy I throw). A figure of
speech, characterised by exaggera-
tion, or the representation of the
qualities of an object as greater or
less than they really are.

HyperT>oloid (Hyptr^bola ; Gr. ^iloi^
eidoSf form). A solid formed by
the revolution of an hyperbola
about its axis.

Hyperboi^ean (Gr. iirep, hupery be-
yond ; fiopeas^ bor^eaSy the north
wind). Dwelling far to the north.

Hyperoathar'si|i (Gr. hrtpy huper^
beyond ; ica$tupa>y hathai'ro, I
cleanse). Excessive purgation.

Hyperino'sis (Gr. fire/), huper, be-
yond ; Uy is, force or fibre). A
state characteiised by an excessive
formation of fibrine in the blood.

Hyper'trophy (Gr. wirep, hupery be-
yond ; Tp€(p(Oy trephoy I nourish).
Excessive growth of a part.

Hypo- (Gr. 6iro, hupOy under). A
preposition implying diminution or
inferiority, in quality or situation.

Hjrpocarpoge'an (Gr. ivoy hupOy
under ; Kopvosy karpoSy fruit ; 717,
pe, the earth). Producing fruit
under ground.

Hypochon'driiim (Gr. 6to, hupoy
under; x^^^P^h chondrosy a car-
tilage). The part of the abdomen
which lies under the cartilages of
the lower ribs.

Hypochondri'asifl (Gr. hroxoyZpia,
hapochon'driay the hypockond/riay
because formerly supposed to be
connected with this region). A form
of insanity, in which the patient
convei-ts an idea of purely mental
origin into what appears to him to
be a real material change.

Hypocrater'ifomi (Gr. imo, hwpo,
under ; Kparripy IcrateVy a cup ; Lat.
forma, shape). Shaped like a
saucer or salver.

Hypogas'tric (Gr. hro, hupOy below ;
yaarripy gastcTy the stomach). Re-
lating to the middle part of the
abdomen.

Hypoge'al (Gr. hvo, hupOy under ; yv,
gi, the earth). Under the earth.

H/pogene (Gr. ivoy hupOy under;
ytwaw, germafo, I produce). A
term proposed to be applied to the
primary strata in geology, to de-
note their formation from below.

Hypoglos'sal (Gr. ^0, hupo, under ;
yXoKTffOy glossa, the tongue) . Under
the tongue.

Hypog'smous (Gr. 6iroy hupOy under ;
7ui^, guncy a female). Inserted
beneath the pistil.

Hypoplios'phite {Hypophos'phorous),
A compound of hypophosphorous
acid with a base.

HypophoB'phoroiui (Gk. ^0, hupo,
under ; phos'phonis), A name ap-
plied to an acid which coutains less
oxygen than phosphorous acid.

GLOSSARY.

85

Hypo'pion (Gr. diro, hupo^ under ;
o^, opSf the eye). A collection of
pus in the anterior part of the eye.

HTposTil'plLate (Gr. 6iro, hupOf under ;
sidphate), A compound of hypo-
sulphuric acid with a base.

Hyposul'phite (Gr. viro^ kupOy under ;
avZphiie). A compound of hypo-
sulphurous acid with a base.

Hyposnlphu'rio (Gr. vvo, hupo, under ;
sidphu'ric). Applied to an acid
containing less oxygen than sul-
phuric and more than sulphurous
acid.

Hyposul'phurous (Gr. (nroy hvpo,
under : aal'phurotM). Applied to
an acid containing less oxygen than
sulphurous acid.

Hypoth'enuse, or, more correctly,
Hypot'enuse (Gr. 6iro, hupo^ under;
T«iv«, teino^ I stretch). The side of
a right-angled triangle which sub-
tends or is opposite to the right
angle.

Hypoth'esis (Gr. iJiro, kupOf under ;
TiOrifUj tUhemiy I place). An ex-

planation of phenomena, not founded
on the actual observation of facts,
but assumed in order to demonstrate
a point in question.

Hypozolo (Gr. viro, hupo, under ;
^ctfoc, idony an animal). A term
applied in geology to the rocks in
which no organic remains haye been
found.

Hypsom'etry (Gr. vt^o^, Ivwp'iosy
height ; /lerpoVf metroriy measure).
The art of measuring the heights
of places on the earth, by the
barometer or by trigonometrical
observations.

H7Steraii'thoiui(Gr. do-repos, hwlteros,
later ; kudosy antkoSj a flower). In
botany^ applied to plants of which
the leaves expand after the flowers
have opened.

Hyste'ria. A diseased state, consist-
ing in a morbid condition of the
nervous centres, giving rise to
paroxysmal symptoms, and to the
imitation of various diseases.

I.

Iaml>ic (Gr. lafi$os, iam'hos). Re-
lating to or consisting of the iambus.

lam'biu (Gr. lafifiosf iam'bos). A
foot in verse consisting of a short
syllable followed by a long one.

la'teo- (Gr. larpos^ ta'^ro9, a physician).
A part of some compound words,
signifying a connection with medi-
cine or physicians.

-lo. In chemistry f a termination de-
noting the acid containing most
oxygen, when more than one is
formed from the same element.

lsieberg{Ice; Grerm. berg^ a mountain).
A mountain or hill of ice.

Ich'nites (Gr. Ixf^os^ ichnos, a foot-
step). In geology, fossil foot-prints.

Ich'nolite (Gr. Ix^os, ichnos, a foot-
step ; \i0os, lUhoSj a stone). A
stone retaining the impression of
the foot mark of a fossil animal.

IduLorogy (Gr. Ix^os, ichnos, a foot-
step ; \oyos, logos, a discourse).
The science of fossil foot-prints.

Ichor (Gr. «x"P> ichir). A thin

watery humour.
Ich'tiiyic (Gr. Ix^vs, ichlhus, a fish).

Relating to fishes.
lohthyodor'iilites ^Gr. Ix'^u.i, ichthus,

a fish ; SopVf doru, a spear ; Xi0os,

lithos, a stone). Fossil spines of

fishes.
Ich'thyoid (Gr. Ix^h ichthus, a fish ;

€f8os, eidos, shape). Like a fi^h ;

applied to certain saurian reptiles.
loh'^yolite (Gr. ix^vs, ichthus, a

fish; \i$05, lithos, a stone). A

fossil fish, or portion of a fish.
Ichthyol'ogy (Gr. Ix'^vs, ichthus, a

fish; Xoyos, logos, a discourse).

The description of fishes.
Ichthyoph'agouB (Gr. Ix'^vs, ichthus,

a fish ; <pary(a, phago, 1 eat). Living

on fishes as food.
lohthyopteryg'ia (Gr. tx^vs, ichthus,

a fish ; vrfpuyiov, pteru'giort, a fin).

An order of fossil reptiles with limbs

formed for swimming, like fins.

86

GLOSSART.

lehthyoian'mf (Gr. Ix^vs, iehthua, a
fish ; ffaupoSf sauroa, a lizurd). A
foflsil animal, hayiog a stmcture
between that of a lizard and a
fish.

lehthyo'sifl (Gr. Ix^vs, ickthusj a
fish). A disease in which the body,
or parts of it, are covered by scales
overlapping each other like those of
a fish.

Icosahed'ron (Gr. cucoo'i, eUTcoai^
twenty ; 48pa, hedra^ a base). A
figure having twenty sides and
angles.

Ieo8an'dria(Gr. elicocn, d'hotif twenty;
cun7p, oner, a man). A class of
plants having twenty or more
stamens.

loter'io (Lat. iefteruSf janndioe). Re-
lating to, or affected with jaundice.

Ic'terns (I^t.). The jaundice.

-Idas (Greek termination -1877s, 'idiSf
signifying descent). A termination
employed in zoology, signifying some
degree of likeness to the animal to
the name of which the termination
is affixed.

-Ide. A termination applied in chem-
istry ^ to denote combinations of non-
metallic elements with metals, or
with other non-metallic elements.

Idea (Gr. ii^m, tidd, I see). An
image or model formed in the mind.

Ide'aliini {Idea). A system of phi-
losophy, according to which what
we call external objects are mere
conceptions of the mind.

Ideograph'ic (Gr. iSca, idea ; ypa<lHt>f
grapho, I write). Expressing ideas.

Idiocy (Gr. fStwn^s, idiotes, a private
or ignorant person). A state of
defective intellect existing from
birth.

Idioelec'trio (Gr. Idiocy id'tos, pecu-
liar or separate ; electric). Having
the property of manifesting elec-
tricity on friction.

Idiom (Gr. iSioSj id'ios, proper or
peculiar). The form of speech pe-
culiar to a country.

Idiomafic (Gr. i5<os, icPios, proper or
peculiar). Pertaining to the par-
ticular modes of expression be-
longing to a language.

Idiopath'ic (Gr. «8ios, id'iof, peculiar;

ira0os, patk'oBf suffering). Applied
to diseases which arise without any
ai^rent exciting cause.

Idioqrn'oratj (Or. iSioSt idioSf pecu-
liar ; tnyKpcuriSf ttmhra'aisy a mixing
together). An extreme susceptibility
to the effects of certain articles of
food or medicine, consisting gene-
rally in the production of effects
different from those which usually
occur.

Idiot (Gr. iduonif, idioiegf a private
or ill-informed perscm). A person
whose intellect is altogether deficient
from birth.

Idol (Gr. €i8»A.ov, eidoUm, an image,
phantom, or fancy). A term used
by Bacon to denote fallacies of the
mind.

Idols of the Den. The mental
fallacies arising from the nature of
the mind and body of the indi-
vidual.

Idols of the Market. The fallacies
arising from reciprocal intercourse,
and the popular application of
words and names.

Idols of the Theatre. The fj&Uacies
arising from false theories or per-
verted laws of demonstration.

Idols of the Tribe. The falkcies
inherent in human nature.

Ig'neouB (Lat. ignis, fire). Arising
from, or connected with fire; in
geology, applied to the apparent
results of subterraneous heat.

Ignis Faf uuB (Lat. foolish fire). A
luminous appearance sometimes
seen at nigh^ and produced by the
combustion of phosphorus which
has escaped from organic matter.

Ignif ion (Lat. ignis, fire.) A setting
on fire*

Ileo- (Ileum), In anatomy, a prefix
denoting connection with, or rela-
tion to, the intestine called ileum.

neo-coB'cal {Ileum ; caecum). Be-
longing to, or lying between, the
ileum and coecum.

n'eum (Gr. fi\cw, ei'led, I roll).
The lower portion of the small
intestines.

n'iao (Lat. Ulia, the flank). Be-
longing to the ileum; or to the
bone called ilium.

GLOSSABT.

S7

H'lO' (Ilivm), Inanctiomyf a prefix
deiLoting connection with, or rela-
tion to, the iliac bone.

ninm (Lat. i'lia^ the flank). The
large partly flattened bone which
forms the principal part of the
pelvis, and enters into the compo-
sition of the hip-joint.

Ula'tiye (Lat. in, on ; la'ttts, borne).
Denoting an inference ; applied in
logiCf where the truth of the con-
Terse follows from the truth of the
proi>08ition itself.

Ima'go (Lat. an image). A name
given to the perfect state of an
insect.

Imbecility (Lat. in, on ; haciVlui, a
staff). Weakness : a defective
state of intellect, not amounting to
idiocy.

Imlnioate (Lat. imbrex, a tile).
Lying over each other like tiles ;
in botany, applied to the arrange-
ment in the bud in which the outer
leaves successively overlap the
inner.

Lnmer'ston (Lat. vn, in ; mergo, I
dip). A putting beneath the sur-
fikce, as of a fluid ; in astronomy,
the entrance of one body into such
a position with regard to another,
as to apparently sink into it^ and
become invisible.

Im'pact (Lat. tn, on ; pan^o, I drive).
A stroke ; the action of two bodies
on each other in coming together.

Impal'pable (Lat. in, not ; palpo, I
feel). Incapable of being felt.

ImpariByllab'io (Lat. in, not : par,
equal; syl'laiba, a syllable). Not
having the same number of sylla-
bles ; applied to nouns which have
not the same number of syllables
in all their cases.

Impenetrability (Lat. in, not ; pen'-
etro, I pierce). In physics, the
property in virtue of which a body
occupies a certain space, which
cannot at the same time be occu-
pied by another body.

Imper'ative (Lat. im*pero, I oom-
miind). Commanding ; in gram-
mar, implying a command or en-
treaty.

Imper'meable (Lat. in^ not; per^

through ; meo, I pass). Incapable
of being passed through by a fluid.

Imper'BOXuU (Lat. in, not ; perso'na,
a person). Without persons ; ap-
plied to verbs which have only the
third person singular.

Imper'vions (Lat. in, not ; per,
through ; via, a way). Incapable
of being passed through.

Impeti'gpo (Lat. im'peto, I attack).
A disease of the skin characterised
by clusters of pustules which run
together into a crust ; a running
tetter.

Im'peta8(Lat. from in, against ; peto,
I urge). The force with which a
body is driven.

Impii^g^e (Lat. impin'go, I strike
against). To strike or dash
against.

Implu'vinm (Lat. in; plu'via, rain).
A basin to receive rain, in the
middle of the atrivmi or court-
yard of ancient Roman houses.

Impon'derable (Lat. in, not ; p<m-
dit», weight). Without perceptible
weight.

Impulse (Lat. in, on or against;
peUo, I drive). The effect of one
body striking on another, being
the result of the motion of the
striking body.

Impnl'sion (Lat. in, against ; pello^
I drive). The act of driving
against : the process by which a
moving body changes the motion
of another by striking it.

Inan'imate (Lat. in, not ; an'ima,
animal life). Without animal life.

Inanition (Lat. ina'nis, empty).
Emptiness ; want of nutrition ;
starvation.

Inartic'nlate (Lat. in, not ; artic'-
ulus, a joint). Not having the
power of articulation or speech ;
in botany, without joints.

Incandea'cence (Lat. in; candeifco^
I grow white). A white heat ;
the luminous appearance which
bodies assume when heated to a
certain point.

Incandes'cent (Lat. in ; eandes'co, I
grow white). White or glowing
from heat.

Incep'tLve (Lat. incip'to, I begin).

88

GLOSSARY.

Beginning ; applied to verbs which
imply a commencement of action.

In'cidence (Lat. tn, on ; cado^ I fall).
A falling on ; in dynamics and
optics^ the angle of incidence is the
angle made by a body or ray of
light falling on an object, with a
line drawn pei-pendicularly to the
surface struck.

In'oldent (Lat. tn, on ; cctdo, I fall).
Falling on.

Incin'oiute (Lat in, into ; emiSf
ashes). To burn to ashes.

Inoinera'tioii (Lat. m, into; dnis,
ashes). A burning to ashes.

Incision (Lat. in, into ; ccedOf I cut).
A cutting into ; a cut.

Inci'Bor (Lat. in, into ; ccedo^ I cut).
A cutter ; applied to the fore teeth,
which cut the food.

Inolina'tion (Lat. in; clinOj or Gr.
kKivw, klinOf I lean). A leaning ;
in physics, the direction of one
body with respect to another, as
measured by the angle formed at
their point of meeting.

Inoline (Lat. tn^ towards ; clinOf I
bend). A slope ; the direction of
a surface, as of a road, with respect
to the horizon.

Inclined Plane. A plane forming an
angle, less than a right angle, with
the horizon. '

Incln'ded (Lat. in, in ; claudOf I
shut). In botany, applied to sta-
mens when they do not project
beyond the corolla.

Incombns'tible (Lat. in, not; com-
bu'ro, I bum up). Licapable of
being burned.

^icommen'surable (Lat. in, not ; am,
with ; mensu^ra, a measure). Not
capable of being measured together ;
applied to quantities and magni-
tudes which do not exactly measure
each other, or of which one is not
contained a definite number of times
in the other ; or which cannot be
divided without a remainder by
some other number.

Inoonunis'cible (Lat. in, not; con,
together; mit^ceo, I mix). Incapable
of being mixed together.

Incompatible (Lat. in, not ; eon,
with ; ptUfior, 1 suffer). Not capable

of subsisting with something else ;
applied to substances which chemi-
cally decompose each other when
broil <!ht into contact in a solution.

Ldcompressibillty (Lat. in, not; con,
together ; pi'tm'o, I press). The
property of resisting forcible reduc-
tion int-o a smaller space.

Incompres'sible (Lat. i'n, not; eon,
together ; prem'o, I press). Resist-
ing compression into a smaller space.

Incorporate (Lat. in, into ; corpus,
a body). To mix into one body or
mass.

Incorpora'tion (Lat. in, into ; corpus,
a body). A mixing into one body
or mass.

In'crement (Lat. in; cresco, I grow).
An increase ; in mxUkematics, the
quantity by which a variable quan-
tity increases.

Incrasta'tion (Lat. in, in ; crusta, a
crust). The covering of a body
with a rough coating, as with a
crust.

Incnba'tion (Lat. in, on ; cvmho, 1
lie). The act of sitting on eggs
for the purpose of hatching young.

Incnmnbent (Lat. in, on; cumho, I
lie). In botany, applied when the
radicle lies on the back of the
cotyledons.

Incnrva'tion (Lat. in, towards ;
curviLS, bent). A bending, or turn-
ing out of a straight course.

Indecli'nable (Lat. im, not ; de, from ;
dino, 1 bend). Not declinable;
applied to words incapable of being
varied by terminations.

Indefinite (Lat. in, not ; de, down ;
finis, an end). Not definite or
limited ; in botany, applied to in-
florescence, in which the central or
terminal flower is the last toexx>and.

Indehis'cent (Lat. in, not ; dehuleo,
I gape). Not gaping ; applied to
fruits which do not split open, as
the apple.

Indenf ^Lat. in, in ; den^, a tooth).
To notch, as if by the teeth, or
into inequalities like teeth.

Indented (Lat. in, in ; dens, a tooth).
Notched, as if bitten by teeth, or
into margins like teeth.

Indenf nre (Lat. viif in ; dms, a

GLOSSABT.

89

tooth) . A deed of agreement between
two persons, of which the upper
edge of the first page has a waving
line like a row of teeth.

IndiBter'minate (Lat. tn, not; d^y
down; ter'minua, a limit). Not
limited ; in mathematics^ applied to
problems which admit an unlimited
number of solutions ; in botany ^
applied to inflorescence with the
same meaning as indefinite.

In'dioator (Lat. in'dico, I point out).
A pointer : applied to the muscle
which extends the fore-finger.

Indig'eiioiiB (Lat. tn, in ; gigno^ I
produce). Native ; produced natu-
rally in a country.

IxLduc'tion (Lat. in, into ; dtbco, I
lead). A bringing in : the leading
an inference or general conclusion
from a number of particular in-
stances; in electricity and mag-
netism^ the process by which an
electrified or magnetic body pro-
duces an electrical or magnetic
state in surrounding bodies.

liLdxuitomfetieir(IndiLCtion; Or. fitrpoVf
metron, a measure). An instru-
ment for measuring differences of
electrical induction.

Induo'tiye (Lat. in, into; dttco, I
I lead). Leading to inferences :
applied to those sciences which are
l»sed on the observation of facts
and the conclusions drawn from
them.

Indu'plioate (Lat. im, in; dwpUx,
double). Doubled inwards : in
botany, applied to the arrangement
of a flower-bud in which the edges
of the petals are slightly turned
inwards.

Indiira'tion (Lat. in, into; durua,
hard). Hardening.

Inda'siiim (Lat. in' duo, I put on). A
covering : in botany, the epidermic
covering which encloses the spores
or analogues of seeds in some ferns.

Inen'ohyma (Gr. U, is, fibre ; tfxviia,
en'chwna, a tissue). In botany, a
tissue consisting of cells with spiral
fibres in them.

Iner'tia (Lat. iners, inactive). The
quality in virtue of which matter
is incapable of spontaneous change,

whether from motion to rest, or
from rest to motion ; inactivity.

In'fantile (Lat. infans, an infant).
Belonging to or occurring in infants.

Infeo't (Lat. injii/io, I taint). To
introduce into a healthy body the
emanation or miasma proceeding
from one which is diseased, so as
to propagate the disease.

Infec'tion (Lat. infidio, I taint).
The communication of disease l>y
means of the miasm or emanation
proceeding fnim a diseased body.

Infec'tloiu (Lat. infic'io, I taint).
Capable of being communicated by
infection.

Infe'rior (Lat. below). In botany,
applied to the ovary when it is ad-
herent to the calyx, or to the calyx
when it is not • adherent to the
ovary.

Inferobran'chiate (Lat. in'ferus, be-
low ; Gr. fipayxta, bran'chia, gills).
Having the gills arranged along the
sides of the body under the mar-
gin of the mantle : applied to an
order of gasteropods.

Infiltra'tion (Lat. in, into ; filter).
The process of entering a body
through pores ; the substance
which has so entered.

In'finite (Lat. in, not ; finis, an end).
Without a limit ; an infinite
decimal or series is one which
cannot be brought to an end.

Infinites'lmal (Lat. in, not ; finis, an
end). Indefinitely small : having
relation to indefinitely small num-
bers or quantities.

Infln'itiye (Lat. in, not; finis, I
limit). Placing no limit : in gram-
mar, applied to that part of the
verb which expresses its name.

Inflarn'mable (Lat. in^ into ; fiamfMk,
flame). Capable of being set on
fire.

Inflamma'tioii (Lat. in, into ; fi^m-
ma, flame). A getting on fire :
in medicine, a diseased state,
characterised by redness, heat,
pain, swelling, and disturbance of
the function of a part.

Infleot'ed (Lat. in, on ; fiecto, I
bend). Bent or turned out of a
straight coarse ; curved inwards.

{

90

GLOSSABT.

Inflee'tioA (Lat. in, towards ; JUcto,
I bend). A turning from a straight
coarse: in opticSf the effect pro-
duced by the edges of an opaque
body on the light passing in con-
tact with them, by which the rays
are bent out of their course either
inwards or outwards ; ia grammar,
the variation of words by changes
of termination.

Inflexible (Lat. tn, not; fleeto, I
bend). Incapable of being bent.

Infiores'eenoe (Lat in, in; flot, a
flower). The arr^mgement of flow-
ers on the flowering stem or
branch.

Infiaeii'za (Italian, injltiema, in-
fluence). An epidemic catarrh or
cold, attended with great loes of
strength and severe fever.

Influx (Lat. in, into ; Jluo, I flow).
A flowing into.

Infracos'tal (Lat. infra, beneath ;
coata, a rib). Beneath ribs.

Inframaxilluy (Lat. infra, be-
neath ; maxU'la, a jaw). Beneath
the jaw.

Infraorliltal (Lat. infra, beneath ;
or^bita, an orbit). Beneath the
orbit.

Infraspi'nons (Lat. infra, beneath ;
spina, a spine). Beneath a spine
or spinous process.

Infondib'nliform (Lat. infwndib'u-
lum, a funnel ; forma, shape).
Shaped like a funnel.

Infa'sion (Lat. in, on; fwndo, I
pour). The process of steeping
substances in liquid, so as to ex-
tract certain qualities from them ;
the liquid thus prepared.

Infiuo'ria {Infu9i4)n), A term given
to microscopic animals of several
orders, found in water in which
organic matter has been infused.

Inges'ta (Lat. in, in ; gero, I carry).
Things taken in ; applied to food.

Inglu'vies (Lat. a crop). A crop or
partial dilatation of the oesophagus.

In'gninal (Lat. in'guen, the groin).
Belating or belonging to the groin.

Inhala'tion (Lat. in, into ; halo, I
breathe). A breathing in ; the
act of drawing in fumes or vapours
with the breath.

Inhale (Lat. in, into; halo, 1
breathe). To draw in air or va-
pours by means of the breathing
organs.

Inject' (Lat. in, into ; jcn^io, I throw).
To throw into.

Injee'tlon (Lat. in, into; jcufio, I
throw). A throwing in ; a medi-
cine thrown into the body : the
act of filling the vessels of a body
with some coloured substance, so
as to render them distinct; also
the substance thrown in.

Inna'te (Lat. in, into or on ; ncueor,
I am bom). Natural ; applied to
ideas supposed to exist in the mind
from birth ; in botany, applied to
anthers when attached to the top of
the filaments.

Innerva'tion (Lat. in, into ; nerrms,
a nerve). The properties or func-
tions of the nervous system.

Innom'inate (Lat. in, not ; rhomen, a
name). Without a name ; applied
to a bone forming the pelvis, con-
stituted of three bones which grow
together; also to a large arterial
trunk arising from the aorta.

Inoo'ulate (Lat. in, into ; ocfidui, an
eye). To engraft buds; to com-
municate disease to a person by in-
serting infectious matter into his
skin.

Inoper'calar (Lat. in, not ; oper^cu-
lum, a lid). Without an opercu-
lum or lid.

Inor'dinate (Lat. in, not ; or^dino, I
put in order). Irregular : mmMhe-
mattes, applied to two ranks of
quantities, which are proportionate
in a cross order.

Inorganic (Lat. in, not; organ'ic).
Without the organs or instruments
of life : in medicine, not apparently
connected with change in structure.

Inos'culate (Lat. in, into ; o^ctthim,
a little mouth). To open into^ as
by little mouths.

Insallyation (Lat. in, into ; saliva).
The blending of the saliva with the
food.

Insa'ne (Lat. in, not ; sanus, sound
or healthy). Unsound in mind.

Insanity (Lat. in, not ; sanus, sound
or heiJthy). A term used to express

GLOSSABT.

Vi

in general derangements of tbe
mind, except the temporary deli-
rinm occasioned by fever,

In'ieet (Lat. tn, into ; aeeo, I cut).
A dass of inyertebrate animals,
haying a body composed of three
distinct parts jointed together, with
three pairs d feet, and generally
wings.

InsectiyoiroiiB (Lat. vMetfta^ insects ;
vorOj I devour). Living on insects.

Inseniibil'ity (La.t. tn, not ; sentio^
I perceive). Loss of the power of
feeling or sensation.

Inteflso'res (Lat. in, on ; Mcf eo, I sit).
An order of birds, including those
which habitually perch on trees,
excepting the rapacious and the
climbing birds ; as the crow, star-
ling, finch, and swallow.

In situ (Lat. in, in ; sUus^ a situa-
tion). In the place where it was
originally formed or deposited.

Insola'tion (Lat. ifi, in; soly the
sun). Exposure to the rays of the
sun ; or the effects of such exposure.

Insolfiible (Lat. tn, not ; 8olvOf I
melt). Incapable of being melted.

Inspira'tion (Lat. tn, into ; spiro, I
breathe). The act of drawing in
air by the langs.

Inspi'ratory (Lat. tn, into ; <ptro, I
breathe). Belating to the act of in-
spiration.

Inspi^re (Lat. tn, into ; spirOy I
breathe). To draw in air by the
breathing organs.

Inspisa'ate (Lat. in, in ; spissttSj
thick). To thicken.

In'stinct (Lat. instin'guoy I urge on).
The power by which, independently
of instruction or experience, animals
are unerringly directed to do what-
ever is necessary for their preserva-
tion and the continuance of their
species, in a manner incapable of
modification or improvement by
experience.

Instinc'tive (Lat. i/nstin'guo, I urge
on). Arising from instinct.

In'snlate (Lat. in'avlay an island). To
separate ; to surround a body with
substances incapable of carrying
off the electricity or caloric accu-
mulated in it.

Insnla'tion (Lat. in'mUty an island).
The state of being separated or
insulated.

In'snlator (Lat. in'ndoy an island).
The substance which prevents the
passage of electricity finom a body.

In'teger (Lat. entire). The whole:
applied especially to whole numbers,
in contradistinction from fractions.

In'tegral (Lat. in'teger, entire). En-
tire ; making part of a whole.

Integral Calcoliu. A branch of
mathematical analysis, in which the
primitive function is derived from
its differentiate, or its differential
co-efficient.

In'tegrant (Lat. in'teger, entire).
Making part of a whole ; applied
to parts which are of the same
nature as the whole.

In'telleot (Lat. iniel'ligo, I under-
stand). The faculty of the human
mind which receives and compre-
hends the idea enunciated by the
senses or by other means.

Intel'ligenoe (Lat. intel'ligoy I under-
stand). The faculty which leads to
the performance of operations as the
result of experience, and capable of
improvement by exercise.

Interambnla'cra(Lat. inters between ;
atnbiUa'crum), The plates between
the perforated plates, or ambu-
lacra, in the echinoderms.

Interartio'nlar (Lat. inter, between ;
articfuliLSy a joint). Between joints.

Interanric'nlar (Lat. inter, between ;
awridvXa, an auricle). Between
the auricles of the heart.

Interoal'aiy (Lat. inter, between ;
calo (Qr. KoXta, haled), I call).
Inserted : applied to the day in-
serted in the calendar every fourth
year to compensate for the deficiency
in the three preceding years : also
to a month inserted in the old
Rpman calendar to make up a
deficiency.

Ldtercellnlar (Lat. inters between;
ceVlxdct, a cell). Between cells.

Intercep'ted (Lat. inter, between ;
cap' to, I take). Included or com-
prehended between.

Interclavic'iilar (Lat. inter, between:
dav'icle). Between clavicles.

92

GLORSABT.

Intereoii'dyloid (Lat. tn^^r, between ;
Gr. KovivKoSf kon'dvloSf acoudyle).
Between condyles.

Interoos'tal (Lat. inters between;
casta, a rib). Between ribs.

Intercnr'rent (Lat. inieVf between ;
cvrrOj I run). Banning between ;
in m':dicinef applied to diseases
which occur in a scattered manner
daring the prevalence uf epidemic
disorders.

Interdig'ital (Lat. inter, between ;
dig'ittUf a finger). Between the
fingers.

Interiia'cial (Lat. inters between ;
fac'ieSf a faceV Included between
two faces or planes.

LoLterfe'renoe (Lat. inters between;
fero, I bear). A term applied to
the phenomenon of the e£Eacement
of an undulation by the meeting of
two waves ; and in optics especially,
to the matual intersection of rays
of light under certain conditions,
so that they extinguish each other.

Interfoliar (Lat. inter, between ; fo'-
Hum, a leaf;. Between two opposite
leaves.

Interganglionlo (Lat. inter, between ;
(Jr. yayy\iov, gan'glion, a knot).
Lying or extending between gang-
lions.

InterluB'mal (Lat. inter, between ;
Gr. aifjLo, haima, blood). Between
the haemal processes in vertebrae.

Interlob'nlar (Lat. inter, between ;
lo'hviXus, a little lobe). Between
lobules or little lobes.

Intermaxillary (Lat. inter, between,
maxU'la, a jaw). Between the
maxillary or jaw bone.

IxLtermis'sion (Lat. inter, between ;
fnUto, I send). Temporary cessation
as applied to fevers ; complete ces-
sation for a time.

IxLtermit'tent (Lat. inter, between;
mitto, I send). Ceasing for a time ;
applied to diseases in which tbe
symptoms leave the patient entirely
for a time, and then return.

IntermiiB'onlar (Lat. inter, between ;
fnvis'cvlus, a muscle). Between
muscles.

Intemeu'ral (Lat. inter, between,
(Gr. yevpoVf neuron, a nerve). Be-

tween the neural processes in ver-
tebrae.

In'temode (Lat. tn^er, between ; nodus,
a knot). Tbe space in a stem be-
tween the nodes, or parts where the
leaves are formed.

Interos'seoiu (Lat. inter, between ; oi,
a bone). Between bones.

Interpednn'cnlar (Lat. inter, be-
tween ; ped'uncle). Between ped-
uncles.

Interpet'iolar (Lat. inter, between ;
pet'iole). Between petioles of oppo-
site sides.

Interpola'tion (Lat. inter^polo, I place
between). The insertion of words,
passages, or numben between others.

Interposition (Lat. inter, between ;
puno, I put). A placing or coming
between.

Intersect' (Lat. inter, between ; seco,
I cut). To cut or cross mutually.

Interseo'tion (Lat. inter, between ;
seco, I cut). A matual catting ur
crossing.

Interspi'nal or Interspi^nous (Lat.
inter, between ; spina, a spine).
Inserted between the spinous pro-
cesses of the vertebrae.

Interstellar (Lat. inter, between ;
Stella, a star). Between the stars,
beyond the limits of our solar system.

Inter'stice (Lat. inter, between ; sto,
I stand). A small space between
the parts which compose a body.

Interstitial (Lat. inter, between ;
sto, I stand). Relating to or occu-
pying interstices; taking place
gradually throughout a body.

Interstratlfied (Lat inter, between ;
stratum, a layer ; fadio, I make).
Interposed in strata between other
bodies.

Intertu'bnlar (Lat. inter, between ;
tvhvle). Between tubules or small
tubes.

Interver'tebral (Lat. inter, between ;
ver'iebra, a bone of the spine).
Between vertebrae.

Intes'tines (Lat. intus, within). The
alimentai7 canal from the stomach
to its termination.

Intine (Lat. intus, within). The
inner covering of the pollen-grain.

Intona'tion (Lat. in, in ; tomu, a

GLOSSAEY.

93

tone). The manner of sonnding the
notes of a musical scale.

Iiltracellnlar (Lat. intrOf within ;
eeUida, a cell). Within cells ; ap-
plied in histology to the formation
of cells within cells.

Intralobular (Lat. intra, within;
lo'bvlutSj a lobule). Within lobules
or little lobes.

Intran'sitiye (Lat. Wy not ; trans,
over ; eo, I go). Not passing on :
applied to verbs in which the action
does not pass to or act on an object.

Intran'terine (Lat. tn^ra, within ;
u'teruSf the womb). Within the
uterus or womb.

In'trorse (Lat. mtror'sumj within).
Turned inwards ; in botany, applied
to anthers which open on the side
next the pistil.

Intaifion (Lat. in^ on ; tu'eor, I look).
The process by which the mind
perceives a fact at once, without
the intervention of other ideas, or
of reasoning.

Intaltive (Lat. m, on ; tu'eor, I look).
Perceived immediately by the mind,
without a process of reasoning.

LDLtnmes'oenoe (Lat. in, in ; tu'meo,
I swell). A swelling.

IxLtiiBsnscep'tioii (Lat. intus, within ;
siMcip'io, I take up). A drawing
of one part of a tube or canal into
another.

Inven'tioii (Lat. inven'io, I find). A
finding ; the production of some
combination or contrivance that
did not before exist.

IxLver'se (Lat. in; verto, I turn).
Placed in a contrary order ; as in
an arithmetical proportion, when
the ratio of the numbers to each
other appears to be reversed.

Inver'sion (Lat. in; verto, 1 turn).
A placing in a contrary order ; a
mutual changing of position.

LoLver'tebrate (Lat. in, not ; va^tebra,
a bone of the spine). Without ver-
tebi-ffi or spinal bones.

Involu'cel {Involu'crum; eel, de-
noting smallness). In botany, the
collection of bractlets which sur-
rounds a secondary or partial umbel.

Invola'onim (Lat. in, in ; volvo, I
roll). A covering membrane : in

botany, a collection of bracts round
a cluster of flowers : the layer of
epidermis covering in the spore-
cases on ferns.

Invornntaiy (Lat. in, not ; volum'tas,
will). Not dependent on or pro-
ceeding from the will.

In'volnte (Lat. in, in ; volvo, I roll).
Holled inwards; in botany, applied
to a leaf which has each of its
edges rolled inwards towards the
midrib.

Involn'tion (Lat. in, into ; volvo, I
roll). A folding or rolling in ; in
arithmetic and algebra, the raising
a number from its root to a power,
as if it were folded or rolled on
itself.

Todate {Fodine). A compound of
iodic acid with a base.

lod'io {I'odine), Containing iodine.

Todide {I'odine), A compound of
iodine with a metal or other sub-
stance.

I'odine (Gr. lov, i'on, a violet). A
solid elementary body, the vapour
of which has a violet colour.

Todism {I'odine). In medicine, a
morbid condition sometimes pro-
duced by the use of iodine.

I'on (Gr. l<ov, ion, going). A name
applied to the elements of sub-
stances capable of decomposition by
the voltaic current, and which are
evolved at the poles of the battery.

Iris (Gr. Ipis, iris, the rainbow).
The ring-shaped diaphragm which
surrounds the pupil of the eye ; so
calkd from being coloured.

Irides'oence (Gr. Ipis, iris, the i-ain-
bow). A play of colours like a
rainbow.

Irides'cent (Gr. ipis, iris, the rain-
bow). Marked with colours like
the rainbow.

Ironstone. A term for the car-
bonates of iron found in nodules or
thin layers in secondary rocks.

Irra'diation (Lat. in; ra'dius, a
ray). Emission of light ; illumi-
nation.

Ir'rigate (Lat. in, on ; rUgo, I mois-
ten). To moisten.

Irritability (Lat. irrito, I excite).
Excitability : the property of

94

GLOSSAET.

moBcles by whicli they contract
on the application of an exciting
cause.

Irrtip'tioii (Lat. in, in; rumpOf I
break). A breaking in.

rsagon (Gr. iaos, isos, equal ; ywvta,
gdnia, an angle). A figure with
equal angles.

IieMafic (Gr. Urxtov, u/ckion, the
hip). Belonging to the hip.

Ibo- (Gr. iffosy isos, equal). A prefix
in compound words, denoting
equality.

IsobEuromet'rio (Gr. Iffos, isos, equal ;
barom'eter). Applied to lines con-
necting places on the earth's sur-
face which present the same mean
difierence between the monthly
extremes of the barometer.

Isochei'nuLl (Gr. la-os, isoSf equal ;
XC'/AO, cheima, winter). Having
the same winter temperature.

Isoelixomat'ic (Gr. <Vos, isos, equal ;
Xpf^f^ chroma^ colour). Haying
the same colour.

Isooh'ronal (Gr. Uros, isos, equal ;
Xpovos, ckronos, time). Uniform
in time ; occurring in equal times.

Ifoelin'ic (Gr. l<ros, isoSf equal ;
K\iya>, JdinOf I bend). Bending
equally ; applied to curves in the
earth's suHace in which the dip of
the magnetic parallels is equal.

Isodynam'io (Gr. iVos, isos, equal ;
dvvofxis, du'namis, power). Of
equal power ; applied to lines on
the earth where the magnetic in-
tensities are equal.

Isogeother'iiial (Gr. iaros, isos, equal ;
yri, ge, the earth ; Bepfjios, thermos,
warm). See Isothermal.

Isogo'nio (Gr. iVos, isos, equal;
yavia, gonia, tin angle). Having
equal angl^ ; applied to lines on
the earth's suiface in which the
magnetic needle has the same de-
clinations.

Iflohyeto'ses (Gr. Itros, isos, equal ;
v€Tos, hu'etos, rain). Lines con-
necting places on the surface of the
globe where the quantity of rain
which &lls annually is the same.

Isomer'ic (Gr. Itros, isos, equal;
fi^pos, meros, a part). Consisting
of the same elements in the same
jM'oportions, but possessing different
physical and chemical properties.

Isom'eriBm (Ghr. hos, isos, equal ;
fifpos, meros, a part). The state
of compounds which contain the
same elements in the same propor-
tions, but have different proper-
ties.

iMmior'phism (Gr. Itros, isos, equal ;
liopipii, morpke, form). The pro-
X>erty which certain substances
have of replacing each other in
crystallised compounds without
change of form.

Isomor'phoiu (Gr. iffos, isos, equal ;
fiopiprq, m^orphe, form). Of equal
form ; applied to substances capa-
ble of replacing each other in crys-
talline compounds without altera-
tion of form.

iBop'odoos (Gr. Itroi, isos, equal,
irovs, pons, a foot). Applied to an
order of crustaceans with fourteen
legs, not having the respiratory
organs attached to them.

Iw>B'ceIes(Gr. itros, isos, equal; vk^Kos,
shel'os, a leg). Having two equal
legs or sides.

Isoste'monoos (Gr. lo-oj, isos, equal ;
ffrfifjuav, stembn, a stamen). In
botany, applied when the stamens
are equal in number to the sepals
or petals.

iBOth'eral (Or. Itros, isos, equal ;
0€pos, theros, summer). Having
the same mean summer temper-
ature.

Isother'mal (Gr. i<ros, isos, equal;
Btpfjuas, thermos, hot). Having
equal heat : applied to lines drawn
round the globe, and passing over
points where the mean temperature
is equal.

-Ite. A termination in chemistry,
denoting a salt formed of an acid
in a lower state of oxygenation.

-Itis. A termination denoting in-
flammation.

GLOSSARY.

95

J.

JacoVs Membrane. A layer of tbe
retina in the eye, described by Dr.
Jacob as a serous membrane, but
consisting of numeroas rod-like
bodies placed vertically together.

Jactita'tion (Lat. jac'tUo, I throw
about). A tossing about of the
body; restlessness.

Jeju'mxm (Lat. jeja'nus, empty ; be-
cause often found empty). A part
of the small intestines, reaching
from the duodenum to the ileum.

Jo'vian (Lat. Jovis^ the genitive case
of Jupiter), Belonging to the
planet Jupiter.

Ju'ga (Lat. jugum, a yoke). The
elevated portions traversing the
carpels of umbelliferous plants.

Ju'gate (Lat. jitguniy a yoke). In
botany f applied to the pairs of leaf-
lets in compound leaves.

Ju'g^olar (Lat. ju'gulumj tiie throat).
Belonging to or connected with the
neck or throat.

Ju'lian {Julius Cceswr). A term ap-
plied to the system of reckoning
the year promulgated by Julius
Gffisar, and which continued until
the adoption of the new style.

Joras'sic {Jura, Mont Blanc in
Switzerland). A name given in
geology to the oolitic system, from
its occurrence in the Jura moun-
tains.

Jnrispm'dence (Lat. jus, law ; pru-
den'tia, knowledge). The science
of law.

Juxtaposition (Lat. jiudaf near ;
ponoy I put). A placing side by
side.

Kalei'dophone (Gr. koXos, JcaloSj
beautiful ; f^os, eidos, form ;
^VTi, phone, sound). An in-
strument consisting of an elastic
rod, with a polished knob at the
free end, which exhibits beautiful
curves of vibration when put in
motion.

Kalei'doscope (Gr. koKos, halos,
beautiful ; ciSos, eidos, shape ;
ffKoveco, shop'eo, I look at). An
optical instrument, formed on the
principle of multiplied reflection of
light, for the purpose of exhibiting
a variety of beautiful colours and
symmetrical forms.

Ea'olin. A very fine earth or clay
C(m8isting of decomposed feldspar,
used in the manufacture of porce-
lain.

Xathetom'eter {Or. KoBeros, hath'etos,
perpendicular height; fierpov, me-
tron, a measure). An instrument
for measuring small differences of
perpendicular height.

Eelflsnone'sian {Or. KeXcuvos, Jeelai'nos,
black ; vritros, nesos, an island).
A term applied to the inhabitants
of the islands in the Pacific, whose
skin is of a dark colour.

Kelp. The ashes of seaweed, from
which carbonate of soda was pro-
duced.

Kepler's Laws. The laws of the
courses of the plMDiets, according to
Kepler: viz., that a line drawn
from the sun to the planets de-
scribes equal areas in equal times ;
that the planets move in elliptic
orbits ; and that the squares of
the periods of revolution of the
planets are very nearly in tiie ratio
of the cubes of th^ mean dis-
tances.

Kn'ogramme {Qt. x^^^^ ckU'ioi, a
thousand; Fr.^amme) . A French
weight equal to a thousand grammes,
or 2 '205 pounds avoirdupois.

Xil'olitre (Gr.x«Aioi, chil'wi, a thou-
sand ; Utre). A French measnie

96

GLOSSABT.

of a thousand litres, or 220 gal-
lons.

Xil'ometre (Gr. x'^^'* chiVioi, a
thousand; metre). A French mea->
sure of a thousand metres, or about
1094 English yards.

Kim'meridge Clay. A blue and
greyish yellow clay of the oolite
formation.

Kleptoma'nia (Gr. kK^ktu, ielepto, I
steal; /iacio, ma'nia, madness).
An irresistable desire to steal.

Kinef ics (Or. inyc», hineo, I move;.
The part of mechanical science
which treats of motion without
reference to the forces producing it.

Kreasote. See Cre'asote.

Ere'atm and Ereat'inin. See Cre'a-
tin and Creat'inin.

Ey'anize (Mr. Kyan, the inventor of
the process). To steep timber in
a solution of corrosive sublimate in
order to preserve it from dry rot.

Labelliim (Lat. Wbium, a lip). A
little lip.

La'bial (Lat. Whium, a lip). Be-
longing to the lips; produced by
the lips.

Lal>iate (Lat. la^bium^ a lip). Having
lips; applied in botany to a form
of flower in which the corolla pre-
sents two portions resembling lips.

Labioden'tal (Lat. la'bium, a lip;
dens, a tooth). Formed by the
sction of the lips and teeth.

Lanbium (Lat. a lip). The lower lip
of insects ; the inner lip of a shell.

Labor'atoiy (Lat. labo'ro, I work). A
place where operations or experi-
ments are carried on.

Lab'radorite {Labrado'r). A mineral,
consisting of a species of feldspar ;
consists chiefly of silica, alumina,
and lime, with some oxide of iron.

Lalnrnxn (Lat., the brim of a vessel).
The upper lip of insects ; the outer
lip of a shell.

Lab'yrinth (Qr. \a$vpivBos, labvrin'-
thos, a maze). A name given to
the internal ear, from its complex
structure.

Labyrinth'ifomi (Gr. XafivpivOos,
labwin'thos^ a maze ; Lat. forma,
shape). Having the form of a
labyrinth; applied to a family of
fishes in which th^e are a number
of cells for containing water, formed
by the plates of the pharyngeal
bones above the gills.

LabjTOth'odonts (Gr. \a$vpiv0os,
laburin'thos, a labyrinth; ol^vs.

odous, a tooth). An order of
fossil reptiles, so called from the
complex undulating structure of
the teeth as seen in section.

Lacer'tiazL (Lat. Zoce/fus, a lizard).
Relaling to the lizard tribe.

Lacertil'ia (Lat. lacertus, a lizard).
An order of reptiles of which the
lizard is the type.

Lach'rymal (Lat. lack'ryma, a tear).
Relating to the tears.

Laoli'iymal Canals. The canals
which convey the tears from the
eye to the nasal ducts.

Laoh'rymalDucts. The ducts or small
tubes which convey the tears from
the lachrymal gland to the eyes.

Lach'rymal Gland. The gland which
secretes the tears.

Laoin'iated (Lat. lacin'ia, fringe).
Irregularly cut into narrow seg-
ments.

Lac'tate (Lat. lae, milk). A salt of
lactic acid with a base.

Lacta'tion (Lat. lac, milk). The act
of giving milk ; suckling.

Lao'teal (Lat lac, milk). Conveying
milk, or a fluid like milk ; applied
to the vessels which take up the
chyle from the alimentary canal
and convey it to the thoracic duct.

Lactes'cence (Lat. la^, milk)i. A
state resembling milk.

Lactes'oent (Lat. lac, milk). Tield-
ing milky juice.

Lac'tic (Lat. lac, milk). Belonging
to milk ; applied to an acid ob-
tained from milk.

GLOSSARY.

97

Lactiferous (Lat. Zac, milk ; /ero, I

caiTy). Conveying milk.
Lao'tin (Lat. laCy milk). Sugar of

milk ; a sweetish substance existing

in milk.
Lactom'eter (Lat. lac, milk ; Gr.

fierpovy metron, a measure). An

instrument for ascertaining the

specific gravity of milk,
Lacu'na (Lat. a ditch). A little pit

or depression, or hollow cavity.
Lacns'tniie (Lat. lacuSf a lake). Be-
longing to or produced in lakes.
LaBmodip'oda (Gr. \aifios, laimos, a

throat; n-ovs, pous, a foot). An

order of Crustacea in which the

two fore-legs form part of the

head.
Lamb'doid (The Greek letter A,

Aa/ijSSo, lamhda; ttdos^ eidoSy

shape). Eesembling the Greek let-
ter A or lambda.
Lamella (Lat.). A little plate or

scale.
Lamel'lar (Lat. lameVUiy a little

plate). Arranged in thin scales or

plates.
Lajnellibran'cliiate (Lat. lamd'la, a

little plate; Gr, fipayxtct, bran'chia,

gills). Having gills in symmetrical

semicircular layers.
Lameriiform (Lat lamd'lay a small

plate; /orma, shape). Having the

form of a small plate.
Lamelliros'tral (Lat. lamel'lar a

small plate ; rostruMy a beak).

Having the margins of the beak

furnished with plates, as the duck

and goose.
Lam'ina (Lat. a plate). A plate or

scale ; in botany , the blade of a

leaf, or the broad part of a sepal

or petal.
Laxn'inar or Lam'mated (Lat.

la'mina, a plate). Arranged in

plates or scales.
Ltmuna'tion (Lat. la'minay a plate).

An arrangement in plates or scales.
Lanate (Lat. lanay wool). Covered

with a curly hair like wool.
Lan'ceolate (Lat. lan'ceay a lance).

Gradually tapering to the outer end.
Lama'riform (Lat. Janioy I tear ;

formay shape). Shaped like the

canine teeth of carnivorous animals.

La'niary (Lat. lanioy I tear). Formed

for tearing.
Lanig'eroiis (Lat. lanay wool ; gero,

I bear). Bearing or producing

wool.
Lanu'ginons (Lat. lanu'goy down). In

botany y woolly; covered with inter-
laced hairs.
Lanu'go (Lat. down, or fine hair).

The first hair which is produced in

the foetus.
Lapidif'icatioii (Lat. lap'ta, a stone ;

facioy I make). Conversion into

stone.
Lapid'ify (Lat. lap'isy a stone ; fadio^

I make). To convert into stone.
Lapil'li (Lat. lapil'lusy a little stone).

A variety of volcanic cinders.
Lap'is (Lat. a stone). A term applied

to various mineral substances.
Larda'ceous (Lat. lardumy lard or

bacon). Resembling lard or bacon.
Larva (Lat. a mask). An insect in

the caterpillar or grub state.
Lar'vifonn (Lat. larva; forma,

shape). Like a larva.
Laryip'arouB (Lat. larva; par'ioy I

bring forth). Producing young in

the state of larvae or grubs.
Larynge'al (Gr. Xapvy^y larunxy the

larynx). Belonging to the larynx

or windpipe.
Laryngis'imui (Gr. Xapvy^y larunx,

the larynx). Spasmodic action of

the larynx.
Laryng^'tis Gr. \apvy^y larunXy the

larynx ; itisy denoting inflam-
mation). Inflammation of the

larynx.
Laryngot'omy (Gr. Kapvy^y larwnocy

the larynx ; refxyay temnoy 1 cut).

The operation of opening the

larynx.
Larynx (Gr. Aopiryf, larunx). . The

enlarged upper part of the wind-
pipe, projecting in the neck.
La'tency (Lat. lat'eo, I lie hid). A

lying hid.
Latent (Lat. lat'eo, I lie hid). Hid-

den ; not apparent to the senses.
Lat'eral (Lat. latusy a side). Be-
longing to or placed at a side.
Lat'erigrade (Lat. latusy a side ;

gradiMy a step). Able to walk

sideways.

98

GLOSSAET.

Lateritloiu(Lat. later^ abrick). Like
bricks or brick -dust.

Latex (Lat. a liquor or juice). The
elaborated sap of plants.

LaticifeFons (Lat. latex; fero^ I
carry). Conyeying latex or elabor-
ated sap.

Latitude (Lat. latus^ wide). Width.
Terrestrial latitude is the position
of a place on the surface of the
earth north or south of the equator.
Celestial latitude is the distance of
a heayenly body from the ecliptic,
measured in a direction perpen-
dicular to the ecliptic.

Lava. The general name for melted
rocky matter discharged from yoI-
canoes.

L'ative (Lat. laxo, I loosen).
Loosening ; mildly purgatiye.

Laxa'tor (Lat. laxo, I loosen). That
which relaxes or makes loose ;
applied to certain muscles.

Leaf-bud. A bud which produces
leayes.

Leg'ume (Lat. Ugvlmen, pulse). In
botany y a pod opening at the front
and back, as in the pea.

Legu'minous (Lat. legu'men, pulse).
Belonging to the bean tribe, the
fruit of which is a legume or pod.

Lemma (Gr. ^a/AjSovo), lam^bandt I
receiye). A proposition laid down
to demonstrate for the purpose of
rendering more plain another that
is to follow.

Lens (Lat. a lentil). A transparent
substance, with two cunred sur-
faces, or with a curyed surface and
a plane surface, for the purpose of
altering the direction of rays of
light passing through it.

Lentic'iilar (Lat. lerUii/vluSf a little
lentil). Haying the form of a
double conyex lens, or the form or
size of a lentil.

Lentor (Lat. lenttis^ slow). Slowness;
yiscidity or thickness of fluids.

Lepidodeu'dron (Gfr. Xcirts, lep'is, a
scale; Bfv^ipoPf dend/ron, a tree).
A family of fossil plants in the coal
formation, so called from the scale-
like arrangement of the scars of
their leayes.

Lepidogan'oid {Oct, Xeirts, Up% a

scale ; yavos, ganoSy splendour ;
tiSos, eidoSf form). A sub-order
of fossil fishes.

Lep'idoid (Gr. \tirts, lep'is, a scale ; '
ctSos, eidoBy shape). Resembling
scales.

Lepldote (Gr. Xeirt;, lep'ts^ a scale).
Coyered with scales.

Lepidop'tera (Gr. Xeirts, lep'iSyikWS6\Q ;
irrtpoVf ptet^oTif a wing). An order
of insects haying four membranous
wings coyered with fine scales, as
butterflies and moths.

Lepra (Gr. Xerts, lep^is, a scale).
The leprosy ; a disease of the skin
characterised by the formation of
whitish opaque scales.

Le'sion (Lat. Icedo, I hurt). An in-
jury.

Letli'argy (Gr. \ri$ri, Uthe, obliyion ;
ttpyoSf argoSf idle). Preternatural
drowsiness.

LencsB^mia (Gr. Xcvkos, leukoSt
white ; ol^uo, haima, blood). White
blood.

Leooin (Gr. \€vkos, levJeos, white).
A white crystallisable organic sub-
stance obtained from muscular fibre,
and from the compounds of protein.

Leooocyths'mia (Gr. Xevicos, leukoa,
white ; kutos, kvUoSy a cell ; eufiOf
hainub, blood). A diseased state
characterised by an excess of white
corpuscles in the blood.

I«acophlegma'8ia(Gr. Xwkos, leuhos,
white; ^Xc7/ia, phlegma^ phlegm).
A condition of body characterised
by paleness and flabbiness, with an
excess of serum in the blood.

Leva'tor (Lat. levOf I raise). That
which raises : applied to certain
muscles.

Lever (Lat. Uvo^ I raise). A solid
bar turning on an axis or fulcrum,
employed for the purpose of raising
weights.

Lev'igate (Lat. 2tm8, smooth). To
make smooth ; to rub to a fine im-
palpable powder.

Lex'icon (Gr. Xc7», Ugoj I speak).
A dictionary : applied generally to
dictionaries of the Greek or Hebrew
languages.

Leyden Jar. A glass jar coated on
both sides with tinfoil to within

GLOSSARY.

99

several inches of the top, for the
purpose of accumulating electricity.

Lias (said to be from liers or layers,
from its occurrence in thin beds).
The lowest portion of the oolitic
system in geology^ composed of
dayey b'mestones, bluish clays, and
bituminous and pyritous shales.

liber (Lat. bark). The inner por-
tion of the bark of a tree.

libration (Lat. libra, a balance). A
state of balancing : in astronomy,
a Tariation in the appearance of
portions of the edge of the moon,
whereby, under certain circum-
stances, they become alternately
yisible and invisible, as if the mo-
tion of the moon were subject to
oscUlations.

Id'ohea (Gr. Xtixn^t l^cheri, a tree-
moss). A division of cryptogamic
plants covering trees and rocks : a
disease of the skin.

Iden'tery (Gr. \€ios, leios, smooth;
ivrtpop, en'teron, an intestine). A
disease in which food is discharged
undigested from the bowels.

lig'ament (Lat. ligo, I bind). That
which binds together ; a fibrous
structure connecting bones.

Idgamen'toiui (Lat. ligo, I bind).
Having the nature of or acting as a
ligament.

lig'atnre (Lat. ligo, I bind). A
band ; the act of binding ; a cord
or string used in surgery for tying
blood-vessels.

lig'neoiis (Lat. lignum, wood). Con-
sisting of or resembling wood.

lignifioa'tioxi (Lat. lignum, wood ;
facio, I make. A making wood,
or converting into wood.

lignin (Lat. Hgrmm, wood). Vege-
table fibre ; the substance which
constitutes the essential part of the
structure of plants.

Lignite (Lat. lignum^ wood). Brown
coal : a variety of coal of recent
formation, in which the woody
structure is distinctly apparent.

Lig'iilate (Lat. lig'tUa, a strap). Like
a bandage or strap.

LUia'ceoiu (Lat. lU'ium, a lily). Be-
longing to or resembling a lily.

Limb (lAt. Unfits, an edge or bor-

der). . In astronomy f the border or
outer edge of the sun or moon.

Limestoxie. A mineral composed of
carbonate of lime, and of which
there are several varieties.

Linctns (Lat. lingo, I lick). A me-
dicine of the consistence of honey
or treacle.

Lin'eal (Lat. lin'ea, a line). Belong-
ing to a line or length ; like a line.

Lin'ear Numbers. In mathematics,
numbers which have relation to
length only.

Lin'ear Ferspectlye. That perspec-
tive which regards only the posi-
tions, forms, and sizes of objects.

Lin'eate (Lat. lin'eay a line). Marked
longitudinally, with parallel de-
pressions.

Lin'goal (Lat. lingua, the tongue).
Belonging to the tongue.

Lingnis'tic (Lat. lingua, tongue or
language). Relating to language
or the affinities of languages.

Lin'iment (Lat. lin^io, I anoint).
An oily composition for rubbing
into external parts of the body.

Liqna'tion (Lat. liquo, I melt). The
art of melting ; the process of
mellang out from an alloy an easily
fusible metal from one less capable
effusion. -

LiqnefiEU)'tion(Lat. Iiqu>efa</i0flmake
liquid). A melting.

Liq'nefy (Lat. liqvefacfio, I make
liquid). To melt or dissolve by
heat.

Liq'nid (Lat. liq^ueo, I melt). A
substance of which the component
parts are not held together with
sufficient force to prevent their
separation by their own weight,
but have not a mutual repulsion
like gases.

Liquor San'goiniB (Lat. the liquor of
the blood). The transparent colour-
less fluid part of the blood, in
which the corpuscles float.

LUsenoeph'ala (Gr. Xurcos, lissos,
smooth ; kyKtipoKos, enkeph'alos,
the brain). Smooth-brained ani-
mals ; a term applied by Owen to
a sub-class of mammalia in which
the brain is more connected than in
lyencephala, but has few or ,no

100

GLOSSARY.

convolutions, as in the rodents and
insectivoroas animals.

literal (Lat. lit'era, a letter). Ac-
cording to the letter or exact ex-
pression ; consisting of letters : in
algebra^ applied to equations in
which the known quantities as well
as the unknown are represented by
letters.

Idih'ate (Gr. Xi9of, lith'oSf a stone).
A salt of lithic acid with a base.

Lithlc (Gr. XtdoSf lith'os, a stone).
Belonging to a stone or calculus ;
applied to an acid formed in the
animal body, and often forming a
part of calculi.

liih'o- (Gk. Kidoiy lithfoSf a stone).
A prefix in compound words, signi-
fying stone, t

Idth'ooaip (Gr. Xt^or, litk'oSf a stone ;
Kapvost karposy fruit). Fossil fruit.

lithog'raphy (Gr. kiOoSy lith^os, a
stone; ypa<l><o, grapkb^ I write).
The art of tracing letters or figures
on stone and transferring them to
paper.

lithol'ogy (Gr. XiOosy litk'os, a stone;
\oyoSf logos f discourse). The de-
partment of geology which describes
the rocks and strata, without refe-
rence to fossils.

Idth'opliyte (Gr. \i0os, lith'oSf a stone ;
ipvroVf pkiUoUf a plant). Stone
plants ; a tribe of jwlypi having a
fixed internal axis of stony con-
pistency.

lithof omy (Gr. \i0os, lUh'oSy a stone;
rtfipcoy temnOf I cut). An opera-
tion for the removal of stones from
the bladder.

litmus. A blue colouring matter
obtained by the action of ammonia
on certain lichens, and used in
chemistry to detect the presence of
acids, which turn it red.

litre (Fr.). The French standard
measure of capacity, equal to a
cubic dedmitref or about IJ Eng-
lish pint.

littoral (Lat. littusj the shore). Be-
longing to the shore.

Lixiviate (Lat. liea, ley of ashes).
To impregnate with salts from
wood ashes, as by passing water
through them.

Llandeilo Fonnation. In geology,
the lowest series of the Silurian
system.

Llanos (Spanish llano, flat, firom Lat.
planus). A name given to the
plains extending along the banks
of the Orinoco in South America.

Loadstone (Lead and Stone). The
magnet ; an ore consisting of prot-
oxide and peroxide of iron.

Loam. Any soil composed of clay
and sand, containing neither in a
distinct form.

Lobe (Gr. XojSot, lohos). A part
or division of an organ, as of
the brain, lungs, or liver ; or of a
leaf.

Ldb'nlar (Lobule). Belonging to or
affecting a lobule.

Leb'nle (Gr. XojSos, lobos, a lobe). A
little lobe, or sub-division of a lobe.

Local (Lat. locus, a place). Belonging
or confined to a part.

Locomo'tion (Lat. locus, a place;
tnot/eo, I move). Motion from
place to place.

Locomo'tive (Lat. locus, a place ;
mov'eo, I move). Moving &om
place to place.

Loc'ulament (Lat. loc'vXus, a cell). In
botany, a cavity in an ovary.

Loc'nlar(Lat. lodulvs, a cell). Having
one or more cells.

Locnlici'dal (Lat. loc'vXus, a cell;
coido, I cut). In botany, applied
to that form of opening of fruits in
which the cells are split open at the
back.

Loc'nlose (Lat locfulus, a cell). Di-
vided by one or more partitions
into cells.

Locus (Lat. a place). In geometry, a
term applied to a line by which a
local or indeterminate problem is
solved.

Lode (Sax. IcBdan^ to lead ). In geology,
a vein or course, whether contain-
ing metal or not.

Log'arithm (Gr. X070S, logos, a ratio ;
apidnos, arith'mos, a number).
The index or power to which any
number, taken as a base, is to be
raised so that the result may be
equal to a given number.

Logic (Gr. \oyoSf logos, a word, rea-

GLOSSARY.

lor

son). The science of tbe operations
of the nnderstanding which are
subservient to the estimation of
evidence; pointing oat the rela-
tions between given &ct8 and
the conclusions to be di-awn from
them.

Logog'raphy (Gr. \oyos, logosj a
word ; ypoufHe, graphd, I write).
A system of printing by words
instead of lettei-s.

Logom'eter (Gr. A0709, logoSf propor-
tion ; fierpov, metroUf a measure).
A scale for measuring chemical
equivalents.

Logomefric (Gr. ^070;, logos, a pro-
portion ; fierpovj metron, a mea-
sure). Measuring proportionate
spaces.

Lomenta'ceoiis (Lat. lomenftumf bean-
meal). In botani/, applied to
legumes or pods with transverse
partitions, each division containing
one seed.

Longi- (Lat. longtis, long). A pre-
fix in compound words implying
length.

Lon'g:itiide (Lat. longtis, long).
Length; the distance, eastward or
westward, of any meridian on the
earth's surface from some fixed
meridian arbitrarily selected. The
longitude of a celestial body is the
arc of the ecliptic between the first
point of Aries and the circle which
measures its latitude.

Loph'iodoxi (Gr. \o<poSf loph'os, a
crest or ridge ; oBovsy odovSy a
tooth). An extinct pachydermatous
or thick-skinned animal found in
the tertiary strata ; so called from
the eminences on its teeth.

Lophobran'cliiate (Gr. Xwposy lojilCoi,
a tuft ; fipayx^Of bran'chia, gills).
Having gills arranged in tufts : ap-
plied to an order of fishes.

Lc/iicaie ' (Lat. lori'ca, a coat of
mail). Covered as with a coat of
mail or plate armour, as crocodiles,
alligators, &c.

Lezodromlo (Gr. Xo^oSf loxos, ob-
lique ; Bpo/JLoSf drom'oSf a course).
Having an oblique course ; applied
to a course in sailing, in which the
ship is directed constantly towards

the same point of the compass in
an oblique direction.

Lnlbrioate (Lat. lu'bricus, slippery).
To make smooth or slippery.

Ln'onles (Lat. Ittx, light ; ulCj de-
noting smallness). A name given
to the variations in the intensity of
the brightness of the sun's disk.

Luxnba'go (Lat. lumbiUf the loin).
A rheumatic affection of the region
of the loins.

Lumbar (Lat. lumbtis, the loin).
Belonging to the loins.

Lombrioales (Lat. lurribri'cufy an
earth-worm ; from their shape). A
name given to certain smtJl long
muscles of the fingers and toes.

Luxniniferous (Lat. lumen^ light;
ferOf I bear). Producing or con-
veying light.

Ln'minons (Lat. luTnen, light).
Shining; applied to bodies which
are original sources of light.

Lu'nacy (Lat. lunay the moon : be-
cause formerly supposed to be in-
fluenced by the moon). Insanity
or madness ; strictly, that form of
insanity which is accompanied by
intervals of reason, but commonly ap-
plied to all states of unsound mind.

Lunar (Lat. luna^ the moon). Re-
lating to the moon ; measured by
the revolutions of the moon.

Ln'nate (Lat. luna, the moon).
Shaped like a crescent.

Ln'natic (Lat. luna^ the moon).
Affected with lunacy.

Luna'tioxi (Lat. Iwna^ the moon)..
The period of the monthly revolu-
tion of the moon, or the time from
one new moon to another.

Lnnisi/lar (Lat. Zttna, the moon ; sol,
the sun). Compounded of the
periods of revolution of the sun and
moon.
^Ln'nula (Lat. a little moon). The
portion of the human nail near the
root, which is whiter than the rest ;
also the narrow portion at the
margins of the semilunar valves of
the heart.

Lupus (Lat. a wolf). In medicine, a
disease characterised by its tendency
to desti-uctive ulceration of the
parts which it attacks.

102

OLOSSABY

Luxate (Lat. litxOf I looien). To pnt
out of joint.

Lnza'tioxi (Lat. Ivxo^ I loosen). A
putting out of joint ; a dislocation.

Lyeneepli'ala (Gr. \vw, ludy I loosen;
^Ke<l>oLKoSf enJcefth'aloSf the brain).
Loose-brained : a term proposed by
Professor Owen to denote the lowest
group of mammalia, in which the
hemispheres of the brain are com-
paratively loose aud disconnected, as
in the monotremes and marsupials.

Lymph (Lat. lym/pKoj water). A
transparent and nearly colourless
fluid, which is conveyed into the
blood by the lymphatic vessels.

Lymphafic (Lat. lympha, water).
Belonging to lymph : applied to the
vessels which convey lymph.

Lyrate (Lat. lyrOy a lyre). In botcmy^
applied to leaves of which the apex
consists of a large rounded lobe,
and the divisions become gradually
smaller towards the base.

Uac'erate (Lat. macer, lean). To
make lean or thin; to soften and
dissolve away by steeping in a
fluid.

Xaoeratioii (Lai mocer, lean). The
act of softening and dissolving away
by steeping in a fluid.

Macro- (Gr. fioucposy mahroSt long).
A prefix in compound words signi-
fying* length.

Uacrooeph'aloiis(Gr. fuutpoi, makroSf
long ; Kc^oAi}, keph'altf the head).
Having a long head; applied in
So^an;^ to embryos of which the two
cotyledons grow together.

Kacicdactyric (Gr. /uairpos, makroSf
long ; SoucTvKos, dcikftvlos, a finger
or toe). Having long toes*

Macrom'eter (Gr. fioucpos, makroB,
long ; fifrpop, metron, a measure).
An instrument for measuring in-
accessible heights and objects.

Kacrop'odons (Gr. /xoucpoSf makros,
long; iFovSf pouSy a foot). Having
long feet; applied to a family of
crustacean invertebrate animals.

Macrou'rons (Gr. fAoucpost makros,
long ; ovpOf mira^ a tail). Long-
tailed ; applied to a tribe of crusta-
ceans of which the lobster and
shrimp are examples.

Mac'nla (Lat. a spot). A spot : the
name is given in the plural (mocuto)

. to an order of diseases of the skin.

Mad'repore (Fr. madrCy spotted;
pore). A kind of coral.

Uaestricht iBeds {Maesti^ichtf a town

in the Netherlands). In geology ,
the upper layers of the chalk form-
ation, consisting of a soft yellowish
limestone.

Kag'debiLrg EemiBpheres. An ap-
paratus for illustrating atmospheric
pressure, consisting of two hollow
brass hemispheres fitting together,
which, when the air is withdrawn
from their interior, cannot be
separated.

MagtiUan'lc CIoudB (MagciUhaena or
Magel'lan, a Portuguese navigator).
A name given to two nebulous
patches of stars in the southern
hemisphere.

Kagma (Gr. /uao-o-o), I knead). A
mass of matter worked up into a
paste.

Magne'siaii Limestone. A limestone
containing magnesia ; in geology,
the term characterises a portion of
the Permian system, or new red
sandstone.

Uagnet (Gr. nayvt\s, magries; from
Magnesia in Asia Minor, where
first observed). The loadstone;
an ore consisting of protoxide or
sesquioxide of iron, which has the
property of attracting small pieces
of iron and of pointing to the poles;
a piece of iron to which these pro-
I>ertie8 have been imparted.

Magnetic (Gr. ixayvr)s, magnes, a
magnet). Belonging to or having
the properties of the magnet.

Magnetic Baf tery. A battery formed

GLOSSARY.

108

of several magnets with all their
poles similarly disposed.

Magnetic Eqoa'tor. A line on the
earth traced through the points at
which the magnetic needle rests
horizontal.

Hagnef ic Merid'ian. A line on the
earth's surface, bearing the same
analogy to the magnetic equator as
the terrestrial meridian to the ter-
restrial equator*

Hagnetlo Poles. The two regions of
attraction separated by the equator
of a magnet.

Hag'netism (Gbr. fiayvriSf magneSf a
magnet). The science which de-
scribes the properties of the magnet;
the property which is possessed by
the magnet.

Mag'netise (Gr. fxayvris, magneSj a
nAgnet). To impart magnetic pro-
perties : to become magnetic.

Mag'neto-electriclty {Magnet ; elec-
tricity). The phenomena of elec-
tricity cidled into existence by
magnetism.

Magnetom'eter (Magnet; Gr. iitrpov,
metroTif a measure). A magnetised
bar of steel for the purpose of de-
termining the absolute amount of
magnetic declination, or the inten-
sities of terrestrial magnetism in
horizontal or Tertical directions.

ICag'iiitiide (Lat. magniiSf large).
Size. Linear magnitude is length or
distance. Superficial magnitude or
area is the space included in length
and breadth expressed in squares.
Solid magnitude or Tolume is the
bulk expressed by the length,
breadth, and thickness of a body,
or the space which it fills, expressed
in cubes. Apparent magnitude, in
opticSf is the size of the picture
formed on the retina, as measured
by the angle formed between the
object seen and the centre of the eye.

Kal'acMte (Gr. fia\axrii mal'ackiy
mallows ; from its appearance). A
mineral, consisting of green car-
bonate of copper.

Kal'aco- (Gr. fia^.aKos, mal'akoSf
soft). A prefix in compound words,
signifying softness.

Halacorogy (Gr. fuxXcucos, maXdhoSf

soft; XoyoSf logos, a description).
The description of molluscous or
soft-bodied animals.

Malacopteryg'iaiL (Gr. fiaXwcos,
moL'aJcoSy soft ; irrtpvyioVf pteruf-
giouy a little wing, or fin). Having
soft fins ; applied to an order of
fishes, of which the rays of the fins
are cartilaginous.

Malacopteryg'iiabdominales. Abdo-
minal malacopterygians ; soft-finned
fishes, with the ventral fins situ-
ated under the abdomen behind the
pectoral fins.

Malacopterjrg'iifiibbranohia'ti. Sub-
branchiate malacopterygians ; soft-
finned fishes, with the ventral fins
placed under the pectorals.

Malacopterjrg'ii ap'odes. Apodal or
footless malacopterygians ; soft-
finned fishes, without ventral fins,
the homolognes of feet.

Malacos'teon (Gr. /uoAoKof, maVdkos^
soft ; oartoVf os'teon, a bone). Soft-
ness of bones ; the disease other-
wise called mollities ossium.

Malaoos'tracons (Gr. fidKaxosy mal'a^
Jcos, soft ; oarpcucoVf oiftrakon, a
shell). A section of Crustacea, of
which the shell is generally solid ;
named from the relative softness of
the shell as compared with that of
moUusoa.

Malar (Lat. maZo, the cheek). Be-
longing to the cheek.

Mala'ria (Italian, mal, bad ; a'ria,
air). Bad air; an exhalation, as
from marshes, tending to produce
disease.

Mala'rial (Mala'ria). Produced by
malaria.

Mala'rioas (Mala'ria). Containing
or of the nature of malaria.

Malate (Lat. malumj an apple). A
compound of malic acid, or acid of
apples, with a base.

Ma'lio (Lat. malum, an apple). Be-
longing to apples : applied to an
organic acid, found principally in
apples.

Malleability (Lat. mal'letu, a ham-
mer). The property of being re-
duced to thin plates or leaves by
hammering or rolling.

Malleable (Lai. mal'leua, a hammer).

104

aiiOSSAEY.

Capable of being beaten or rolled
into thin plates.

Malle'olar (Lat. mal'leolm). Belong-
ing to the ankle ; applied to certain
small arteries.

Malle'olns (Diminutiye of Lat. maV-
leuSf a hammer). An ankle, or
the joint formed with the legs on
each side of the foot.

mammal (Lat. mamma, the breast).
A name given to those vertebrate
animals which suckle their young.

Kammalif' erons {Mammalia or
mammals; fero, I bear). Pro-
ducing mammalian animals ; ap-
plied to the geological strata which
contain remains of mammals.

Uam'mary (Lat. mamma, the breast).
Belonging to the breast.

Uam'mifer (Lat. mamrna, the breast ;
/wo, I carry). See Mammal.

Uammillary (Lat. mammil'la, a
teat). Belonging to or resembling
teats.

Uam'millated (Lat. mammil'la^ a
teat). Having protuberances like
nipples.

ICan'cUble (Lat. m^ndo, I chew).
The upper jaw of an insect.

Mandib'ulate (Lat. mando, I chew).
Provided with an upper jaw.

Manduoa'tory (Lat. mandu'co, I
chew). Relating to or employed
in chewing.

Han'ganate (Manganefse). A com-
pound of manganic acid with a
base.

Uangan'io (Mangane'se), An acid
consisting of an atom of manganese
with three of oxygen.

Manipula'tioxi (Lat. manip'ulus, a
handful). Work by hand ; ap-
plied to the manual and mechanical
operations in science.

Hannite. A variety of sugar ob-
tain ed from manna.

Uanom'eter (Gr. iua/os, manos, thin ;
fifTpovy metron, a measure). An
instrument for measuring the
rarity or density, or the elastic force
of any gaseous substance.

Han'oscope (Gr. fiavos, manos, thin ;
ffKoireWf skop'edf I view). See
Manometer.

Uantis'sa (Lat. over-measure). A

name given to the deciuLal part of
a logarithm.

Mantle. In zoology, the skin of mol-
luscous animals, which covers in
the viscera and a large part of the
body.

ManiL'briam (Lat. a handle). A
name sometimes given to the upper
part of the sternum or breast-bone.

Maras'miis (Gr. /xapouyw, marai'nd, I
cause to waste away). Atrophy ;
a wasting of the body.

Harces'cent (Lat. m^rces'co, I pine
away). Withering or fading.

Mar'garate (Gr. fiapyapirris, marga-
ri'tes, a pearl). A compound of
margaiic acid, with a base.

Margar'io (Gr. fmpyapirris, mxirga-
ri'tes, a pearl). Belonging to
pearl, or to the pearl-like substance
called margarine ; applied to one
of the acids existing in oils.

Mar'g^arine (Gr. fiapyaptTTjSimarga-
ri'tcs, a pearl). A pearl-like sub-
stance obtained from oils by expo-
sure to cold.

Mar'ginate (Lat. margo, a rim or
edge). In botany, applied to the
calyx when it is reduced to a mere
rim.

Harine (Lat. mare, the sea). Be-
longing to or produced in the sea.

Marl. A general term for all friable
or crumbly compounds of lime and

. clay.

Marlstone. A layer of calcareous,
sandy, and isony beds, forming
one of the strata of the lowest or
liassic group in the oolitic system
in geology.

Marsu'pial (Lat. m^rsu'pium, a
pouch or bag). Having or belonging
to a pouch ; applied to an order of
mammalia which bring forth their
young in an imperfect state, and
keep them, imtil developed, in a
pouch formed by a peculiar ar-
rangement of the skin on the ab-
dominal surface of the animal.

Marsupia'ta (Lat. marsu'pium, a
pouch or bag). See Marsupial.

Mursa'pinm (Lat. a pouch). A dark
coloured membrane in the vitreous
body of the eyes of birds.

Mas'sioot. Yellow oxide of lead^

GLOSSAET.

105

Mas'ticate (Gr. fuurroSf mastoSf the
jaws or mouth). To chew.

Masti'tis (Gr. fuurros^ mastoa, the
breast; itiSf denoting inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the breast.

Mas'todon (Gr. fuKTros, mastos, a
nipple ; obovs, odous^ a tooth. ) A
fossil animal of the elephant kind,
so called from the nipple-like pro-
minences on its teeth.

Mastodyn'ia (Gr. (Maros, mastoSt the
breast ; ddvvrj, od/unCf pain).
Pain of the breast.

Has'toid (Gr. fiaaroSf mastos, a
nipple ; ei8oF, eidoSf shape). Re-
sembling a nipple.

Mater (Lat. a mother). A name
given to two of the membranes
covering the brain, because for-
merly supposed to be the source of
all the other membranes.

Mate'ria Medlca (Lat. medical ma-
terial). The collective name for the
substances used in medicine ; the
science which describes these sub-
stances, their properties, modes of
preparation, &c.

Mathemafics (Gr. fMBrjixOf matkema,
learning; from fuivBavoiy man'thano,
I learn). The science which treats
of whatever can be measured or
numbered. Pure mathematics
considers quantity and number
without reference to matter.
Mixed mathematics treats of mag-
nitude in connection with material
bodies.

Matrix (Lat. mater^ a mother). The
place or substance in which any-
thing, as a mineral ore, fossil, &c.,
is imbedded.

Hafnrate (Lat. matu'rusy ripe). To
ripen.

Maxilla (Lat. a jaw). A jaw ; the
lower pairs of horizontal jaws in
invertebrate animals.

Maxillary (Lat. maxU'la, a jaw).
Belonging to the jaws.

Maxil'liped (Lat. maxU'laf a jaw ;
pegf a foot). A jaw-foot ; applied
to the foot-like organs covering the
mouth in Crustacea.

Max'imum (Lat. greatest). The
greatest quantity or degree attain-
able.

Mean (Fr. moyen, from Lat. mefdiuSf
middle). Having an intermediate
or average value between two or
more quantities.

Mea'tns (Lat. meo, I pass). A pas-
sage.

Mechanics (Gr. firixayrit mechanSf
an artificial contrivance). The
science which investigates the ac-
tion of bodies on one another,
either directly or by means of ma-
chinery.

Mec'onate (Gr. firjKcopf mekony a
poppy). A salt of meconic acid
with a base.

Meconic (Gr. firiKwVf meJcorif a
poppy). Belonging to the poppy ;
applied to an acid found in opium.

Mediae'val (Lat. me'dlmy middle ;
cevumy an age). Belonging to the
middle ages.

Me'dian Plane (Lat. me'diuSt middle).
A plane or flat surface supposed to
pass down through a body from
before backwards, so as to leave
equal parts on both sides.

Mediasti'nxun. The partition formed
by the meeting of the pleurae, divi-
ding the chest into two lateral
parts.

Medical Jurispm'dence. The science
which treats of subjects in which
both law and medicine are applied.

Medicate (Lat. med'icuSy a physi-
cian). To impregnate with medi-
cinal substances.

Med'icine (Lat. medfeor^ I cure ; from
Gr. fieSofuu, med'omaiy I attend
to). The science of relieving,
curing, or preventing diseases;
any substance used with these
objects.

Medie'val. See Mediaeval.

Me'dinm (Lat. mefdius, the middle).
The space, substance, or matter in
which bodies exist, or in which
they move; the agent through
which a cause or power acts in
producing its e£fect.

Medul'la (Lat.). Marrow; ia botany f
the pith of plants.

Mednlla Oblonga'ta (Lat.). The
lengthened or prolonged marrow ;
the continuation of the spinal cord
within the skull.

106

6L0SSABY.

Hednlla SpinaOis (Lat.) The spinal

marrow or cord.
Xed'nllary (Lat. meduVUt, marrow).

Relating to marrow ; in botany,

belonging to or connected with

pith.
Med'nllary "BAjn. In botcmpf masses

of cells connecting the pith with

the bark.
Hed'ullary Sheath. The sheath

which surrounds the pith in exo-
genous plants.
Mega- or Megal- (Gr. fieyas, meg'cu,

large). A prefix in compound

words, denoting large size.
Megac'eros (Gr. fA§yas, meg^cta, great ;

KfpaSf ke/as, horn.) The fossil or

sub-fossil deer of the British Isles,

commonly named the Irish elk.
Megalieh'thys (Gr. fityasj meg/'aSf

great ; ix^vs, ichthtiu, a fish). A

large fossil fish.
Hegalon'yx (Gr. fi^as, meg'as,

great ; ovv^, onux, a nail). An

extinct animal allied to the sloth ;

named from the large size of its

daw-bones.
Kegalosan'nu (Gr. /ucyos, met/ as,

great ; cavpos, sauroa, a lizard).

A large fossil land reptile.
Hegathe'rioids (Gr. fuyas, meg'as,

great ; $vpiov, iherum, a wild

beast ; tlBos, eidos, form). A

Cunily of fossil mammalia allied to

the megatherium.
M^^the'rimn (Gr. juc^ar, mes^as,

great ; 0rip, iker, a beast). A large

extinct animal, allied to the

sloth.
UelsB^na (Gr. jucAas, mel'as, black).

A discharge of dark blood from the

bowels.
Melaao'sis (Gr. fieXas, mel'as, black).

A diseased formation of a black or

dark colour.
Uelanot'ic (Gr. /leXas, meVas, black).

Having or of the nature of mela-
nosis.
Uelas'ma (Gr. /ueAas, mel'as, black).

A blackening or darkening.
Melliferous (Lat. mel, honey; fero,

I bear). Producing honey.
Melliv'oroiui (Lat. 7nel, honey ; voro,

I devour). Feeding on honey.
Mel'ody (Gr. fieAos, mU'o8f a tune ;

&Jhi, ode, an ode). An agreeable
succession of sounds.

MemlnraxLa'ceons (Lat. membra'na, a
membrane). (Consisting of mem-
brane.

Membra'na Nic'titans (Lat.) The
winking membrane ; a moveable
fold of skin with which bii'ds cover
their eyes,

Memliranoiui. See Membranaceous.

Menin'gos (Gr. iiiiviy^, meninx, a
membrane). The membranes cover-
ing the brain and spinal cord.

Meningi'tis {Meninges; itis, deno-
ting inflammation). Inflammation
of the membranes covering the
brain.

Menia'cns (Gr. ixrivurKos, menishoSf
a crescent; from firivr}, mene, the
moon). A lens convex on one side
and concave on the other, with a
sharp edge.

Mensnra'tion (Lat. meruu'ra, a mea-
sure). The art of measuring.

Mentag'ra (Lat. mentum, the chin ;
Gr. &ypa, agra, a seizing). An
eruptive disease affecting the chin
and upper lip.

Mephific (Lat. mephi'tis, an ill
smell). Offensive ; pestilential ;
destructive to life.

Meroa'tor's Chart (Gerrard Merca'tor,
a Flemish geographer). A repre-
sentation of the earth on a plane
surface.

Merou'iial (Lat. Merc^rius, Mercury,
also quicksilver). Belonging to or
formed of mercury or quicksilver.

Mer^icarp (Gr. fi^pos, mer'os, a part ;
KapnoSf karpos, fruit). The half of
the fruit of an umbelliferous plant.

Meridian (Lat. merid'ies, mid-day).
A great circle supposed to be drawn
through the poles of the earth at
right angles to the equator, dividing
the hemisphere into eastern and
western : when this circle arrives
opposite the sun, it is midday at
the place. Celestial meridian is
the vertical circle which passes
through the celestial pole. Mag-
netic meridian. See Magnetic.

Meridional {Mend'iun). Belonging
to the meridian.

Merismat'io (Gr. fA€pi((a, meri'zio^ I

GLOSSART.

107

divide). Fis8iparoiiB ; moltiplyiiig
by division.

Mesenceph'alic (Gr. fitcos, me^osy
middle ; ^K6^>aAof, enceph'alon^
the contents of the skull). Be-
longing to the middle part of the
brain.

Mesenter'io (Gr. fieffos, mes'oSf midst ;
iyrtpov, en'teron, the intestine).
Belonging to the mesentery.

][e8'«iter7(Gr. /u6(rof, m«s'o8, middle;
iyrtpoVf en'termij an intestine). The
fold of membrane which attaches
the intestines to the spine.

Hes'o- (Gr. futroSf mes'osy middle).
A prefix in compound words, signi-
fying middle.

Meflocae'cnm (Gr. fittroSf me^os,
middle ; Lat. ccecum, a portion of
the large intestines). The part of
the peritoneum which attaches the
caecum.

Hes'ocarp (Gr. fmros, mea'osy middle ;
KOfnroSf karpoSf fruit). The mid-
dle of the three layers in fruits.

Hesooeph'alon (Gr. fieaos, mes^os,
middle ; icc^kiAtj, keph'cUe, a head).
A name sometimes given to the
pons Varolii of the brain, from its
position.

]d[esocoloxi(Gr. fitcos^ mes'os, middle ;
colony a part of the intestines so
called). The portion of mesentery
which attaches the colon.

Hesogas'tric (Gr. jueo-os, malosy mid-
dle ; yatrrnpt gaster, the stomach).
Attaching the stomach to the walls
of the abdomen.

Hesono'toin (Gr. ixwos, mes'osy mid-
dle ; vwTos, riotosj the back). The
upper half of the middle segment of
the thorax in insects, covering in
the back.

HesophlQB'um (Gr. /uco-os, mes'osy
middle ; <p\oios^ phloi'oSy bark). In
botany, the middle layer of the bark
of a tree.

Hesophyll'iun (Gr. fxftros, mes'os^
middle ; ipvKKovy phuUonf a leaf).
The cellular substance of a leaf.

Hes'osperm (Gr. fietrosj metlosy mid-
dle ; (TTep/uo, ipermxi, a seed). The
middle coat of a seed.

Hesoster'nmn (Gr. jxtnos, mesfoSf mid-
dle ; ffTtpifoVf sternonf the breast).

The lower half of the middle seg-
ment of the thorax in insects.

Mesotho'rax (Gr. /xco-os, mes'ost mid-
dle ; Bapa^t thonxXy a breast-plate).
The middle part of the thorax ot
insects, bearing the anteiior pair
of wings and the middle pair of
legs.

Mesozo'ic (Gr. fi€<ro5, mes^oSf middle ;
(un}f eotf life). A name given in
geology to the middle period, as
regards animal remains ; compre-
hending the cretaceous, oolitic and
triassic epochs.

Met'a- (Gr. /i^ct, metfci, beyond).
A prefix in compound words, signi-
fying beyond.

Metacar'pal (Gr. fitrOf metfay be-
yond ; KOfnros, karpos, the wrist).
Belonging to the mctacarpos.

Metaoar'pnB (Gr. fiera, metfa^ be-
yond ; KofnroSf karpos, the wrist).
The hand between the wrist and the
fingers.

Metach'ronism (Gr. fifra, metfOf be-
yond; XP^^^h chron'os, time). The
placing an event in chronology after
its real time.

Hetagen'esifl (Gr. fiera, metfa^ im-
plying change; yevvoM, gtnndo^ I
produce). Alternating generation ;
the succession of individuals, which
present the same form only at every
alternate generation ; the changes
of form which the representative of
a species undergoes in passing from
the egg to a perfect or more com-
plete state.

Uetagenef ic (Gr. m^to, fuel! a, imply-
ing change ; ytwata, gennady I
produce). Referring to the changes
of form undergone in passing from
the egg to a p^ect state.

Uetalliferoiui (Lat. metatlum^ a
metal; fero, I bear). Producing
or yielding metals.

Uetal'loid ((St. ftcroAAov, metaVlony
a metal ; ctSos, eidos, form). Like
metal ; a name sometimes given to
the non-metallic elements.

Met'allurgy(Gr. iitraXKov, metaXlon,
a metal ; ipyov, ergon, work).
The art of working metals ;
especially separating Uiem from
their ores.

108

GLOSSARY.

Metamor'pldo (Gr. fxtroy met^a, im-
plying change ; it'Optpri, morphea
form). Changing form ; a name
given in geology to those rocks
which have undergone a change in
their original structure and texture ;
in mediciney applied to diseases
having their seat in the processes
of development and nutrition.

Metaxnor'phisin (Gr. ii^roy mel!a^ im-
plying change ; fiop^f morpkef
form). Change in form ; a term
applied in geohgy to the change in
structure and texture which has
been undergone by some rocks.

Metamorph'osis (Gr. fifroy met'a, im-
plying change ; fJiop<prit morphe^
form). A change in shape ; the
change undergone by some ani-
mals, such as insects and reptiles.

Metano'tum (Gr. /uero, md'a^ behind ;
vwTos, notosy the back). The up-
per half of the hinder division of
the thorax in insects.

Uef aphor (Gr. juero, metfoy beyond ;
^ep<ay pher'o, I bear). A similitude
expressed without the sign of com-
parison.

U^taphys'ics (Gr. ^eTo, metfoy be-
yond ; <f>vaiKrij phu'sike, physics, or
the science of nature). The science
of mind or intelligence.

Metapoph'3rsi8 (Gr. /uero, metfa, be-
tween ; apoph'ysis). A part grow-
ing between apophyses.

Metas'tasis (Gr. juero, me^a, beyond ;
iar-nfii, histemif I place). A trans-
ference of diseases from one place to
another.

Uetaster'niun (Gr. fxeroj met'ay be-
hind ; (rrepvoVf atemoriy the breast).
The lower part of the posterior
division of the thorax in insects.

Uetatar'sal (Gr. /iero, met'ay beyond ;
rapffost tarsos, the instep). Be-
longing to the metatarsus.

Metatar'sus (Gr. fiero, met'ay beyond ;
rap(roSj tarsos, the instep). The
foot from the ankles to the toes.

Uetath'esis (Gr. fAtra, met'ay imply-
ing change ; riOyiixi, tkhimi, I
place). A transposition of the
letters or syllables of a word.

^etatho'raz (Gr. juero, met'ay beyond ;
BwpaJiy tkoraXf a breast-plate). The

hinder part of tlie thorax of insects,
bearing the posterior pair of wings
and legs.

He'teor (Gr. fiercwpos, meteo'rosy
lifted up ; from /Aero, wici'a, beyond ;
aipooy airoy I raise up). Any at-
mospheric appearance or phenome-
non of a transitory nature.

Meteoric (Me'ieor), Kelating to
meteors.

Heteoric Stones. Aerolites, or
masses of hard matter, containing
metallic iron, nickel, and other
bodies, occasionally falling on the
earth.

Me'teorite (Me'teor). A solid sub-
stance falling on the earth from
the higher regions of the atmos-
phere.

Ue'teorolite {Me'teor ; Gr. A*0os,
lUh'os, a stone). See Meteorite.

Ueteororog^ {Meteor ; \oyos, logosy
a description). The science which
describes atmospherical phenomena,
whether accidental or permanent.

Meth'yl (Gr. /ne^w, meth'uy wine; vKtj,
hvXiy material). An hypothetical
compound of carbon and hydrogen,
forming the base of certain com-
pounds, as wood-spirit and chloro-
form, analogous to the alcohol series.

Heton'ic Cycle (Mt/twv, MetdUy an
Athenian astronomer). A cycle or
period of nineteen years, at the end
of which the lunations of the moon
return to the same days of the
month as at first.

]d[etoii'3nii7 (Gr. /x€Ta, met' ay implying
change ; ovofia^ on'omay a name).
A putting one word for another
which has some relation to it ; as
an effect for a cause ; an author's
name for his writings ; &c.

Ue'tre (Gr. fierpovy metrony a mea-
sure). A French measure of length,
being the ten-millionth part of the
distance from the equator to the
north pole, equal to 39 '37 English
inches.

Uef ronome (Gr. fitrpovy metrouy a
measure ; yo/xosy nom'oSy a law).
An instrument consisting of a pen-
dulum suspended by a point be-
tween the extremities, used for
measuring by its vibi-ations the

GLOSSABT.

109

quickness or slowness of musical
compositions.

Uezzotin'to (Italian mezzOy middle or
half; tintOf painted). A manner
of engraving on copper, in which
the lights of the figure represented
are obtained by the erasure of dents
and furrows previously scratched
on the plate.

Mias'nia (Gr. lucuvmy mtaind^ I taint
or pollute). Effluvia floating in
the air, often injurious to health.

Miasmatic (Gr. /umtr/ia, miaa'ma).
Pertaining to or characterised by
miasma.

Mi'ca (Lat. mico^ I glitter). A soft
glistening mineral, chiefly composed
of silica, potash, and magnesia ; it
forms the glistening scaly appear-
ance in granite.

Mica-schist. A slaty rock, of which
mica is the principal ingredient,
together with quartz.

Mica'ceons (Mica). Belonging to or
resembling mica, or chiefly con-
sisting of mica.

Micro- (Gr. fUKpoSf mikroSt small.)
A prefix in compound words, signi-
fying smallness.

Microm'eter (Gr. fxtxpoSf mtkrosj
small; fitrpovy met'rorif a measure).
An instrument for measuring small
bodies or spheres, or small visual
angles formed by remote objects, by
means of which the magnitude of
bodies seen through the telescope
or microscope may be ascertained.

Mi'cropyle (Gr. fuKpos, mUcroSy small ;
irvXrtf ptUif a gate). The opening
or foramen in a seed, towards which
the radicle is always pointed.

Mi'croscope (Gr. /iiKpos, mih'OB,
small ; (tkoitcw, sTcop'edy I look at).
An optical instrument formed of
lenses which magnify the image of
small objects placed in their focus,
80 as to render them visible or
more distinct than before.

Microscopical {Mi'croscope), ReUi-
ting to the microscope ; visible by
means of the microscope.

Midrib {Mid and rib). The principal
vein of a leaf, which runs from the
stem to the point.

Mil'iary (Lat. milium, millet). Like

millet-seeds ; applied to an erup-
tive disease characterised by the
presence of innumerable white
pimples.

MUky Way. An appearance of
nebulous light extending over a
large extent of the celestial sphere,
and found by the telescope to con-
sist of countless multitudes of stars,
so crowded as to give the place
they occupy a whitish appearance.

Mil'ligramme (Lat. mtZ7e, a thou-
sand ; Fr. gramme). A French
weight of a thousandth part of a
gramme^ or '015 English grain.

Millime^tre (Lat. miVle^ a thousand ;
Fr. mMre), A French measure,
.equal to the thousandth part of a
metre^ or '03937 English inch.

Mimef ic (Gr. fiififoficuj mim'eom>ai, I
imitate). Imitative.

Min'eral {Mine). A body destitute
of organisation, existing naturally
within the earth or at its surface.

Mineral'og^ {Mineral; Gr. \oyoSf
logoSj a description). The science
which describes the properties and
relations of simple mineral sub-
stances.

Min'immn (Lat. min'imuSf least).
The least quantity assignable in a
given case.

Mmlnm (Lat.) A compound of pro-
toxide and deutoxide of lead, of a
red colour.

Min'oend (Lat. min'uo^ I diminish).
That which is to be diminished ;
in arithmetic^ the number from
which another is to be subtracted
or taken.

Min'nte (Lat. minu'lus^ diminished).
A sixtieth part of an hour or de-
gree.

Mi'ocene (Gr. imuv, meion, less ;
KaivoSf kainoSf new). A name
given in geology to the middle
group of the tertiary strata, from
its containing a less number of
shells identical with existing species
than the upper or pliocene group.

Mira'ge (Fr.) The name given to an
atmospheric phenomenon, consbt-
ing in the appearance in the air of
inverted images of distant objects,
produced by the rays of light pro-

{

110

GLOSSAET-

ceediDg from them througli a dense
stratum of air falling on the surface
of a rarer stratum, and being,
under cei-tain conditions, reflected
downwards.

Ki'tral (Lat. mi'tra, a head-dress, or
mitre). Resembling a mitre ; ap-
plied to the valve at the orifice of
the left ventricle of the heart.

Mi'triform (Lat. mUtray a mitre ;
formay shape). Shaped like a
mitre.

Mnemonics (Gr. fivaofAaif mna'omai,
I remember). The art of assisting
the memory.

Hobil'ity (Lat. mo'bilisj moveable).
Capability of being moved.

Mo'dal (Lat. mo'dus^ manner). Re-
lating to manner or form ; in logiCf
applied to propositions which show
the manner in which the predicate
is connected with the subject.

ICod'ole (Lat. mod'ulusy a measure).
A model : in architeciurey a mea-
sure taken to regulate the propor-
tions of an edifice; generally the
semi-diameter of the column at the
bottom of the shaft.

Molar (Lat. mo7a, a mill). Grinding;
applied to the large double teetJi
by which the food is ground.

Molec'nlar (Mol'ecule), Consisting
of or relating to molecules.

MoWnlar Attraction. That form
of attraction which operates on the
molecules or particles of a body.

Molec'nlar Forces. The attractive
and repulsive forces existing be-
tween the molecules of a body.

Mol'ecnles (Lat. mo'les, a mass; ule,
denoting smallness). A very mi-
nute particle of a mass.

Mollifies (Lat. softness). In medi-
cinCf a diseased softening of various
parts.

MoUns'ca (Lat. moVlis^ soft). A di-
vision of invertebrate animals, so
called from the softness of their
bodies ; comprising cephalopods,
pteropods, gasteropods, acephala,
and brachiopods.

Mollni^coid {MolMca; Gr. €*8oy,
eidoSf form). A subdivision of
the molluscous division, including
tunicata and biyozoaria.

Momen'tnm (Lat. moveo, I move).
The force which a moving mass of
matter exercises against an object
with which it comes into contact,
being the product of its quantity
of matter and its velocity.

Mon- or Mon'o- (Gr. fxouos, mon'os,
alone). A prefix in compound
words signifying single.

Mon'ad (Gr. /xovoSf mon'oSy tingle).
An ultimate atom ; a name given
to the smallest of visible animal-
cules.

Monaderphia (Gr. iiovos^ mon'os^
single ; obiKi^tos, adelpkoSj a bro-
ther). A class of plants in the
Linnean system, in which all the
stamens are united in a cylindrical
body, through the midst of which
the pistil passes.

Monan'dria (Gh*. fiovoSf mon'os,
single ; &i^p, aner^ a man). A
class of plants in the Linusean sys-
tem, having only one stamen.

Mongolian {Mongol). A term ap-
plied to a class of mankind having
the Mongols and Chinese as the
type.

Monil'iform (Lat. moni'Uy a necklace;
foT^ma^ shape). Like a necklace ;
beaded.

Monoba'sic (Gr. fioyos,mon'o8f single;
fituTiSy ba'siSf a foundation). Having
a single atom of base.

Monocfur'pons (Ghr. /xovos, monfos,
single ; KopiroSf har^poSf fruit).
Bearing a single fruit.

Monoclilamyd'eoas(Gr. yuovoty mon'osy
single ; x^^^^> chlamusy a tunic).
Applied to flowers having a single
envelope.

Monodi'nate (Or. fiovos, mon'osj
single ; kAiv«, klinoj I bend).
Having one of the axes turned
obliquely ; applied in mineralogy
to certain crystals.

Mon'ochord (Gfr.juovos, mon'oSj single ;
Xop^Vf chordCf a chord or string).
A musical instrument or apparatus
of one string, used for the purpose
of determining the rates of vibration
of musical notes.

Monochromaf ic (Gr. fiovosj mon'os,
single ; xp^y^ chroma^ colour).
Of one colour only.

GLOSSABT.

Ill

][oiioeot7le'donoiu(Gr.fu>yo5, mon'09,
sin^ ; cotyWdan). Hftying one
cotyledon or seed-lobe.

Mdnoc'iilar (Gr. ftwosy numfotf one ;
Lat o^uluB, an eye). Having one
eye only.

Xomce'eia (Gr. ftoror, mon'of, single ;
oucos,(nJcot, a house). Aclass of plants
in the T.mnMMm system, haying the
stamens and pistils in di£ferent
flowers, but on the same plant.

Konogam'ia (Gr. /lopos, mon'os, sin-
gle ; yoMos, gamoSf marriage). An
order of plants in the Linnffian
iq^stem having the anthers
united.

liaa!ogr9m.{Qtr. fioyos,ftt(m'o9, single;
ypofiyM, gramma, a letter). A
character composed of two or more
letters interwoven.

Mon'ograph (Gr. iiovos, mon'otf sin-
gle ; ypfupv, graphbf I write). A
treatise or book on one snbject or
class of subjects.

Xonogyn'ia (Gr. fiows^ mon'os, sin-
gle ; yvvriy gune, a female). An
order of plants in the Linnsean
system, consisting of plants having
one pistil.

Uonoma'nia (Gr. fiovos, mon'otf sin-
gle ; fiOMui, ma'nia, madness). A
form of insanity in which the mind
is deranged with regard to one idea.

IConome'ra (Gr. fwvos, mon'ot, single;
firipoy, merotij a thigh). A section
of hemipterons insects having only
one joint in the tarsL

lIoiionioi'phoiiB (Gr. /lovos, mon'os,
single ; fiop^, morpke^ form). Of
a single form.

Monomy'ary (Gr. ijlovos, mon'os, sin-
gle ; fws, mus, a muscle). Having
one muscle ; applied to certain bi-
valve moUusca, of which the shell
is dosed by a single muscle.

MonopefalouB (Gr. /liovos, mon'oi,
single ; ireroAov, pet^alon, a petal).
Having petals united by their
margins.

Kon'optote (Gr. ftwos, mon'os, single ;
vTMtriSf ptosiSf a case). A noun
having only one case besides the
nominative.

Xonorgan'ic (Gr. fioyos, mon'os, sin-
gle ; hpyatfoVf or'ganon, an organ).

Belonging to or affecting one organ
or set of organs.

MoiUMep'aloiis (Gh:. ijlovos, mon'os,
single; sepal). Having sepals
united by their margins.

Honospeir'moiiB (Gr. ijmvosj mon'vtf
single; tncfpfui, tpe?ma, a seed).
Having a single seed.

UomosyllaVie (Gr. fiovoSf monfos^
single ; avWafiriy std'labe, a syl-
lable). Having one syllable only.

Xonothal'amoiui (Gr. fioyos, mon'09,
single; 0aAa/iO5. /Aofamof, a cham-
ber). Having one chamber only ;
not divided by partitions.

Uonotre'xiiatoiis (Gr. fioyos, monfos,
single; rfn^/xo, tre'ma, a hole or
opening). Having only one external
opening for the passage of excreted
matter ; applied to a small class of
mammalia.

Monsoon. A name given to a modi-
fication of the course of the trade-
winds in the eastern seas.

Moraine. A name given to the longi-
tudinal mounds of stony detritus
found at the bases and along the
edges of glaciers.

Morbid (Lat. mor'6i», disease). Be-
lating to disease ; diseased.

Morbid Anatomy. The study of the
alterations produced in the struc-
ture of the body by disease.

Morbific (Lat. morbus, disease;
fcicfio, I make). Causing disease.

Morlnlli (Lat). The measles.

Mordant (Fr. biting; from Lat.
mor^deo, I bite).* Any substance
employed in dyeing for the purpose
of fixing the colours.

Mor'phia (Gr. Mop<p€vs, Morpheus,
the god of sleep). A vegetable
alkaloid obtained from opium.

Morpholog'ieal (Gr. fiop<t>fij morphe,
form ; \ayos, logos, description).
Belating to modifications of form.

Morphol'ogy (Gr. fiop^, morphe,
form ; \ayos, logos, a description).
The study of the forms wMgIl
different organs or parts assume,
and of the laws that regulate their
changes.

Mortifica'tion (Lat. mors, death ;
facfio, I make). Loss of vitality
or life in some part of a living body.

112

GLOSSARY.

Mortise. A cavity cnt in a piece of
wood or other material, to receive
a corresponding projecting piece
called a tenon.

Hososau'ros {Mo'sa, the river Mease ;
Gr. aravpoSf sauroSy a lizard). A
large fossil reptile found in the
cretaceous formation.

Motor (Lat. moi/eot I move). Pro-
ducing or regulating motion ;
applied to certain nerves and
muscles.

Mouldings. A term applied to all
the varieties of outline or contour
given to the surfaces or edges of
the various subordinate parts of
buildings, whether projections or
depressions.

Mn'cilage (Lat. mu'cus), A kind of
gum found in vegetables; a solu-
tion of gum in water.

Mudlag^inons {Mu'cilage), Per-
taining to or of the nature of
mucilage.

Mneor (Lat.). Mouldiness.

Mu'cons (Lat. mu'cus^ slime). Pertain-
ing to or of the nature of mucus ;
secreting mucus.

Mucous Membrane. A membrane
secreting mucus, and lining in-
ternal passages and other cavities
which open on the surface of the
body, as well as the cavities which
open into these passages.

Mu'oronate (Lat. mu'ci'Of the sharp
point of a weapon). Ending in a
stiff point.

Mucus (Lat.). The slimy substance
effused on the surface of the mem-
branes covering the inner surface
of the body, as the alimentary
canal, nose, lungs, &c.

Multi- (Lat. mul'tuSy many or much).
A prefix in compound words, signi-
fying many.

Multan'gular (Lat. muVtus, many;
an'ffuluSf an angle). Havmg many
angles.

Multiartic'ulate (Lat. mul'tuSfmskny;
artufuliM, a joint). Having many
joints.

Multicus'pidate (Lat. mul'itutf many ;
cus'piSf the point of a weapon).
Having several points or tubercles ;
applied to the molar teeth.

Multioos'tate (Lat. murtuSf many ;
co^tttf a rib). Having many ribs.

Mul'tifid (Lat. mutttis, TnsLnj;fin'do,
I cleave). Having many divisions ;
in botany^ applied to leaves divided
laterally about the middle be-
tween the edge and the midrib
into numerous divisions.

Mul'tiform (Lat. mul'tusy many ;
fojinay shape). Having many
shapes.

Multilateral (Lat. muttuSf many;
laUiSy a side). Having many sides.

Multilin'ear (Lat. mul'tuSf many ;
li'neaf a Une). Having^ many
lines.

Multiloc'ular (Lat. muVluSy many ;
loc'uliis, a little place). Having
many cells or chambers.

Mnltino'date (Lat. mul'ttLs^ many ;
nodtbSf a knot). Having many
knots.

Multino'mial (Lat. mtd'tus, many;
nojnen^ a name). Having many
names or terms ; applied in algebra
to quantities consisting of several
names or terms.

Multip'arous (Lat. muVitLSy many ;
pcM^iOf I bring forth). Producing
many young at a birth.

Multipar'tite (Lat. muVtus^ many ;
par'tiOf I divide). Divided into
many parts ; applied in botany to
leaves having numerous and dee;
divisions.

Mul'tiple (Lat. mvl'tus^ many; plic'o,
1 fold). Containing many times ;
a common multiple of two or more
numberis is a number which can
be divided by each of them without
leaving a remainder.

Mul'tiplicand (Lat. multip'lico, I
multiply). The number which is
to be multiplied.

Mnltiplica'tion (Lat. mvl'tusy many ;
pli'cOf 1 fold). The process of
repeating a quantity a certain
number of times, as though it were
repeatedly folded on itself

Mul'tipUer (Multiply). That which
multiplies ; an instrument for in-
dicating the deflecting influence
of a weak electric current: so
called because the influence of
the current is multiplied by being

IQtVQS8AS.r.

113

conducted several times round a
magnetic needle.

Unltiply (Lat. muZ^iu, many; pli^co,
I fold). To increase a quantity a
giyen number of times.

Unltiplying Glass. A kind of lens
presenting a number of plane sur-
&oes, so that the rays of light from
an object enter the eye in different
directions, and make the object
appear as if increased in number.

Unltispi'ral (Lat. muUus, many ;
spirOf a spire). Having many
spiral turns.

Unl'tivalve (Lat. mvMus, many;
valvcBf folding doors). Having
many valves.

Uultoc'iilar (Lat. muUua, many : oc^-
uluSf an eye). Having many eyes.

Unltiim'giilate (Lat. muUuSf many ;
un*ffida^ a hoof). Having the
hoof divided into more than two
parts.

Mural Cirde (Lat. muruSy a wall).
An astronomical instrument, con-
sisting of a large graduated metal
circle, carried on an axis placed
horizontally in the face of a stone
wall or pier; it has a telescope
fixed on it, and is so arranged that
the whole instrument, including
the telescope, moves on its axis in
the plane of the meridian ; it is
used to determine with precision
the instant at which an object passes
the meridian.

Uurex'ide (Lat. mvreXf a shell-fish
yielding a purple dye). Purpurate
of ammonia ; an organic compound,
which forms a purple colour with
solution of potash.

Un'riate (Lat mu'ria, saltwater). A
term formerly applied to chlorides,
on the supposition that they were
compounds of muriatic acid with a
base. ■

Unriat'ic (Lat. mu'ria, salt water).
Belating to brine or salt-water, an
old name for hydrochloric.

Wafxilona. (Lat. muruSf a wall ; forma,
shape). Like a wall ; arranged
like bricks on a wall.

Kusch'elkalk (Germ, mvachel, a
shell ; kcdJCf lime). Shell-lime-
stone; a series of the Triassic

system in geology found in (Ger-
many, eonsisting of a compact
greyish limestone, abounding in
fossil remains.

Una'dtes (Lat. muscus, moss). Fos-
sil plants of the moss family.

Uucle (Lat. mas'ctdus, alittle mouse).
An organ by which the active move-
ments of the body are produced ;
the name is derived probably from
the shape of some of the muscles.

Uus'ciilar (Lat. mv^cidtu, a muscle).
Selating to or performed by mus-
cles ; provided with muscles.

UnBCular Tissue. The tissue which
forms the substance of muscles.

Uute (Lat. mittiw, dumb). In grttm-
mar, applied to consonants which
intercept the voice, as it, p, and t,

Myal'gia (Ghr. /ivs, muSf a muscle ;
iKyoSf algoSf pain). Pain in
muscles.

Uyoelia (Gr. fiviens, makes, a fungus).
The flocculent filaments of fungL

Uycorogy (Gbr. ftvicris, mukes, a
fungus ; \oyos, logos, a discourse).
A description of fungL

Uyelenoe^'ala (Gr. (wtKos, rnu'dos,
marrow; iyK€<t>a\oVf enkeph^cUon-,
brain). Animals possessing a brain
and spinal chord ; vertebrate ani-
mals.

Uyeli'tis (Gr. fiveXos, mu'elos, mar-
row : itis, denoting inflammation).
Inflammation of the spinal cord.

Uylodoxi (Gr. fivKos, mtUos, a mill ;
oSovs, odous, a tooth). An extinct
animal ; so named from the flat
grinding surfaces of ite molar
teeth.

Uyorogy (Gr. fivs, mus, a muscle ;
Kayos, logos, a discourse). A de-
scriptiim of muscles.

Uyo'pia (Gr. fiuw, miio, I shut ; ofi^,
ops, the eye). Near-sightedness.

Uyod'tis (Gr. fws, mtis, a muscle ;
itis, denoting inflammation). In-
flammation of muscles.

UyoB'tici (Gr. fius, mus, muscle ;
wTTfoy, os'teon, bone) A name
proposed to be given to diseases
affecting bones and muscles.

Uyot'omy (Gr. fsvs, mus, a muscle ;
r€fivu, temtw, I cut). The anatomy
of the muscles.

114

GLOSSARY.

Kyrlagramme (Gr. fivpioif mu'rioij
ten thousand ; Fr. gramme) . A
French weight of ten thousand
grammeSy or about twenty-two
pounds avoirdupois.

Uyr^iainetre (Gr. iivpioi, mu'rioij ten
thousand ; Fr. mitre). A French

measure of ten thousand m^res, or
6*21 English miles.
Kyr'iapods (Gr. fivpioit mu'i*ioi, ten
thousand ; vovSf poiLSf a foot). A
class of invertebrate animals, gener-
ally resembling insects, but with
numerous legs ; as the centipede.

H.

Va'creotLS (Fr. nacre, mother-of-
pearl). Having a pearly lustre.

Vadir (Arabic naiaraf to be like, or
correspond). The point in the
heavens of the opposite or invisible
hemisphere, which would be reached
by a perpendicular line drawn from
an observer on the surface of the
earth, and reaching at the other
end a point in the visible hemi-
sphere, called the zenith.

Nsvns (Lat.). A tumour consisting
essentially in an excessive growth
of the vascular tissue of a part.

Na'piform (Lat. viapus, a turnip;
forma, shape). Shaped like a
turnip.

Varcof ic (Gr. popKoa, nar^koo, I
render torpid). Producing insen-
sibility to pain and external im-
pressions, with sleep.

Var'cotisin (Gr. vapKoa, nai^kod^ I
render torpid). The efifect of a
narcotic medicine or poison.

Na'res (Lat. naris, a nostril). The
nostrils.

Va'sal (Lat. nasust the nose). Belong-
ing to the nose ; formed by the nose.

Nascent (Lat. tmscot, I am bom).
Beginning to exist : the nascent
state of a gas is the condition in
which it is at the moment when it
is liberated from combination.

Nata'tion (Lat. nmto, I swim). The
act of swimming.

Natato'res (Lat. naio, I swim).
Swimmers ; an order of birds with
feet provided with webs for swim-
ming, as ducks, geese, swans, and
gulls.

Na'tatory (Lat. nato, I swim).
Enabling or assisting to swim ;
formed &>r swimming.

Vaf nral History. The science which
describes the natural products of
the earth, animal, vegetable, and
mineral; their characters, relations,
arrangement, &c.

ITatural Fhilos'ophy. The science
which describes the material world,
the bodies which compose it, and
their qualities and properties.

ITat'ural Sys'tem. The classification
of animals or plants into orders,
genera, and species, according to
their alliances in points of struc-
ture which are I'egarded as essen-
tial.

Nan'sea ((jh*. vavs, naus, a ship). A
disgust for food, with inclination to
vomit ; probably at first applied to
sea-sickness.

Van'tical (Gr. vavn\s, navies, a
sailor). Pertaining to seamen or
navigation.

Nau'tiUtes (Lat. nau'tilus). Fossil
shells apparently allied to the
nautilus.

Navic'nlar (Lat. navic'ula, a boat :
from navUi a ship). Belonging to
or like a boat ; applied to one of
the bones of the wrist, from its
shape.

Veb'nla (Lat., a mist). A little cloud
or mist : in astronomy, an object
resembling stars seen through a
mist, or a cloudy speck, but found
by the telescope to consist of a
cluster of stars.

Neb^nlar (Lat. neb'ula, a mist). Re-
lating to nebulae; the nebular
hypothesis was a belief that the
appearances called nebulae were the
results of the aggregation of a soiii
of luminous fluid diffused through
different parts of the universe.

GLOSSARY.

116

NeVnloHB (Lat. neb'tUa, a mist).
Misty ; having the appearance of a
mist.

Neoroph'agfOiu (Gfr. y^Kposy neh'ros^
dead : <payw, pfiag'd, I eat). Eat-
ing dead bodies of animals.

N'eorop'olis (Gr. yenpoSf neTdros^ dead;
TFoKis, pol'iSf a city). A city of the
dead ; a cemetery.

Vec'ropsy (Gr. veicpoy, nek'roSf dead ;
o^iSi opsiSj sight). The examiua-
tion of a dead body.

Necroscop'io (Gr. vexpos, neJtfros,
dead ; (rKoirew, shopped, I view).
Relating to the examination of
bodies after death.

Necro'sis (Gr. veKpouj neldroo^ I kill).
A disease of bone terminating in
its death ; a state analogous to
mortification or gangrene in soft
parts.

Nectarif erons (Lat. nectar; fer'oy I
produce). Having a honey-like
secretion : in botany, applied to
petals having furrows at their base
yielding a sweet secretion.

Nec'tary {Nectar). In botany, any
abnormal part of a flower; but
properly any organ secreting sweet
matter.

Neg'ative (Lat. nego, I deny). Im-
plying denial or absence ; in phy-
steal science, applied to one of the
forms of electricity which a body is
capable of assuming ; in algebra,
applied to quantities which have
the sign — {mmits) prefixed.

Ne'matoid (Gr. vrifxa, nema, a thread;
€(8of, eidos, form). Like a thread ;
applied to a class of parasitic
worms.

Nematonen'ra (Gr. in\yuaL, nema, a
thread : vevpov, neuron, a nerve).
Having the nervous systm arranged
in filaments or threads.

Nemoc'era (Gr. yrifio, nema, a thread;
Kfpas, ker'a>s, a horn). A section
of dipterous insects with filiform or
thread-like antennae, of six joints.

Neoco'mian (Lat. Neocomum., Neuf-
ch&tel). A term applied in geology
to the green sand formation, which
is especially developed in the vici-
nity of Neufoh&tel.

Neol^ogy (Gr. yfos, neos, new ; \070s,

logos, discourse). The introduction
of new words or doctrines.

Neoter'ic (Gr. vfortpos, neoteros,
younger). Recent in origin;
modem.

Neozoic (Gr. veoy, neos, new ; (otov,
z^on, an animal). Having new
animals ; a term applied in geology
to a division of the fossiliferous
strata, including the cainozoic and
mesozoic of some geologists.

Nephral'gia (Gr. v€<f>pos, neph'ros,
a kidney ; 0X70;, algos, pain).
Fain in the kidney.

Nephritic (Gr. ve<ppos, neph'ros, a
kidney). Relating to the kidneys.

Nephri'tiii (Gr. y€<ppos, neph'ros, a
kidney; itis, denoting inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the kidneys.

Neptu'nian {Neptune, the god of the
sea). A term applied to stratified
rocks, or those which have been
deposited by water.

Nep'tanist {Neptune, the god of the
sea). A name given to the geolo-
gists of the school of Werner, who
believed all old rocks to have been
of aqueous origin.

Nerve (Lat. nervus). A bundle of
white fibres, forming an organ for
the conveyanee of impressions be-
tween any part of the body and the
brain or spinal cord.

Nervine (Lat. nervus, a nerve).
Acting on the nerves.

Nervous System. The collection of
organs, comprising the brain, spinal
cord, and nerves, the office of which
is to receive and convey impres-
sions.

Ner'vures (Lat. nervus, a sinew).
The frame-work of the wings of
insects : also applied sometimes, in
botany, to the frame-work of
leaves.

Neural (Gr. vtvpov, neuron, a nerve).
Belonging or having relation to the
nervous system.

Neoral'gia (Gr. vevpov, neuron, a
nerve ; kKyos, algos, pain). Pain
having its origin espeoially in the
nerves.

Neurapoph'ysis (Gr. vevpou, neu/ron,
a nerve ; apoph'ysis). The part
projecting &om a vertebra^ which

116

GUiOSSARY,

aids in forming the canal that pro-
tects the spinal cord.

Neurilem'ma ((^r. vevpov, neuron^ a
nerve ; ^ffifiOj lemma, a peel or
skin). The sheath of a nerve.

Nevrine (Gr. v^vpov, newon^ a
nerve). Nervous sahstance.

Nenrorogy (Gr. vevpoif, neuron, a
nerve ; \oyos, logos, discourse).
A description of the nerves.

Veuro'ma (Gr. vevpov, neuron, a
nerve). A swelling or tumour in
the course of a nerve.

Neurop'athy (Gr. vevpov, newron, a
nerve ; voSos, pcUh'os, sufifering).
Disease of a nerve.

Neurop'tera (Gr. pevpop, neuron,
a nerve ; irrtpov, pter^on, a wing).
An order of insects with four mem-
hranous transparent wings, with a
net-work of veins or nervures ; as
the dragon-fly.

Neim/ses (Gh*. vevpov, newron, a
nerve). A term appled to nervous
a£fections or disease.

Neuroskel'etoxi (Gr. v€vpov, neuron,
a nerve ; trKfXtrov, skel'eton). The
deep-seated bones of the vertebral
skeleton which have relation to the
nervous system and to locomotion.

Neutral (Lat. ne, not ; uter, which
of the two). In chemistry, applied
to salts composed of an acid and
a base in such proportions that they
exactly destroy each other's proper-
ties ; in botany, applied to flowers
having neither stamens nor pistils.

Ventralisa'tioxL (Lat. netUer, neither).
In chemistry, the process by which
an acid is combined with a base in
such proportion as to render inert
the properties of both.

Nea'tralise (Lat. neuter, neither).
To render neutral or inert ; to de-
stroy the properties of a body by
combining with it another body of
different properties.

Nic'otin {Nicotia'na, the tobacco
plant). A principle obtained from
tobacco.

Nio'titate (Lat. nicftiio, I wink). To
wink.

Nio'titating Uembrane. A fold of
skin with which birds cover their
eyes.

Vidaxnen'tal (Lat. nidamen'tum, the
material of which birds make their
nests). Relating to the protection
of the egg and young; secreting
material for constructing nests.

Nilom'eter (Gr. NciXos, NeUos, the
Nile ; fjuerpov, met'ron, a measure).
An instrument for measuring the
rise of the waters of the Nile.

Ni'trate (Nitric). A salt consisting
of nitric acid with a base.

Ni'tric {Nitre). Produced from nitre
or saltpetre ; applied to an acid
obtained from nitre or nitrate of
potash.

Ni'trite. A salt consisting of nitrous
acid and a base.

Hi'trogen {Nitre; Gr. yewau, gen-
na'd, I produce). An elementary
gas, without colour, taste, or
smell, forming the larger portion
(79 in 100) of the atmospheric air.

Hitrog'enised {Nitrogen). Contain-
ing nitrogen.

Nitrog'enoiui {Nitrogen), Contain-
ing nitrogen.

Ni'trouB {Nitre). Pertaining to i Itre j
applied to an acid containing less
oxygen than nitric acid.

Nodal (Lat. nodus, a knot). Relating
to a knot ; applied to the points
and lines at which the vibrations
of a body become arrested, and
which assume various regular
forms.

Node (Lat. n>odtAs, a knot). A small
oval figure made by the intersection
of one branch of a curve with ano-
ther; in astronomy, the point at
which the moon or a planet crosses
the ecliptic ; in botany, the point
in a stem from which a leaf-bud
proceeds.

Nodo'se (Lat. nodu^, a knot). Knotty.

Nod'nle (Lat. nodtts, a knot ; tUe,
denoting smaljness). A little knot ;
an irregular concrietlon of rocky
matter round a central nucleus.

Nomadic (Gr. vofxoi, nom'os, a pas-
ture). Wandering ; subsisting on
cattle, and wandeiing for the sake
of pasture.

No'mendature (Lat. nomen, a name ;
calo, from Gr. koAcw, kaled^ I call).
The collection of names peculiar to

GLOSSABT.

117

scienoe in general, or to any branch
of science.

Nom'inative (Lat. nomen, a name).
Naming ; applied to the first case
of nouns, which denotes the name
of the person or thing.

Non-conductor. A substance which
does not conduct heat, electricity,
&c.

Normal (Lat. iwrma, a rule). Ac-
cording to rule ; regular : a per-
pendicular, especially to a curve at
a given point.

Nosog'rapliy (Gr. voaoSf no^oSj dis-
ease ; ypa<p(a, grwph'o^ I write). A
description of diseases.

Nosolog'ical (Gr. voaos^ no^os, dis-
ease ; \oyosj logos f discourse). Ke-
lating to a classification of diseases.

Nosorogy (Gr. poa-osj nos'oSf dis-
ease ; \oyoSf logoSf discourse). The
branch of medical science which
distributes diseases into classes,
orders, genera, and species, and
distinguishes diseases by their pro-
per names.

NoBtal'gia (Gr. votrroSf nostos^ re-
turn ; &\yo5f cdgoSf pain). Home-
sickness ; a desire to return to one's
country, amounting to disease.

Notal (Gr. vorroSf niitos, the back).
Belonging to the back.

Nota'tion (Lat noto, I mark). The
marking or reading anything by
figures or other characters.

No'tochord (Gr. vwtos, ndtos, the
back ; x^f^t ckordOj a cord).
The fibro-cellular gelatinous column
which forms the primary condition
of the spine in vertebrate animals.

Notorhi'ial (Gr. vwros^ tiotos, the
back ; ^t^a, rhizOy a root). Haying
the radicle in the embryonic plant
on the back of the cotyledons.

Nnbeo'nla (Lat. a little cloud). In
iutronomy, a name given to the
Magellanic clouds, or two extensive
nebulous patches of stars.

Nn'ohal (Lat. ntccAo, the back of the
neck). Belonging to the neck.

Hn'olear (Lat. nu'eleiu.) Formed of
nuclei.

Nn'oleated (Lat. nu'deus, a kernel).
Having a nucleus, or central par-
tide.

Nn'oleolns (Nu'deus), A little nu-
cleus ; a small body sometimes ob-
served within the nucleus of an
animal or vegetable celL

Nn'clenfl (Lat. a kernel). A body
about which matter is collected ; a
small compact body found in ani-
mal and vegetable cells ; in cm-
tronomy^ the bright central spot
sometimes seen in the nebulous or
misty matter forming the head of
a comet.

Nndibra'chiate (Lat. wadu8f naked ;
bra'chiunif an arm). Having
naked arms ; applied to polypi, the
tentacles of which are not covered
with cilia.

Nndibran'ohiate (Lat. ntidus, naked ;
Gr. $payx"h hrcm'ckiay gills).
Having exposed gills ; applied to
an order of gasteropodous moUusca
which have no shell, and have the
gills exposed.

Numera'tion (Lat. mimerusy a num-
ber). The art of reading or writing
numbers.

Nu'merator (Lat. nvlfMrus^ a num-
ber). The number in fractions
which shows how many of the parts
are to be taken.

Numer'ical Method. The branch of
science which treats of the right
manner of deriving conclusions from
the colloofM numerical statement
of the results of certain forces or
causes.

Nnmismaf io (Lat. nvmiilma ; from
Gr. vofuafiUf nomi^mOf money).
Relating to coins or money.

Nnmismatorogy (Lat. numyma ;
Gr. \oyo5f logoi, discourse). The
science of describing coins and
medals.

II'um'mnlated(Lat. nwrnmuB, money).
Having some resemblance to a coin.

Num'mnlite (Lat. nummus^ money ;
KiBoSf lith'oSt a stone). A fossil
shell resembling a coin, found in
the limestone in the tertiary strata.

Nnta'tion (Lat. nutOf I nod). In
astronomy y the alternate approach
and departure of the pole of the
equator to and from the pole of the
ecliptic, combined with the alter-
nate increase and decrease of its

118

GLOSSAET.

retrogressiye motion ; in hotany,
applied to a property which some
flowers have of following the appa-
rent motion of the sun.

Vn'triexit (Lat. nu'triOf I nourish).
Nourishing.

Vn'triment (Lat. nu'trio^ I nourish).
Food; the material supplied for
repairing the waste or promoting
the growth of living bodies.

Nntritlon (Lat. nu'trio^ I nourish).
The process by which animals or
vegetables appropriate to their
repair or growth material taken
from external organic substances.

Nyctalo'pia (Gr. yv|, nux^ the night ;
iXaoiAxu, ala'omaif I grope about ;
0^, opSf the eye). A defect of
vision, in which the patient can see
by day, but not by night.

0.

Ob (Lat.) A preposition in compound
words, signifying against, reversed,
or contrary.

Obcompress'ed (Lat. oh ; comprimo,
I press together). Flattened in
front and behind.

Obcor'date (Lat. o5, against ; cor, the
heart). Like a heart reversed ;
applied in botany to leaves shaped
like a heart, with the apex next
the stem.

Ob'elisk (Gr. 6$€\os, oVelos^ a spit).
A four-sided column, of one stone,
rising in the form of a pyramid,
and having a smaller pyramid at
the top.

Obe'sity (Lat. oJc'aw*, fat), An ex-
cessive fatness.

Ob'ject (Lat. o6, against ; jacfto^ I
throw). That which is acted on
by the senses, the mental faculties,
or other agents.

Object-glass. The lens in a telescope
or microscope which first receives
the rays of light coming from an
object and collects them to a focus
or central point, where they form
an image which is viewed through
the eye-piece.

Objec'tive (Lat. o&, against ; jac'Wy
I throw). Belonging to an object ;
in medicine^ applied to symptoms
observed by the physician ; in
grammar, denoting the case which
is acted on.

Obla'te (Lat. oh, against ; laius,
borne or carried). Flattened at the
poles ; applied to spherical bodies
flattened at the poles or ends, like
an orange.

Obli'qae (Lat. ohli'quuB, sideways)
Neither perpendicular nor paral-
lel.

Ob'olite Grit. In geology, the lower
Silurian sandstones of Sweden and
Russia, from the abundance of
shells of the oholm, a brachiopod
mollusk.

Obo'vate (Lat. oh; ovate). Reversely
ovate, the broad end of the egg
being uppermost.

Observa'tioxL (Lat. o6se/vo, I observe).
The art of observing ; one of the
processes by which natural pheno-
mena are to be investigated.

Obser'vatory (Lat. obser^vo, I observe).
A place or building constructed for
astronomical observations.

Obsid'ian (Lat. obsidia'num vitrum,
a kind of thick glass). A glassy
lava, much resembling artificial
glass, but usually black and nearly
opaque ; it consists of silica and
alumina, with a little potash and
oxide of iron.

Obsoles'cexLce (Lat. ohsoles'co, I grow
out of use). The state of becoming
disused ; in medicine, applied to
the stage in diseased formations at
which they cease to undergo further
change.

Obsolete (Lat. ohsoles'co, I grow out
of use). In botany, imperfectly
developed or abortive.

Obstet'ric (Lat. obstet'rix, a midwife).
Relating to midwifery.

Obtec'ted (Lat ob'tego, I cover over).
Covered over ; applied to a form of
metamorphosis in insects in which
the wings and limbs are lodged in

GLOSSA&T.

119

recesses in the integument of the
pupa.

Ob'tnrator (Lat. obturo, I stop np).
That wl\^ch stops up ; a name ap-
plied to two muscles, which arise
near an opening in the pelvis called
the obturator or thyroid foramen.

Obtusan'gnilar (Lat. obti/^tu, blunt ;
an'gvluSf an angle). Having angles
larger than right angles.

Obta'se (Lat. oUu^ms, blunt). In
geometry^ aj^lied to angles which
are larger than right angles.

OVverse (Lat. 06, opposite ; vertOf I
turn.) The side of a coin which
has the &ce or head on it.

Ob'volnte (Lat. 06, against ; volvOf I
roll). Kolled into ; in botany^ ap-
plied to an arrangemept of leaves
in buds in which the margins of
one leaf alternately overlap those
of the leaf opposite to it.

Occiden'tal (Lat. ocfcidens, the west ;
from obf down; cado, I fall, in
allusion to the setting of the sun).
Belating to or produced in the
west.

Occipital (Lat. o&ciput, the back of
the head). Belonging to the back
of the head.

Oc'dpnt (Lat. oh, opposite ; cap'ut,
the head). The back part of the
head.

Occulta'tioxi (Lat. occul'to, I hide).
A hiding ; the concealment from
sight of a star or planet, by the
interposition of another body.

OcelltLS (Lat. oc'uZi», an eye). A
little eye ; one of the small eyes of
which the compound organs of
vision are formed in many inverte-
brate animals.

Ochle'sis (Qr. oxAos, cchlos, a multi-
tude). A crowding together.

Ochre (Gh*. wxpost dchros, pale). A
fine clay, coloured by more or less
X)eroxide of iron.

O'chrea or O'crea (Lat. a boot). In
botany^ the tube formed in some
plants by the growing together of
the stipules, through which the
stem passes.

Oct- or Octo- (Gr. oictw, ohtd, eight).
A prefix in compound words imply-
ing eight.

Oc'tagon (Gr. oieru, ohtoj eight;
yuviOf gonia, an angle). A figure
having eight angles.

Oetagyn'ia (Gr. oktw, oktOf eight ;
yvyrif gurie, a female). An order
of plants in the Linnean system,
having eight pistils.

Octahed'roxi (Gr. oktu, oUd, eight ;
ISpo, hed'ra, a base). A solid
figure bounded by eight equal sides,
each of which is an equilateral
triangle.

Octan'dria (Gr. bKra, oktOf eight;
oanjp, aniTt a man). A class of
plants in the Linnean system having
eight stamens.

Octan'gnlar (Lat. octOf eight ; an'gu-
luUf an angle). Having eight an-
sles

Oc'tant (Lat. odo, eight). The
eighth part of a circle ; the aspect
of two planets in which they are
distant from each other the eighth
part of a circle, or forty-five de-
grees.

Oc'tastyle (Gr. oktw, oktOj eight;
(rrvXoSf stuloSf a pillar). A build-
ing having eight columns in front.

Oc'tave (Lat. octa'vus, the eighth).
In music, a collection of eight con-
secutive notes, of which the eighth
(or highest) is produced bv twice
the number of vibrations which
form the first or lowest.

Oc'topod (Gr. iKTWf oktby eight ; iroi/y,
povSy a foot). An animal having
eight feet or legs ; a tribe of cepha-
lopods so called.

Oc'nlar (Lat. oc'ulttSf an eye). Re-
lating to the eyes.

Oc'ulifomi (Lat. (x/uliis, an eye ;
forma, form). Having the form
of an eye.

Oc'ulist (Lat. oefvJus, an eye). A
person who treats disordei'S of the
eyes.

-Ode or -Odes (Gr. cohis, odes). A
termination generijly denoting
abundance of that substance which
is implied by the previous part of
the word.

Ode'om (Ghr. uBdoVf ddeion; from
to^ri, ddCf a song). A small theatre
for the recitation of musical com-
positions.

120

GLOSSABT.

Odom'eter (Ghr. 6Sos, hod'os, a waj ;
fierpoVf met'ron, a measure). Aa
instrument for measuring tbe dis-
tance travelled over by the wheels
of a carriage.

Odontal'gia (Gr. o^ovs, ocPous^ a
tooth ; &\yoSf algos^ pain). Tooth-
ache.

Odon'tograph (Gr. dSovs, od'ous, a
tootn ; yptupWy graph'dj I write).
An instrument for measuring and
designing tbe teeth of wheels.

Odon'toid (Gr. o^ovsy od'ous, a tooth ;
ctSos, eidoSy shape). Like a tooth ;
applied in anctiomy to a process of
the second vertebra of the neck,
also to ligaments connected with it.

Odontorogy (Gr. HBovs, od'ous, a
tooth ; A070S, logosy discourse). A
description of the teeth.

Odorif'erotLS (Lat. odor, smell ; fer'o,
I carry). Giving or carrying scent.

-(EeiotLS (Gr. oiKoSy oikos, a house or
family). A termination used in
botany, in reference to the arrange-
ment of the stamens and pistils in
flowers.

(Ede^a (Gr. ol^&o, oi'ded, I swell).
A swelling ; in medicine, a minor
form of dropsy, consisting in a
puffiness of parts from a collection
of fluid in the tissue beneath the
skin.

(EdematoTU (Gr. olBew, oi'deo, I
swell). Having oedema.

(Enan'thio (Gr. oipos, oinos, wine ;
iufBoSf anthoSf a flower). A term
applied to a liquid or ether sup-
posed to give its aroma to wine.

(Esoi^'agas (Gr. oho, otd, I carry ;
9070, phag'o, I eat). The gullet ;
the tube which conveys the food
from the mouth tc the stomach.

(Esophage'al {(Eioph'agus, the gul-
let). Belonging to the oesophagus.

(Esophagofomy {(Esoph'agvs ; Gr.
rffivto, temno, I cut). The opera-
tion of cutting into the oesophagus.

Offie'inal (Lat. offici'na, a work-
shop). Kept in shops.

Ogee. In aixhiteciure, a form of
moulding consisting of two mem-
bers, the one concave and the other
convex.

-Old ((jh:. €t8os, eidos^ form). A ter-

mination implying likeness or alli-
ance.

Qinoma'nia (Gr. olvos, oinos, wine ;
/ucrta, ma'nia, madness). An in-
sane desire for wine or alcoholic
drinks.

Old Bed Sandstone. See Sandstone.

Oleag'inoiu (Lat. o'2eum, oil). Ha-
ving the properties of or containing
oil.

Oleate (Lat. &leum, oil). A com-
pound of oleic acid with a base.

Olecranon (Gr. d>\fyri, dime, the
elbow ; Kpavos, kranos, a helmet).
The projecting part of the upper
end of the ulna, forming the back
of the elbow.

Ole'fiant (Lat. o'leum, oil ; fac'io, I
make). Making oil ; applied to a
gas consisting of carbon and hydro-
gen, from its forming an oily
liquid when mixed with chlorine.

Oleic (Lat. o'leum, oil). Belonging to
oil : applied to an acid obtained
from oil.

Olein (Lat. o'letm, oil). The thin
oily part of oils and fats.

Olfoe'tory (Lat. olfdc'io, I smell).
Relating to the sense of smelling.

OliiBUS'tory Nerves. The first pair of
nerves proceeding directly from the
brain, being the nerves of smelling.

OligSB'mia (Gr. 6\iyos, ol'igos, little ;
cUfio, haima, blood). That state
of the system in which there is a
deficiency of blood.

Oligan'drotLS (Gr. ^Ai709, oHigos,
few ; iarrip, anir, a male). Hav-
ing fewer than twenty stamens.

Origo- (Gr. 6\iyos, ol'igos, little). A
prefix in compound words, signify-
ing defect in quantity or number.

Orivary (Lat. okva, an olive). Re-
sembling an olive.

Oma'snm. In comparcUive anatomy,
the third stomach, or manyplies, of
ruminant animals.

Omen'tal (Omen'tum), Belonging to
the omentum.

Omen'tnm (Lat.). The caul: a fold
of the peritoneal membrane cover-
ing the intestines in front.

Omniv'oroas (Lat. omnis, all ; voro,
I devour.) Eating both animal and
vegetable food.

GLOSSABT.

121

Chiu>- (Gr. mftos, omoSj the shoulder.)
A prefix in com pound words, sig-
nifying oonnection with the scapula
or shoulder-blade.

Omohy'oid (Gr. w/uor, omoSf the
shoulder; hyoid bone). A name
given to a muscle attached to the
hyoid bone and the shoulder.

Ozmfmo'ulate and On'gnlate. See
Unguic'ulate and Un'gulate.

OxLom'atopcaia (Gr. irofia, on'omoy a
name ; rofc«, poieo, I make). A
formation of words so as to pro-
duce a real or fancied resemblance
to the sounds which they are in-
t^ded to describe.

OxLtoIog'ieal (Gr. wr, dn^ being;
koyoif logos, discourse). Eelat-
ing to the science of beings or
existing things.

OxLtol'ogy (Gr. w, on, being ; \oyos,
logo*, discourse). The science of
being ; that part of metaphysics
which investigates and explains the
nature of beings.

Onyeh'ia (Gr. hyv^, (m'ux, a nail.)
A whitlow.

(Oolite (Gr. wov, oon, an egg; XiBos,
Uth'os, a stone). Limestone com-
posed of small rounded particles like
the eggs or roe of a fish : the name
in geology of a system of stratified
rocks, characterised by the pre-
sence of limestone of tiiis deserip-
tion.

Oolif ie (Gr. aov, don, an egg ; XiBos,
lith'ot, a stone). Pertaining to the
oolite.

Opaleifoenoe (O/NxQ. A coloured shin-
ing lustre reflected from a single
spot in a mineral

Opex'cnlar (Lat. oper^etdum, a lid).
Having, or of the nature of, a lid
or cover.

Opex^cnlated (Lat. oper'euiuTn^ a lid).
Provided with an operculum or
cover.

Oper'oaliim (Lat. oper'io, I cover). A
lid or cover.

Ophid'iauB (Gr. 6<tH5, oph'is, a ser-
pent). An order of reptiles, hav-
ing the serpent as the type.

Ophiol'ogy (Gr. 6^is, oph'is, a ser-
pent; \oyos, logos, discourse).
The description of serpents.

Ophite (Gr. ^s, oph'is, a serpent).
The mineral called serpentine.

OphUial'mia (Gr. o^aX/uos, ophthaV'
mos, the eye). Inflammation of the
eye.

Ophthal'mio (Gr. o^oX/uos, opldhal''
mos, the eye). Belonging to the
eye.

Ophthalmorogy (Gr. 6<peaXfios, oph'
thal'mos, the eye ; \oyos, logos,
discourse). The part of anatomi-
cal science which describes the eyes
and whatever relates to them.

Ophthalmom'eter (Gr. wpBaXfios, oph-
thaJUmos, the eye ; lurpov, mdfron,
a measure). An instrument for
measuring and comparing the
powers of vision of the two eyes.

Ophthal'moseope (Gr. o^oXijms, oph-
thaHmos, the eye ; aKowtw, tikopfeS,
I view). An instrument for ex-
amining the interior ot the eye.

O'piate {Opium). A medicine con-
taining opium.

OpisthoooB'lian (Gr. hnnvB^v, opis''
then, backwards ; koiXos, hailos,
hollow). Having the vertebras
hollow at the back part.

Opisthof onos (Gr. imtrdtv, opufthen,
backwards; rttvu, teino, I stretch).
A form of tetanus in which the
body is bent backwards.

Opposition (Lat. ob, against; pono,
I place.) A standing over against ;
in astronomy, the position of a
heavenly body, as seen from the
earth, in the quarter directly oppo-
site the eun, so that the earth lies
in a direct line between it and the
sun.

Optiom'eter (Gr. ii^is, opsis, vision ;
fi€rpo¥, melfron, a measure). A
measurer of sight, or of the pow^r
of vision.

Opta'tive (Lat. opto, I wish). Wish-
ing : applied, in grammar, to that
mode or form of the verb by which
desire is expressed.

Optic (Gr. iirrofuu, op'tomai, I see).
Relating to sight, or to the laws of
vision.

Optio Nerves. The second piur of
nerves proceeding directly f]x>m the
brain, being the nerves of sight.

Optics (Gr. bwroiAcu, op'tomai, I see).

122

GLOSSAET.

The branch of ricUtJi^dl philosophy
whiclL treats of the nature and pro-
perties of light, the theory of culoors,
the changes produced on light by
the substances with which it comes
into contact, and the structure of
the eye and of instruments for aid-
ing vision.

Optom'eter. See Opsiom'eter.

ClraX (Lat. os, the month). Belong-
ing to or uttered by the mouth.

Orbic'iilar (Lat. orbk'vlusy a small
round ball, &om orhU^ a round
thing). Circular ; in anatomy^
applied to the muscles which sur-
round and close the eyelids and
mouth.

Orbit (Lat. orbis, a wheel). In c»-
irorwmy, the curved course in
which any body, as the moon or a
planet, moves in its revolution
round a central body ; in anatomy^
the cavity or socket in which the
eye is situated.

Whital (Orbit). Belonging to the
orbit.

Or'bito-splienoid. A term applied to
the lesser wing of the sphenoid bone,
which forms part of the orbit.

Order (Lat. ordo)» A group of genera,
agreeing ib more general characters,
but differing in special conformation.

Or'dinate (Lat. ordOf order). In
conic sections f a straight line drawn
from a point in the abscissa to ter-
minate in the curve.

Org^ [Qt. opyayoVf or^ganon, an in-
strument, from ^f>7w, ergoy I work).
A natural instrument, by which
some process or function is carried
on.

Organic (Gr. hpyavov^ ov^ga/iwrtf an
. instrument). Consisting of or pos-
sessing organs ; rdating to bodies
which have organs ; in geology^ ap-
plied to the accumulations or addi-
tions made to the crust of the earth
in various places by the agency of
animals or vegetable matter, and
to the fossil remains of animals and
vegetables ; in medicine^ applied to
diseases in which the structure of
an organ is. evidently altered.

Or^ganism (Gr. opyavov, or'ganon, an
instrument). The assemblage of

living forces or instruments const!
tuting a body.

Or'g^anize (Gr. opyca^oVf or'ganon, an
instrument). To form with suitable
organs, so that the whole may work
together in a body.

Oi^anog'eny (Gr opyavoy, oi^ganouy
an instrument ; yevvauaj genna'o,
I produce). The development of
organs.

Organog'rapliy (Gr. opyayoPf of^ga-
non, an instrument ; ypoujxof
graph' Of I write). A description
of organs ; used especially with
regard to plants.

Org^orogy (Gr. hpyaofov, or'gwMm,
an instrument ; A070S, logosy dis-
course). A description of organs,
especially of the animal body.

Orien'tal (Lat. o'riensy the east, from
o'Wor, I arise). Eastern : relating
to the east.

Omithicli'nites (Gr. opyiSj omiSf a
bird ; tx^^o;, ichnos^ a footstep).
Fossil footprints of birds.

Omi'tholites (Gr. dpviSf omis^ a bird ;
\iOoSi liih'oSf a stone). The fossil
remains of birds.

Omithd'ogist (Gr. opviSf omis, a
bird ; \oyoSf logos, discourse). A
person who is skilled in the know-
ledge of birds.

Omithol'ogy (Gr. opyiSf omisj a bird ;
\oyo5t logoSf discourse). The
branch of zoology which describes
birds.

Ororogy (Gr. o/ws, or'oSj a mountain ;
\ayos, logoSf discourse). The science
which describes mountains.

Or'rery. A machine to represent the
motions and aspects of the planets
in their orbits.

Ortho- (Gr. 6pdoSf orthos^ staight). A
prefix in compound words, signify-
ing straight.

Orthooer'atite (Gr. opeos, orihos,
straight; icepos, her'aSf a horn).
A genus of straight horn-shaped
fossil shells, with several chambers.

Orthodromics (Gr. opdoSf orthos,
stiuight ; ^potJtoSf drom'oSf a course).
The art of sailing in the arc of a
great circle, being the shortest dis-
tance between two points on the
surface of the globe.

GLOSSABT.

123

Or'thoepy (Gr. opOos, orthoSf right ;
hros, ep'o8f a word). The correct
pronunciation of words.

Orthog'oxial (Gr. opOos, orthos,
straight ; twvio, gonia, an angle).
At right angles, or perpendicular.

Orthog'raphy (Gr. 6p$oSf orthosy
right; ypcup»i grapkoj I write).
The art or practice of writing words
with the proper letters : in archi-
tecture, the elevation of a building,
showing all the parts in their due
proportions.

OrthopnoB'a (Gr. ipdoSf orthos, upright;
iirew, pneoy I breath). A diseased
state in which breathing can only
be performed in the erect position.

Ortho^tera (Gr. opBos^ orthaa, straight ;
irrepov, ptet^on, a wing). An order
of insects, which have the wings
disposed, when at rest, in straight
longitudinal folds; as the cricket
and grasshopper.

OrthofropouB (Gr. opeos, ortkos,
right; rpeirUf trep'o, I turn).
Turned the right way ; applied in
botcmy to the ovule where its parts
undergo no change of position
during growth.

Oryotog'xiosy (Gr. ipvieros, orukftos,
fossil, or dug out ; yvaxriSt gruisis,
knowledge). The description and
classification of minerals.

Oryctorogy (Ghr. opvicroSf oruJifios,
fossil ; \oyoSf logos^ a discourse).
The description of fossils.

Oseilla'tloxi (Lat. oscU'lvmif a swing).
A swinging backwards and for-
wards ; centre of oscillation is the
point into which the whole moving
force of a vibrating body is concen-
trated.

Os'cnla (Lat. plural of otfculmm^ a
little mouth). The larger orifices
on the surface of a sponge.

Os'mazome (Gr. offfji.% osme^ odour;
(cofios, zomoSf juice or soup). The
name given to the extractive matter
of muscular fibre, which gives the
smell to boiled meat.

Os'mose (Gr. uOfut, diked, I impel).
The process by which fluids and
gases pass through membranes.

Ofl'seons (Lat. os, a bone). Formed
0^ or resembling bonet

Os'side (Lat. ossic'tUumf from os, a
bone; ulurOf denoting smallness).
A little bone.

Ossif 'erons (Lat. o«, a bone ; /e/o, I
bear). Producing or containing
bones.

Ossif 'ic (Lat. of, a bone ; facfio, I
make). Making bone.

Ossifloa'tioxL (Lat. os, a bone ; fatfia,
I make). A change into a bony
substance ; the formation of bones.

Os'siiy (Lat; os, a bone; facfiOf I
make). To form bone ; to become
bone.

OsslT'oroiiB (Lat. os, a bone \vorOf I
devour). Eating bones.

Os'teal (Gr. o<movy os^teon, a bone).
Belonging to bone.

Os'teine (Gr. oareoy, os'teon, a bone).
The tissue of bone.

Ostei'tis (Gr. 6<rrtov, os'teon, a bone;
itis, denoting inflammation). Li-
flammation of bone.

Osteoden'tine (Gr. wrreov^ ot/teon, a
bone ; Lat. dens, a tooth). A
structure formed in teeth, in part
resembling bone.

Osteog'eny (Gr. hcrr^ov, os'teon, a
bone ; yewau, genna'dj I produce).
The formation or growth of bone.

Osteoid (Gr. oTreov, os'teon^ a bone ;
6(8os, eido8, form). Resembling
bone.

Osted'ogy (Gr. htn-tov, os'teon, a
bone ; Xoyos, logoSf discourse). A
description of the bones.

Osteomala'cia (Gr. hareov, osfteon, a
bone ; fiaXcucoSj maVakos^ soft). A
diseased softening of the bones.

Os'teopliyte (Gr. otrrfovj os'teon^ a
bone ; ^vo), phm, I grow). A
bony tumour or projection.

Os'teotrite (Gr. hareov, os'teon, a
bone ; Lat. tero, I rub). An instru-
ment for redioving diseased bones.

Osteozoa'ria (Gr. htrrcovy os'teon, a
bone*; (otovy zooUy an animal). A
name for the vertebrate division of
the animal kingdom, comprising
those animals which possess bones.

Ostra'cea ( Gr. h(rrp€0Vy os'treon, an
oyster). A family of bivalve mol-
luscous invertebrate animals, of
which the oyster is an example.

Ostrap'oda (Gr. harp^ov^ oa'trean, an

124

GLOSSABT.

oyster; iroi/t, potu, a foot). An
order of entomoBtracons crastacea,
which have the body enclosed in a
bivalve shell.

Otal'gia (Gr. oiy, ous, the ear ; &A70S,
algoSf pain). Pain in the ear.

Otio (Gr. ovs, ofiSf the ear). Belong-
ing to the ear.

Oti'liB {Qt. oifSf ou8y the ear ; Uis,
denoting inflammation). Inflam-
mation of the ear.

CVtocrane (Gr. obsf ovs, the ear ; xpa-
viov, hranton^ the skull). The
part of the skull which is modified
for the reception of the organ of
hearing.

(VtolithB (Gr. ovsy otu, the ear ; Aidos,
lith'oSf a stone). Eax-stones ; small
masses of carbonate of lime con-
tained in the membranous labyrinth
of the internal ear.

Otorrhe'a (Gr. obSf <yus, the ear;
ptu, rkeof I flow). A flow or dis-
charge from the ear.

O'tosoope (Gbr. ous, oua, the ear;
ffKoirecOf skop'eoj I view). An in-
strument for listening to the sound
passing through the tympanum in
diseased states of the ear.

Otos'teal (Gr. ohsy <mSf the ear ;
6<rr€0Vf oa^teoriy a bone). The ear-
bone in the skeleton of fishes.

•0x18. In chemistry, a termination
implying that the compound has a
smaller quantity of oxygen than
that whoHO name ends in -ic

Outcrop. In geology ^ the edge of an
inclined stratum when it comes to
the surface of the ground.

Outlier. In geology, a patch or mass
of a stratum detached from the
main body of the formation to
which it belongs.
Ova (Lat. plund of owm, an egg).
Eggs.

Oval (Lat. 01mm, an egg). Shaped
like an e^.

O'vary (Lat. wumj an egg). The
organ in animals in which eggs are
formed and contained; in plants,
the case containing the young seeds,
and ultimately becoming the fruit.

Ovate (Lat. owm^ an egg). In
any, like an ^g, with the lower
d broadest.

Overshot Wheel. A wheel which is
moved by water which flows at its
upper part into buckets placed
round its circumference.

Ovieap'sule (Lat. ovum, an egg ;
caps'ula, a capsule or casket). The
sac which contains the egg.

O'vidnct (Lat. ormm, an egg ; duco,
I lead). A passage which conveys
eggs from the ovary.

Ovig'erouB (Lat. ovttm, an egg ; get^o,
I carry). Carrying eggs ; applied
to receptacles in which, in some
animals, eggs are received after
being discharged from the ovary.

O'viform (Lat. owm, an egg ; forma,
shape). Like an egg.

Ovine (Lat. ovis, sheep). Pertaining
to sheep.

Ovip'axons (Lat. ovtim, an egg; par'io,
I produce). Producing eggs; ap-
plied to animals in which the egg
is hatched after ^trusion from the
body.

Oviposit (Lat. ovum, an egg ; pono,
I put). To lay eggs.

Oviposit'ion (Lat. ovum, an egg ;
pono, I put). The laying of eggs.

Oidpos'itor (Lat. ovum^ an egg ; pono,
I put). The organ which transmits
eggs to their proper place during
exclusion.

Ovifl (Lat., a sheep). The generic
term for the animals of which the
sheep is the type.

O'visac (Lat. ovum, an egg ; sac).
The cavity in tiie ovary which
contains the ovum.

O'volo. In architecture, a round
moulding, generally the quarter of
a circle.

Ovovivip'aroTUi (Lat. ovum, an egg ;
vivus, 'alive ; par^io, I produce).
Hatching young from eggs in the
body of the parent, but not in an
uterine cavity.

Ov'nle (Lat. ovum, an egg). A little
egg, or seed ; the small body in
plants which becomes a seed.

Oz'alate (OxaX'ic), A salt composed
of oxalic acid and a base.

Oxal'ic (Lat oa^alis, sorrel). Per-
taining to sorrel : applied to an
acid, first obtained from the sorrel,
but of very common occurrence.

GLOSSARY.

125

Oz'idate (Oxide). To oonyert into
an oxide.

Oxide {Oxfygen), A body formed of
oxygen wiih another elementary
body.

Ox'idiae (Ch!ygen), To charge or
impregnate with oxygen.

Ozy-. A prefix in compound words,
signifying generally that oxygen
enters into tiie composition of the
substance ; sometimes also im-
plying acateness.

(h^rg'eiiate (Oafygen^ firom Gr. h^vs,
ofiTttf, acid ; yeyvau, genna'o, I
produce). To unite or cause to
combine with oxygen.

Oxyg'eiiise. See Oxygenate.

OxTg^enonB (Ox^ygen), Belating to
oxygen.

Qxyhj'dzogen Blowpipe. A kind
of blowpipe in which oxygen and
hydrogen gases are burned together,
to produce intense heat.

Ozyhy'dzogen Mi'eroscope. A mi-
croscope illuminated by a cylinder
of limestone exposed to the flame
of the oxyhydrogen blow-pipe.

Oz'ysalt ((hfygen; salt). A salt
into the composition of which
oxygen enters.

Os'one (Gr. o^w, o^o, I smell). A
modification of oxygen, produced
by electrical action, and emitting a
peculiar odour.

P.

PaVnlum (Lat. from ptucOf I feed).
Food.

Pacchio'nian 'Bodieam(Pacchio'ni, an
Italian anatomist). Small fleshy
looking eleyations formed on the
external surface of the dura ma-
ter.

Pachyder^iatonB (Gr. vaxvstpach'tUf
thick; 8ff>/ua, c2erffia, skin). Thick-
skinned ; applied to an order of
animals having hoofis, but not
chewing the cud, of which the
elephant, hippopotamus, horse, pig,
and a large number of fossil animal
are examples.

Padn'ian Bodies (Paci'niy an Italian
anatomist). Minute oval bodies,
attached to the extremities of the
nerves of the hand and foot, and
some other parts.

Pals'o- (Gr. ira\(uos, palat'os, an-
cient). A prefix in compound
words, signifying ancient.

Patoog'raphy (Gr. roAouos, palaifoSy
ancient ; ypwpia, graph' 5^ I write).
The art of deciphering and reading
ancient inscriptions.

PakBol'ogy (Gr. waXcuos, palai'os,
ancient ; \oyo5f logos, discourse).
A discourse or treatise on ancient
things.

PalflBontorogy (Gr. iraXcuos, palai'os,
ancient ; wy, ofif being ; Koyos,

logos, discourse). The branch of
science which describes the fossil
animals and plants found in geolo-
gical strata.

Pal8Boph3rtorogy (Gr. iraXatos, pa-
lai'os, ancient ; <p\nov, phvion, a
plant ; \oyos, logos, discourse).
A term proposed for that branch of
palaeontology which treats of fossil
vegetable remains.

Palarasan'ms (Gr. voXaios, palaHos,
ancient ; traopos, sauros, a lizard).
Ancient lizard : a fossil reptile
found in the magnesian limestone
of the Permian system.

PalsBothe'riam (Gr. voXcuos, pdlaiSos,
ancient ; Bripiov, tJirrion, wild
beast). A fossil pachydermatous
or thick-skinned animal, found in
the tertiary strata.

PalsBOZo'ic (Gr. iroXouor, palai^os,
ancient ; (oni, zoS, life). A term
applied to the lowest division of
strata which contains fossil re-
mains of animals.

PalflBOZool'ogy (Gr. toXcuos, pala'ios^
ancient ; itoov, zOon, an animal ;
X070S, logos, a discourse). A term
proposed for that branch of palseon-
tology which describes fossU animal
remains.

Pala'tal (Lat. pala'tum, the roof of
the mouth). Belatbg to the pa-

126

GLOSSAET.

late : a letter formed by the aid of
the palate.

Pal'atiJie (Lat. pala'tum, the roof of
the mouth). Belonging to the
palate.

Pal'atine (Lat. pala'tium^ a palace).
Belonging to a palace : having royal
priyileges : counties palatine, in
England, were Chester, Durham,
and Lancaster, oyer which the pro-
prietors — ^the Earl of Chester,
Bishop of Durham, and Duke of
Lancaster — formerly possessed
rights equal to those of the king.

Pala'to-. In anaiomy^ a prefix in
compound words, signifying connec-
tion with the palate.

Pa'Iea (Lat. chaff). A name given
to a part of the flowers of grasses ;
also to the small «Bcaly plates in
the receptacle of some composite
flowers.

Palea'ceous (Lat. paflea, chaff). Ee-
sembling chaff ; covered with small
membraneous scaled.

Palim'psest (Gr. vaXiVj pal'iny again ;
^ouo, psaof I rub). A sort of
parchment from which anything
written might be rubbed out, so
that it might be again written on.

Pallial (Lat. pat Hum, a mantle).
Belonging to the pallium or mantle.

Palliobranchia'ta (Lat. pal'liumy a
mantle ; Gr. fipayxui, bran'chiOf
gills). A class of molluscous in-
vertebrate animals, havii}g the
branchise arranged on the inner
surface of the mantle.

Pallium (Lat. a mantle). In zoclogy,
the fleshy covering lining the in-
terior of the shells of bivalve
mollusca, and covering the body of
the animal.

Pal'macites (Lat. palma^ a palm-
tree). Fossil remains which bear
an analogy or resemblance to the
existing palms.

PaI'mar (Lat. palma, the palm of the
hand). Belonging to the palm.

Pal'mate (Lat. palma^ the palm).
Eesembling a hand with the fingers
spread ; in botany^ applied to
leaves divided into lobes to about
the middle.

Palmaf ifid (Lat. palma, the palm ;

findOf I cleave). Divided so as to
resemble a hand.

Pal'miped (Lat. palmar a palm ; pes,
a foot). Web-footed ; applied to
an order of birds having the toes
connected by a membrane for the
purpose of swimming, as the pen-
guin, petrel, pelican, swan, goose,
duck, &c.

Palpa'tioxi (Lat. palpo, I feel). Feel-
ing : examination by means of the
sense of touch.

Pal'pebra (Lat.). An eyelid.

Pal'pebral (Lat. paVpehra, an eye-
lid). Belonging to the eyelids.

Palpi (Lat. palpoy I feel). Feelers :
jointed filaments attached to the
heads of insects and some other
animals.

Paln'dal (Lat. palus, a marsh). Be-
longing to or caused by emanations
from marshes.

Paxn'piiiiform (Lat. pam'pintu, a
tendril ; forma, shape). Like a
tendril. •

Pan-, Pant-, or Panto- (Or, iras,
pas, all). A prefix in compound
words, signifying all, or every
thing.

Panace'a (Gr. irav, pan, all ; hctofMt,
akfeomai, 1 cure). A medicine
supposed to cure all diseases.

Pan'ary (Lat. panis, bread). Eclat-
ing to bread ; formerly applied to
the fermentative process which
takes place in the making of bread.

Pan'creas (Gr. irov, pan, all ; xptas,
kreas, flesh). A narrow flat gland
extending across the abdomen
under the stomach, and secreting a
fluid which aids in the digestion of
food.

Panoreat'io (Pan'creas). Belonging
to or produced by the pancreas.

Pandem'ic (Gr. trap, pan, all ; ^fios,
demos, people). Attacking a whole
people.

Pan'duxiform (Lat. pandura, a
fiddle ; forma, shape). Shaped
like a fiddle ; applied, in botany,
to leaves which are contracted in
the middle and broad at each end.

Panicle (Lat. panidula, the down
upon reeds). A form of inflores-
cence, consisting of spikelets on

GLOSSABT.

127

long peduncles coming off in the
manner of a raceme, as in grasses.

Panic'iilate (Lat. panu/ula). Hav-
ing flowers arranged in panicles.

Panora'ms (Gr. irov, pan^ sXl ; bp<uo,
hiorao, I see). An entire view ; a
form of picture in which all the
objects tiiat can be seen from a
single point are represented on the
inner surfetce of a round or cylin-
drical walL

Paa'togrsph (Ghr. way, pan, all ;
ypcuptc, grapho, I write). An in-
strument for copying drawings.

Paatom'eter (Gr. irav, pan, all ;
Herpov, metfrom^ a measure). An
instrument for measuring all kinds
of elevations, angles, and distances.

FapaTera'ceouB (Lat. papa'ver, a
poppy). Belonging to the order of
plants of which the poppy is the
type.

Fapiliona'oeoas (Lat. papU'io, a
butterfly). Besembling a butter-
fly : applied to plants of the legu-
minous order, as the pea, from ^e
shape of the flowers.

Fapil'la (Lat. a nipple). A small
conical or cylindrical projection of
the skin or mucous membrane,
containing blood-vessels and nerves,
and serving sometimes to extend
the surface, and sometimes for re-
ceiving impressions made on the
extremities of the nerves.

Papillary (Lat. papil'la). Consist-
ing of or provided with papillse.

Pap'illated or Pap'illose (Lat. pa-
pi/la). Covered with small nipple-
like prominences.

Pappose (Lat pappvs, down).
Downy.

Pap'ulsB (Lat. plural of pap'tUa, a
kind of pimple). Pimples.

Papyra'ceoTU (Lat. papy'rtu, paper).
Papery : of- the nature or consis-
tence of paper.

Par'a- (Gr. irapo, pai^a), A Greek
preposition used in compound words,
signifying close to, side by side,
beyond, passing through, or con-
trary.

Parab'ola (Gr. iropo, pai-'a, beyond ;
/SoAAw, balld, I cast ; probably
from being the curve described in

the motion of projectiles). The
figure produced by cutting a cone
by a plane parallel to one of its
sides.
Paraboric {Pardb'ola). Having the
form of, or relating to, a parabola.
Parab'oloid (Parab'olu; Gr. ciSos,
eidos, form). The solid body pro-
duced by the revolution of a paro-
bola about its axis.
Paracente'alB (Gr. Trapa, pat^a,
beyond ; Ktvrea, hen* ted, I pierce).
The operation of perforating a part
of the body to aUow the escape of
fluid.
Paracen'trio (Gr. iropo, par'a, be-
yond ; Kivrpov, hentron, a centre).
Deviating from the curve which
would form a circle.
Par'adox (Gr. wapa, pcu^a, beyond;
^o^ doxa, opinion). Something
that seems at first to be contrary
•to received opinion, or absurd.
Par'affin (Lat. parum, little ; affi'nis,
allied to). A substance obtained
from tar, remarkable for its resis-
tence to strong chemical agents, and
for not being knovm to combine in
a definite manner with any other
body.
Parago'ge' (Gr. wapa, par^a, be-
yond ; 07W, ago, 1 draw). The
addition of a letter or syllable to
the end of a word. .
Parallac'tio (Gr. vapa, par^a, be-
yond ; aXAour<r(», alias' so, I change).
Belonging to the parallax. Paral-
lactic inequality in the moon^s
course is the inequality dependent
on the difference between the dis-
turbing forces exercised by the sun
in conjunction and opposition.
Par'i^az (Gr. iropo, pai'^a, beyond ;
iXXaurcra^ alias' ao, I change). The
apparent change in the position of
an object, according to the point
from which it is viewed. Diurnal
parallax is the difference between
the place of a celestial body as seen
from the surface, and that in which
it would appear if seen from the
centre, of the earth. Horizontal
parallax is the greatest amount of
diurnal parallax, occurring when
the object is in the horizon. An-

12S

GLOSSARY.

diiaI parallax is the apparent dis-
placement of a celestial body aris-
ing from its being viewed from dif-
ferent parts of the earth^s orbit.

Par'allel (Gr. iropo, par'a, opposite ;
iWfiXcoVf aUelorij one another).
Extending in the same direction
and equally distant in every part.

Parallerograin (Gr. xapaWtiKos, pa-
ralleloSf parallel ; ypeufxot graph' o^
I write). A figure with four straight
sides, having the opposite sides
equal and parallel.

Parallelopi'ped (Or. TapoXAs^Xos, pa-
ralleloSt jMirallel; ^irtircSos, epip'e-
doSf level). A solid figure bounded
by six parallelograms, parallel to
each other two and two, as in a
brick.

Paral'3rsi8 (Gr. i-opo, pa'Ha, from ;
kuUf luOf I loosen). Palsy ; a loss
of power of voluntary motion or
sensation, or both, in any part ,of
the body.

Paralyfic (Gr. ropo, pa^a, from ;
Xu», IWf I loosen). Affected with
palsy.

Par'alyse (Gr. irapa, pcvr^af from ; Xuw,
hiOf I loosen). To render incapable
of motion or sensation.

Paramagnet'io (Gr. iropo, por^o, by ;
futyvTiSf magrieSt a magnet). A term
applied to bodies which are attracted
by both poles of the magnet, and
which then arranges itself parallel
to the straight line joining the poles.

Paraple'gia (Gr. vapo, par^a, across ;
ir\ri<r<rUf plesaOf I strike). Palsy
of the lower half of the body, or
of both lower limbs.

Paiapoph'3rsi8 (Gr. xapa, pa/i^a, be-
yond ; apoph'ysis), A name given
to the transverse process of an ideal
typical vertebra.

Fara8ele'iie'(Gr. xapOf par' a, beyond ;
(re\riyri, Selene^ the moon). A
mock moon ; a luminous ring sur-
rounding the moon.

Far'asite (Gr, iropo, par^a^ by ; ffiros,
sUoSf corn : applied originally to a
class of public servants, who were
maintained at the tables of the
richer people). Any plant or ani-
mal which lives and feeds on the
body of another plant or animal.

Parasif ie (Parasite), Living on some
other body, and deriving nutriment
from it.

Paratomnerre (Gr. irapa, par^a^ from ;
Fr. tonnerref thunder). A light-
ning conductor ; a pointed metallic
rod erected over a building or
other object to protect it from
lightning.

Pareg^r'ic (Gr. itapriyopeUf paregoreo,
I mitigate). Mitigating pain.

Paren'chyma (Gr. -n-apo, par'a, by ;
iyXVfJMf en/chvma, a tissue). A
term used to denote either the
solid part of a gland, including all
its tissues, or any substance lying
between the ducts, vessels, and
nerves.

ParexLohy'matOlu (Paren'ehyma).
Consisting of parenchyma ; or
affecting parts formed of paren-
chyma.

Paren'thesis (Ghr. vapo, po/a, beyond ;
iVf eUf in : ridrifUf tithJemif I place).
An insertion of words in the body
of a sentence, giving some explana-
tion or comment, but not forming
a part of its grammatical struc-
ture.

Parhe'llon (Gr. irapa, pai^a, beyond ;
ri\ioSy hJeliosy the sun). A mock
sun ; a meteor appearing as a bright
light near the sun, sometimes
tinged with colours like a rainbow.

Pari'etal (Lat. parties, a wall). Be-
lating to or acting as a wall : in
a/MUomyy applied to a large flat
bone at each side of the head ; in
botany^ applied to any organ which
grows from the sides or waUs of
another.

Parletes (Lat. plural of par^iesy a
wall). The enclosing walls of any
cavity.

ParisyUab'io (Lat. par, equal ; Gr.
auWafirif atd'lale, a syllable). Hav-
ing an equal number of syllables.

Paronoma'sia (Gr. irapa, par' a, near ;
hvoiia(u^ onoma'zo, I name). A
figure by which words nearly alike
in sound, but of different meanings,
are used in relation to each other
in the same sentence.

Parot'id (Gr. irof o, par'a, near ; ovs,
ouSf the ear). 14 ear the ear ;. ap-

aiiOSSABY.

129

plied to one of the saliTary glands
from its situation.

Faroti'tis (Lat. paro'tiSy the x)arotid
gland ; UiSf denoting inflammation).
Mumps; inflammation of the parotid
gland.

Par'ozysm (Gr. rapo, 'par'a, beyond ;
o|vs, oxusy sharp). A fit of any
disease, coming on after a period of
intermission or suspension.

Farozys'mal {Paroxysm), Oecnr-
ring in paroxysms or fits.

Farthenogen'eslB (Gr. xape^vos, par'-
thenoSf a virgin ; ytwaa, genna'd,
I produce). The successive pro-
duction of animals or vegetables
from a single ovum.

Far'ticle (Lat. parSf a part : cUf de-
noting smallness). A. minute part
of a body.

Far'tite (jjat. pa/Ztio, I divide) In
botaaipt divided to near the base.

Farta'nent (Lat. pa^tu'rio, I bring
forth). Bringing forth young.

Fartniifion (Lat. paHu'rio^ I bring
forth). The act of bringing forth
young.

Fas'seres (Lat. passer, a sparrow).
An order of birds, characterised
by slender legs, feeble, straight or
nearly straight bill, sufficiently
large wings, and small or moder-
ate size.; including the sparrow,
swallow, blackbird, and numerous
oth^ birds.

Fas'serine (Lat. passer, a sparrow).
Belonging to the order passeres, of
which the sparrow is a type.

Patella (Lat. a dish with a broad
brim). The knee-pan.

Fathogenet'io (Gr. iraOos, path'os,
suffering ; f^waua^ genna'o, I pro-
duce). Producing disease : relating
to the production of disease.

Fathog'eiiy(Gr. vados, path'os, suffer-
ing; ytvvoM, genna'o, I produce).
The study of the seats, nature,
general forms, and varieties of
disease.

Pathognomonic (Gr. ira9os, path'os,
suffering ; ytvcoffKof, ginosko^ I
know). Peculiar to any si)ecial
disease, and distinguishing it from
all othei-s.

PathoVogy Gr. vados, path^os, suffer-

ing ; XoyoSf logos, discourse). The
branch of medical science which
treats of the nature and constitu-
tion of disease.

Patholog'ical (Gr. xaOos, path'os, suf-
fering ; \oyos, logos, a discourse).
B^lating to the study of the nature
of disease.

Paf olous (Lat. paJlfto, I am open).
Spreading open.

Pancispi'ral (Lat. paums, few; vpira,
a spire). Having few spiral turns.

Pavement Epithe'liom. A form of
epithelium in which the particles
have the form of small angular
. masses or thin scales.

Pe'cilopodfl. 8ee Poe'cilopods.

Pec'ora (Lat. pedus, cattle). A name
given by Linnnus to the ruminat-
ing mammals.

Peo'tin (Gr. tt^ictos, peletos, solid,
congealed). The jelly of fruits.

Pec'tinate (Lat. pecten, a comb). Ba-
sembling the teeth of a comb.

Pectine'al (Lat. pecten, a comb). In
arMUomy, applied to a line forming
a sharp ridge on the pubic bone of
the pelvis.

Pectinibraaohia'ta (Lat. pecten, a
comb ; Qr.fipayxia,hran'chia, gills).
An order of gasteropodous mollus-
cous animals, which have the gills
in a comb-like form, usually seated
in a cavity behind the head.

Pec'tiniform (Lat. pecten, a comb ;
forma, shape). Resembling a comb.

Pec'toral (Lat. pectus, the breast).
Belonging to or situated on the
region of the breast ; the pectoral
fins in fishes are the anterior fins,
which represent the fore limbs of
the higher vertebrate animals.

Pectoiil'oqay(Lat. pectus, the breast;
loquor, I speak). A direct trans-
mission of the sound of the voice
from the chest to the ear, heard on
listening over the chest in certain
diseased states.

Pectus (Lat.) The breast.

Pedate (Lat. pes, the foot). Having
divisions like the toes.

Pedicle (Lat. pes, the foot). A sab-
division of a peduncle or stem.

Ped'iform (Lat. pes, a foot ; formn^
shape). Shaped like a foot.

130

eCDSSABT,

Fedig'erous (Lat. puf a foot ; gero,
I bear). CanTfiUg feet.

Fedilu'viom (Lat. peSf a foot ; lavo,
I wash).. A foot-bath.

Ped'imtAt (Lat. pes, a foot). In or-
cMtecture, the triangular surface
formed by the vertical termination
of a i*oof consisting of two sloping
sides, and bounded by three cor-
nices.

Fedipal'pi (Lat. pes, a foot ; palpi,
feelers). A section of arachnida,
remarkable for the large size of
their palpi, which are furnished
with claws or pincers, as the scor-
pion.

Ped'nncle (Lat. pes, a foot ; cle, de-
noting smallness). A stem.

FedTm'cnlated {Ped^ uncle). Growing
or supported on a stem.

Peg^matite (Ghr. tniyfia, pegma, any-
thing fastened together). A form
of granite, being a fine-grained
compound of feldspar and quartz,
with minute scales of mica.

Pelag'ic (Qr. v^Xayos, pel'agos, the
open sea). Belonging to the deep
sea.

Pellag'ra (Lat. pellis cegra, diseased
skin). Italian leprosy; a disease
of the skin common in the north of
Italy.

Pellicde (Lat. pdlis, a skin ; cle,
denoting smallness). A thin skin
or film ; in botany, the outer cover-
ing of plants.

PeUu'cid (Lat. per, through; lu'ci-
dus, light). Clear ; transparent.

Pel'tate (Lat. pelta, a target). Ha-
ving the shape of a round shield or
target ; in botany, applied to leaves
having the stem inserted at or near
the middle of the under surface.

Pelvic (Pelvis). Belonging to the
pelvis.

Pelvis (Lat. a basin). In anatomy,
the cavity or inclosure in the ani-
mal body made up of the innomi-
nate bones, the sacrum, and the
coccyx, and supporting the lower
organs of the abdomen on the in-
side, and the lower limbs on the
outside.

Pemphi'gns (Gr. vefupt^, pemphix, a
small blister). A disease of the

skin, consisting in an eruption of
blisters of various sizes, from the
size of a sixpence to that of a half-
crown.

Pencil of Bays. In optics, a collec-
tion of rays of light radiating from
or converging to a common point,
and included within the surface of
a cone or other regular limit.

Pendant (Fr. hanging, from Lat.
pendeo, I hang). An ornament

, used in the vaults and ceilings of
Gothic architecture.

Pen'dolous (Lat. pen'deo, 1 hang).
Hanging.

Pen'dolam (Lat. pen'deo, I hang). A
body suspended so that it may
vibrate about some fixed point by
the action of gravity.

Penicil'late (Lat. penicHlus, a small
brush). Having the form of a
pencil or small brush.

Penin'snla (Lat. pene^ almost ; in'-
sula, an island). A portion of
land nearly or in great part sur-
rounded by water, and joined to
the mainland by a part narrower
than the tract itself.

Pennate (Lat. penna, a feather).
•Winged.

Pen'nifer (Lat. penna, a feather ;
fer^o, I bear). Covered with fea-
thers.

Pen'niform (Lat. penna^ a feather ;
forma, shape). Having the shape
of a feather ; in anatomy, applied
to muscles of which the fibres pass
out on each side from a central
tendon.

Pen'ninerved (Lat. penna, a feather ;
nervtis, a nerve). In botany, ap-
plied to leaves which have the
nerves or veins arranged like the
parts of a feather.

Pennnle (Lat. penna, a feather ; vie,
denoting smallness). A small fea-
ther, or division of a feather.

Penta- (Gr. irei/rc, pente, five). A
prefix in compound words, signify-
ing five.

Pentac'rinites (Gr. n-erre, pente,
five ; Kpivov, Jcrimm, a Uly). A
tribe of echinoderms, mostly fossil,
in which the animal consists of a
jointed flexible column fixed at the

GLOSSARY.

131

base, and supporting a ooncaye
disc or body, with five jointed cy-
lindrical arms.

Fentadac'tyle (Gr. tcvtc, pente,
five; teuervKos, dalftuloSf a finger).
Having five fingers or toes.

Fen'tagon (Gr. x^jne, pente, five;
Twi'ia, goniaf an angle). A figure
having five angles.

Fen'tagraph. See Pantagraph.

Fentag^'ia (Gr. veme, pente, five ;
yvyrjf guniy a female). A term
applied in the Linnean system to
those classes of plants which have
five pistils.

Fentahed'ral (Gr. verre, peatey five ;
^8pa, hed'ra, a base). Having
five equal sides.

Fentahed'ron (Gr. tcktc, pente, five ;
{Spa, Tied' r a, a base). A solid
figure, having five equal mdes.

Fentam'era (Gr. ircKxe, pente, five ;
titpoSf meroSf a part). Having five
parts ; in zoology, a section of the
coleoptera or beetle tribe, having
the tarsi of all the feet five-
jointed.

Fentam'eter (Gr. ircyre, pen^e, five ;
fierpoyy medron^ a measure). A
verse of five feet.

Fentan'diia (Gr. irem-e, pente, five ;
&V77P, OTier, a man). A class of
plants in the Linnsean system,
having five distinct stamens.

Fentan'gn^lar (Gr. ircKre, pentey five ;
Lat. an'guluSy an angle). Having
five angles.

Fentaphyllous (Gr. tcktc, pente,
five ; <pv\XoVy phvllon, a leaf).
Having five leaves).

Fentasper'moiLS (Gr. ircKxe, pente,
five ; (TiripfjLa, sperma, a seed).
Having five seeds.

Fen'tastyle (Gr. ir^vre, pente, five ;
oTvAos, itvlos, a pillar). A bxdld-
ing having five columns in front.

Fenol'timate (Lat. pency almost ;
vl'tinvm, last). Last but one.

Fenumlira ^Lat. pene, almost ; urti'
hrOf a shadow). Partial shade or
shadow ; in optics and astronomy^
a space on each side of a perfect
shadow or eclipse, from which the
rays of light are partially cut off
by the opaque body ; in painting^

the part where the shade and light
blend with each other.

Fepsine (Gr. Tcirrctf, pepto, I digest).
The active principle of the gastric
juice, which effects digestion.

Fep'tic (Gr. i-eiTTw, peptd, I digest).
Promoting digestion.

Fer- (Lat) A preposition used in
compound words, signifying through,
thoroughly, very, in excess.

For Axmom (Lat.) By the year.

For Cap'ita (Lat ). By the head.

Fercep'tioii (Lat. per, by or through;
cap'io, I take) . The process by which
the mind takes notice of external
objects.

Fercblo'rate (Lat. per, through ;
chlorine). A salt consisting of per-
chloric acid and a base.

Feirclilo'rio(Lat.f>fr, very; chlorine),
A term applied to an acid consist-
ing of one equivalent of chlorine
and seven of oxygen.

Fer'colate (Lat. per, through ; nolo,
I strain). To strain through.

Fercola'tion, (Lat. per, through ; colOf
I strain). The act of straining.

Fercufreat (Lat. per, through ;
curro, I run). Running through
from top to bottom.

Fercns'siOE (Lat. perctU'io, I strike).
A striking.

Feren'nial (Lat. per, through ; an-
nus, a year). Lasting through
several or many years.

Ferennibran'chiate (Lat. peren'nis,
lasting ; Gr. fipayxia, bran'chia^
gills). Having lastbg gills ; ap-
plied to batrachian reptiles in
which the giUs remain throughout
life.

Ferfoliate (Lat. per, through ; /o'-
lium, a leaf). Applied to leaves
which have the lobes at the base
united, so as to surround the stem,
as if the stem ran through them.

Fer'i- (Gr. irept, per^i, around). A
preposition in compound words,
signifying around.

Fer'iaiitii(Gr.ir€pi,j9c/i, about; &v0of,
anthos, a flower).' A term applied
to the calyx and corolla of flowers ;
especially when they cannot be
easily distinguished from each
other.

x2

132

GLOSSARY.

Feriaa'diBX {Pericar^dium), Belong-
ing to or produced in the pericar-
dium.

Perioardi'tis (Pericar^dium ; itia,
denoting inflamation). Inflamma-
tion of the pericardium or mem-
brane covering the heart.

Pericar'diTim (Gr. irepi, per'if around ;
Kop^iOf kar'diat the heart). The
serousmembrane covering the heart.

Per'iearp (Qr. wep/, per'ij around ;
KoprroSf harpoSy fruit). The seed-
vessel, or shell of the fruit of
plants.

Periehon'drixim (Gr. vepif pei'^i,
around ; x^'^^P^h chondroSj carti-
lage). The membrane covering
cartilages.

Pericra'niiun (Gh:. ircpt, per'ij around ;
Kpctyioy, hrafniorif the skidl). The
membrane immediately covering
the bones of the skull.

Per'iderm (Gr. xtpi, pe/i, about;
StpfjLOf derma, skin). In botany,
the outer layer of bark.

Perigee (Gh:. irepi, per^if about ; 717,
gcf the earth). Tbe point in the
moon's path which is nearest to
the earth, and where it therefore
appears largest.

Per'igone (Gr, irfpi, pe/i, about ;
yovrit gon'e, a pistil). A term for
the floral envelopes : sometimes
restricted to cases in which the flower
bears pistils only.

Perig'yxiOTXS (Gr. irepi, per^i, about ;
7i;v»7, gtme, a female). Growing
on some part that surrounds the
ovary in a flower ; applied to the
corolla and stamens when they are
attached to the calyx.

Poihe'lion (Gr. irept, perH, about;
TjXioSt helios, the sun). The point
of its orbit in which a planet or
comet is nearest to the sun.

Perim'eter (Gr. irept, per% around ;
fierpov, melfron, a measure). The
bounds or limits of a body : in a
circle, the circumference.

Pe'riod (Gr. irept, per^i, about ; 680s,
hados, a way). A circuit : a stated
portion of time.

Periodic or Periodical (Gr. ircpt,
pc/i, about ; 68oy, hodoSy a way).
Performed in a regidar circait in a

given time ; occurring at regular
Intervals.

Periodic (Lat. per, very ; i'odme).
A term applied to an acid contain-
ing an equivalent of iodine and
seven of oxygen.

Periodicity (Period), The disposi-
tion of certain things, or circum-
stances, to return at stated intervals.

Periodon'tal (Gr. irept, per'i, about ;
080VS, odotis, a tooth). Surroxmd-
ing the teeth.

Perice'ci (Gr. xcpi, pe/i, round a-
bout; olxeot, oi'keo, I dwell). The
inhabitants of the earth who live
in the same latitudes, but whose
longitudes differ by 180 degrees, so
that when it is noon with one it is
midnight with the other.

Periostl'tis {Periosteum : itis, denot-
ing inflammation). Inflammation of
the periosteum.

Perios'teiim (Gr. irepi, per^i, around ;
otrrtov, osteon, a bone). The
fibrous membrane which invests
the bone.

PexiOB'tracnm (Gr. urepi, per'i,
around ; hcrrpcucov, oStrakon, a
shell). The membrane which covers
shells.

Peripetefic (Gr. rtpnrartUf peri-
patfed, I walk about). Walking
about : a term applied to the philo-
sophy of Aristotle, because taught
during walking in the Lyceum at
Athens.

Periph'eral (Gr. n-epi, pet^i, around ;
^6p(tf, pher'of I bear). Belonging
to the periphery or circumference.

Periph'ery (Gr. ircpi, per^i, around ;
^epo), phero, I beieu:). The droum-
ference.

Periph'rasis (Gr. vfpi, per% about ;
<ppa((i), phrazOf I speak). Circum-
locution : the use of more words
than are necessary to express an
idea.

Perlpliu (Gr. irepi, per^i, around;
ir\€u, pled, 1 sail). A sailing
round a certain sea or coast.

Peripnetuno'xiia. See Pneumo'nia.

Perisc'ii (Gr. irf pi, jow^'t, around ; oicta,

■ shia, a shadow). A name given
to the inhabitants of the frigid zonee
whose shadows move round, and at

GLOSSART.

133

oertahi times in the year describe
a circle during the day.

Fer'iicope (Gr. irepi, per^ij ahout;
o-Koirectf, sJeop'eOj I look). A gene-
ral view.

Fer'isperm (Gr. vepi, per^ij about;
airepfjMj apemtOf seed). The albu-
men or nourishing matter stored up
with the embryo in a seed.

Feris'sodactyle (Gr. Trepiffffos^ peris'-
soSf odd, or uneven ; ScuctvAos,
daJifttUos, a finger). Having an
uneven number of toes on the hind
feet.

Feristal'tic (Gr. vepi, pc/t, about;
areWw, iieUd^ I send). Sending
round : applied to a motion like
that of a worm, such as takes place
in the intestines and other internal
muscular organs, by the contrac-
tion of successive portions.

Fer'lfltome (Gr. irepi, per'i, around ;
(TTOfjux, atom' Of a mouth). The
ring of bristles situated close round
the orifice of the seed-vessel in
mosses.

Fer^istyle (Gr. irepi, p€r% around;
(TTv/^St stuloSf a pillar). A range
of columns surrounding any thing.

Ferit'omous (Gr. irept, per'i, around;
rcfivoff temnof I cut). In miner-
alogyf cleaving in more directions
than one parallel to the axis, the
fisices being all of one quality.

Feritone'al (Peritone'vm), Belong-
ing to the peritoneum.

FOTitone'um (Gr. wepi, per'i, about ;
T6t»'«, tevno, I stretch). The se-
rous membrane which lines the
cavity of the abdomen, and is re-
flected over tbe organs contained
therein, so as to hold them in their
place, and at the same time allow
free movement where required.

Feiitoni'tis (Peritonei urn, ; itis, de-
noting inflammation). Inflamma-
tion of the peritoneum.

Feritre'ma (Gr. vtpi^ pet^ly around ;
rpTifiOf tremoy a hole). The raised
margin which surrounds the breath-
ing holes of scorpions.

Fer'meable (Lat. per^ through ; meo,
I pass). Capable of being passed
through without rupture or appa-
rent displacement of parts.

Fer'meate (Lat. per, through ; meo^
I pass). To pass through without
rupture or apparent displacement,
as water through porous stones, or
light through transparent bodies.

Permuta'tlon (Lat. per^ through;
mutOy I change). An exchange;
the different combination of any
number of quantities, taking a cer-
tain number at a time, with refer-
ence to their order.

Ferone'al (Gr. v^povri, per^one, the
fibula, or small bone of the leg).
Belonging to, or lying near the
fibula.

Feroxlde (Lat. per, very ; oxide).
The oxide of a substance which
contains most oxygen, but has not
acid characters.

Ferpendic'ular (Lat. perpendic'tUum,
a plumb-line). Hanging in a
straight line towards the centre of
the earth or of gravity ; meeting
another line at right angles.

Fersis'tent (Lat. per^tOy 1 con-
tinue). In hotomy, applied to parts
which remain attached to the axis.

Fer'sonate (Lat. perso'nay a mask).
In botanyt applied to an irregular
corolla with the petals inverted,
and having the lower lip projecting
so as to close the opening between
the lips.

Fenpec'tive (Lat. per, through; ipetf-
tOy I look). The science which
teaches the representation of an
object or objects on a surface, so
as to affect the eye in the same
manner as the objects themselves.

Ferspira'tion (Lat. per, through ;
spi'rOy I breathe). The exhalation
of vapour or fluid through the
skin.

Fersul'phate (Lat. per, very ; smZ-
phate). A combination of sul-
phuric acid with a peroxide.

Fertorba'tion (Lat. per; tvrhoy I
disturb), A disturbing ; in astro-
nomy, applied to the deviation,
produced by the gravitation of a
body external to the orbit, of a
planet or other revolving body,
from the path which it would follow
if regulated solely by the attraction
of a central body.

184

GLOSSARY

Pertos'sU (Lat. per, yery; ttLssis,
cough). Hooping-cough.

Pestiferous (Lat. pestisy plague; fer'Of
I bring). Lijurioos to health ;
producing disease.

Pestilen'tial (Lat pestiSy plague).
Partaking of the nature of, or
tending to produce, an infectious
disease.

Pet'al (Gbr. ireroA.oi', petfaUm, a leaf).
A flower-leaf, or pstrt of the corolla,
generally coloured.

Pet'aloid (Gr. itctoAoi', pet'aZon, a
leaf or petal ; ccSos, eidoSf shape).
Like a petal or leaf.

Pete'chia. A small red spot like a
flea-bite.

Pete'chial {Pete'chia). Belonging to
petechise, or characterised by their
presence.

Pefiolate (Petiole), Having a stalk
or petiole.

Petiole (Lat. pet'iolus, the stalk of
fruits ; probably diminutive of peSf
a foot). The stem of a leaf.

Petif io Princip'ii (Lat. a demand of
the principle). A species of faulty
reasoning?, which consists in taking
the question in dispute as settled,
and drawing conclusions from it.

Petri&c'tioii (Lat. petra, a stone or
rock ; fac'iOf I make). A changing
into stone ; a process efliected by
the entrance of particles of stony
matter in solution into the pores
of an animal or vegetable body,
taking the place of the organic
matter.

Pef rify (Lat. petra^ a stone or rock ;
fadioy I make). To change into
stone.

Petro'sal (Lat. peiroy a stone or rock).
A name given to the ossi6ed por-
tion in the fish, corresponding to
the petrous portion of the temporal
bone in the higher vertebrates.

Pef roxLS (Lat. ptArOy a stone or rock).
Like stone ; applied to a portion of
the temporal bone, from its hard-
ness.

Phsenog'ainons (Gr. <l>atyct, phaino,
I show ; yafjiosy gam'oSy marriage).
Having conspicuous flowers.

PhagedsBna (Gr. ^a^v, phag'dt I eat).
A rapidly spreading malignant ulcer.

Phagede'iiio {Gtr. tparYUy phagS, I eat).
Of the nature of a spreading ulcer.

Phalange'al (Gr. 4>aA.a7{, phalanx, a
line of battle). Belonging to the
phalanges, or small bones of the
fingers and toes.

Phalanx (Gr. 00X07^, phalanx, a
line of battle). A name applied to
the small bones forming the fingers
and toes, which are arranged in
three rows.

Phanerog'amoiui (Gr. ^ovcpos, phan'-
ero8, manifest ; yufxosy gam' 08, mar-
riage). Having conspicuous flowers.

Phantasmago'ria (Gr. <p<unauryM,
phantatfma, an appearance ; ayop-
ao/juu, agora'omai, I meet). An
optical instrument, consisting of a
magic lantern which is made to
to recede from or approach a screen,
so as to mitgnify or diminish the
appearance of objects, and give
them an appearance of motion.

Pharmaceu'tic (Gr. <paptuxKov, phwr'-
makoTiy a drug). Relating to the
art of preparing drugs.

Pharmaceu'tist (Gr. <t>apfjuacoyf phar^'
makon, a drug). One who prepares
drugs.

PluurmacopoB'ia (Gr. tpapixwcov, phai^-
iMjikon, a drug ; Trotew, poi'eo, I
make). A book which teaches the
method of preparing drugs for use
as medicines.

Phar'xnacy (Gr. <f>apiJLaKoy, pha/r^rMXr
Icon, a drug). The art of collecting
and preparing drugs for use as medi-
cine.

Pharynge'al (Pharynx), Belongiiig
to the pharynx.

PlLaryngof omy (Gr. (papvy^, pha-
runx, the pharynx ; r^fiyw, temno,
I cut). The operation of cutting
open the pharynx.

ThBijnx{QT.tl>apvy^, phartmx). The
muscular organ or tube at the back
part of the mouth, which leads into
the oesophagus or gullet.

Phase (Gr. ^acrts, phasis, an appear-
ance). An appearance ; in a,8tr<h
nomy, applied to the different
appearances which the moon or a
planet presents, according to its
position with respect to the sun and
the earth.

GLOSSARY.

135

Fhenom'eiioii (Gr. ipaivofjuuf phaino-
maij I appear). That which ap-
pears ; whatever is presented to
the senses by observation or experi-
ment, or is discovered to exist.

Fhilorogy (Gr. ^iXos, pMl'os, a
friend ; \oyos, logoSf a word). The
branch of literature which compre-
hends a knowledge of the etymo-
logy and structure of words ; the
science of language.

Fhilos'opliy (Gr. ^tAoy, phU'os^ a
friend ; ffoipMy soph/iaj wisdom).
Love of wisdom ; but applied
generally to an investigation of the
causes of all phenomena, both of
mind and of matter.

Fhlebi'tiB (Gr. ^Aet^, phlepSy a vein ;
itiSf denoting inflammation). In-
flammation of a vein or of veins.

FhleVolites (Gr. ^Aet//, pMeps, a vein;
KiOoSf lith'oSf a stone). Small dense
masses found in veins.

Phlebot'omy (Gr. ^Xet^, pUepa^ a
vein ; rtfjLvwy temnoy I cut). The
act or practice of opening a vein to
let blood.

Phlegma'sia (Gr. ^A67«, phleg'oy I
bum). Inflammation accompanied
by fever.

Fhleg'nioii (Gr. ^A67«, phleg'o, I
bum). An inflammatory swelling
on the extemal surface.

•Fhleg'monous (Gr. <t>\^af phleg'o^ I
bum). Having the nature of
phlegmon.

Fhlogis'tic {PMogis'ton), Belonging
or relating to phlogiston.

Phlogis'ton (Gr. ^Ao7if«, phhgi'zdy
I inflame). A name formerly given
to what was supposed to be pure
fire fixed in combustible bodies.

Fhlyctse'na (Gr. <pKwo, pMuo, I boil
up). A vesicle containing serous
fluid.

Phonetic (Gr. ^v?;, phoney sound).
Belonging to sound; applied to
written characters which represent
sounds.

Phon'io (Gr. ^kt;, phone, sound).
Belonging to sound.

Phonocamp'tic (Gr ^vtj, phone,
sound ; KofiirrcOf kamptoy I bend).
Having the power to turn sound
from its direction.

Phonog'raphy (Gr. (fxavriy phoriS,
sound; ypatpw, graph'oy I write),
A description of the sounds uttered
by the organs of speech ; a system
of writing, in which every sound
of the voice has its own character.

Phon'olite (Gr. tpwirqy phoney sound ;
\iBoSy lith'osy a stone). A species
of basaltic greenstone, so called
from its ringing sound when struck.

Phon'otsrpy (Gr. ^cojnjy phoney sound ;
Tinros, tu^pos, a type). A proposed
system of printing, in which each
letter represents a single sound.

-Phore (Gr. ^fpWy pher'oy 1 bear). A
termpiation in compound words,
signifying a bearer or supporter.

Phos'gene (Gr. (pm, phdSy light ;
yfpvaxe, genna'o, I produce) . Pro-
ducing light, or produced by light.

Phos'phate (Phos'phorus), A salt
consisting of phosphoric acid com-
bined with a base.

Phos'phene (Gr. (fxusy phos, light;
<l>aivofAaty pha^nomaiy I appear).
An appearance of light in the eye.

Phos'phite {Phos'phorus). A salt
consisting of phosphorous acid com-
bined with a base.

Phosphoree'cence (Gh:. ifxas, phos,
light ; <ptpa>y phei^'o, I bear). A
faint luminous appearance presented
in the dark by certain bodies, not
accompanied by sensible heat.

Phosphores'cent. Shining with a
faint light.

Phosphoric (Phoa^phorua). Belong-
ing to phosphorus; applied to an
acid containing one equivalent of
phosphorus and five of oxygen.

Phos'phorous {Phosphorus), A term
applied to an acid containing one
equivalent of phosphorus and three
of oxygen.

Phos'phonu (Gr. ^f, phos, light ;
^cpw, pher'oy I bear). An element-
ary non-metallic substance, having
the property of burning at a low
temperature, so as to produce a
luminous appearance in the dark.

Phos'phnretted (Phoifphorus), Com-
bined with phosphorus.

Photo- (Gr. 4>ctfs, pho8y light). A
prefix in compound words, denoting
relation to or connection with light.

136

GLOSSARY.

Fhotogen'ie (Gr. tfnoSf phos, light ;
ytwoua, gewMfo, I produce). Pro-
duciiig light ; produced by light.

Fho'togpraph (Gr. (paSf phos^ light ;
ypcufxa, graph' Of I write). A re-
presentation of an object) produced
by the action of light.

Fhotog'raphy (Gr. <txos,pho8f light;
ypoupuy graph! Of I write). The pro-
cess of producing representations
of objects by the action of light on
a surface coated with a preparation
capable of being acted on by certain
rays of the sun.

Fhotorogy (Gr. ^j, phda^ light ;
KoyoSf h^OBf a discourse). The
science which describes light.

Fhotomag'iietism (Gr. ^s, pMa^
light; magnetism). The branch
of science which describes the rela-
tion of the phenomena of magnetism
to those of light.

Fhotom'eter (Gr. ^s, phos, light ;
fierpoy, me^ron, a measure). An
instrument for measuring the in-
tensity of light.

Fhotom'etry (Gr. <f><as, phos, light ;
fierpovy metfroriy a measure). The
art of measuring the intensity of
light by obserration.

Fliotoplioni>ia (Gr. (pas, phos, light ;
<j>o$os, phob'oSf fear). Dread of
light.

Fhragma (Gr. tppoffvw, phrasso, I
divide). A transverse division or
false dissepiment in fruits.

Fhrag'mocone (Gr. ippcuraw, phrasso,
I divide ; koovos, honos, a cone).
The chambered cone of the shell of
the belemnite cephalopods.

Fhren'io (Gr. <PfniVy phren, the
diaphragm). Of or belonging to
the diaphragm.

Fhreni'tis (Gr. ^>fniv, phren, the
mind ; Uis, denoting inflammation).
Inflammation of the brain.

Fhrenorogy (Gh:. <pprnvt phren, the
mind ; ^070$, lo^os, discourse).
Literally, the science of the human
mind ; but applied especially to a
doctrine of mental philosophy,
founded on a presumed knowledge
of the functions of diffierent parts
of the brain, obtained by compar-
ing their apparent relative forms

and magnitudes in different indivi-
duals with the mental propensities
and powers which these individuals
are found to possess.

Fhthi'sic or Fhthis'ical (Gr. <f>eia>,
phthio, I consume). Belonging to
or affected with phthisis or tuber-
cular disease.

Fhthi'ns (Gr. ^Ouo, phthio, I con-
sume). The disease commonly
known as consumption, connected
with a morbid deposit in the lungs,
called tubercle.

Fhyeorogy (Or. <t>vKot, phu'hos, sea-
weed ; X070S, lo^os, discourse).
The study of algje or sea-weeds.

FhyUo'dium (Gr. <pv\Koy, phullon, a
leaf ; tiSos, eidos, form). A leaf-
stalk enlai^ed so as to resemble a
leaf.

Fhyli'ogen (Gr. <f>v\\uvy phuHon, a
leaf; ytwaoa, genna'o, I produce).
The terminal bud from which the
leaves of palms grow.

Fhyll'oid (Gr. <pvWov, phtdlon, a
leaf; ci$os, eidos, form). Like a
leaf.

Fliylloplas'tic (Gr. ^i/AAoi', phuUmf
a leaf ; vXatrffu, plas'so, I form).
Forming leaves.

FhyUopti/sis (Gh:. <pv\Kov, phuUon,
a leaf ; xrua-is, ptosis, a falling).
The fall of the leaf.

FhyUotaz'iB (Gr. ^uAAoi', phuUon, a*
leaf; ratrffw, tasso, I arrange).
The arrangement of leaves on the
axis or stem.

Fhys'ical (Gr <fw<ris, phu'sis, nature).
Belonging to natural or material
things, as opposed to moral or
imaginary ; applied also to those
properties of bodies which are
directly perceptible to the senses,
in opposition to those which are
known as chemical or vital.

Fhys'ico-MathematicB. The branch
of mathematical science which in-
vestigates the laws and actions of
bodies and their combinations, by
means of data drawn from obser-
vation and experiment.

Fhys'ics (Gr. ^y<rt5, phu'sis, nature).
In its literal sense, the science of
nature and natural objects, imply-
ing the study or knowledge of every-

GLOSSAET.

187

thing that exists. In modem
acceptation, howeyer, the word is
limited to that department of
science commonly known also as
natural philosophy, which describes
the general properties of bodies,
their mutual action on each other,
their causes, effects, phenomena,
and laws.

Fhysiogn'omy (Gr. 4m<riSy phu'sis^
nature ; yvtuijuuv, ffnomon, one who
knows). The general appearance
of an animal or vegetable being,
without reference to special ana-
tomical or botanical characters.

Fhysiolog'ical (Gr. <l>v(ris, phu'siSf
nature ; \oyos, loc/oSf discourse).
Belating to the science of the pro-
perties and functions of living
beings.

FhyBiol'ogy (Gr. ^wriSj phu'siSf
nature ; X070S, los^oSf discourse).
Iiiterally, a treatise on nature ;
but now applied to the science which
inyestigates the functions of or-
ganised beings and of their several
parts, and their relations to each
other and to external objects.

PhyaiophiloB'ophy (Gr. (^vo-ts, phu'sisy
nature ; ^iXocro^to, philosoph'iay
philosophy). Natural philosophy.

Physograde (Gh:. <l>v(rcM, phusa'oy I
blow ; Lat. gradvSy a step). Moving
in the water by air-bladders ; ap-
plied to a tribe of acalephs or sea-
nettles.

Phytiv'orous (Gr. ^vrovy phu'ton, a
plant ; Lat. vo'vo, I devour). Liv-
ing on plants or herbage.

Fhyto- (Gr. tpvrov, phu'toUy a plant).
A prefix in compound words, signi-
fying plant.

Fhytogen'esis (Gr. i^movy phu'ton, a
plant ; ytviauy genua' tiy I produce).
The development of plants.

Ptajrtogeograpli'ical (Gr. <f>xnovy phu'-
ton, a plant ; geography). Relat-
ing to the distribution of plants on
the surface of the globe.

Phytog'raphy (Qr. <l>vT0Vy phu'touy a
plant ; ypwpwy graph's, I write).
A description of plants.

Phy'toid or Phytoi'dal (Gr. ^vroy,
phu'ton, a plant; 9l^s,eidos, form).
Besembling plants.

Phytol'ogy (Gr. ^vroy, phu'ton, a
plant ; \oyos, log'os, a discourse).
A discourse or treatise on plants.

Phytoph'agoiu (Gr. <^vroy, phu'ton, a
plant; <payw, phag'o, I eat) Eating
or living on plants.

Phytophysiorogy {Qr,4>vToy, phu'ton,
a plant ; physiology). The physio-
logy of plants; the doctrine of
their intimate structure and func-
tions.

Ph3rtofomy (Gr. <pvroy, phu'ton, a
plant ; ttiivu, temno, I cut). The
dissection of plants.

Phytow'a (Gr. <pvTov,phu'ton, aplant ;
(oooy, zoon, an animal). Moving
filaments in the antherldia or
analogues of flowers in cryptogamic
plants.

Pia Mater. A name given to the
membrane immediately Investing
the brain, and which consists chiefly
of blood-vessels finely divided be-
fore entering the substance of the
organ.

Pigment (Lat. pin'go, I paint). In
anatomy, applied to the material,
contained in minute cells, which
gives colour to various parts of the
body, as the interior of the eye,
the skin in coloured races, &c.

Pileate (Lat. pi'Uus, a cap). Having
the form of a cap or cover for the
head.

Pileiform (Lat. pHUua, a cap ; format,
shape). Resembling a cap or hat.

Pi'lifer (Lat. pHlus, hair ; /w^o, I
bear). Covered with hair.

Pi'liform (Lat. pilus. hair ; fo^ma,
shape). Resembling hairs.

Pilose (Lat. |>i'2iM, hair). Provided
with hairs.

Pinaoothe'ca (Gr. invoJi, pin'ax, a
picture ; Btiktj, theke, a repository).
A picture gallery.

Pi'neal (Lat. pi'nus, a pine). Be-
longing to, or resembling the fruit
of the pine.

Pinen'chyma (Gr. xiva^, pinax, a
tablet ; iyxvfia^ en'ehuma, a type).
A term applied to the cellular
tissue of plants when arranged in a
tabular form.

Pi'nitet (Lat. pi'nus, the fir-tree). A
generic tenn for fossil remains ot

188

GLOSSAEY.

plants allied to the coniferouB
order.

Pin'na (Lat. a fin or wing). In
anatomyy the part of the external
ear which projects beyond the
head ; in hota/ny^ a division of a
pinnate leaf.

Pin'nate (Lat. pin'ruZt a feather).
Like a feather ; in hotomy, applied
to leayes which have a series of
leaflets on each side of the petiole.

Pinnatifid (Lat. 'pin'na^ a feather;
fin!dOy I cleaye). In botany, ap-
plied to leaves which are irregularly
divided, to aboat the midrib, into
segments or lobes.

Finnatipar'tite {la.i.'pin'na, a feather;
par^tiOf I divide). In h(^any, ap-
plied to leaves cut into lateral
segments nearly to the central rib.

Pinnaf iped (Lat. pin'na, a feather ;
pea, a foot). Having the toes
bordered by membranes.

Fifl'ces (Lat. pis'ds, a fish). Fishes :
a class of oviparous vertebrate ani-
mals, inhaltiting the water, breath-
ing by gills, having a heart with two
cavities, and the body generally
covered with scales.

Fis'ciiie (Lat. pk'cU, a fish). Ecla-
ting to fish.

Fiflciv^orons (Lat. pisfcis, a fish ;
vo'ro, I devour). Living on fishes.

Fi'8iform(Lat. j)i'dum, a pea; for'ma,
shape). Resembling a pea.

Fi'solite (Lat. pi' mm, a pea; Gr. \i0os,
lith'os, a stone). A mineral called
peastone, consisting of carbonate of
lime with a little oxide of iron,
occurring in small globular masses.

Fifl'til (Lat. pistilflum, a pestle). In
botany, the central organ of a
flowering plant, consisting of the
ovary, style, and stigma.

Fifltillaxy (Lat. pistil'lum, a pistil).
Belonging to a pistil.

Fifltillate (Lat. pUtU'lum, a pistil).
Bearing pistils.

Fifltillid'iam (Lat. pisttPluM, a pis-
til). An organ in cryptogamic or
flowerless plants, supposed to be
the analogue of the pistil.
Fistillif eroiLS (Lat. pistU'lum, a pistil ;
fer'o, I bear). Producing pistils.
Fis'ton (Lat. pin'so, 1 pound). A short

cylinder fitting exactly into a tube,
and used for the purpose of forcing
air or fluid into or out of the latter.
Fitch'stone. A rocky compound of
silica and alumina, having a com-
pact texture and a pitchy glassy
lustre.
Fitaltary (Lat. pitui'ta, phlegm).
Secreting phlegm or mucus; ap-
plied especially to the membrane
lining the nose : also to a small
oval body at the base of the brain,
formerly supposed to secrete the
mucus of the nostrils.
Fita'itous (Lat. pitui'ta, phlegm or
mucus). Consisting of, or resem-
bling mucus.
Fityri'asis (Gr. virvpov, pit'uron,
bran). A disease of the skin,
characterised by the appearance of
XMitches of bran-like scales.
Flacen'ta (Gr. vXokovs, plahms, a
flat cake). In anatomy, the mass
or cake, consisting principally of
blood-vessels, by which a connection
is maintained between the mother
and the foetus; in botany, that
part of a seed-vessel or fruit to
which the ovules or seeds are
attached.
Flacen'tal (PlaceTUa), Belonging to

the placenta.
Flacenta'tioii {Placenta), The func-
tion and arrangement of the
placenta.
Flacentif eroTXS (Lat. placenta; fet'o^

I bear). Bearing a placenta.
Flacogan'oid (Gr. 7rXa|, plax, a flat
thing ; 701^05, gan'os, splendonr \
tlZos, eidoi, form). A suborder
of fossil fishes, covered with large
ganoid plates.
Fla'coid (Gr. -n-Aol, plax, a flat thing ;
c2$os, eido8, form). A term ap-
plied to an order of fishes, having
the body covered with irregular
plates of enamel.
Flag'ioBtome (Gr. vXayios, pla^va^
oblique ; (rrofMi, stom'a, a month).
Oblique-mouthed ; applied to cer-
tain fossil obliquely compressed
oval bivalve mollusca ; also to an
order of fishes.
Flane (Lat. planus, flat). A level
surfiice, such that a straight line,

GLOSSARY.

139

drawn between any two points on
it, will altogether lie on the sur-
face ; applied also to an imaginary
flat surface supposed to pass tlm}ngh
a body.

Plane Geometry. The geometry of
plane or flat surfaces, in opposition
to that of solids.

Flan'et (Gr. irAai^oo/uai, plana'omai,
I wander). A globe revolving
round the sun in an elliptic orbit ;
the name having been given by the
ancients to such bodies on account
of the apparent irregularity of their
motions.

Plaa'etary (Gr. irAomrn;?, planetes^ a
planet). Consisting of, or relating
to planets.

Plan'etoid (Gr. trXamrniSf planeles,
a planet ; ctSos, eidos^ shape). A
name given to the bodies found by
astronomers in the space between
Mars and Jupiter, where, on
mathematical reasoning, a planet
would be expected.

Planim'etry (Lat. pla'ntbSt flat;
fitrpovt met'ron, a measure). The
measuring of plane surfaces.

Pla'no-con'cave (Lat. pWnus, flat ;
con'camts^ hollowed out). Flat on
one side and concave on the other.

Fla'no-con'ical (Lat. pla'nuSf flat;
(x/niM, a cone). Flat on one side
and conical on the other.

Pla'no-coiivez' (Lat. pta'nus^ flat;
conveafus, convex). Flat on one
side and convex on the other.

Plantar (Lat. plan'ta, the sole of the
foot). Belonging to the sole.

Flan'tigrade(Lat. planHoL, the sole of
the foot; grad'wr^ I step). Walk-
ing on the sole of the foot, as the
b^.

Plas'ma(Gr. irAao-o-a), plasaOf I form).
The colourless part of the blood,
being the material from which the
tissues are nourished.

Plas^tic (Gr. irAao-(rw, plassoy I form).
Capable of being moulded into a
form ; giving a definite form.

Plas'tron. The floor, in tortoises and
turtles, of the bony encasement of
which the carapace forms the upper
part.

Plafy- (Gr, wAoTwr, platftu, flat).

A prefix in compoind words, signi-
fying flat.

Platycoelion (Gr. itAotw, plat'tu,
flat ; Kot\os, MloSf hollow). A
term applied to some fossil croco-
dilian reptiles, in which one end of
the body of a vertebra was flat
and the other concave.

Platys'ma (Gr. trXaruyu, ploUu'no, I
widen). An expansion ; in anatomy,
a broad thin muscular expansion
lying under the skin at each side
of the neck.

Plectogna'thons (Gr. itAckw, pleidd,
I connect; yvoBos, gmUk'os, the
jaw). AppHed to an order of
fishes which have the upper jaw
firmly attached to the skull.

Plei'ades (Gr. irAc», pleo, I sail). A
cluster of seven stars in the neck of
the constellation Taurus ; the rising
of which, to the Greeks, indicated
the time of safe navigation.

Plei'ocene (Gr. icMiwv, plei'dn, more ;
KttivoSf hai'nosy new). A term in
geology for the upper tertiary group,
containing more of recent than of
extinct species.

Pleis'tocene (Gr. TAetcrros, pleis'tos,
most ; KatvoSf TcaHnos, new). A
term applied in g&>logy to the
upper or post-tertiary group, im-
plying that the - organic remains
almost entirely represent existing
species.

Ple'onasm (Gr. •KX^ovaffa, pUona'zo,
I am more than enough). The use
of more words than are necessary to
express an idea.

Pleonas'tic (Gr. irAcoyofw, pteona'zo,
I am more than enough). Belong-
ing to pleonasm ; redundant.

Plesiomor'phinn (Gr. TAi}(r(os, pie-
sios, near ; liop^jtri, morphe, form).
Close but not identical resem-
blance in form ; applied to certain
crystals.

Plesiomor'phoiui (Qr.xXriffios, plisiosj
near ; fJMfxfnif morpht, form).
Nearly of the same form.

Pleth'ora (Gr. tAt^^w, pletho^ I be-
come full). Fulness ; in medicine^
fulness of blood; a full habit of
body.

Pletho'ric (Gr. irAii0a>, pletKo^ I be-

140

GLOSSAEY.

come fall). ^|vmg a fnll habit of
body.

Fleu'ra (Gr. irXei/pa, pleu'ra, a rib).
The serous membrane which lines
the interior of the chest and covers
the langs.

Flenral'gia (Gr. irXcupo, pleura, a
rib ; ii\y OS f al^f'oa, pain). Fain in
the side.

Fleorapoph'ysis (Gr. v\€vpa, pleu'ra,
a rib; apoph'ym). A name given
to the bone projecting £rom the
typical vertebra, which forms the
first part of the hcemal arch on
each side ; a rib.

Fleuren'ohyma (Gr. xXtvpa, pleu'ra,
a rib ; fyxvfici, en'chumaf a tissue).
Woody tissue in plants.

Fleu'risy (Pleura). Inflammation of
the pleura or serous lining of the
chest.

Fleurif ic (Pleuri'tia), Belonging to
or having pleurisy.

Fleuri'tlB {Pleura; itis, denoting
inflammation). Pleurisy.

Pleulrodoiit (Gr. rrXevpOy pleu'ra, a
rib or the side ; o^ovs, odousy a
tooth). A term applied to saurian
reptiles which have the teeth
anchylosed to the bottom of an
alveolar groove, and supported by
its side.

FleuTorhi'zal (Gr. irAf upa, pleu'ra, a
rib; pi(aj rhiza, a root). Having
the radicle applied to the edges of
the cotyledons.

Flez'iform (Lat. plex'us, a network ;
fov^ma, shape). Having the form
of a network.

Flexiu (Lat. , a network). An inter-
weaving or network ; in anatomy,
a term applied to an arrangement
of blood-vessels, absorbent vessels,
or nerves in the form of a network.

Fli'cate (Lat. pli'ca, a fold). Folded.

Flinth (Gr. irKivBos, plinth! os, a brick
or tile). In architecture, the flat
square table under the moulding of
the base and pedestal of a column,
serving as the foundation.

Fli'ooene. See Plei'ocene.

FIu'moBe (Lat. plu'ma, a small feather,
or down). Feathery ; resembling
feathers.

Flu'mole (Lat. plu'mvla, a little

feather). In botany, the growing
point of the embryo in the seed,
representing the future stem of the
plant.

Flural (Lat. plv^, more). Eelating
to more than one ; but, in the
grammars of the Greek and some
other languages, expressing more
than two.

Finn- (Lat. plus, more). A prefix
in compound words, signifying
several.

FInrilit'eral (Lat. phis, more ; libera,
a letter). Containing more than
three letters.

Fluton'ic (Lat. Pluto, the god of the
lower regions). In geology, applied
to rocks formed by the agency of
fire at some depth below the surface
of the land or sea.

Flu'vial (Lat. plu'via, rain). Bainy;
relating to rain.

Fluviam'eter (Lat. plu'via, rain ; Gr.
fierpop, met'ron, a measure). A
rain-gauge ; an instrument for mea-
suring the amount of rain which
falls.

Fnenmatlc (Gr. iry^v/ia, pneu'ma,
air). Consisting of, or pertaining
to air ; moved by means of air.

Fneumat'ic Trough. A trough filled
with water or meremy, and pro-
vided with a perforated shelf for
holding inverted jars op receivers,
used in chemistiy for collecting
gases.

Fneiimatlcs (Gr. wtvfxa, pneu'ma,
air.) The branch of natural philo-
sophy which describes the mechanical
properties of air and gases, as well
as those machines which act by
application of these properties.

Fneu'mato- (Gr irv€vij.a, pneu'ma, air).
A prefix in compound words, im-
plying relation to, or connection with
air or breath.

Fnenmatochem'ical (Gr. wevfui,
pneu'ma, air ; chem^ical). Kelating
to the chemistry of air or gases.

Fnetimatorogy (Gr. irvevfxa, pneu'ma,
air ; \oyos, lo^os, discourse). A
description of air or breath.

Fnenmatotho'raz or Fneumotlio'rax
(Gr. rrvfv/xa, pneu'ma, air ; Owpa|,
thorax, the chest). Air in the

GLOSSARY.

141

chesty between the walls of the
cavity and its contents.

Fneumatorogy (Gr. irvtvfxa, pneu'mctj
air ; Kiryosy lo^os, a disconrse).
The doctrine of the properties of
airs or gases.

Fneu'mo- (Gr. vyevfuop, pneurrwn,, a
lung). A prefix in compound words,
implying connection with, or relation
to lungs.

Pneomogas'tric (Gr. xvevfuav, pneu-
mon, the lungs ; 7o<rTijp, gcuter^
the stomach). Belonging to the
lungs and stomach ; applied to a
nerve which supplies these organs.

Faenmon'ic (Gr. wtvixiov, pnevmon,
a lung). Belonging to the lungs.

Pnemno'nia (Gr. wtvftMVt pneurrwnf
a lung). Inflammation of the
lungs.

Fo'adtes (Gr. irao, poa, grass). In
geology f the generic term for all
fossil monocotyledonous leaves,
having the veins parallel, simple,
and equal, and not connected trans-
versely.

Podag'ra (Gr. irovs, poTis^ &iooi; iypa,
agray a seizing). The gout.

Fod'ocarp (Gr. vovs^ po%L8, a foot;
KopiroSf har^pos, fruit). The stem
supporting the fruit.

Fodophthalmalna (Gr. rrovsy pousy a
foot ; o^»0aA/iAos, ophthal^mo», an
eye). A group of Crustacea, having
the eyes placed on moveable
peduncles or st-alks.

Pod'osperm (Gr. vovs, povsy a foot ;
<nr€pfjMj sper'maf Aseed). In botany,
the little bud connecting an ovule
with its placenta.

^oo'dlopods (Gr. irouctAos, poi'hUos,
varied ; ttovs, pons, a foot). Crusta-
ceous animals having the fore-feet
adapted either for swimming or
seizing.

Polar (Lat. pol'v^, a pole). Belonging
to one of the poles of the earth ; or
to the magnetic pole.

Polar Circles. Two small circles of
the earth, x)arallel to the equator,
and surrounding the poles, north
and south.

Polar'iscope (Lat. pola'rU, belonging
to a pole ; Gr. <rKoir€», aJcoj/eo, I
view). An optical instrument for

observing the phenomena of the
polarisation of light.

Pidar'ity (Lat. potua, a pole). The
quality of a body in virtue of which
peculiar properties reside in certain
points of it.

Polariza'tioii (Lat. poUtis, a pole).
The act of giving polarity to a body.

PolarizatLon of I%ht. The process
by which a ray of light acquires new
properties when submitted, under
peculisff conditions, to reflection or
refraction.

Pole (Gr. roXos, polios, an axis or
pole). The extr^nity of the axis
of a spherical body, or of a straight
line passing through the centre of
such a body. Each pole is 90
degrees distuit &om any part of
the equatorial circumference. Mag-
netic poles are two poles in a load-
stone corresponding to the poles of
the earth. The poles of a Voltaic
battery are the ends of the wires
that connect its opposite ends.

Polem'io (Gr. n-oXe/ios, pol'emos, war).
Controversial : disputative.

Pollen (Lat. fine flour or dust). The
fine dust on the anther of flowers.

Pol'y- (Gr. iroAws, poVvs, much). A
prefix in compound words, signify-
ing much or many.

Polyaderphia (Gr. iroAws, pol'us,
many ; &$€A^os,a<2eZ'^A,oa, a brother).
A name given to a class of plants
in the Linnsean system, in which
the stamens are collected into several
parcels.

Polyan'dria (Gr. iroKvs, pol'us, many ;
avripy aneVy a male). A name given
to a class of planto in the Linnsean
system, having more than twenty
stamens, inserted below the ovary.

Pol'ybasic (Gr. woAus, poVus, many ;
fiatrts, hculU, a base). A term
applied to acids which require two
or more equivalents of a base for
neutralisation.

Polycar'poiis (Gr. ttoAus, pol'us^
many ; Kopiros, kai'^poSy fruit).
Having many fruit.

Polychromafic (Gr. toAus, pol'us,
many ; x^»/ua, chroma, colour).
Having many colours ; showing a
play of colours.

142

OLOSSART.

Polyootyle'donoiui (Gr. iroKvst pol us^
many ; KorvXri^yf hatuUddTH^ a
seed-lobe). Having more than two
lobes to the seed.

Folydac'tyloiui (Gr. toAvs, poVus,
many ; SoktvXos, daiftidoSj a
finger). Having many fingers.

Polyem'bryony (Gr. iroAw, potus,
many ; ififipvoy, em'bruonf an em-
bryo). In botanpf the presence of
several embryos in the same ovale.

Folygam'ia (Gr. iroAvs, poVua, many ;
yafioSf gam' 08, marriage). A name
applied to a class of plants in the
Linnsean system, which have neutral
flowers, with male or female flowers
or both, not collected in the same
calyx, but scattered on the same,
or on two or three distinct indi-
viduals.

Folygas'tric(Gr. vo\vs, poVus, many ;
yaffTTipf gastcTj a stomach). Hav-
ing, or appearing to have, many
stomachs.

Fol'yglot (Gr. iroAvs, poVus, many ;
yAwTTo, glottOf a tongue). Con-
taining or written in many lan-
guages.

Porygon (Gr. toAvs, pd'ua, many ;
ywvia, goniaj an angle). A figure
of more than four sides and angles.

Folyg'onal (Qr. iroAus, pol'uSj many ;
ywyiaj gonia, an angle). Having,
or capable of being arranged in, the
form of a polygon.

Polygfyn'ia (Gr. ttoAus, pol'uf, many ;
yvyrif gune, a female). A name
given to an order of plants in the
Linnsean system, which have more
than twelve pistils or styles.

Folyhed'ron (Gr. ttoAus, pol'ita, many ;
eSpo, hed'ra, a base). A solid
figure having many angles and
sides.

Folymer'ic (Gr. ttoAws, poVus, many;
/ucpos, mer'oSf a part). Having
many parts.

Polymor'phons (Gr. iroAws, poVus,
many ; /xop^, morpke, shape).
Having many shapes.

Folyne'sia (Gr. iroAus, poVus, many ;
vri<Tos, nesos, an island). A large
collection of islands.

Polyiio'mial(Gr. iroAuj, poVus, many ;
hvouokf on'omoy a name). In cUgebra,

a quantity or expression which con«
ststfr of several terms.

PolyxumL-ie (G»^voXvs, pol'iis, many ;
yofioSf nom os, a region). In botany^
applied to plants whick are dis-
tributed over several regions of the
globe.

Pol'ypary (Pol'ypus). The organ of
support, or coral, of a polype.

Polypefalous (Gr. iroAi/y, pol'uSf
many ; veraXoVf petfcUcm, a petal).
Having many petals.

Polyphyllous (Gr. iroAws, poVuSf
many; ^vAAoy, phuLlon, a leaf).
Having many leaves or leaflets.

Polyp'idom {PoVypas; Lat. do'mus,
a house). The stony or coralline
structure inhabited by polypes.

Polypif'eroTXS {Potypus; Lat. fer'o,
I bear). Producing polypes.

Pol'ypus (Gr. iroAus, poltiSj many;
irovs, povSj a foot). A small soft-
bodied water animal, generally
having a cylindrical, oval, or oblong
body, with an aperture at one end
surrounded by radiating filaments
or tentacles ; in sv/rgery, a kind of
tumour.

Polysep'alons (Gr. iroAvs, poVus^
many ; aep'al). Having the sepals
distinct from each other.

Polysper'mal or Polysper^mous (Gr.
iroAvs, poVuSy many ; airepiMf
sper^ma, a seed). Containing many
seeds.

Polyste'monous (Gr. voKvs, poViis,
many ; trrrifjicov, st^rwn, a stamen).
Having many stamens.

Polysyllabic (Gr. iroA vs, poVus, many ;
o-vAAa/BT}, svl'labct a syllable).
Having many syllables.

Polytecli'nic (Gr. iroAt/y, pol'us, many ;
rexyri, technif art). Comprehend-
ing many arts.

Polythal'amous (Gr. vo\vs, poSus,
many ; doKafios, thal'amoB, a
chamber). Having many cells or
chambers.

Polyzo'nal (Gr. itoAm, pol'vs, many ;
Cdoyrf, zmi, a belt). Composed of
many zones or belts.

Pomol'ogy (Lat. po'mwm^ a fimit;
Gr. A070S, lo^oSi * discourse). The
branch of gardening which teadhea
the cultivation of fruit-trees.

GLOSSARY.

148

Fom'pliolyz (Gr. vofuttos^ pomph'os, a
bubble). A disease of the skin.

Foplite'al (Lat. poples, the ham) be-
longing to the ham.

Fore (Or. vopo$f por'os^ a means of
passing). In ncUural philosophy ,
an interstice or minute space be-
tween the molecules of matter.

Fo'rism (Gr. vopi^w^ poin'^M^ I bring
about). In geometry^ a proposition
afiirming the possibility of finding
such conditions as will render a
certain problem indeterminate or
capable of innumerable solutions.

Foroslty (Gh:. iropoj, por^oSf a pore).
The state of having pores : in na-
tural philosophy^ the quality of
bodies in virtue of which their con-
stituent atoms are separated by va-
cant spaces or pores.

Forous (Gr. iropos, po/os, a pore).
Having pores or interstices.

For'pliyry (Gr. iropipvpa, por^ithwra^
purple dy^). Originally, a reddish-
igneous rock : now used in geology
to denote any rock containing im-
bedded crystals distinct from the
main mass.

For'tal (Lat. pot^tay a gate). In ana-
tomyf belonging to the transverse
fissure of the liver, called by old
anatomists the porta or gate of the
organ.

Fosses'sive (Lat. possid'eo, I possess).
In ^amma}', the case of nouns which
denotes possession, or some relation
of one thing to another.

Fost- (Lat.) A Latin preposition used
in the composition of many words,
and signifying after or since.

Fostdilu'vian (Lat. post^ after; di-
Ivlvium, a deluge). Living after
the deluge.

Foste'rior (Lat. later). Later : a pos-
terio'ri, a phrase signifying "from
what follows," applied to an argu-
ment used to infer a cause or
antecedent from an effect or conse-
quent.

Fostfron'tal (Lat. post, after; frons,
the forehead). Behind the frontal
bone.

Fostmerid'ian (Lat. post, after; me-
rUdies, midday). Belonging to the
afbernoon.

Fost Mortem. (Lai) After death.

Fostposltive (Lat. post, after ; ponOf
I put). Placed after.

Fos'tnlate (Lat. pos'tvXo, I demand).
A position or supposition con-^
sidered too plain to require illus-
tration ; it differs iirom an axiom
only in being put as a request in-
stead of an assertion.

Foten'tial (Lat. po'tens, able). Hav-
ing the power to impress the ideas
of certain qualities, though the
ideas are not inherent in the thing ;
existingin possibility ; mgrammar,
applied to the mood of verbs whi(^
denotes capability or power.

FrsD- orFre- (Lat. proe, before). A
preposition used in compound words,
signifying before or in front of.

Frffioor'dia (Lat. prce, before; cor,
the heart). The region of the body
in front of the heart.

Frseflora'tion (Lat. prcB, before ; flos,
a flower). The arrangement of the
parts of the flower in the flower-bud ;
the same as aestivation.

FrsBfolia'tioxi (Lat. prcR, before ; fo'-
lium, a leaf). The arrangement of
the leaves in a leaf- bud ; the same
as vernation.

Frseno'men (Lat. pros, before ; no-
men, a name). Among the Ro-
mans, a name prefixed to the family
name, answering to our Christian
name.

Fre- (Lat. prce, before). See Prse.

Freces'sion (Lat. proe, before ; c^do,
I go). A going before. In astro-
nomy, the precession of the equi-
noxes is a slow retrograde motion
which they undergo in a direction
contrary to the order of the signs,
and which makes them succeed each
other sooner than they otherwise
would have done.

Frecipltaiit(Lat. pralceps, headlong).
In chemistry, a substance which,
added to a solution of another,
causes the latter to be thrown down
to the bottom of the fluid.

Frecipltate(Lat. prcefceps, headlong).
To throw down a substance from
its solution ; the substance thus
thrown down.

Frecor'dial (Lat. pros^ before; cor,

144

GLOSSAET.

the heart). Belonging to the xnrsB'
cordia, or parts before the heart.

Preda'ceous (Lat. prai'da, prey).
Living on prey.

Predic'ament(Lat. prce^dico, I affirm).
In logic, a series or order of all the
predicates or attributes contained
under one genus.

Pre'dicate (Lat. prce'dicOf I affirm).
Li logic, that which is affirmed or
denied of a subject.

Fredisposi'tion (Lat. prce, before;
dispo'no, I put in order). An incli-
nation or propensity.

Prefiran'tal (La4>. ^or^ before ; frons,
the forehead). In front of the
frontal bone : applied to the middle
part of the ethmoid bone.

Frehen'sile (Lat. prehen'do, I take
hold). Seizing or taking hold.

Prehen'sioxi (Lat. prehen'do, I take
hold). A taking hold of anything.

Premonitory (Lat. ^ee, before; mrya!-
eo, I advise). Giving previous
warning.

Premor'se (Lat. prce, before ; mor'deo,
I bite). In botany, applied to a
root terminatmg abruptly, as if
bitten off.

Preposition (Lat. pree, before ; pmu>j
1 put). A word put before another
to express some relation to it.

Prepositive (Lat. prcB, before; pono,
I pat). Placed before.

Presbyo'pia (Gr. vptafivs, presb'us,
old ; ortf/, op«, the eye). A defect of
vision common in old persons, in
which, from a flattening of the
cornea, near objects are seen less
distinctly than those at a dis-
tance.

Preter (Lat. pra/ter, beyond). A
Latin preposition used in compound
words, signifying beyond.

Pre'terite (Lat. propter, beyond ; eo,
I go). Fast.

Prever'tebral (Lat prtB, before ; ver^-
tebra, a bone of the spine). In
front of the vertebrse or spinal bones.
Pri'msB Viae (Lat. The first ways). A
term applied to the stomach and
intestines.
Pri'mary (Lat. pri'mus, first). First ;
original ; in cistrorwmy, applied to
those planets which revolve round

the Sim ; in ornithology, applied to
the feathers which arise from the
ulnar side of the hand part of the
wing of birds; inncUural philosophy,
to those properties of matter which
are inseparable from it ; in optics,
to colours into which a ray of light
may be decomposed ; in geology, to
crystalline rocks supposed to owe
their structure to the agency of
fire.

Prima'tes (Lat. prSmus, first). The
name given by Linneus to his first
order of mammalia, inclading man,
the apes, the lemurs and the bats.

Pri'mine (Lat. pri'mus, first). In
botany, the outer covering of the
ovule.

Primitive (Lat. pri'mvs, first). See
Primary.

Primor'dial (Lat. pri'miu, first ; ot^do,
order). First in order ; appearing
first.

Prism (Gr. irpurfia, prisma, a prism).
A solid figure, the ends of which
are similar, equal, and parallel
plane figures, and the sides of
which are parallelograms; they
are triangular, square, pentagonal,
&c., according to the number of
sides.

Prismat'ic {Prism). Resembling, or
formed like a prism.

Prismen'ohyma (Gr. vpurfio, pridma,
a prism; iyxvfjux, en'chuma, tissue).
In botany, tissueformed of prismatic
cells.

Pro'blem (Gr. vpo, pro, before ; fia\-
\w, balld, I cast). A question pro-
posed ; a proposition in which some
operation is required .

Proboscid'ian (Gr. irpofioa-Kis, pro-
bos' kis, a trunk or snout). A
fisimily of pachydermatous or thick
skinned animals, which have the
nose elongated into a flexible trunk,
as the elephant.

ProboBcid'iform (Gr. irpofiotrKts, pro-
bos'Jds, a trunk or snout ; Lat.
for^ma, shape). Resembling a
trunk or snout.
Probos'cis (Gr. irpo, pro, before ;
fioanw, bosko, I feed). The snout
or trunk of an elephant and analo-
gous animals ; the flexible appa-

GLOSSARY.

145

ratns which some insects use in
sacking ; the long tongue of cer-
tain gasteropods, capable of being
protruded to some distance.
Froc'ess (Lat. yroce'do, I moye
forward). A proceeding or opera-
tion ; in anatomy and botany, a
prominence or projecting part ;
applied also to the parts of a
vertebra which grow out from pre-
viously ossified parts.
Procliv'ity (Lat. prodivtLs, inclined).

An inclination or disposition.
Frocne'inial (Gr. irpo, pro, before ;
Kvrjfnj, hncnie, the knee). In
front of the knee.
Frocoelian (Gr. vpo, pro, before ;
Koi\os, Jcoi'los, hollow). Having
the vertebra concave in front.
Frociimn[>exit (Lat. procum'bo, I lie

down). Lying on the ground.
Frogno'sis (Gr. rrpo, pro, before ;
yiyvwa-Kw, gignds'ko, I know).
The art of judging of the course
and event of a disease by the
symptoms.
Frognos'tic (Gr. wpo, pro, before ;
•yiyv(a(rKoo, gignds'ko, I know).
Relating to foreknowledge ; applied
to the symptoms from which the
result of a disease is predicted.
Frogres'sion (Lat. pro, forward ;
grad'ior, I step). A moving for-
ward or advancing ; in arithmetic^
a regular or proportional advance
of numbers in a series, increasing
or decreasing ; in astronomy, the
change which occurs every month
in the position of the moon's apogee
and perigee, in which these points
appear to have moved forward, or
from west to east.
Frojec'tile (Lat. pro, forward; jacfio,
I cast). A body impelled by force,
especially through the air.
Frojec'tion (Lat. pro, forward;
jacfio, I cast). A throwing for-
ward ; applied also in architecture
to a plan or delineation.
Frolate (Lat. pro, forward ; la'tus,
borne). Extended beyond the line
of an exact sphere.
Prolegom'ena (Gr. vpo, pro, be-
fore; \€yu, leg'b, I speak). Lite-
rallyy things said first ; introduc-

tory remarks prefixed to a book or
treatise.

Frolegs (Lat. pro, for ; legs). The
tubercles representing legs on the
hinder part of caterpillars.

FroliferoTUi (Lat. pro'les, ofifspring;
fer^o, I bear). Fruitful ; produc-

- tlve ; in botany, bearing abnormal
buds.

Frolif io (Lat. pro7c<, ofifspring ;/ac'io,
I make) . Fruitful ; productive.

Frolig'eroTUi (Lat. pro'les, ofifspring ;
ge)^o, I bear). Bearing the rudi-
ments of the embryo or ofifspring.

Frona'tlon (Lat. pro^nus, having the
face downward). The position of
the arm and hand in which the
palm is turned downwards.

Frona'tor (Lat. pro'nus, with the face
downwards). A muscle which
turns the arm so that the palm of
the hand looks downwards.

Frone (Lat. pro'nus). Bending for-
ward ; having the face or anterior
surface downwards.

Frono'tum (Gr. irpo, pro, before ;
v(aT05, notos, the back). The
upper half of the anterior division
of the thorax in insects.

Frop'erty (Lat. pro'prius, proper).
A peculiar quality of anything ;
that which is inherent in, or natu-
rally essential to, a substance.

Frophylac'tic (Gr. vpo, before ;
<pv\our(ru, phula^so, I guard). In
medicine, preserving from disease.

Frophylax'is (Gr. irpo, pro, before ;
ipv\a(r(r<a, phulas'so, I guard). The
art of preventing or defending
against diseases.
Frop'olis (Gr. irpo, pro, before ; iroAty,
pal' is, a city). A thick substance
formed by bees, and used as a
kind of mortar or cement to their
hives.
Fropor'tion (Lat. pro, for ; por'tio, a
share). The comparative relation
of one thing to another ; in arith-
metic, the identity or similitude of
two or more ratios.
Froposit'ion (Lat. pro, forward ;
po'no, I put). A thing proposed or
put forward; in logic, a sentence
or statement in which something is
affirmed or denied of a subject j in

146

GLOSSARY.

mathematics, a statement of a truth
to be proved — theorem, or of an
operation to be performed — pro-
blem.

Pros-(Gr. irpos, pros, towards). A
preposition in compound words,
signifying towards or near.

Prosec'tor (Lat. pro'seco, I cut off).
An anatomist ; one who dissects the
body for a lecturer on anatomy.

Frosencepliallo (Gr. irpos, pros,
near; iyKcipaXov, enJceph'alon, the
brain). Seated before the brain.

Prosen'chyma (Gr. vpos, pros, to-
wards; iyx^fJM, en'chuma, a tissue).
Vegetable tissue formed of spindle-
shaped cells, generally applied
closely together.

Pros'ody (Gr. vpos, pros, to ; wJry,
odS, an ode or singing). The part
of grammar which treats of the
quantity of syllables, and of the
laws of versification.

Proster^num (Gr. rrpo, pro, before ;
ffrepvoy, ster^non, the breast). The
lower half of the anterior division
of the thorax in insects.

Fros'thesis (Gr. vpos, pros, to ;
riOrifjn, tithemi, I place). In gram-
mar, the adding of one or more
letters to the beginning of a word.

Pro'tein (Gr. vptoros, prdtos, first).
A substance consisting of oxygen,
hydrogen, carbon, and nitrogen,
produced by the action of alkali
or acetic acid on albumen, fibrin,
and casein.

Proth'esis (Gr. irpo, pro, before;
riSrifu, tUhemi, I place). See
Prosthesis.

Protho'rax (Gr. vpo, pro, before;
Bupa^, thorax, a breast-plate).
The anterior segment of the thorax
in insects, bearing the anterior
pair of legs.

Protich'BiteB (Gr. irpuros, prdtos,
first ; ixvos, ichnos, a footstep).
Imprints of the feet of early fossil
animals.

Proto-(Gr. irporror, protos, first). A
prefix used in compound words,
signifying first ; frequently em-
ployed in chemical nomenclature.

Pro'toplasm (Or. vpanos, protos,
ilrst; vXcurtrUf plas^aS, I form).

The material which appears to be
concerned in the early formation of
simply organised bodies.

Protoxide (Gr. vporros, protos, first ;
oxide). The degree of oxidation
which possesses the most strongly
marked basic properties.

Protozo'a (Gr. irporros, protos, first ;
C<aov, zoon, an animal). The
lowest division of the animal king-
dom, consisting of creatures of very
low organisation, apparently occu-
pying a neutral ground between
animals and vegetables.

Protozo'ic (Gr. trpwros, prdtos, first ;
Cu>ov, zoon, an animal). In geology,
applied to the strata containing the
earliest traces of animal life.

Protrac'tile (Lat. pro, forward;
tra'ho, I draw). Having the power
of lengthening or drawing out.

Protu'berance (Lat. 'pro, before;
tu'ber, a bunch or knob). A pro-
minence.

Proz'imate (Lat. proxfimus, nearest).
Nearest ; proximate principles are
those compounds which exist ready
formed in animals and vegetables,
as albumen, casein, sugar, gum,
starch, &c.

Pruri'go (Lat. pru'rio, I itch). An
eruptive disease of the skin, accom-
panied by much itching.

Prus'siate (Prussic acid). A term
formerly given to supposed com-
pounds of prussic acid with bases,
but now known as cyanides of
metals.

Pms'sic. A name sometimes given
to hydrocyanic acid.

Pseud- or Pseudo- (Gr. ^evBos,
pseu'dos, a falsehood). A prefix in
some compound words, signifying
&l8e or counterfeit.

Pseudomor'phoiis (Gr. i^ev^os,
pseu'dos, a falsehood ; fJ^op^,
m^orphe, form). Not having the
true form ; applied to minerals,
the form of which has not been
derived from true crystallisation.

PBeadosper'moiis(Gr. ^ev^os, pseu'dos^
falsehood ; a-vepfia, sper'ma, seed).
Having single-seeded fruits resem-
bling seeds.

Pfloas (Gr. ■if'oa, psoOf the loin). A

GLOSSABT.

147

name given to certain mnsdes in
the region of the loios.

Fsori'asis. A disease of the skin con-
sisting of irregular patches covered
with white scales.

Fsy'cliieal (Gr. rjnjxvt psuchSf the
soul). Belating to the doctrine of
the nature and properties of the
soul.

Fsycholog'ieal (Gr. ^xnt pt^chi,
the soul ; A070S, lo^os, discourse).
Belatiug to the doctrine of the
mind or soul.

Fsycliorogy (Gr. ^wx»7, psucJitf the
soul ; ?ioyoSf lof/oSf discourse).
The doctrine of the nature and
properties of the soul ; generally
applied with regard to the faculties
of the mind.

Fsychop'atby (Gr. ifvxni psuche, the
soul; iro^os, path'oSf sufifering).
Mental disease.

Fsychrom'eter (Gr. ^xP^s,psu'ckro9y
cold or cool ; fiefpov, metfrorit a
measure). A hygrometer, the in-
dications of which depend on the
depression of temperature procured
by evaporation in an atmosphere
not perfectly saturated with
moisture.

Pter-, -pter'a, or pter'o- (Gr. irrepov,
pter'onf a wing). A prefix, or a
termination, in compound words,
signifying relation or likeness to a
wing.

Pterocar'poiis (Gr. irrfpov, pter^on^ a
wing ; KafnroSf I'ar^poSf fruit).
Having winged fruits.

Pterodac'tyle (Gr. m-fpovt pte/on, a
wing ; dourrvXos, daVtuloSy a
finger). A fossil fiying reptile,
with an elongated wing-finger.

Pter'opodB (Gr. irrtpov, pter'onf a
wing ; irov9, pous^ a foot). A
class of molluscous animals, having
a distinct head formed for floating
and swimming by means of two
fins, one being placed on each side
of the neck.

Pterosan'ria (Gr. trrcpov^ pter^ouy a
wing; travposj saviros^ a lizard).
An order of fossil reptiles, having the
anterior limbs adapted for flying.

Pterygoid (Gr. trrtpv^^ pte?uXf a
wing; tt^Sf ei'dos, shape). Like

a wing ; applied to a part of the
sphenoid bone, having some re-
semblance to a wing ; also to
muscles, vessels, nerves, &c.,
having connection with, or relation
to, this part.

Ptolema'ic (Gr. Uro\€fMioSf Ptole-
ma^oSf a Greek geographer and
astronomer). According to Ptolemy;
the Ptolemaic system in astronomy
was that which supposed the earth
to be fixed in the centre of the
xmiverse, and the other booies to
revolve round it.

Pto'sis (Gr. m-axriSy pto^sist a falling).
A paralysis of the upper eyelid, so
that it &lls over the eye, and can-
not be raised.

Fty'alism (Gr. TrvoKiicD, ptualUzdy I
spit often). An excessive flow of
saliva.

Pn'berty (Lat. puheVf ripe of age).
The period at which childhood ends
and adolescence begins.

Pubes'cence (Lat. pubes^ the down of
plants). The downy substance, or
short and soft hairs, on plants.

Pnbes'cent (Lat. pubea^ down). Tn
botanyf applied to plants covered
with soft^ short, downy hairs.

Fnd'dling. In iron manufacture, the
process by which the oxygen and
carbon of cast iron are expelled ;
the metal being reduced by heat to
a pasty condition, and stirred so as
to expose every part to the action
of the air.

Fng-mill. A machine for mixing and
tempering clay, consisting of an
iron cylinder, in which the clay is
cut and kneaded by a series of
knives revolving on an axis within
the cylinder.

Fnl'mograde (Lat. putmo, a lung ;
gra'dior^ I step). Moving by lungs ;
applied to a tribe of invertebrate
animals which swim by means of
the disc on which the respiratory
apparatus is placed.

Pul'monary (Lat. puVmo^ a lung).
Belating to the lungs.

Fnlmonlc (Lat. ptWrnOf a lung). Be-
lating to the lungs.

Fnlmomf' erona (Lat. puVmo, a lung ;
/er'o^ I bear). Provided with longs.

148

GLOSS ABT.

Pnl'sate (Lat. jnU'tOf I beat). To
beat or throb.

Polfla'tion (Lat. puJfsOy I beat). A
beating; the act of beating or
throbbing of the heart or an artery,
in the process of the circulation of
the blood.

Pulse (Lat. pul'so, I beat). The phe-
nomenon produced in an artery by
its extension with each beat of the
heart, and the resistance of the
flow of blood to pressure.

Fnltii'ceoTUi (Lat. puUy a kind of
gruel). Softened ; nearly fluid.

PxU'verize (Lat. jmUviSy powder).
To reduce to powder.

Fid'vinate (Lat. pvZvi'naTf a pillow).
Like a cushion or pillow.

Fol'vinated (Lat. pidvi'na^y a pillow).
In architecture, a term used to
denote a swelling in any portion of
an order.

Ptdvis (Lat.). A powder.

Func'tated (Lat. puncftvmf a point).
Dotted.

Punctoa'tion {L&t. punt/turrif a point).
In grammaTf the art of marking
with points the divisions of a
writing into sentences and members
of sentences.

Fu'pa (Lat. a puppet or baby). A
term applied to the third or chry-
salis state of an insect.

Fupil (Lat. pupitla). The round
opening in the centre of the iris of
the eye.

Fnpip'arous (Lat: pu'pa ; par^io, I
bring forth). Producing young in
the pupa state. *

Fnrg'ative (Lat. prtr'go, I cleanse).
Having the power of cleansing ;
especially applied to medicines
which act on the intestines.

Pur'pura (Lat. purple). A diseased
state of the blood, allied to scurvy.

Porpu'ric (Lat. pw^pwa, purple). A
name applied to an acid which
forms deep red or purple compounds
with most bases.

Pn'rulent (Lat. pus). Of the nature
of or containing pus.

Pus (Lat.). A peculiar fluid, yielded
from the blood in consequence of
inflammation, containing minute
cells.

Puta'men (Lat. the shell of a nut).
The hard covering of some fruits.

Pntrefac'tion (Lat. pu'tris, putrid ;
fadioj I make). A spontaneous
change, to which complicated organic
bodies are subject, consisting in
changes occurring in the presence
of moisture ; the effect being a
transposition of the elements of the
body so as to form new compounds.

PntrefM'tive (Lat. pu'tris, putrid;
f(uiix>y I make). Belonging to, or
promoting putrefaction.

Pu'trefy (Lat. pu'tris, putrid ; fio^
I become). To dissolve and return
to the original distinct elements, or
to less complex compounds, as in
animal and vegetable substances.

Pntres'cent (Lat. pvtres'coy I become
putrid). Passing from an orga-
nised state, having complex chemi-
cal combinations, to mere consti-
tuent elements, or comparatively
simple combinations of these.

Pnzzola'na (Fuzzuoli, in Italy). A
volcanic ash, used in the manufac-
ture of fioman cement.

Pyse'mia (Gr. was, pu'oSf pus;
cufiOy hai'mu, blood). A dangerous
disease occurring after injuries and
wounds, consisting of a peculiar
alteration of the blood, and attended
by great depression of the powers
of life and the formation of more
or less numerous abscesses in various
parts of the body.

Pyc'nodonts (Gr. wkvos, puk'nos,
thick ; oZov$, odovs, a tooth). A
family of fossil fishes, occurring
mostly in the oolite formation, and
characterised by blunt rounded
teeth.

Pyeli'ti»(Qr. irvfKos, pu'elos, a basin;
itiSf denoting inflammation). In-
flammation of the pelvis, or ex-
panded open space of the kidney.

Pylor'lc {Pylo'rua). Belonging to, or
connected with the pylorus.

Pylo'ms (Gr. frv\cDpoSf puloros, a
gate-keeper). The part of the
stomach through which the food
passes into the intestines.

Pyogenic (Gr. wwos, pu'oSf pus ;
ywvoM, genua' u, I produce). Form-
ing or yielding pus.

GLOSSABT.

149

Pyogen'esis (Gr. tvosj pn'os, pns;
y^ycffis, gentfsiSf a prodnction).
The formation of pus.

PyohflB'mia. See Fysemia.

Fyi'amid (Gfenerally said to be from
Gr. xvp, puvy fire ; but UDcertain).
A solid body, having a plane base,
with any number of sides and
angles, the sides consisting of
planes meeting in a vertex or point.

Pyretol'ogy (Gr. wp^Tos, pu'retoSy a
fever ; KoyoSf log'oSf a discourse).
A treatise on fevers, or the doctrine
of fevers.

Pyrez'ia (Or. irup, pur, fire ; 4|i5,
?texiSt a holding). A state of fever.

Pj^riform (Lat. p'i/rnSj a pear ; for^-
ma, shape). Shaped like a pear.

Pyri'tes (Gr. irvp, pur, tire). Fire-
stone ; a name given to the native
sulphurets of copper and iron.

Pyro- (Gr. irvp, pur, fire). A prefix
in compound words, signifying fire ;
in ch&nmtryy signifying that the
substance named has been formed
at a high temperature.

Pyrog'enoiLS (Gr. irwp, pwr, fire ;
yevvaa, genna'of I produce). Pro-
duced by fire.

Pyrolig'neotis or Pyrolig'nous (Gr.
wpfpuVf fire ; Lat. lignum, wood).
Procured by the distillation of
wood ; applied to the acid liquor
yhich passes over with the tar
when wood is subjected to destruc-
tive distillation.

Pyrolig^nite. A salt formed by the
combination of pyroligneous acid
with a base.

Pyrol'c^ (Gr. m/p, pv/r, fire ; Koyos,
lo^os, a discourse). A treatise on
heat.

Pyroma'nia (Gr. irvp, pur, .fire;
/uavio, ma'nia, madness). An in-
sane desire for burning houses, &c.

Pyrom'eter (Gr. m/p, pv/r, fire; fic-
rpov, met' Ton, a measure). An
instrument for measuring the ex-
pansion of bodies by heat ; or for
measuring degrees of heat above
those indicated by the mercurial
thermometer.

Pyromor^lioiis (Gr. m/p, pwr, fire ;
ftopifKfjf morphey form). Having the
property of being crystallised by fire.

Pyro^'orous (Gr, wp, pur^ fire;
ipfpWf pher'o, I bear). A substance
which takes fire on exposure to the
air, or which maintains or retains
light.

Pyrophos'phate. A compound of
pyrophospboric acid with a base.

Pyrophosphor'io (Gr. irwp, pur, fire ;
pkosphor'ic acid). An acid pro-
cured by exposing phosphoric acid
to heat, and differing from it in
uniting with two equivalents of base.

Py'roscope(Gr. irup, pur, fire ; (r/coir€«,
skop'edy I view). An instrument
for measuring the intensity of heat
radiating from a fire.

Pyro'sis (Gr.iri;/)«(r(s, jmro'«M, abum-
ing). A diseased state of the stomach
attended with severe pain and the
ejection of a large quantity of watery
fluid ; water- brash.

Pyrotech'nic (Gr. vvp, pur, fire ;
rexvn, techncj art). Relating to
the art of making fireworks.

Pyroxyl'ic (Gr. wup, pur, fire; li/Aov,
xuloUf wood). A term applied to a
spirit produce<l by the destructive
distillation of wood.

Pyrox'ylin (Gr. irvp, pur, fire ; luAov,
xulon, wood). Gun-cotton.

Pyr'rhonism {Pyrrho, the founder of
a sect) . Scepticism : universal doubt.

Pyxid'ium (Lat. pyx'is, a small box).
In botany^ a fruit, consisting of a
capsule with a lid.

Q.

Quad'ra (Lat., a square). la archt-
tecturCj a square frame or border.

Qaad'rangle (Lat. quat'uor, four;
an'gidusj an angle). A figure
having four sidos and four angles.

Qnad'rant (Lat. guad'ro, I make

square). A fourth part ; the fourth
part of the circumfeience of a circle,
or 90 degrees ; also the space in-
cluded between the are and two
radii drawn from its extremities to
the centre of the circle ; an instru-

150

GLOSSAET.

ment conslstlDg of a graduated

quarter circle, used for taking the

altitude of the sua or stars.
Qoad'rate (Lat. quad'ra^ a square).

A square ; square.
Qnadrat'ic (Lat. quad'raf a square).

Denoting, or pertaining to a square;

quadratic equations are those

which contain the square of the

quantity, the value of which is to

be found.
Qoad'rature (L&t. quad'raf a square).

The reduction of a figure to a

square ; in astronomy^ the position

of a planet when the lines from the

earth to the sun and it form an

angle of 90 degrees.
Qnadra'tus (Lat. quad'rat & square).

Square ; a name applied to several

muscles of the body, from their

shape.
Qnadren'nial (Lat. qua/tior, four;

an'iivay a year). Comprising four

years ; occurring every four

years.
Qiiadri-(Lat. quat'uor, four). A pre-
fix in compound words, signifying

four.
Qnadrifa'rioTUi (Lat. quadrifa'tianif

in four ways). In four rows.
Quad'rifld (Lat. qtiad'ra, four; Jlndo,

I cleave). Four-cleft.
Qnadryn'gate (Lat. qitatfiwr, four;

Ju'gvmf a yoke). Having four pairs

of leaflets.
Qnadrifar'oate (Lat. quai'uor, four ;

fw^ca, a fork). Doubly forked.
Qnadrigem'inal (Lai quciiuor, four ;

gem'inif twins). Fourfold; having

four similar parts.
Qnadrilat'eral (Lat. quatftiOTf four ;

la'tuSf a side). Having four

sides.
Quadrilit'eral (Lat. qucU'uorf four;

lit'erttf a letter). Consisting of

four letters.
Quadrilo'bate (Lat. qtuttfiwr, four ;

lo'buSf a lobe). Having four

lobes.
Quadriloc'iilar (Lat. quatuor^ four ;

loc'vluSf a little space). Having

four cells or chambers.
Quadripar'tlte (Lat. qua^uor^ four;

par^tiOf I divide). Divided deeply

into four parts.

Quadriplicate (Lat. quatftwTy four;
plu/ttf a fold). Having four plaits
or folds.

Quadni'mana. (Lat. quai'uor, four ;
man'iUf a hand). An order of
mammals, characterised by the
presence of thumbs on all the four
limbs, as the monkeys.

Qaad'mped (Lat. qiiaifuor, four ;
j)€Sf a foot). Having four legs and
feet.

Quadm'plicate (Lat. quat'uor, four ;
plic'Of I fold). Fourfold ; four
times repeated.

Quaqxiaver'sal (Lat. qiiaquay on every
side ; versus, turned). Dipping on
all sides ; applied in geology to
strata that dip on all sides from a
common centre.

Qnar'antine (Italian quarantHncfy
forty). Properly, a space of forty
days; but now applied to any
term, during which a ship on
arriving at port, if suspect^ of
being infected with contagious
disease, is obliged to forbear all
intercourse with the place.

Qnar'tan (Lat. quar'tm, fourth) . Oc-
curring every fourth day ; applied
especially to a form of ague.

Quarta'tion (Lat. quar'tu^, fourth).
A process in chemistry by which
the quantity of one thing is made
equal to the fourth part of another.

Qoax'tite (Lat. quar^tua, fourth). In
astronomy, an aspect of the planets
when they are distant from each
other a quarter of a circle.

Qoar'tiiie (Lat. quar'tus, fourth). In
botany, the fourth coat of the
ovule.

Quartz. Crystallised silica ; silica
in its purest rock-form.

Qnasi (Lat. as if). A word used to
express resemblance.

Quater'nary (Lat. quat'uor, four).
Consisting of fours; in geology,
applied to the accumulations above
the true tertiary strata.

Queen-post. In architecture, the
suspending posts in the f^med
principal of a roof, where there are
two such posts.

Quiee'oent (Lat. qui'es, rest). Being
at rest ; having no sound.

GLOSSARY.

151

Qni'xiary (Lat. qui'ni, five by five).

Composed of five parts ; an-anged

in fives.
Quin'cniiz (Lat. quin'qtie, five). An

arrangement of five objects in a

square, one at each corner, and

one in the middle.
Qiiindeo'agon(Lat.gmV(f0czm, fifbeen;

Gr. yuviOf gonial an angle). A

plane figure with fifteen sides and

fifteen angles.
Qninquan'golar (Lat. quiru{tte^ five ;

an'giduSf an angle). Having five

angles.
Qnin'que (Lat. five). A prefix in

compound words, signifying five.
Qnin'quefid (Lat. quin'que, five;

fin'doy I cleave). Five-cleft.
Quinquelo'bate (Lat. quin'que, five ;

lo'biiSf a lobe). Having five lobes.
QQinqueloc'nlar (Lat. quin'que, five ;

locfvluSj a little space). Having

five cells or chambers.

Qninqnepar'tite (Lat. quin'que, five ;
par'tio, I divide). Divided deeply
into five parts.

Quin'sy (Corrupted from Cynanehe ;
Gr. Kvtov, Jcmn, a dog ; dyx^t
OTic^o, I strangle). Acute inflamma-
tion of the tonsils; inflammatory
sore throat.

Qnin'tile (Lat. quin'tus, fifth). The
position of the planets when they
are distant 72 degrees, or the fifth
part of a circle from each other.

Quin'tine (Lat quin'ttiSf fifth). In
hotomy, the fifth coat of the ovule.

Quin'taple (Lat. quin'tus, the fifth ;
pli'co, I fold). Five- fold.

Quotid'ian (Lat. quo'tva, how many ;
(2te8, a day). Occurring every day ;
applied especially to a form of
ague.

Quo'tient (Lai quo'ties, how often).
The number showing how often one
number is contained in another.

Eab'les (Lat. fury). The disease
known as hydrophobia.

Bac'eme (Lat. race'musy a cluster of
grapes). In hotany, a form of in-
florescence, consisting of a common .
peduncle or stem, with short equal
lateral pedicels, as in the hyacinth.

Bace'mose {Racime), Bearing flow-
ers in racemes.

Bftchis (Gr. ^axts, rha'chis, the
spine). In botany, a term applied
to the stems of ferns, and the axis or
stem of an inflorescence.

Bachific Gr. pax^s, rhafckis, the
spine). Pertaining to the back ;
rickety.

Bachi'tis (Gr. ^axis, rha'chis, the
spine ; itis, denoting inflammation).
LiteraUy, inflammation of the spine ;
but applied to the diseased state of
the bones, called rickets.

Ba'dial (Lat. ra'dius, a ray ; or one
of the bones of the arm). Having
the quality or appearance of a ray ;
in anatomy, belonging or attached
to the radius, or outer bone of the

forearm ; in astronomy, applied,
in the theory of variable orbits, to
that component part of the dis-
turbing force which acts in the
direction of the radius vector.

Ba'diant (Lat. ra'dius, a ray). Send-
ing out rays, as from a centre.

Badia'ta (Lat. ra'dius, a ray). A sub-
division of invertebrate animals,
characterised by having the parts of
the body reguliurly disposed round
a common centre ; as the star-fish.

Ba'diated (Lat. ra'dius, a ray). Hav-
ing rays or lines proceeding from a
centre.

Ba'diation (Lat. ra'dius, a ray). The
shooting of anything, as light, from
a centre ; the emission of light and
heat, or sound, in all directions,
like rays, from a body.

Sadical (Uit. ra'dix, a root). Be-
longing to or arising from the root ;
in philology, a primitive or original
word ; in chemistry, a compound
body which enters into combination
after the manner of a simple body ;

152

GLOSSARY.

in botany t applied to hair- like pro-
jections on young roots, and to leaves
arising from the root ; radical sign
in algebrat the sign V ^ith a num-
ber prefixed thus, Vt pl&<^d before
any quantity to show what root is
to be extracted.

Bad'icle (Lat. radic'ulay a little root).
The part of the embryo in plants
which becomes the root ; the end
of roots, absorbing nutriment.

Ba'diolites (Lat. ra'diuSf a ray ; Gr.
Xi0os, lith'oSy a stone). In geologyy
a genus of biyalves in the chalk-
formation, having a radiated struc-
ture of the outer layer of the upper
valve.

Badiom'etetr (Lat. ra'diusy a ray : Gr.
fierpoVy met'ron, a measure). An
instrument formerly used for taking
the altitude of celestial bodies.

Ba'dius (Lat. a ray). In geometry,
a straight line drawn from the
centre to the circumference of a
circle ; in anatomy , the outer bone
of the foi'earm, reaching from the
elbow to the wrist above the thumb.

Ba'dius Vector (Lat. a carrying ra-
dius). A straight line drawn to
any body moving in a curvilinear
path, from a fixed point considered
as the centre of the motion.

Badiz (Lat. a root). In etym,ology, a
primitive word from which other
words spring; in arithmetic^ a
number which is arbitrarily made
the base of any system of computa-
tion.

Bain-gange. An instrument for mea-
suring tiie quantity of rain which
falls at any place.

Ba'mal (Lat. ra'mus, a branch).
Belonging to branches.

Bamen'ta (Lat. ramen'tum, a little
scraping). Scrapings ; in botany,
applied to thin brown leafy scales
found on young shoots and other
parts.

Bam'ification (Lat. ra'mtts, a branch ;
facfiOf I make). A branching : the
manner in which a tree produces its
branches.

Bam'ify (Lat. ra'musy a branch ;fa(/iOf
I make). To make branches, or
shoot into branches.

BamoUis'seme&t (French, from the
Latin mcllis, soft). Softening ; a
diseased condition occurring in va-
rious parts of the body, in which
they become softer than is natural.

Ba'mous (Lat. ra'mtu, a branch).
Having or belonging to branches.

Ba'mus (Lat. a branch). In anatomy ,
applied to branches of arteries or
other organs.

Bani'dsB (Lat. rc^na, a frog). The
family of batrachian reptiles, having
as its type the frog.

Ba'nine (Lat. ra'na, a frog, or a
swelling of the tongue). Belonging
to a frog ; in anatomy, applied to
an artery of the tongue.

Ba'niila (Lat. a little frog). A kind
of swelling under the tongue.

Ba'phe' (Gr. ^a^t}, rhaphe, a seam).
A term applied to parts which look
as if they had been sewn together.

Baph'ides (Gr. Pwpis, rhaph'is, a
needle). Minute crystals, like
needles, lying in the tissues of
plants.

Bapto'res (Lat. rap'io, I snatch). An
order of birdj characterised by
the strength of their claws and bil^
and the general strength of their
bodies : the birds of prey ; as the
eagle, vulture, hawk, &c.

Barefao'tioii(Lat. rarus, rare or thin;
fac'io, I make). A making thin ;
an increase of the intervals between
the particles of matter, so that the
same amount is made to occupy a
larger space ; applied especially to
airs and gases ; also the state of
the lessened density.

Ba'refy (Lat. rarm, thin ; fa^io, I
make). To make or become thin.

Baso'res (Lat. rado, I scratch). The
order of birds, including pigeons
and gallinaceous birds, which seek
their food by scratching the ground.

Batchet. A piece of mechanism, one
end of which abuts against a tooth
of a wheel called a ratchet-wheel.

Batchet-wheeL A wheel with
pointed teeth, on which a ratchet
abuts.

Ba'tio (Lat. reor, I think or suppose).
The relation of two quantities ol
the same kind to one another ; the

GLOSS ABT.

153

rate in Drhich one quantity exeeeds
or 18 lees than another.

Baf ioxial(Lat. raltiot reaeon). Having
the facnity of reason ; in algebixk
and arithmetic^ applied to definite
quantities, or to those of which an
exact root can be found ; in ehe-
mittry, applied to formule which
aim at describing the exact com-
position of one equivalent or com-
bining portion of a substance, by
stating the absolute number of
equivalents of each of its elements
necessary to its formation.

Be- or Bed-. (Lat. back). A prepo-
sition used in compound words, sig-
nifying return or repetition.

Bcoc't (Lat. re; ag'Of I act). To
retom an impulse or impression.

BcNEUJ'tlon (Lat. re ; a^o, I act). The
resistance made by a body to the
action or impulse of another body.

Bea'gent (Lat. re ; agf'o, I act). In
chemistry, a substance used to
detect the presence of other bodies.

Becep'tacle (Lat. recip'io, I receive).
That which receives or contains ;
in botany, the shortened axis of a
flower-stem, bearing numerous
flowers.

Bedp'ient (Lat. recip'io, I receive).
That which receives or takes.

Beeip'rocal (Lat recip'rocus, moving
backwards and forwards). Acting
alternately ; interchangeable ; in
arithmetic, applied to the quotient
of one or unity divided by any
quantity, thus the reciprocal of 4
is i ; and to quantities which
when multiplied together produce
unity ; applied also to a form of
proportion in which the first term
has to the second the same ratio as
the fourth to the third, or as the
reciprocal of the third has to the
reciprocal of the fourth.

Beeip'rocally (Lat. recip'rocus, mov-
ing backwards and forwards). In-
terchangeably ; applied to quan-
tities which are so related, that
when one increases the other dimi-
nishes.

Becip'rocating Motion. A form of
action illustrated in the suspension
of a rigid bar on an axis, so that

the parts on each side of the axis
take alternately the position of
those on the other.

Beelinate (Lat. re, back ; elino, I
lean). In botany, applied to
leaves which are folded longitudi-
nally from apex to base in the bud.

Bedina'tion (Lat. re : clino, I lean).
A leaning; in surgery, an opera-
tion for the cure of cataract, in
which the crystalline lens is moved
downwards from its place, and laid
horizontally.

Bec'ondite (Lat. reeon'do, I hide).
Hidden.

Bec'tangle (Lat. rectus, right ; an'-
gulus, an angle). A four-sided
figure, having all its angles right
angles.

Bectan'g^olar (Lat. rectus, right;
an'giUm, an angle). Having right
angles.

Bectifica'tion (Lat. rectus, right ;
fadio, I make). A correcting or
making right ; in chemistry, the
purification of any substance by
repeated distillation ; in geometry,
the determination of a straight
line, the length of which is equal
to a portion of a curve.

Bee'tify (Lat. rectus, right ; fadio,
I make). To make right ; ia che-
mistry, to purify a substance by
repeated distillation ; in astronomy,
to rectify the globe is to bring the
sun's place in the ecliptic to the
brass meridian, or to adjust it for
the solution of a problem.

Bectilin'ear (Lat. rectus, straight ;
lin'ea, a line). Contained in or
consisting of straight lines.

Bectiros'tral (Lat. rectus, straight ;
rostrum, a beak). Having a
straight beak.

Bectise'rial (Lat. rectus, straight,
sdrles, a row). Disposed in a rec-
tilinear or straight series.

Beetnm (Lat. straight). The last
part of the large intestines.

Bectns (Lat. straight). A name
given to several muscles of the
body, on account of their direction.

Becum'bent (Lat. re, back ; cumbo,
I lie down). Leaning or lying on
anything.

154

GLOSSARY.

Becnr'rent (Lat. re^ back ; eurrOf I
run). Betarning ; in anatomy^
applied to a branch of the pnenmo-
gastric nerve, which is given off in
the upper part of the chest and
runs up along the trachea and
larynx.

Becnr'riiig (Lat. re, back ; curro, I
run). Returning ; in arithmetic,
applied to decimals in which the
figures are continually repeated in
the same order.

Becnr'vate (Lat. re, back ; cvrvtuSf
crooked). Bent backwards.

Bedoc'tion (Lat. re, back ; duco, I
bring). In chemistry j the bring-
ing back a metal to its simple state
from a compound ; in surgery, the
restoration to its place of a dislo-
cated bone or other part.

Bedu'plicate (Lat. re, back ; duplex,
double). In botany, applied to a
form of aestivation in which the
edges of the sepals or petals are
turned downwards.

Befleeting Goniom'eter. An instru-
ment for measuring the angles of
crystals by means of rays of light
reflected ftx)m their surface.

Beflec'tion (Lat. re, back ; flecto, I
bend). The act of throwing back;
in natural philosophy, applied to
the motion of light, heat, or sound,
by which either of them rebounds
from a body against which it has
struck, making an equal angle
with that at which it has fallen on
the body.

Beflec'tor (Lat re, back ; fiecto, I
bend)« That which reflects or
bends back ; a surface of polished
metal or other suitable material
for the purpose of throwing back
rays of light, heat, or sound, in
any required direction.

Be'flex (Lat. re, back;/ecto, I bend).
Bent back ; in physiology, applied
to a class of actions in which an
impression is carried by a nerve to
the nervous centre, whence a nerve
of motion conveys the impulse of
motion to certain muscles, which
thus act without the will of the
individual.

Beflex'(Lat. re, back; Jlecto, I bend).

In pai7Uing,ihe illumination of one
body by light reflected from another
body in the same piece.

Be'flnx (Lat. re, back ;Jlu'Oy I flow).
A flowing back.

Befrac'tion (Lat. re, back ; f ran' go,
I break). The change in direction
which a moving body,* especially
light, undergoes in passing from
any medium into one of different
density.

Befrac'tive (Lat. re, back ; fran'go,
I break). Allowing or favouring
refraction.

Befrac'tory(Lat. re, against ; /ran'^o,
I break). In chemistry, applied to
substances which resist the action
of heat or other agencies.

Befrangibility (Lat. re, back ; f ran' go,
I break). The disposition of rays
of light to be turned from their
direct course in passing from one
medium to another ; especially the
degree of that disposition possessed
by the coloured rays.

Befrig'erant (Lat. re, back ; fri'gus,
cold). Abating heat ; cooling.

Befrigera'tion (Lat. re, back ;fri'gus,
cold). Cooling ; the removal of heat.

Begonera'tion (Lat. re, again ; gen'ero,
I produce). In physiology, the re-
newal of a portion of lost or removed
tissue by the formation of a new
portion of tissue of the same kind.

Beg^imen (Lat. reg'o, I rule or
govern). In medicine, regulation
of diet and habit; in grammar,
the regulation of the dependence of
words on each other.

Beg'ister Pyrom'eter. An instru-
ment for measuring high tempera-
tures by the linear expansion of
bars of metal.

Beg'iflter Thennom'eter. A ther-
mometer which records ita own
indications.

Begres'sion (Lat. re, back ; grac^ior,
I step). A moving backwards.

Beg'iilar (Lat. reg'ula, a rule). Ac-
cording to rule ; in geometry, ap-
plied to bodies the sides and angles
of which are equal.

Belaxa'tion (Lat. re, back ; laafo, I
loosen). A loosening, or letting
loose.

GLOSSARY.

155

Relief Valve. A yalye in an air-
pnmp, to prevent the momentary
condensation of air in the receiver
"^hen the piston descends.

Be'miges (Lat. re'meXy a rower). The
large quills of the wings of birds.

Bemittent (Lat. re ; mitto, I send).
Ceasing for a time ; applied to
diseases of which the symptoms
alternately diminish and return,
but without ever leaving the patient
quite free.

BenaiB'sance (French, from renaUrej
to be born again). The revival of
anything which has long been in
decay, or obsolete.

Be'nifonn (Lat. ren, a kidney \ form' a,
shape). Resembling a kidney.

Beo-. For words with this beginning^
8ee Rhe'o-.

Repeater (Lat. rep'eto^ I seek again,
or repeat). That which repeats ;
in arithm£tiCf a decimal in which
the same figure continually recurs.**

Be'pent (Lat. re'/)o, I creep). In
natural history^ creeping.

Bep'etend (Lat. rep'eto, I repeat).
That part of a repeating decimal
which recurs continually.

Beprodoc'tion (Lat. re; produ'co,
I produce). The art or process
of producing again.

Bep'tiles or Beptilia (Lat. re^po, I
creep). CSold-blooded vertebrate
animals, breathing air incompletely
from birth, and having the circu-
lation so arranged that a portion of
the venous blood mixes unchanged
with the arterial ; as the serpent,
crocodile, and tortoise.

Bepul'sion (Lat. re ; pel'lo, I drive).
A driving back ; the power or
principle by which bodies, or the
particles of bodies, under certain
circumstances recede from each
other.

Beaid'nal (Lat. resicPuuSj that whicli
is left). Remaining after a part is
taken.

BeBid'uTim (Lat.). A remainder.

Bes'lnous Electricity. A name given
to negative electricity, from its
being developed by the friction of
resinous substances.

Besoln'tion (Lat. re; sdvo, I loosen).

The process of separating the parts
which form a complex substance or
idea ; in mathematics^ the enume-
ration of things to be done in order
to obtain what is required in a
problem ; in dynamicsy the revo-
lution of forces is the dividing of
any single force or motion into two
or more others which, acting in
different directions, shall produce
the same effect as the given motion
or force.

Beepira'tUni (Lat. re ; gpird, I
breathe). The act of breathing,
or the process by which the Wood.
is brought under the action of air
for the purpose of purification.

Bes'tifonn (Lat. restis, a cord ; f<yrma^
shape). Like a cord.

Besnl'tant (Lat. resul'to, I leap back).
In dynamic8y the force which re-
sults, or arises from, the composi-
tion or putting together of two or
more forces acting from different
directions on the same point.

Besnscita'tioiL (Lat. re; sus'cito, I
raise). The act of raising from
apparent death.

Betarda'tioxi (Lat. re ; tardus, slow).
A making slow.

Bete HiraVile (Lat. a wonderful net).
An arrangement of blood-vessels,
in which an artery suddenly divides
into small anastomosing branches
which, in many cases, unite again

* to form a trunk.

Be'te Muco'sum (Lat. rete^ a net;
muco'suSy mucous). The mucous
network : a name sometimes given
to the soft under layer of the
epidennis or scarf-skin.

Betio'nlar (Lat. reticfulumf a small
net). Having the form of a net-
work.

Beticnla'ted (Lat. retic'ulnmy a small
net). Arranged like a network.

Betic'ulTim (Lat. a little net). The
second, or honeycombed cavity in
the compound stomach of ruminant
animals.

Be'tiform (Lat. re'te, a net ; forma,
shape). Having the form of a net.

Befina (Lat. re'te, a net). One of
the coats of the eye, consisting of
the expansion of the optic nerve in

156

GLOSSARY.

tbe form of a fine network ; it is
the part of the nerrous system
which receives the first perception
of the rays of light.

Betinac'iilum (Lat. a band). In
botany f the viscid matter by which
the pollen-masses in orchids ad-
here to a prolongation of the
anther.

Betini'tis (Lat. retfina ; ^tiSf denoting
inflammation). Inflammation of
the retina.

Betor't (Lat. re; tor^queo, I twist or
bend). In chemiatryt a globular
vessel with a long neck employed
in distillations.

Be'tro- (Lat. backwards). A prepo-
sition used in compound words,
signifying backward or back.

Betn>ce'dent (Lat. reftro^ backwards ;
cefdoy I go). In medicifief applied
to diseases which move from one
part of the body to another, as
gout.

Betroces'sion (Lat. re'tro ; ce'do^l go).
A moving backwards.

Be'troflex (Lat. reftrOf backwards ;
jkcto, I bend). Beut backwards ;
in botanyf bent this way and that.

Be'trofract (Lat. retro, backwards;
fran'go, 1 break). Bent back-
wards as if broken.

Be'trograde (Lat. reftro^ backwards ;
grad'uyi', I step). Moving back-
wards; in astronomy/, apparently
moving in the contrary direction td
the order of the signs of the zo-
diac, in which the sun appears to
move.

Betrogres'sion (Lat. re'tro, back-
wards ; grad'ior, I step). ^ moving
backwards ; in astronomy, the
change of position undergone by
the moon's nodes, in a direction
contrary to the motion of the sun.

Betropul'sive (Lat. rtltro, backwards ;
peflo, I drive). Driving back.

Be'trorse (Lat. re'tro, Imckwards ;
versus, turned). Turned backwards.

Betrover'sion (Lat. rdtro, backwards ;
ver^to, I turn). A turning back-
wards.

Be'trovert (Lat. re'tro, backwards;
vet^to, I turn). To turn back.

Be'tnse (Lat. re; twndOf I bruise).

Having a broad, blunt, and slightly
depressed apex.

Beverlierate (Lat. re; ver'bero, I
beat). To beat back or return.

Beverbera'tion (Lat. re; ver^bero, I
beat). A beating back.

Bever1)eratory (Lat. re; ver^bero, I
beat). Applied to a furnace or
oven, in which a crucible or other
object is heated by flame- or hot air
reverberated or beaten back &om
the roof.

BeviVificatioiL (Lat. re ; vi'vus,
alive ; fadio, I make). Restora-
tion of life.

Be'volute Lat. re; vol'vo, I roll).
Rolled backwards.

Bevolu'tion (Lat. re; votvo, I roll).
Rotation ; the circalar movement
' of a body round a centre.

Bhachi'tia (Gr. paxis, rhach'is, the
spine). See Rachi'tis.

Bheom'eter (Gr. peos, rhdos, a cur-
• rent ; fxtrpop, metfron, a measure).
An apparatus for measuring the
intensity of a galvanic current.

Bheom'etry (Gr. /ieos, rhdos, a cur-
rent ; /ifTpoy, metlron, a measure).
The differential and integral cal-
culus; the method of determining
the force of galvanic currents.

Bheomo'tor (Gr. ^tos, rhtfos, a cur-
rent ; Lat. mot/eo, I move). Any
apparatus by which an electrical or
galvanic current is originated.

Bhe'oBCope (Gr. ^eos, rhefos, a cur-
rent ; (TKowea, skop'eo, I view).
An apparatus for ascertaining the
pressure of a galvanic current.

Bhe'ostat (Gr. peos, rhtfos, a current;
iaTTifii, kistemi, I make to stand).
An apparatus for enabling a gal-
vanic needle to be kept at the same
point during an experiment.

Bhe'otome (Gr. /ieos, rh«fos, a cur-
rent; Tffiyw, tein'nd, I cut). An
instrument for periodically inter-
rupting an electric current.

Bhe'otrope (Gr. p^os, rhtfos, a cur-
rent ; T/)«ir«, trep'd, I turn). An
instrument for reversing the direc
tiou of a voltaic current.

Bheforic (Gr. ^€«, rhtfJi, I flow).
The art of speaking with propriety,
elegance, and force.

GLOSSABY.

157

SheTLmatle (Gr. ^/xo, rheu'ma,
watery fluid). SelongiDg to or
having rheumatism.

Shen'matiBiii (Gr. ^cv/io, rheu'ma,
watery fluid). A painful disease
affecting the muscles and joints.

Bhipip'tera (Gr. pi^, rhips^ a mat-
work or fan ; impov, pter^oUf a
wing). An order of insects having
only two wings, folded longitudi-
nally like a fan.

BhinencepValio (Gr. piv, rhin, the
nose ; iyK^paXoVf enkeph'alon, the
brain). Belonging to the nose and
brain : applied to the prolongation
of brain-substance which forms the
so-called ol&ctory nerves.

Klii'wiTithB (Gr. pia, Mza, a root;
&i>$os, arUhoSf a flower). A class
of plants occupying a position be-
tween the flowering and the non-
flowering species.

Bhi'zogen (Gr. pi^a, Mza^ a root ;
ycyvaWf germa'dy I produce). Pro-
ducing roots.

BhizocaPpous (Gr. pi(a, rU'za, a root ;
KopvoSf kai^poSf fruit). In botany ^
applied to plants whose root lasts
many years, but whose stem pe-
rishes annually.

Shi'zome (Gr. pi^wyud, rhUzoma, a
root). In botanyf a thick stem
X'unning along and partly under the
ground, sending forth shoots above
and roots below.

Bhi'zopodfl (Gr. piCa, rhi'za, a root ;
irovsy pons, a foot). A class of simple
organic beings, consisting of minute
gelatinous masses, generally covered
by a shell, and often provided with
long, slender, contractile filaments.

Bhisotaz'ifl (Gr. pi(ay rhtksay a root ;
To<r<r«, tassof 1 arrange) . The ar-
rangement of roots.

Bhomb (Gr. pofifia^ rhom'boj I whirl
round). A four-sided figure, with
the sides equal, and the opposite
sides parallel, but with unequal
angles.

Bliombigan'oid (Gr. ponfios, rJum'bos,
a rhomb ; ywosy yan'os, splendour ;
ct5o9, eCdoSf shape). Having ga-
noid or shining scales of a lozenge
shape.

BliombQh6d'ral(Gr. pofifios, rhom'bos,

a rhomb ; iHpot hed'ray a base).
Of the nature of a rhombohedron.

BlLOm1xdLed'ron(Gr. pofxfiosy r/iom'bos,
a rhomb ; ISpo, hed'ray a base).
A solid figure, bounded by six
planes in the form of rhombs.

BlLem1)oid (Gr. poix^os^ rkom'boSj a
rhomb ; €(5os, ei'doSf form). A
four-sided figure, having neither
equal sides nor equal angles.

Bhon'ohus (Gr. poryxosy rhon'chx)s). A
rattling or wheezing sound ; in
medicine^ applied to any unnatural
sound produced in the air-paEsages,
by obstructions to the passage of
the breath.

Bhyn'diolites (Gr. pvyxosy rhun'chos,
a beak ; \i$os, lith'oSy a stone).
Fossil remains of the beaks of cer-
tain cephalopods.

Bhythm (Gr. pvBfiost rhtUh'mos,
measured motion, proportion). The
agreement of measure and time in
poetry, prose, music, and motion.

BlLyth'mi(»l (Gr. pvefiosy rhiUh'mos,
measured motion, proportion). Hav-
ing one sound proportioned to
another ; regulated by cadences,
accents, and quantities.

Bhythmom'eter (Gr. pvOfioSf rhuth'-
mo8, measured motion ; fitrpovy
met'rorif a measure). An instru-
ment for marking time to move-
ments in music.

Bickets (Gr. Paxis, rharJi'iSf the
spine). A diseased state of the
bones in infancy and childhood,
consisting in a deficiency of earthy
and other essential matters, and
leading to distortion.

Big'id (Lat. ri^idus, stiff). Stiff;
applied to bodies which have be-
come 80 from a naturally flexible
state.

Bigid'ity (Lat. ri^idus, stiff). Stiff-
ness arising in bodies that are natu-
rally flexible.

Bin'gent (Lat. rin'go^ I grin). In
botany f applied to forms of labiate
corolla, where the upper lip is much
arched, and the lips are separated
by a distinct gap.

Bing-Monntaini. In astronomy^ cir-
cular formations on the surface of
the moon, of the same nature as

158

GLOSSAEY.

bulwark plains, but smaller and
more regular in outline.

Ei'suB Sardon'icTU (Lat. Sardonic
laugh). A kind of convulsive grin
observed in some diseases : so called
because supposed to be produced
by a species of ranunculus growing
in Sardinia.

Bo'dent (Lat. ro'do^ I gnaw). Gnaw-
ing ; applied to an order of mam-
mals which nibble and gnaw
their food, as the squirrel, rat^
hare, &c.

Boot. In arithmetic, the root of any
quantity is that which, if multi-
plied into itself a certain given
number of times, will exactly pro-
duce the quantity.

Bosa'ceoTU (Lat. rosa, a rose). Be-
longing to the rose tribe of plants ;
like a rose.

Bostellnm (Lat. a little beak, from
rostrum, a beak). A beak-shaped
process.

Eos'tral (Lat. ros'trumy a beak). Be-
longing to a beak.

Bos'trate (Lat. ros'trum, a beak).
Having a beak, or process resem-
bling a beak.

Bos'tmm (Lat. a beak). A beak ;
anything projecting or shaped like
a beak.

Bota'tion (Lat. ro'ta, a wheel). The
movement of a body on its axis ;
in agriculture^ the mode in which
different kinds of crops are made
to succeed each other in the same
ground.

Bota'tor (Lat. ro'ta, a wheel). That
^hich gives a circular or rolling
motion ; applied to certain muscles
of the body.

Bo'tatory (Lat. ro'^a, awheel). Turn-
ing on an axis ; moving in succes-
sion.

Bdtheln (Germ.). A form of eruptive
febrile disease, partaking of the
characters of both measles and
scarlet fever.

Botif era (Lat. ro'ta, a wheel ; /e/o,
I bear). "Wheel-bearers ; a class of
animalcules, which have circles of
cilia, appearing under the micro-
scope like wheels in motion.

Botnnd (Lat* rotim'dus^ round).

Round; bounded by a curve without,
angles.

Bonleaux (Fr.). Rolls.

Bubefa'cient (Lat. ruber, red ; fadiOf
I make). Making red ; an appli-
cation which produces redness of
the skin, not followed by a blister.

Bube'ola (Lat. ruber, red) . A term
often used for measles, but now
applied to the eruptive disease
called rotheln, which presents the
characters of both measles and
scarlet fever.

Bubes'cent (Lat. ruhei/co, I become
red). Becoming red ; tending to a
red colour.

Bu'diment (Lat. rudimen'tum). A
first principle or element ; the
original of anything in its first or
roost simple form.

Budimen'taxy (Lat. rudimen'tum, a
first principle). Belonging to or
consisting in first principles ; in an
original or simple state ; aurested
in development.

BugSB (Lat plaits or folds). The
folds into which the mucous mem-
brane of some organs is thrown,
when they are not distended, by
contraction of the external coats.

Bu'gate (Lat. ruga, a wrinkle).
Wrinkled.

Bu'gose (Lat. imga^ a wrinkle).
Full of wrinkles.

Bu'mixLant (Lat. rumen, the cud).
Chewing the cud; applied to an
order of herb-eating animals, of
which the camel, cow, and sheep,
are examples.

Bu'minate. In botany, applied to
the albmnen of the seed when it
presentPa mottled appeaiunce, as
in the nutmeg.

Bun'oinate (Lat. rtme^na, a large
saw). In botany, applied to pin-
natifid leaves with more or less
triangular divisions, pointed down-
wards towards the base, as the
dandelion.

Bu'nio (Icelandic runa, a furrow or
line) . A term applied to the alpha-
bet of the ancient Scandinavians,
consisting of letters of peculiar
shape, principally formed of straight
lines cut on wood or stone>

GLOSSARY.

159

S.

Sab'ulonB (Lat. iah'vlumy sand).
Sandy.

Sac (Lat. saccits, a bag). A bag.

Sac'cate (Lat. saccus, a bag). Hav-
ing a bB.g, or formed into a bag.

Sac'charic (Lat. sadcharum^ sugar).
Belonging to sugar; applied to an
acid formed from sagar.

SacchariferoTLS (Lat. iodcharu/m^
sugar; fefii'o^ I bear). Producing
sugar.

Sac'charine (Lat. aac'charumf sugar).
Belonging to, or having the pro-
perties of sugar.

Sac'charoid (Lat. sadchxrunty sugar ;
Gr. et8o9, eidos, 8hax)e). £e-
sembling loaf-sugar in texture.

Saccharom'eter (Lat. zadcharum,
sugar ; Gr. fierpoVf metfroriy a mea-
sure). An instrument for measur-
ing the specific gravity of brewers'
and distillers' worts, and thus de-
termining the amount of sugar
contained in them.

Sacoholac'tio (Lat. sadcharum, sugar;
laCy milk). A term applied to an
acid obtained from the sugar of
milk.

Sac'ciform (Lat. saccuSf a bag ; forma,
shape). Hesembling a sac or bag.

Sac'ctiLar (Lat. sacfculus, a little bag).
Belonging to, or formed of little
sacs or bags.

Sa'cral (Sa'crum). Belonging to the
08 sacrum.

Sa'cnmi (Lat. sacer^ sacred; because
originally offered in sacrifices). The
largest piece of the vertebral column,
placed at the upper and back part
of the pelvis.

Safety Lamp. A lamp surrounded
by fine wire-gauze, invented by Sir
H. Davy, to indicate danger in
mines from explosion of firedamp.

Safety Valve. A contrivance for pre-
venting or diminishing the risk of
explosion in steam-boilers, formed
on the principle of applying such a
force as will yield to the pressure
from within before the latter reaches
the point of danger.

Saga. An heroic tale, among the
northern nations.

Sagiftal (Lat. sagit'ta, an arrow).
Like an arrow ; in anatomy^ applied
to the suture which unites the
parietal bones of the head, its direc-
tion being on the centre of the skull
from before backwards.

Sagiftate (Lat. sagitfta, an arrow).
Shaped like the head of an arrow ;
in botany, applied to leaves having
two long sharp lobes projecting
backwards from the insertion of
the petiole into the leaf.

Salient (Lat. satio, I leap). Leap-
ing ; beating ; springing up or out ;
in geometry, applied to projecting
angles.

SaliferonB (Lat. sal, salt ; /e/o, I
bear). Producing salt.

Salifi'able (Lat. sal, salt; fio, I
become). Capable of forming a
salt by combining with an acid.

Saline (Lat. scd, salt). Containing
or having the properties of salt.

Salinom'eter (Lat. scUiniis, saline;
Gr. fifTpov, met'ron, a measure).
An apparatus for indicating the
density of brine in the boilers of
marine steam-engines, so as to show
when they should be cleaned.

Salivary (Lat. saliva). Belonging
to or conveying saliva.

Salivary Gluids. The glands which
secrete the saliva; being the parotid,
sublingual, and submaxillary.

Salivate (Lat. saUva), To produce
an excessive flow of saliva.

Saliva'tion (Lat. sali'va). The pro-
cess of producing an excessive flow
of saliva.

Salpingo- {Or. traKtriyl, salpinx, a
tube). In anatomy, a prefix in
some compound words, denoting
connection with a tube, generally
the Eustachian tube.

Salt (Lat. sal, common salt). In
popular language, chloride of so-
dium ; in chemistry, any substance
resulting from the combination of
two oxides or analogous bodies, of

IGO

GLOSSARY.

whlcli one is highly basic and the
other highly acid.

Salt-radlc»Al. In cliemistryj an ele-
ment, such as chlorine or iodine,
T^hich forms a salt by combination
with a metal.

Sal'tant (Lat. salto^ I leap). Leaping.

Salta'tion (Lat. aaltOy I leap). The
act of leaping or jumping.

Saltatc/rionB (Lat. mlto, I leap).
Having the power of, or formed for,
leaping.

Sal'tigrade (Lat. saUoy I leap; grad'-
U8y a step). Formed for leaping ;
advancing by leaping.

Sal Volafile (Lat. volafcile salt). The
popular name for carbonate of
ammonia.

San'atory(Lat. «a7io, Iheal). Healing.

Sand. In geology^ an aggregation of
water-worn particles derived from
pre-existing rocks and other mine-
ral substances.

Sandstone. In geology^ sand of
which the particles have been con-
solidated together by pressure.

Sanguiferous (Lat. ian'guU^ blood ;
fei^Oy I carry). Conveying blood.

San'guiflcation (Lat. san'guis, blood ;
fac'iOj I make). The making of
blood ; the process by which blood
is formed horn, chyle.

Sanguig'enons (Lat san'guis, blood ;
gi^nOf I produce). Forming blood.

Sanguin'eoTU (Lat. scm'guis, blood).
Belonging to, or abounding in,
blood ; constituting blood.

Sangoiniv'orous (Lat. scm'guis^
blood ; vorOf I devour). Eating
blood.

Sangnin'olent (Lat. aan'guUt blood).
Bloody.

Sa'nies (Lat.). A thin reddish dis-
charge from wounds or sores.

Sa'nioTLS (Sa'nies), Having the pro-
perties of, or pouring out, sanies.

San'itary (Lat. san'itaSy health). B^-
lating or conducing to the preser-
vation of health.

Saphe'nous (Gr ffcupr\vnh saphenes,
open, manifest). A name given to
the superficial vessels and nerves of
the thigh and leg.

Sap'id (Lat. sap'iOf I taste). Capable
of exciting the sense of taste.

Sapona'ceons (Lat. sa'pOf soap).
Soapy ; resembling soap.

SapomfL'able (Lat. sa'po^ soap ; fi'Of I
become). Capable of being con-
verted into soap.

Sapon'ification (Lat. sapo, soap ;
fadioy I make). The change which
fats undergo in contact with alka-
line solutions at high temperatures ;
the formation of soap.

Sapon'ify (Lat. sa'poy soap ; fadio^
I make). To convert into soap.

Saporif' ic (Lat. sap'or^ taste ; fddiOf
I make). Producing taste.

Sarco- (Gr. capl, sarx^ flesh). A
prefix in compound words, denoting
relation or similarity to flesh.

Sar'oocarp (Gr. (rtip^y sarx, flesh ;
Kopiros, kar^poSf fruit). The fleshy
part of fruits, lying between the
epicarp and the endocarp ; a fleshy
succulent mesocarp.

Sar'code (Gr. irap^, sarx, flesh). The
simple gelatinous structure of which
some of the lowest organic beings
are formed.

Sar'codemi (Gr. trop^, aarx^ flesh ;
Sep/xOf dei'^ma, skin). The middle
covering of a seed when it becomes
succulent or juicy.

Saroolem'ma (Gr. trtip^f sarx, flesh ;
\efxixa, lemfmOj a husk or peel).
The proper tubular sheath of mus-
cular fibre.

Sarcol'ogy (Gr. trap^, sarx, flesh;
X070S, lo^os, a discourse). The
part of anatomy which describes
the soft parts of the body.

Sarco'ma (Gr. trap^^ sarx^ flesh). A
fleshy tumour.

Sarcoph,'agOTU (Gr. trap^, sarx^ flesh ;
<l>aya>, pha^Oy I eat.) Eating flesh.

Sarco'sis (Gr. trap^^ sarx, flesh). The
production of flesh.

Sar'cosperm (Gr. aap^y sarx, flesh :
(nrepfictf aper'maf a seed). The
mesosperm or middle covering of a
seed, when it becomes fleshy.

Saroofic (Gr. <rapJi^ sarx, flesh).
Inducing the growth of flesh.

Sarmen'tonB (Lat. aarmen'tum, a
twig). In botany, applied to a
stem which is long and almost
destitute of leaves and buds.

Sarmen'tum (Lat. a twig). A run-

GLOSSAEY.

161

ning stem giving off leaves or roots
at intervals, as the strawberry ;
sometimes also a twining stem sup-
porting itself by means of others.

Sarto'rius (Lat. tar^tor, a tailor).
In anatomy^ a name applied to a
mnscle of the thigh, which turns
the leg obliquely inwards and over
the other.

Satellite (Lat. satel'les, an attendant).
A Secondary planet or moon revolv-
ing round a primary planet : in
anatomy^ applied to the veins
which accompany the arteries in
the limbs.

Saforate (Lat. sa'tv/Tf full). To
supply until no more can be re-
ceived : to neutralise ; thus an acid
is saturated by an ailkali, or vice
verady when no portion of either is
left uncombined.

Satura'tion (Lat. ta'twr, full). A
supplying to fulness ; in chemistry ^
the solution of one body in another
until no more can be contained in
union by the receiving body.

.Sator'iiiaiL System. In astronomy ^
the system composed of the planet
Saturn, together with its rings and
satellites.

Sau'iia]i(Gr. travpos, sattVox, a lizard).
The term designating the family of
lizards.

Sau'roid (Gr. travpoSf tavfros, a lizard ;
etSos, et'(£os, form). Like a lizard:
applied to fishes which approach in
structure to lizards, as the sturgeon.

Sauroidich'nites (Gr. aavpost sau'ros,
a lizard ; ciSos, ei'doSj form ; ixi'oSf
ich'noSf a footstep). Fossol foot-
prints of reptiles.

ScaliroTU (Lat. sca'ber, rough). Rough;
having small elevations.

Scagllola (Italian scagl'ia, a scale or
chip). In architecture, a composi-
tion in imitation of marble, laid on
bricks in the manner of stucco.

Scala'riform (Lat. sca'la^ a ladder ;
form' a, shape). Having bars like
a ladder.

Scale'ne (Gh:. a-KoXrivoSf ikaUnos, un-
even). Unequal : applied to
triangles, of which the three sides
are unequal ; in anatomy, applied
to certain muscles, from their shape.

Scan'dent (Lat. scan'do, I climb).
Climbing.

Scanso'res (Lat. scan'do, I climb).
Climbers ; an order of birds having
the power of turning one of the
front toes backwards, so as to be
able to lay hold of and climbing
trees : as the parrot^ woodpecker,
and cuckoo.

Scanso'rial (Lat. scan'do, I climb).
Climbing, or fitted for climbing.

Scape (Lat. sca'pus, an upright stalk
or stem). In botany, a naked
flower-stalk bearing one or more
flowers arising from a short axis, as
the primrose.

Scaph'ite (Gr. trxa^, shaph'e, a skiff
or boat). In geology, a chambered
fossil shell, so called from its boat-
like appearance.

Scaph'oid (Gr. ffKtupri, sJeapJie, a skiff
or boat ; clBos, ei'dos, shape). Ee-
sembling a boat.

Scap'nla (Probably allied to Gr.
aKarravn, sJcap'ane, a spade, fr^m
its shape). The shoulder-blade.

Scap'ular (Lat. scap'ula, the shoulder-
blade). Belonging to the scapula
or shoulder-blade.

Scapula'rise (Lat. belonging to the
shoulder-blade ; soil. pennce,
feathers). The feathers which lie
over the humerus in the wings of
birds.

Scar'ificatlon (Lat. scarif'ico, 1 make
an incision). The operation of
making several incisions or punc-
tures in any part of the body, to
let out blood or fluid.

Scar'ificator (Lat. scarif'ico, I make
incision). An instrument for
making several incisions in any part
of the body.

Sca'rious {Scar), Like a dry scale ;
membranous, dry, and shrivelled.

Scarlati'iia or Scarlet Fever. An
infectious or contagious febrile
disease, characterised by a scarlet
eruption.

Schindyle'slB (Gr., a slit or fissure).
In anatomy, a form of articulation
in wMch a ridge in one bone is
received into a groove in another.

Schist (Gr. <rx*C»» sckHzd, I split).
In geology, properly applied to rocks

162

GLOSSARY.

which have a leafy structure and
split up in thin irregular plates.

Schist'ose {Schist), Fissile ; haying
a slaty texture.

Sclmeide'rian Membrane. The mu-
cous membrane lining the nose.

Scholiast (Gr. (rxoXiov, achotion, an
interpretation). A commentator;
one who writes notes upon the
works of another.

Scholinm (Gr. trxoKiovj schoHum),
An explanatory observation or re-
mark.

Bciatlc (Gt. iffxiovy iefchion, the hip).
Belonging to the hip.

Sciafica (Gr. Itrx^v, vlckion, the
hip). A painful rheumatic affec-
tion of the hip.

Sci'ence (Lat. scHo, I know). Enow-
ledge ; in 'philosophy^ a collection of
the general principles or leading
truths relating to any object ; any
branch of knowledge which is made
the subject of investigation with a
Tiew to discover and apply first
principles.

Sc&L'tillate (Lat. scwUil'la, a spark).
To emit sparks ; to sparkle.

Soin'tillatioii (Lat. scirUil'lay a spark).
A sparkling ; the twinkling or
tremulous motion of the light of the
larger fixed starsw

Sciog'raphy (Gh*. trfcto, shia, a sha-
dow; ypa4>a>j graph! o, I write).
The art of casting and delineating
shadows correctly.

Sciop'tic (Gr. o-kio, slci'ay a shadow ;
iirrofjuuf op'tomai^ I see). Relating
to the camera obscura, or to the
art of viewing images through a
hole in a darkened room.

Soirrhos'ity (Gr. o-ki^^os, sTdi^rhoSi
gypsum). A hardness.

Scir'rhoiiB (Gr. trKippoSj shi'/rhoSf

. gypsum). Hard ; of the nature of
scirrhus.

Sdr'rliTU (Gr. trKiji^os, shir^rhoSf gyp-
sum). A hard tumour ; a kind of
cancer.

SdB'sile (Lat. scin'dOy I cleave).
Capable of being divided by a sharp
instrument. ^

Scle'ro- {Qt. (rKXnpos, sWros, hard).
A prefix in compound words, im-
plying hardness.

Scle'roderm (Gr. vKXriposy sM^ros,
hard ; 8cp/ui, dermay a skin). A
name given to a family of fishes
having the skin covered with hard
scales.

Scle'rogen (Gr. trKXripoSy aJde'ros,
hard ; ^ei'vow, genna'Of I produce).
The thickening or hardening mat-
ter of the cells of vegetables.

Scler(/8i8 (Gr. a-KXripos, sUefroSt hard).
A hardening, or hard tumour.

Scleroskel'eton (Gr. (rK\riposj sJd^roSf
hard ; tr/rcAcrov, sheteton). The
portion of the skeleton which con-
sists of bones developed in tendons,
ligaments, and membranous expan-
sions.

Bdero'tal (ScUrotHc), An ossified por-
tion of the capsule of the eye in
fishes.

Sclerof io (Gr. trKXtiposy sht^roSy hard).
Hard ; a name given to the thick
white outer coat of the eye.

Soleroti'tis (Sclerot'ic ; His, denoting
inflammation). Inflammation of
the sclerotic coat of the eye.

Sco'bifonn (Lat. scnhs, filings or saw-
dust ; f 011^ ma, shape). Like filings
or fine sawdust.

Scolio'Bi8(Gr.o-KoXio9,«A;orio9/;rooked).
A term for distortion of the spine.

Scorbn'tic (Lat. scorbu'tus, scurvy).
Having or liable to scurvy; per-
taining to scurvy.

Sco'ria {Or. (TKwp, slcbr, refuse mat-
ter). The dross thrown off by
metals in fusion ; in plural, scor^ioBf
the cinders of volcanic eruptions.

Scoria'ceonB (Scoria), Like dit)88 or
scoria.

Scorpioi'dal (Gr. aKopriosr skor^pios,
a scorpion ; ti^os, eSdos^ shape).
Like the tail of a scorpion ; applied
to a x)eculiar twisted form of in-
florescence.

8c(/riform {Sco'Ha ; forma, shape).
Resembling scoria or dross.

Scrobic'olate (Lat. scrobic^tdus, a
little ditch). Furrowed; pitted:
having small depressions.

Scrobio'ulnB Cordis. (Lat. the little
ditch or furrow of the heart). A name
sometimes given to the epigaatrie
region ; the pit of the stomach.

Scrofula (Lat.). A peculiar diseased

GLOSSAET.

163

state, characterised by the deposi-
tion of tubercle in the organs of the
body, and a tendency to swellings
of the lymphatic glands and un-
healthy ulceration.

Sculp'ture (Lat. scul'po, I carve).
The art of carving or cutting wood
or stone into images of men, ani-
mals, &c.

Scurvy (Lat. scorhu'tus), A diseased
state, characterised by an altered
state of the blood, and its effusion
either in livid patches under the
skin or in the form of hsemorrhages
from the mucous membranes ; which,
especially in the mouth, become
spongy.

Scu'tellated (Lat. scuteUla, a dish).
Formed like a pan : divided into
small surfaces.

Scutellum (Lat. acu'tum, a shield).
A little shield.

Scutibraa'chiate (Lat. scu'tum, a
buckler ; Qr. $payxui, hran'chiaj
gills). Having the» gills covered
with a shell in the form of a shield ;
applied to an order of gasteropods.

Sou'tifonii (Lat. - acu'tum, a buckler ;
forma, shape). Shaped like a
buckler.

Scu'tiped (Lat. scu'tum, a buckler ;
peSf a foot). Having the anterior
part of the legs covered with seg-
ments of homy rings.

Sebac'eouB (Lat. sdhv/m, tallow or
suet). Made of tallow ; resembling
suet ; secreting a suet-like matter.

Sebac'ic (Lat. aSbvm, tallow). Be-
longing to or obtained from fat.

Se'cant (Lat. aedo, I cut). Gutting ;
in geometry^ a line which divides
another into two parts ; in trigo-
nometryf a right line drawn from
the centre of a circle, and produced
until it meets a tangent to the same
circle.

Seoer'nent (Lat. aecer^noy I separate).
Producing secretion.

Secre'te (Lat. aecer'no, I separate).
In phyaiologyy to separate some
peculiar fluid or substance from the
blood or nutritive fluid.

Seore'tion (Lat. aecer^rio, I separate).
In phyaiology, the separation of
some peculiar fluid or substance

from the blood or nutritive fluid ;
the substance so separated.

Secre'tory (Lat. aecer'no, I separate).
Having the function of secreting
or separating some peculiar fluid or
substance.

Sec'tilei (Lat. ae'co, I cut). Capable
of being cut.

Sec'tion (Lat. se'co^ I cut). A cutting ;
in geology, the plane which cuts
through any portion of the earth's
crust so as to show its internal
structure.

Sec'tor (Lat. ae'co, I cut). A part
of a circle lying between two radii
and an arc of the circle : a mathe-
matical instrument, formed of two
graduated rulers as radii, turning
in a joint which forms the centre
of a circle ; in astronomy, an in-
strument for measuiing the zenith
distances of stars.

Sector of a Sphere. Thesolidgenerated
by the revolution of the sector of
a circle round one of the radii, which
remains fixed.

Sec'ular Inequalities. In astronomy,
the inequalities in the motions of
planets produced by the continual
accumulation of the residual pheno-
mena other than the variation in
their relative positions ; remaining
uncompensated after the disturbed
and disturbing bodies have passed
through all their stages of configu-
ration.

Secunda'risB (Lat. secondary — i.e.
pennas, feathers). The feathers
attached to the forearm in birds.

Sec'undine (Lat. aecun'dua, second).
In botany, the outer but one of the
coats of the ovule.

Sed'iment (Lat. aed'eo, I settle down).
Matter settled down from suspen-
sion in water.

Seed-leaf. A primary leaf; applied
to the expanded cotyledons or seed-
lobes.

Seed-lobe. A cotyledon ; one of the
parts into which a seed, as the
common pea, splits.

Seg'ment (Lat. aedo, I cut). A part
cut off: in geometry, generally
applied to a part cut off from a
circle or sphere.

x2

164

GLOSSAEY.

Segfrnentation (Lat. segmentuniy a
piece cut off). A dividing or split-
ting; into segments.

Se'gregate (Lat. se^ denoting separa-
tion ; grex, a flock). To set apart ;
select : in botany^ separated from
each other.

Sele'niate. A compound of selenic
acid with a base.

Selen'ic {SeWniumS. Belonging to
selenium ; applied to an acid com-
posed of one equivalent of selenium
with three of oxygen.

Sele'nioos. A term applied to an
acid consisting of one equivalent of
selenium and two of oxygen.

Sele'ninret {Selefnium). A compound
of selenium with a metal or other
elementary substance.

Selenog'raplLy (Gr. <r€\7ivri, selene^
the moon ; ypa<p<a^ gra/ph'oj I
write). A description of the
moon.

Sella Tor'cica (Lat. a Turkish saddle).
A portion of the sphenoid bone
in the skull, so named from its
shape.

Bem'apliore (Gr. cn^/ut, stma, a sign ;
^€pw, pher'df I bear). A telegraph ;
a means of communicating by sig-
nals.

Semeiolog^ical (Gr. (rrjfxuov, semd'oiif
a sign ; \oyos^ lo^oSf a discourse).
Relating to the doctrine of the
signs or symptoms of disease.

Semeiorogy (Gr. a-nfieioVf semei'on, a
sign ; A070S, log' 08^ a discourse).
The part of mediciae which de-
s<;ribes the signs and symptoms of
disease.

Bemeiofio (Gr. <rrifi€ioVf semei'oTif a
sign). Belating to the signs or
symptoms of disease.

Sem'i- (Lat. sem'i, half). A prefix in
compound words signifying half.

Semicir'ciilar (Lat. sem'iy half; ci/-
culuSf a circle). Having the form
of a half circle.

Bemicylin'drical (Lat. sem'i, half;
cyl'mder). Like a cylinder divided
evenly in two from end to end.

Sem'iformed (Lat. sem'ij half; form' a,
form). Half formed ; imperfectly
formed.

fiemiligneoos (Lat. sem'i, half;

Hg'num, wood). Woody below and
herbaceous at the top.

Semila'nar (Lat. sem'i, half; Ivlnoy
a moon). Resembling a half-moon.

Semimem'braiiOTLS (Lat. sem'iy half;
membra' na J membrane). Half
membranous ; applied to one of the
muscles of the thigh.

Sem'inal (Lat. sefmen, a seed). Be-
longing to seed ; in botany, applied
to the cotyledons or seed-leaves.

Sem'ination (Lat. sefm^n, seed). The
act of sowing : in botany, the
natural dispersion of seeds.

Sem'inude (Lat. sem'i, half ; nu'dtts,
naked). In botany, applied to
seeds of which the seed-vessel opens
early, as in the mignonette.

Semipal'mate (Lat. sem'i, half; pal'-
mxi, a palm). Having the toes
connected by a web, extending
along the half nearest to the foot.

Semipen'nlform (Lat. sem'i, half;
pen'na, a feathe]* ; foi^m^, shape).
Penniform on one side only; ap-
plied, in anaJtomy^ to some muscles.

Semiten'dinous (Lat. serdi, half;
ten'do, a tendon). Half tendinous ;
a name given to a muscle of the
thigh, which bends the leg.

Semit'ic (Skem, the son of Noah). A
name given to one of the great
families of languages, comprehend*
ing the Assyrian, Babylonian, Sy-
riac, Phoenician, Hebrew, and Ara-
bic languages, with their dialects.

Sensa'tion (Lat. sen'sus, sense). The
faculty by which an animal becomes
conscious of impressions made on
the extremities of the nerves either
by some external body, or by some
change or operation within the
system.

Sense (Lat. sen'tio, I perceive). The
faculty by which a living being re-
ceives the impression of external
objects, so that they may be con-
veyed to the seusorium or brain.

Sensibility (Lat. sen'tio, I perceive).
The faculty by which an impression
made by an extemal body on the
parts or textures of the body is
felt.

Senso'riTun (Lat. sen'tio, X perceive).
The seat of sensation; the onzsi

OLOSSARY.

165

wliich receives the impressions
made on the senses.

Sen'tlent (Lat. sen'tiOf I perceive).
Capable of receiving impressions so
as to he pei*ceived.

Se'pal (Lat. sepes, an inclosnre). A
division of a calyx.

Sep'aloid (Sepal; Qr. etJoy, eCdos,
form). Like a sepal.

Sep'arate (Lat. se'paro^ I divide). In
botanyf applied when the stamens
and pistils are in the same plant,
bnt in different flowers.

Sep'tate (Lat. septum^ a partition).
Divided by septa or partitions,

Sep'tangnlar (Lat. septem, seven ;
angulttSf an angle). Having seven
angles.

Sep'temfid (Lat. septem, seven ; JindOj
I cleave). In botany y applied to
leaves which are divided part way
through into seven lobes.

Septe'nary (Lat. septe'nij series of
seven). Consisting of sevens.

Septe'nate (Lat. septM^ series of
seven). Arranged in sevens : ap-
plied to compound leaves with seven
leaflets coming off from a point.

Septen'nial (Lat. septem, seven ; an-
mtSj a year). Containing seven
years : happening every seven years.

Septentrio'iual (Lat. septen'triOf the
northern constellation called the
Great 'Bear). Belonging to the
north.

Sep'tiC (Gr. <nrT», sepdf I putrefy).

Promoting putrefaction.
'eptlci'dal (Lat. septum, a partition ;
cc^Oy I cut). In botany, applied
to fruits or seed vessels which open
by dividing through the partitions
of the ovary; ic, through the
septa or edges of the carpels.

Septiferous (Lat. septum, a partition;
/(g/o, I bear). Having partitions.

Sep'tiform (Lat. septum, a partition ;
f(yrma, shape). Resembling a sep-
tum or partition.

Septifragal (Lat. septum, a partition;
frango, I break). A form of divi-
sion of a fruit in which the parti-
tions adhere to the axis, and the
valves covering the fruit are sepa-
rated ; the dehiscence taking place
through the backs of the cells.

Septilaf oral (Lat. sepiem, seven ;
Lalui, a side). Having seven sides.

Septillion (Lat. septem, seven ; miU
lion). A million multiplied seven
times into itself.

Sep'tnagint (Lat. septuagin'ta,
seventy). A Greek translation df
the Old Testament, supposed to
have been the work of seventy or
seventy-two interpreters.

Sep'tulate (Lat. septum, a partition).
In botany, applied to fruits having
spurious transverse dissepiments or
partitions.

Sep'tum (Lat. sefpio, I inclose or
hedge in). A partition ; in botany,
a division in an ovary or seed vessel
formed by the sides of the carpels,
applied in anatomy to the partitions
between organs in various parts.

Sequela (Lat. se^uor, I follow). That
which follows ; in medicine, applied
to a diseased state following on an
attack of some other disease.

Seques'tnun (Lat). In surgery, a
dead portion of bone.

Se'rial (Lat, se'ries, an order). Fol-
lowing in a determinate order or in
distinct rows.

Seric'eous (Lat. se^ricum, silk). Silky ;
covered with fine closely pressed
hairs.

Se'ries (Lat. an order). A continued
succession or order ; in arithmetic
and algebra, a number of quantities
succeeding each other in regular in-
creasing or diminishing order, either
by a common difference or a com-
mon multiplier.

Seros'ity (Lat. serum, whey). The
serum of the blood, or the whey of
milk.

Se'rous (Lat. serum, whey). Like
serum or whey ; secreting serum.

Se'rouB Membrane. A closed mem-
braneous bag, having its internal
surface moistened with serum, and
lining some cavity of the body which
has no outlet.

Ser'pentine (Lat. ser^pens, a serpent).
Like a serpent ; coiled or twisted :
in geology, a rock of flint and mag-
nesia, of mottled colour, like the
skin of a serpent.

Ser'rate (Lat. serrn^ a saw). Notched

166

GLOSSARY.

like a saw ; having sharp processes
like the teeth of a saw.

Ser'ratares (Lat. seiTo, a saw).
Pointed projections at the edge like
the teeth of a saw.

Ser^mlate (Lat. /ler'ru^a, a little saw).
Having very fine notches.

Se'mm (Lat. whey). The yellowish
fluid which is left in coagulation of
the blood, consisting of the liquor
sanguinis, or blood-fluid, deprived
of fibrin.

Ses'amoid (Gr. a-na-apav, sesamon, a
kind of small grain ; clSos, e^dosy
shape). Like a sesame ; applied
to small bones at the joints of the
great toes and thumbs, and to small
bodies in the valves of the aorta and
pulmonary artery.

Ses'qui- (Lat. one and a half). A pre-
fix in compound words signifying
one and a half, or in the proportion
of three to two.

Sesquial'teral (Lat. aesquif one and
a half ; altera the other). In arith-
metic and geometri/f applied to a
quantity which contains one and a
half of another.

Sesqniba'sic (Lat. sesqui, one and a
half; hasisj a base). Applied to
salts containing one and a half times
as much base in proportion to the
acid as the neutral salt.

Se8quicarl)onate (Lat. sesqui^ one and
a half; carbonate). A salt con-
sisting of three equivalents of car-
bonic acid with two of base.

Sesqnichlotide (Lat. sesqui, one and
a half; chloride), A compound of
three equivalents of chlorine with
two of another element.

Sesqtiidn'plicate (Lat. sesqui, one and
a half ; duplex, double). Having
the ratio of two and a half to one.

Sesqtii'odide (Lat. sesqui, one and a
half; iodide). A compound of
three equivalents of iodine with
two of another element.

Sesqui'ozide (Lat. sesqui, one and a
half; oxide) A compound of three
equivalents of oxygen with two of
another element.

Sesqtiip'licate (Lat. sesqui, one and a
half ; plicfo, I fold). In the ratio
of one and a half to one.

Sesqaiflnl'pliate (Lat. sesqui, one and
a half; sulphate). A sulphate
containing three equivalents of sul-
phuric acid and two of base.

Sesqnisal'phide (Lat. sesqui, one and
a half; sulphide). A compound
of three equivalents of sulphur with
two of another element.

Sesquiter'tian (Lat. sesqui, one and a
half; tertia'nus, tertian). Having
the ratio of one and one-third.

Ses'sile (Lat. sed'eo, I sit). Sitting;
having no stem or stalk.

Seta'ceouB (Lat. seta, a bristle).
Bristly, or resembling bristles.

Se'tiform (Lat. seta, a bristle ; forma,
form). Resembling a bristle.

Setig'eroTLS (Lat. s^ta, a bristle ; gei^o,
I bear). Rearing setae or sharp
hairs.

Se'tose or Se'toiu (Lat. seta, a bristle).
Bristly ; covered with setae or shaip>
hairs.

Sex- (Lat. six). A prefix in compound
words signifying six.

Sez'angnlar (Lat. sex, six ; an'gvlus,
an angle). Having six angles.

Sexen'mkl (Lat. sex, six ; annus, a
year). Lasting six years ; happen-
ing once in six years.

Sezfid (Lat. sex, six ; jlTido, I
cleave). Cleft into six.

Sexloc'iilar (Lat. sex, six ; lotfulus,
a cell). Having six cells.

Sex'tant (Lat. sea^tans, a sixth).
The sixth part of a circle ; an in-
strument for measuring the angular
distances of objects, having a limb
of sixty degrees, or the sixth part
of a circle.

Sextillion (Lat. sex, six; million).
The sixth power of a million.

Sex'tnple (Lat. sex, six; plicfo, I
fold). Six-fold.

Sex'ual (Lat. sexus, sex). Denoting
the sexes ; in botany, applied to a
system of classification founded on
the number and arrangement of
the stamens and pistils.

Sex'ual System. In botany, the
classification founded by Lmnseus
on the number, position, &c., of
the stamens and pistils.

Shaft. In architecture, the body of
a column between the trunk and

GLOSSARY.

167

the capital ; in mechanks, an
axle of large size.
Shale (Germ, schn'len, to peel off).
In geology t applied to all argilla-
ceous or clayey sti-ata which split
up or peel off in thin laminse.
Shemific. See Semitic. g

Shingle. In geologij, loose imper-
fectly rounded stones and pebbles.
Sial'ag^gue (Gr. o-ioXov, s^alon^
saliva ; 07W, ag'd, I lead). Pro-
moting a flow of saliva.
SiVilant (Lat. sib'iloj I hiss). Making

a hissing sound.
Sidera'tion (Lat. stdusy a star). A
blasting or blast in plants; a
sudden deprivation of sense.
Side'real (Lat. sidus, a star). Rela-
ting to, or containing stars ; a
sidereal day is the period between
the moment at which a star is in
the meridian of a place, and that
at which it arrives at the meridian
again ; a sidereal year is the period
in which the fixed stars apparently
complete a revolution ; sidereal
period is the time which a planet
takes to make a complete revolu-
tion round the sun.
Siderog'raphy (Gr. ai^ripov, sideron^
iron; 7po</>«, graph' d^ I write).
The art of engraving on steel.
Sigfilla'ria (Lat. sigUHum, a seal). In
geologPf a large genus of fluted
ti-ee-stems having seal-like punc-
tures on the ridges.
Sig'sioid (C, the old form of the
Greek letter, Ciy/Ao, sigma ; elJoj,
ei'doSy form). Like the Greek
letter G, or sigma; applied in
cmaiomy to several structures in
the body.
Sign (Lat. aignuniy a mark). In
astronomy^ the twelfth part of the
ecliptic ; in algebra, a character
indicating the relation between
quantities ; in medicine, anything
by which the presence of disease is
made known ; physical signs are
phenomena taking place in the
body in accordance with physical
laws, and capable of being per-
ceived by the senses of the ob-
server.
Sil'ioa (Lat sileZf flint). The com-

pound of silicon with oxygen, form-
ing pure flint or rock-crystal.
SU'icate (Lat. sHex, flint). A com-
pound of silicic acid witii a base.
SiUc'eoua (Lat. silex, flint). Belong-
ing to or containing silex or flint ;
having a flinty texture.
Silicic (Lat. silex, flint). Belonging
to flint ; silicic acid, a name
applied to silica, or a compound
of silicon and oxygen having
certain of the properties of an
acid.
Siliciferoua (Lat. siUx, flint ; /e/o,
I bear). Producing silex or' flint.
SiUciflca'tion (Lat. silex, flint;
fa</io, I make). Petrifaction;
the conversion of any substance
into a flinty mass.
Sili'cifled (Lat. silex, flint ; facia,
I make). Converted into flinty
matter.
Silic'ula (Lat a little pod). A fruit
resembling a siliqua, but broader
and shorter.
•Silic'ulose (Lat siWula, a little pod).

Bearing silicula or siUcles.
Siliqua (Lat a pod). A form of
fruit consisting of two long cells,
divided by a partition, having
seeds attached on each side, as in
the cabbage and turnip.
Sillqnose (Lat. sil'iqtia, a pod).

bearing a siliqua.
Silt. In geology, properly the fine
mud which collects in lakes and
estuaries, but generally used to
designate all calm and gradual
deposits of mud, clay, or sand.
Silu'iian (Lat Silu'res, the ancient
inhabitants of South Wales). Ap-
plied in geology to a system of
slaty, gritty, and calcareous beds,
containing occasional fossils, and,
largely developed in South Wales.
Sin'apism (Gr. aivae^h sina'pi, mus-
tard). A mustard poultice.
Sin'cipnt (Lat.) The fore part of the

head.
Sine (Lat. smus). In trigonometry,
the straight line drawn from one
extremity of the arc of a circle,
perpendicular to the diameter
passing through the other ex«
tremity.

163

GLOSSARY.

Sinlcal (Lat. sinuSf a sine). Be-
longing to a sine.

Sinis'tral (Lat. sini^tevy left).
Haying spiral tnms towards the left

Sinis'trorse (Lat. ginWter^ left ;
versiMy towards). Turned towards
the left.

Sin'iiate (Lat. ainuSy a bay or inden-
tation). Having large curved
breaks in the margin.

Sinuosity (Lat. nnus, an indenta-
tion). A winding in and out.

Sin'uGUS (Lat. ainusj an indentation).
Winding ; crooked ; having a wavy
or flexuons margin.

Siniu (Lat. a bay or indentation).
In anatomy^ a cavity in a bone,
widest at the bottom ; a dilated
form of vein, mostly found in the
head ; in surgery^ an elongated
cavity containing pus.

Si'pliGii (Gr. (TKpiav^ siphoUf a reed).
A bent tube with legs of unequal
length, used for drawing liquid
from a vessel.

Siphon Barometer. A barometer in
which the lower end of the tube is
bent upwards in the form of a
siphon.

Siphon Gauge. A glass siphon partly
filled with mercmy, used for indi-
cating the degree of rarefaction,
which has been produced in the
receiver of an air-pump.

Sipho'nal (Gr. ai(f>wVf siphon^ a si-
phon or reed). Of the nature of a
siphon.

Siphunde (Gr. tri^wv^ dphoUy a reed ;
c/e, denoting smallness). A small
siphon.

Siphonibran'cliiate (Gr. tri^wv,
si'phdrif a tube ; fiparyx^^ hran'chia,
gills). Having a siphon or tube,
by which water is carried to the
gills.

Siphonos'tomous (Gr. irKpuv^ nphdn,
a reed ; (rrofiUf atoma^ a mouth).
Having a mouth in the shape of a
siphon or tube.

Siren. In acovstics, an instrument
for determining the number of vi-
brations produced by musical sounds
of dififerent pitch.

Siroc'co (Italian). An oppressive re-
laxing wind coming from North

Africa over the Mediterranean to
Sicily, Italy, &c.

Skereton (Gr. <r/c€\Ae.', shd'ld, I dry).
The bones of an animal, dried, and
retained in their natural positions.

Slate. In geologyt properly applied
to argillaceous or clayey rocks, the
lamination or arrangement in plates
of which is not due to stratification
but to cleavage.

Snow-line. The elevation at which
mountains are covered with per-
petual snow.

Soap (Lat. sapo). In chemUtry, a
compound of a fatty substance or
an oil-acid with a base.

Soapstone. A soft variety of mague-
sian rock having a soapy feel.

Sob'oles (Lat. a shoot or young branch).
A creeping underground stem.

Solana'ceous (Lat. aola'nvm, the
nightshade). Belonging to the
order of plants which includes the
nightshade and potato.

Solar (Lat. solf the sun). Belonging

• to the sun ; measured by the pro-
gress of the sun.

Solar System. In agtronomy^ the
sun, with the assemblage of globes
or primary planets revolving round
it, and secondary planets or satel-
lites revolving round the primary.

Sol'eoism. Impropriety in language,
consisting in the use of words or
expressions which do not agree with
the existing rules of grammatical
construction.

Solen- (Gr. ff<i}KriVy solerij a channel or
canal). A prefix in some compound
words, implying the presence of a
canal or pipe.

Solid (Lat. sol'idus). Having the
component parts so firmly adherent
that the figure is maintained unless
submitted to more or less violent
external action.

Solidun'gulous (Lat. sol'idusy solid ;
un'gulaf a hoof). Having the hoof
entire or not cloven.

Sol'iped (Lat. soluSf alone ; pesy a foot).
Having only one apparent toe and
a single hoof to each foot, as the
horse.

Sol'stices (Lat. 50Z, the sun ; «to, I
stand) . In astronomy, the periods

GLOSSABT.

169

in winter and gammer at which the
centre of the disc of the snn passes
through the solstitial points, or the
points in the ecliptic, midway
between the eqaatorial points, and
most distant from the celestial
equator.

SoLititlal (Lat. 8olj the snn ; 9to, I
stand). Belonging to the solstice.

Solubility (Lat. solvOf I melt). The
property of being dissolved or
melted in fluid.

Soruble (Lat. solvOf I melt). Capable
of being dissolved or melted in a
fluid.

Solu'tion (Lat. solvoy I melt). The
act of separating the parts of any
body ; in chemistry, the melting of
one substance in another in such
way that the latter is not rendered
opaque thereby ; in mathematics^
the finding an answer to any ques-
tion, or the answer found.

Sorvent (Lat. solvOy I melt). Any
fluid or substance which renders
other bodies liquid.

Soxnaf ic (Gr. o-w/tm, soma, the body).
Belonging to the body.

Somatol'ogy (Gr. trw/uo, soma, a body;
Koyos, lof/os, description). The
doctrine of bodies or material sub-
stance.

Sonmam'balinii (Lat. aom'nus, sleep :
am'bulo, I walk). A walking in
sleep.

Sonmif' eronB (Lat. som'nus, sleep ;
fer^o, I bring). Producing sleep.

Sonmif' io (Lat. som'ntis, sleep ; facfio,
1 make). Causing sleep.

Som'nolence (Lat. som'ntUf sleep).
Drowsiness.

Som'nolent (Lat. som'nus, sleep).
Drowsy.

Soniferous (Lat. sonus, sound ; fer^o,
I bear). Conveying sound.

Sonom'eter (Lat. sonus, sound ; Gr.
yuerpov, met'ron, measure). An
instrument for measuring sounds or
the intervals of sounds ; an appa-
ratus for illustrating the pheno-
mena exhibited ly sonorous bodies.

Sonorif ic (Lat. sonor, a loud sound ;
foe to, I make). Producing sound.

Sono'rouB (Lat. sonus, sound). Giving
sound : sonorous figures, the figures

which are formed by nodal lines, as
when a disc of glass or metal
covered with fine sand is thrown
into musical vibrations.

Soph'ism (Gr. tro^Mr/xo, sophis'ma, a
cunning contrivance). An argu-
ment in which the conclusion is not
justly deduced from the premises.

Soporif'erouB (Lat. so'por, sound
sleep ; fer^o, I produce). Pro-
ducing ^eep.

Soporific (Lat. so'por, sleep ; fcufio,
I make). Causing sleep.

SorbefMlent (Lat. sor'beo, I sup up ;
fadio, I make). Producing ab-
sorption.

Sori'tes (Ghr. trtopot, sSros, a heap).
In logic, an abridged form of a
series of syllogisms ; or a series
of propositions linked, so that
the predicate of each one becomes
the next subject, the conclusion
being formed by joining the first
subject and the last predicate.

Soro'sis (Gr. aoopos, sd'ros, a heap).
A kind of fleshy fruit formed by
the consolidation together of many
flowers, seed-vessels, and recepta-
cles ; as the pine-apple.

Spa'dix (Lat.). In botany, a form of
inflorescence in which the flowers
are closely arranged round a thick
fleshy axis, and the whole wrapped
in a large leaf called a spathe ; as
in the arum or wake-robin.

Spar. In geology, a term applied to
crystals or minerals which break
up into regularly shaped forms with
Fmooth clearage-faces.

Spasm (Gr. airaoo, spa'o, I draw). An
abnormal involuntary contraction
of one or more muscles or muscular
fibres.

Spasmodic (Gr. (nratr/xos, spas'mos,
spasm ; ci8o9, ei'dos, form). Besem-
bling spasm ; consisting in spasm.

Spas'tic (Gr. o-iraw, spa'o, I draw).
Having the power of drawing to or
from ; applied to muscular con-
tractions in disease.

Spatha'ceous {^athe). Having the
appearance and consistence of »
spathe.

Spathe (Gr. frwaBri, spathe, a broad
blade). A large membranous bract

170

GLOSSARY.

or kind of leaf, attached at the
base of a spadix and enveloping it
in a sheath.

Spathic (Or. <nraQ% ipathe, a broad
blade). In leaves or plates.

Spath'iform (Germ, upalky spar; Lat.
formOy shape). Eesembling spar
in form.

Spa'ihose (Gr. <TiraJQ% spaikSj a broad
blade). In botany^ relating to or
like a spathe ; in mineralogy, of
tbe nature of spar.

Spafulate (Lat. upa^ula, a broad

. slice). Like a spatula or battle-
door ; in botany, applied to leaves
narrow at the base, and gradually
widening towards a broad-crowned
or straight top.

Spe'cies. In zoology and botany, a
collection of individuals resembling
each other so closely that they are
considered to have originated from
a common parent, and having the
power of uniform and permanent
continuance by propagation.

Specific (Lat. spe'cies, form or figure ;
fadioy I make). Denoting a species;
designating the peculiar property
or properties which distinguish one
species from another ; in medicine,
supposed to possess a peculiar effi-
cacy in a disease.

Specific Gravity. The weight of a
body, as compared with the weight
of an equal bulk or volume of some
other body (as water) taken as the
standard.

Specific Volnme. In chemistry,
the atomic volume, or the num-
ber representing the volume in
which a body combines.

Specifica'tion (Lat. spe'cies, form ;
facfio, 1 make). The act of de-
termining by a mark ; a statement
of particulars, describing a work
to be undertaken or an invention.

Spec'tmm (Lat. sped to, I behold).
In optics, the coloured image formed
on a white surface by rays of light
passing through a hole, and sepa-
rated by a glass prism.

Spec'uliim (Lat. spedto, I behold). In
medicine, an instrument forexamin-
ing internal parts by means of light.

Spel'ter. Native impure zinc, con-

taining lead, copper, iron, arsenicy
manganese, and plumbago.

Sper'moderm (Gr. (rirfpfia, aper^ma,
seed ; Sc^/to, der'ma, skin). The
covering of a seed.

Spliac'elate(Gr. vipaKeXoSiSphaJdelos,
mortification). To mortify.

Sphac'eluB (Gr. (r^xeXos, spkaVelos,
gangrene). Death of a part of a
living animal.

Sphaeren'chyma (Gr.(r<^aipd, sphai'ra,
a sphere ; iyxvfia, en'ckuma, tis-
sue). Vegetable tissue composed of
spherical cells.

Sphe'no- (Gr. o-^v, sphen, a wedge).
In anatomy, a prefix in compound
words, implying connection with,
or relation to the sphenoid bone.

Sphe'noid (Gr. a<t>riv, sphen, a wedge;
el^os, eidos, B\i&i>e). Like a wedge;
applied to a bone of the skull, which
is wedged in among the other bones.

Sphe'no-mazillary. Belonging to the
sphenoid and jaw-bones.

Sphe'no-pari'etal. Belonging to the
sphenoid and parietal bones.

Sphe'no-tem'poral. Belonging to the
sphenoid and temporal bones.

Sphere (Gr. a<t>aipa, spliaira, a ball).
A round body like a baU ; in
geometry, the solid figure formed
by the rotation of a semicircle
about its diameter, and having a
single surface, every part of wluch
is equally distant f^om the centre ;
in astronomy, the concave expanse
of tbe heavens, having the appear-
ance of the interior of a hollow
sphere ; a right sphere being that
aspect in which the circles of
motion of the heavenly bodies
appear at right angles with the
horizon, as at the equator ; a
parallel sphere, that in which the
same motions appear parallel with
the horizon, as at the poles ; and
an oblique sphere, that in wh^ch
these motions appear oblique to
the horizon, as at any point be-
tween the equator and each pole.

Spher'ical (Gr. aipaipa, sphaira, a
sphere). Like a sphere ; globular ;
relating to a sphere.

Sphericity (Gr. atpaipa, sphaira, a
sphere). Boundnesa.

aLOSSARY.

171

Spher'oid (Gr. ff4>oupaf tphaira, a
ball ; ciSos, eido8f form). Ee-
sembling a sphere ; a body ap-
proaching a sphere in form, but
not perfectly globular ; the result
of the revolution of an ellipse
about one of its axes.

Spherom'eter (Gr. (r<pcupa, sphaira, a
sphere; ixerpoVf met Von, a measure).
An instrument for measuring the di-
mensions of a sphere.

Spher'ule (Gr. cKpcupa^ sphaira, a
ball ; uhf denoting smallness). A
little sphere or globular body.

SpMno'ter (Gr. <T<piyy<a^ sphingo^ I
bind). A name given to circular
muscles surrounding the orifices of
organs or parts of the body.

Spliygmom'eter (Gr. o-^^vy/ios, sphug-
moSf the pulse ; iitrpovy metfron,
a measure). An instrument for
counting the pulsations of an artery
by rendering the action of the
pulse visible, and measuring its
strength.

Splca (Lat. an ear of com). In
swgerj/y a kind of bandage, so
called from its turns being thought
to resemble the arrangement of the
ears of corn- on the stem.

Spio'ular (Lat. spic'ulum, a dart).
Besembling a dart ; haying sharp
points.

Spio'nla (Lat. spidulun^ a dart). In
botany, a spikelet.

Spic'iiliini (Lat. a dart). In svrgery,
a small pointed piece of bone or
other hard matter.

Spike (Lat. spica, an ear of com).
In botanpf a form of inflorescence
in which sessile flowers are placed
on a simple peduncle or stem, as
in the wheat and lavender.

Spikelet. In botany, a small spike,
or clust-er of flowers, as in grasses.

Spina Bifida (Lat. cleft spine). A
diseased state in which part of the
bones of the spine are deficient, so
that the membranes of the chord
project in the form of a tumour.

Spixial (Lat. spina, the spine). Be-
longing to the spine or back-bone.

Spi2ial Chord or Marrow. The part
cf the nervoQs system contained in
the canal of the vei-tebral column.

Spinal System of Nerves. The
nerves which convey impressions
to and from the spinal cord espe-
cially.

Spine (Lat. spina, a thorn). A
thorn ; an abortive branch with a
hard sharp point ; in anatomy, the
vertebral column or back-bone ; in
zoology, a thin pointed spike.

Spines'cent (Lat. spina, a thorn).
Becoming thorny ; bearing spines.

Spinif'erous (Lat. spina, a thom ;
/c/o, I bear). Producing spines or
thorns.

Spi'niform (Lat. spina, a thom ;
forma, shape). Like a spine or
thorn.

Spin'neret (Sax. spin/nan, to make
yam). The pointed tubes with
which spiders weave their webs.

Spi'nons (Lat. spina, a spine or
thorn). Having spines ; in ana-
tomy, projecting like a spine.

Spi'racle (Lat. spiro, 1 breathe). A
breathing hole ; applied to the
external openings of the air-tubes
of insects.

Spiral (Gr. amupa, speira, anything
wound round). Winding round a
fixed point, and at the same time
constantly receding, as the main-
spring of a watch ; winding round
a cylinder, and at the same time
advancing ; in architecture, a curve
winding round a cone or spire.

Spiral Vessels. In botany, fine
transparent membranous tubes,
with one or more spiral fibres
coiled up in their interior.

Spirit Level. An instmment for de-
termining a plane parallel to the
horizon, consisting of a tube of
glass nearly filled with spirits of
wine or distilled water, and her-
metically sealed, so that, wh^ it
is placed in a horizontal position,
the bubble of air in the liquid
stands exactly in the centre of the
tube.

Spirom'eter (Lai K)iro, I breathe ;
Gr. nerpov, metron, a measure).
An instmment for measuring the
quantity of air exhaled from the
lungs, and thereby determining the
capacity of the chest.

172

GLOSSARY.

Spiroi'dal (Gr. o-ireipa, tpetrOy any-
thing wound round ; elSos, eidoSf
shape). Like a spiral or cork-
screw.

Spis'situde (Lat. tpissvSj thick).
Thickness ; applied to substances,
&c., neither perfectly liquid nor
perfectly solid.

C^lanchnic (Gr. o-irKarfxyov, splanch-
rum, bowels). Belonging to the
viscera or intestines.

Splanchno- (Gr. (nrKayxvoVySplanch'
norif bowels). In anatomy and
medicine^ a prefix in compoimd
words, implying relation to viscera.

Splaachnogfraphy (Gr. anKayx^ov,
splanchnony bowels ; ypatpcoy
graph'df I write). An anatomical
description of the viscera.

Splaachnorogy (Gr. <nr\ayxvov,
splanchnoUf bowels ; \oyos, lo^os,
discourse). A description of the
viscera.

Splan'chno-Skereton (Gr. air\aryx^ov,
gplanchnoUf bowels ; ir/ccAerov,
skel'eton). The bony or cartilagin-
ous pieces which support the viscera
and organs of sense in animals.

Sple'nial (Lat. sple'niunif a splint).
Applied to a bone in the head of
fishes, because applied in the
manner of a splint.

Spleiiiza'tion (Gr. (nr\riUf spleUf the
spleen). A change produced in the
lungs by inflammation, so that they
resemble the substance of the
spleen.

Spondee (Gr. (nrovi% spondcy a
drink offering ; because solemn
melodies were used on such occa-
sionfi). A foot in Greek and Latin
verse consisting of two long syllables.

Spong^lets, See Spongioles.

Spongia'ria (Gr. triroyyoSf spongos,
sponge). The class of beings in-
cluding sponges.

Spon'giform (Gr. triroyyoSf ipongoi^
a sponge ; Lat. frn'ma^ shape).
Like a sponge.

Spon'gioles (Gr. crTroT^oy, tpongoSf a
sponge ; ole, denoting smallness).
In botany f the ultimate extremities
of roots, composed of loose spongy
cellular tissue, through which
nourishment is absorbed.

Sponta'neoTU (Lat. sponiey of onc^s
own accord). Occurring or arising
apparently of itself, without any
obvious cause.

Sporad'ic (Gr. <nropaj, spor^cUf scat-
tered). Separate ; scattered : ap-
plied to diseases which occur in
single and scattered cases.

Sporan'giuin (Gr. triropa, spor^a^ a
seed ; &yy eioVf angei'on, a vessel).
The case which contains the sporules
or reproductive germs of some cryp*
togamic plants.

Spore (Gr. cnropo, tpoi^a^ a seed).
See Sporules.

Spor'ophore (5pore; Gr. ^tp<a,phet^Of
I bear). A stalk supporting a
spore.

Sporozo'id {Spore; Gr. (foov, zoon,
an animal ; eiSos, eidoSf shape).
A spore furnished with ciliary or
vibratile processes.

Spor'ules (Gr. tncopa^ spor^a^ a seed ;
ule^ denoting smallness). The mi-
nute organs in flowerless plants
which are the analogues of seeds in
flowering plants.

Spu'risB (Lat. spurious ; sc. pewiuB^
feathers). The feathers attached to
the short outer digit* in the wings
of birds.

Sputum (Lat. gpuoy I spit). Spittle ;
in medicine^ that which is dis-
charged from the mouth in disorders
of the breathing organs.

Squama (Lat. a scale). A scale ; a
part arranged like a scale.

Squa'mifer (Lat. squama, a scale;
/e/o, I bear). Covered with scales.

Sqxia'miform (Lat. squama, a scale ;
forma, shape). Like a scale.

Squamig'erous (Lat. squama^ a scale ;
ger^o, I bear). Bearing or having
scales.

Squa'mous (Lat. squama, a scale).
Scaly ; arranged in scales or like
scales ; squamous suture, in an-
atomy, the suture between the
parietal and temporal bone, the
former overlapping the latter like a
scale.

Square (Lat. qvAxdra), Having four
equal sides and four equal angles :
in arithmetic, applied to the pro-
duct of a number multiplied into

GLOSSAEY.

173

itaelf, the number thus mul-
tiplied being the square root of the
product.

Stalac'tlte (Gr. <rrdKaCwf stala'zo, I
drop). A concretion of carbonate
of lime hanging from the roof of a
cave, produced by the filtration of
water containing limy particles and
its subsequent evaporation.

Stalag'mite (Gr. trToAa^w,, gtcUa'zo,
I drop). A concretion of carbonate
of lime found on the floors of caverns,
produced from the dropping and
evaporation of water containing
lime.

Stamen (Lat. tto, I stand). In a
general sense, that which gives sup-
port to a body : in botany^ the made
organ in flowering plants.

Stam'inal (Lat. stamen). In hotanyf
having stamens only.

Staxnin'eoQS {Stamen). Consisting of,
or having stamens.

Staminiferoos (Lat. stamen; fei^Oj I
bear). Having stamens without a
pistU.

Stan'nary (Lat. stannum^ tin). Be-
lating to tin-works.

Stannio (Lat. stanrvu/m, tin). Pro-
cured from tin.

Stannif'eroiu (Lat. ttannum^ tin ;
/e/o, I bear). Containing tin.

Staphylf/ma (Gr. aTatpv\ri, staph'tiZe,
a grape). A disease oif the eye in
which the cornea loses its trans-
parency and forms a pearl-coloured
projection, sometimes smooth and
sometimes uneven.

Stapliylor'aphy (Gr. (rrcupv\riy staph'-
ulif a bunch of grapes, or the ton-
sils ; pam-w, rkaptdt I sow). A

■ surgical operation for uniting the
edges of a divided palate. ■

Sta'sis (Gr iVtt^/lk, histemi, I make to
stand). A standing or settling in
one place : as of the blood.

Staf io (Gr. Itrrrifu, hisicmi^ I make
to stand). Having the power of
keeping in a stationary condition.

Stat'iCB (Gr. ItrrrjfUf histemiy I cause
to stand). The branch of me-
chanics which considers the action
on bodies of forces at equilibrium,
or producing equilibrium.
. Statis'tios. The science of collecting

and arranging all the numerical
facts relating to any subject.

Steam Hammer. A form of forge
hammer consisting of a steam cy-
linder and piston placed vertically
over the anvil.

Ste'arate (Gr. o-rcap, ste'ar, suet). A
salt consisting of stearic acid and a
base.

Stear'ic (Gr. trrcap, st^ar, suet). An
acid which is derived from certain
fats.

Ste'arin (Gr. a^tap, st^ar, suet). The
chief ingredient of suet and tellow.

Ste'atlte (Gr. o-rcap, stefavj suet).
Soap-stone: a soft unctuous mineral,
consisting of a silicate of magnesia
and alumina. .

Steato'ma (Gr. o-rcop, ste'ar, suet). A
tumour containing a substance re-
sembling fat.

Steato'matoiis (Steato'ma). Of the
nature of a steatoma or fatty tu-
mour.

Stel'lar (Lat. Stella, a star). Belong-
ing to or containing stars.

Stellate or Stelliform (Lat. stella, a
star). Resembling a star ; radiated.

Stem'mata (Gr. ffrtfifjut, stern'ma, a
chaplet). The simple minute eyes
of worms, and those which are
added to the large compound eyes.

Stenogfraphy (Gr. artpos, sten'os,
narrow ; ypaipUf graph' d, I write).
The art of writing in short hand
by using abbreviations or characters
for whole words.

Sterelmin'tha (Gh*. o-rcpcos, ster^eos^
solid ; lA/uys, hel'mins, a worm).
Parasitic worms, having no true
abdominal cavity.

Sterec^prapli'ic (Gr. areptos, ster'eos,
solid ; ypcupWf graph' Oy I write).
Delineated on a plane ; stereograph ic
projection is the projection of a sphere
delineated on the plane of one of
its great circles, the eye being at
the pole of the circle.

Stereog^raphy (Gr. artptos, ster'eos,
solid; ypcufmt graph'o^ I write).
The art of delineating the forms of
solid bodies on a plane.

Stereom'eter (Gr. artpfoSf stet^eos^
solid ; nerpoVf metfron^ a measure).
An instrument for measuring the

174

GLOSSARY.

specific gravities of yarions sub-
stances, solid as well as liquid.

Stereom'etry (Gr. a-rtpcoSf atev^eoB,
solid ; fifrpovj metfron^ a measure).
Tbe art of measuring solid bodies
and finding their solid contents.

Ster'eoscope (Gr. a-rtptost ster'eoSf
solid ; a-Koir««, ahop'eo, I view).
An optical instrument by which we
look on two pictures taken under a
small difference of angular view,
each eye looking on one picture
only ; so that, as in ordinary vision,
two images are conveyed to the
brain and unite in one impression.

Stereot'omy (Gr. artptoSf ster^eoa,
solid ; Tffivw, tem'ndf I cut). The
art of cutting solids into certain
figures or sections.

Ster'eotype (Gr. a-rfpeoSf ater^eoBf
solid ; TVTToSf tu'poSf type). A
fixed metal type ; a plate of the
size of a page, cast from a mould in
which an exact representation of
the types set in order by a printer
has been produced.

Ster'nal (Lat. ster'num, the breast-
bone). Belonging to the breast-bone.

Ster'no- (Lat. st&r'nwniy the breast-
bone). A prefix in compound
words, signifying relation to the
sternum or breast-bone.

Ster'num (Lat.) The breast-bone
to which the ribs are jointed in
front.

Stem'utatory (Lat. stem'w)^ I sneeze).
Producing sneezing.

Stethom'eter (Gr. a-rrieoi, ite'thos,
the chest ; fifTpov, mc^ivny a mea-
sure). An instrument for mea-
suring the movements of the chest
on the outside.

Steth'oscope (Gr. (mt9oi, ite'thos,
the chest ; a-Koireuy sJcop^eo, I view).
A cylindrical instrument of light
wood or gutta percha, generally
hollow, fur listening to the sounds
produced in the chest or other part
of the body.

•Stich'oos (Gr. <mxos, stick' oe, a row).
A termination in compound words
.implying rows.

Sthen'ic (Gr.o-^ewy, ^f^^n'of, strength).
Attended with a morbid increase of
vital action.

Stig'ma (Gr. crT*f«, sti'zo^ I prick or
stick). In botany y tbe upper ex-
tremity of the pistil, or that part
which receives tbe pollen; in the
plural, gti^Tnata, it denotes the
apertures in the body of insects
communicating with the tracheae or
air-vessels.

Stigmaf io {Stigma), Belonging to
the stigma.

Stirn'olant (Lat. stimfuJus, a goad).
In medicine^ an article which pro-
duces a rapid and tran|ient increase
of vital energy.

Stim'ulos (Lat. a goad). In medi-
cine, that which produces a rapid
and transient increase of vital
energy ; in botany, a stinging hair.

Stipe (Lat. sti'pes, a stalk). In bo-
tany, applied to the stem of palms
and ferns, and the stalk of agarics.

Stipltate (Lat. stVpes^ a stalk). Sup-
ported on a stalk.

Stip'ular (Stip'ule). Resembling or
consisting of stipules.

S^'p'vla.tB {Stip'ule). Having stipules.

Stip'ule (Lat. atip'ula, a stem). In
botany, a small leaf-like appendage
to the leaf, commonly at the base
of its stem.

Stolon (Lat. sto'lo, a sucker). In
botany, a sucker, at first growing
on the surface of the ground, thw
turning downwards and rooting.

Stolonif' eroos (Lat. ato'lo, a sucker ;
•/«^o, I produce). Producing suckers.

Stomap'oda (Gr. arofia, stom'a, a
mouth ; vovs, povs, a foot). An
order of Crustacea, deriving its
name from the manner in which
the feet approach the month.

Stom'ata or Stom'atee (Gr. irrofia,
atom'u, a mouth). Opening between
the cells of the epidermis of plante
in parts exposed to the air.

Strabis'mos (Lat. atrab'o, one who
squints). Squinting; a want of
coincidence in the axes of the eyes.

Strangulated (Lat. stran'gvlo, I
choke). Choked ; in turgery,
having the circulation stopped in
any part.

Stratifica'tion (Lat. ttra'tum, a layer ;
fac'io, I make). Tbe process by
which substanoee are formed into

GLOSSARY.

175

strata or layers ; an arrangement
in layers.

Stra'tiform (Lat. stra'tum, a layer;
for^ma, shape). In the form of
strata or layers.

Strat'ity (Lat. itra'tum^ a layer ;
fcLcfiOf I make). To arrange in
layers.

Stra'tom (Lat. ster^riOf I spread). A
layer ; in geology^ applied to the
layers in which rocks lie one above
another.

Strepsip'tera (Gr. vrptipw, streph'o, I
torn ; nmpov, pter'ony a wing). An
order of insects in which the first
pair of wings is represented by
twisted rudiments.

8tri'8B (Plural of Lat. stH'a, a streak).
Fine thread-like lines or streaks.

Stri'ated (Lat. stri'a, a streak).
Marked with strise or streaks, run-
ning parallel to one another.

Stri'dor (Lat.). A harsh creaking
noise ; a grinding.

Strigo'se (Lat. atrigo'stUf lank, thin).
Covered with rough, strong hairs,
pressed together.

StroVile (Lat. stroh'iltis, an arti-
choke). In botany f a large catkin,
with scaly carpels bearing naked
seeds, as the cone or fruit of the
pine.

Strob'ilites (Stroh'Ue ; Or. Kidos,
lith'oSf a stone). Fossil remains of
cone-like fruit.

Stro'phiolefl (Lat. stroph'iolvm, a
little garland). Small tumours or
cellular bodies produced at various
points on the coverings of seeds.

Stropli'uliis (Lat.). A papukir erup-
tion of various species and forms,
occurring in infants.

Stm'xna. A diseased state, charac-
terised by a tendency to the de-
position of tubercle or of sweUing
of glands in various parts of the
body ; in botany, a cellular swelling
where the leaf joins the midrib.

Stu'pose (Lat. stu'pa, tow). Having
a tuft of hairs.

Style (Gr. (TTvAos, 8tu'lo8, a column).
In botany, the part of the pistil
consisting of the column proceeding
upwards from the ovary and sup-
porting the stijona.

Stylifomi (Lat. st'^lus, a pen or bod-
kin ; forma, form). Resembling
a style or pen ; pointed.

Stylo- (Qr. (rrv\os, stu'los, a style or
pen). In anatomy, a prefix in
some compound words, denoting
attachment to the styloid process of
the temporal bone.

Stylobate {Qr. trrvXas, stu'los, a
pUIar ; /Sao-is, ba'sis, a base). In
architecture, generally, any base-
ment on which columns are raised
above the level of the ground ; but
especially applied to a continuous
pedestal on which several columns
are raised.

Stylohy'al (Gr. arvKos, stu'los, a
style or pen ; hyoid bone). A bone
in the head of fishes, corresponding
to the junction between the styloid
process and hyoid bone.

Styloid (Gr. arvKos, stu'los, a style
or pen ; eiSos, eidos, shape). Like
a style or pen : applied in ancUomy
to a process of the temporal bone.

Styp'tio (Gr. arvtpoi, stu'pho, 1 con-
tract). Astringent : having the
property of restraining bleeding.

Sab- (Lat. under). A preposition
used in compound words, sometimes
implying a lower position, some-
times a less or inferior degree.

Subacid (Lat. sub, under ; acid).
Moderately acid.

Sabal'tem (Lat. sub, under ; alter'-
nus, alternating). In logic, applied
to propositions which agree in
quality but not in quantity.

Saba'qaeoiu (Lat. sub, under ; a^ua,
water). Under water.

SabaracVnoid (Lat. sub, under;
arach'noid). Lying beneath the
arachnoid membrane.

Sabazillar7(Lat. sub, under ; axU'la,
an arm-pit). Placed under the
axil or angle formed by a branch
with the stem or by a leaf with the
branch.

Sabcarnbonate (Lat. sv^, under; car^'
bona/te). A salt containing less
carbonic acid than a carbonate.

Subcarlniretted (Lat. sub, under ;
carbon). Containing less carbon
than a carburet.

Sub'olaM (Lat. ivb, under ; doss), A

176

GLOSSARY.

subordinate class, consisting of
orders allied to a certain extent.

Sabola'vian (Lat. svhj under ; clavis^
a key). Lying under the clavicle
or collar-bone.

Saboon'trary (Lat. suhy under ; con-
tra'ritLSj contrary). Contrary in an
inferior degree : in geometri/f ap-
plied to similar triangles which
have a common angle at the vertex,
while the bases do not coincide ; in
logic, applied to propositions which
agree in quantity but differ in
quality.

Sabcor'diate (Lat. «u5, under ; cor, a
heart). Somewhat like a heart in
shape.

Subcos'tal (Lat. iub, under ; cos'tUf a
rib). Under or within the rib.

Saboata'neoTis (Lat. sub, under;
cu'tisy the skin). Under the skin.

Subcutic'iilar (Lat. sub, under ; cu-
tic'ula, the cuticle). Under the
cuticle or scarf-skin.

Sabcylin'drical (Lat. svJb, under;
cylln'drical). Not perfectly cylin-
drical.

Sabdu'plicate (Lat. »vh, under ;
du'plex, double). Having the ratio
of the square roots : in mathe-
matics, applied to the ratio which
the square roots of two quantities
have to each other.

Su'berate (Lat. su'ber, cork). A com-
pound of suberic acid with a base.

Su'berio (Lat. su'ber, cork). Belong-
ing to cork : applied to an acid
produced by the action of nitric
acid on cork and fatty bodies.

SuVerose (Lat. sub, under ; ero'do, I
gnaw). Appearing as if a little
gnawed.

Sub'genas (Lat. svh, under ; gen'us).
A subordinate genus, consisting of
species allied to a certain extent.

Subglob'ular (Lat. sub, under;
ghb'ula/r). Having a form approach-
ing to globular.

Subgran'ular (Lat. sub, under;
gran'uLar). Somewhat granular.

Sabja'cent (Lat. svh, under ; jadeo,
I lie). Lying under or in a lower
situation.

Subject (Lat. subjic'io, I place before).
hifframmar and logic, that regard-

ing which anything is affirmed or
denied ; in intellectucd philosophy,
the personality of the thinker.

Subjec'tlYe (Subject). Relating to the
subject ; applied in philosophy to the
manner in which an object is con-
ceived of by an individual subject ;
in medicine, to symptoms observed
by the patient himself.

Sobjimc'tlve (Lat. sub, under ; jungo,
I join). Subjoined or added to
something else ; in grammar, ap-
plied to a form of the*verb express-
ing condition or supposition.

Sablimate (Lat. sMi'mis, exalted).
To bring a solid substance by heat
into the state of vapour, which
condenses on cooling ; the substance
produced by this process.

Sublima'tioii (Lat. subli'mo, I raise
up). The process of bringing solid
substances by heat into the state
of vapour which is condensed in
cooling.

Sablime. /See Sublimate.

Sublin'gnal (Lat sub, under; linfgua,
the tongue). Under the tongue.

Sablnxa'tioii (Lat. sub, under ; luX'
action). An incomplete luxation
or dislocation.

Sabmari'ne (Lat. sub, under ; ma're,
the sea). Formed or lying beneath
the sea.

Submaxillary (Lat. sub, under ; max-
il'la, the jaw). Lying beneath the
jaw.

Submeai'tal (Lat. sub, under ; men-
tumi, the chin). Under the chin.

Submu'eous (Lat. sub, under ; mu-
cous). Lying beneath the mucous
membrane.

Sabmul'tlple (Lat. sub, under ; multi-
ple). A quantity which is contained
in another an exact number of
times.

Subiia8'ceiit(Lat. sub, under ; 'Mis'cwr,
I am bom). Growing underneath.

Subnor'mal (Lat. sub, under ; myrmcL,
a rule). In conic sections, the
portion of a diameter intercepted
between the ordinate and the
normal.

Sabocoip'ital (Lat. svh, under ; odd-
put, tihe back of the head). Under
or beneath the occiput.

GLOSSARY.

177

Siiboesopliage'al (Lat. «u&, under;
cuoph'agus,) Beneath the oesopha-
gus or gullet.

Suborbic'ular (Lat sub, nnder; orbit/-
uktr). Almost orbicular.

Suborbital (Lat. <ud, under; orbital
the orbit). Applied to bones de-
veloped in the integument about
the lower part of the orbit in
fishes.

Sab'order (Lat. suib, under ; order),
A subdivision of an order, consist-
ing of a number of allied genera.

Sabor'dinate (Lat. «u&, under ; ordo,
an order). In geology, inferior in
the order of superposition.

Subo'Tal (Lat. sub, under ; ovaJ),
Somewhat oval.

Snbo'yate (Lat. sub, under; o'vam,
an egg). Nearly in the shape of
an egg.

Suboz'ide (Lat. skib, under; oaUde),
An oxide containing a smaller pro-
portion of oxygen than that in
which the basic characters are most
marked.

Subperitone'al (Lat. sub, under ; peri-
toneum). Lying beneath the peri-
toneal membrane.

8ab'plintlL(Lat. svb, under ; plinth.)
A plinth placed under the principal
one.

Sabro'timd (Lat. sub, under; rotun'-
dus, round). Nearly round.

Subsalt (Lat. sub, under ; salt), A
salt having an excess of the base.

Sabscap^nlar (Lat. sub, under; sca]f/-
ula, the shoulder-blade). Lying
under the shoulder-blade, between
it and the chest.

Subae'roiis (Lat. sub, under ; serous).
Lying beneath a serous membrane.

Sub'soil ^Lat. sub, under ; soil). The
bed or layer of earth which lies
under the surface-soil, and on the
base of rocks on which the whole
rests.

Subspe'eies (Lat. sub, under ; species),
A subordinate species.

Substra'tnxn (Lat. svb, under ; stro^-
turn). A stratum or layer lying
under another.

Sobsnl'pliate (Lat. svb, under ; svl-
phcUe). A sulphate with excess of
the base.

SubBul'tiui (Lat. sub, under ; saltus, a
leaping). A twitching or convul-
sive motion.

Sabtan'gent (Lat. sub, under ; tan-
gent). The segment of a produced
or lengthened diameter or axis, in-
tercepted between an ordinate and
a tangent drawn from the same
point in the curve.

Subtend' (Lat. sub, nnder : trndo, I
stretch). To extend under or op-
posite to.

Snbtriplicate (Lat. sub, under ; trip'-
lex, three-fold). In the ratio of
the cube roots; in mcUhematies,
the subtriplicate ratio of two quan-
tities is the ratio which their cube
roots have to each other.

SuHbulate (Lat. su'bulci^ an awl).
Shaped like an awl.

Soc'cinate (Lat. svxicinum^ amber).
A compound of succinic acid with
a base.

Saocin'ic (Lat. suc^cinum, amber).
Belonging to amber ; applied to an
acid obtained from amber.

Sac'culent (Lat. suceus, juice). Full
of juice ; applied to plants which
have a juicy and soft stem or leaves.

Sucons (Iiat.) Juice.

Sao'tion (Lat. sugo, I suck). The
act of sucking or drawing in fluid
substances by removing the pressure
of the air.

Bueto'nal {LaX. sugo, I suck). Fitted
for sucking.

Sndonf eroQS (Lat. su*dor, sweat ;
fer^o, 1 bear). Conducting per-
spirati(m.

Sudorific (LaX.su^dor, sweat ; /a c'to,
I make). Causing sweat or per-
spiration.

Sndorip'aroiui (Lat. su'dor, sweat;
par'io, I produce). Producing or
secreting perspiration.

Saffira'ticOBe(Lat. sub, under ; frvltex,
a shrub). Partly shrubby : per-
manent or woody at the base, but
decaying yearly above.

Sogillation (Lat. sugiTlo, I make
black and blue). The mark left by
a leech or cupping-glass ; applied
also to livid spots noticed on dead
bodies.

Sol'cate (Lat. tuHcuSf a furrow).

178

GLOSSARY.

Furrowed ; deeply marked with
longitudinal lines.

Snl'phate (Sulphur). A eomponnd
of sulphuric acid with a base.

Snl'phide {Sul'phur). A compound of
sulphur with another elementary
substance, towards which it stands
in the same relations as oxygen, so
as to form a sulphur-acid or a
sulphur-base.

Sul'phlte {Std'phur), A com-
pound of sulphurous acid with a
base.

Snlpliocyan'io (SuHphttr and Cyan'o-
gen), A name applied to an acid
composed of sulphur, cyanogen,
and hydrogen, found in the seeds
and blossoms of cruciferous plants,
and in human saliva.

Snlpliovi'xiic (Sul'phur ; Lat. vi'numf
wine) . A term appUed to an acid
produced by the action of sulphuric
acid on alcohol.

Sulphur-acid. An acid in which the
oxygen is represented by sulphur.

Sulphur-base. A base in which
oxygen is represented by sulphur.

Sul'phuret (SiU'phur). A compound
of sulphur with hydrogen or a
metal, or other electro-positive
body.

Sulph'uretted {Sul'phur). Combined
with sulphur.

Sulphu'ric {Sul'phur), Belonging to
sulphur : applied to an acid con-
taining one equivalent of sulphur
with three of oxygen commonly
known as oil of vitriol.

Snl'phurons {Sul'phur), Containing
sulphur; applied to an acid con-
taining one equivalent of sulphur
and two of oxygen.

Snlphur-salt A salt arising from
the combination of a sulphur acid
with a sulphur base, in each of
which sulphur takes the place of
oxygen.

Super- (Lat. above). A preposition
used in compound words, signifying
above or in excess.

Supercil'iary (Lat. su'per, above;
ci'lium^ the eyebrow). Above the
eyebrow.

Saperfic'ial (Lat. au'per^ above ;
/acfiit, a /ace). On the face or

outer surface; superficial measure
is the extent of any surface.

Superflc'ies (Lat. au'per, on ; fatfies,
a face). The surface of a body,
capable of measurement in length
and breadth.

Superimpo'se (Lat. su'per^ above ;
impo^nOf I lay on). To lay on
something else.

Superincum'bent (Lat. 8u'per, above ;
incumfbOy I lie on). Besting or
lying on something.

SupeMor (Lat. above). In hotany^
applied to the ovary when it is not
adherent to the calyx, and to the
calyx when it is adherent to the
ovary ; also to the part of a flower
nearest the axis or growing point.

Supeija'oent (Lat. svlper, above;
jodceoy I lie). Lying above.

Supema'tant (Lat. 8u'pei\ above;
na'tOy I swim). Floating or swim-
ing on the surface.

Superposifion (Lat. su'per, above;
po'no, I place). A placing above ;
in geology f the order in which rocks
are pla(^ed over each other.

Su'persalt (Lat su'per^ above ; sclU),
A salt with a greater number of
equivalents of acid than of base.

Supersat'urate (Lat. su'perf above;
aa'tur, full). To add beyond satu-
ration.

Superstra'tum (Lat. su'per^ above;
itra'tunif a layer). A layer above
another.

Supersul'phate (Lat. tu'per, above;
svlphcUe), A sulphate containing
more equivalents of acid than of
base.

Supertem'poral (Lat. «u'jD«r, over;
temporal-bone). Applied to bones
sometimes overarching the temporal
fossse in fishes.

Supervolu'te (Lat. su'per, above;
volvOf I roll). In botany, applied
to l^ves rolled on themselves in the
leaf-bud.

Supina'tion (Lat. mpi'nus, lying on
the back). The act of turning the
face or anterior part upwards.

Supina'tor (Lat. sup^nus, lying <hi
the back). A name given to those
muscles which turn the palm of
the hand forwards or upwards.

GLOSSARY.

179

Sup'plemeiLt (Lai. tubj under ; pleo^
I fill). That which fills up the
defects of any thing ; in geometry^
the quantity by which an arc or
angle falls short of 180 degrees or
a semicircle. ^

Sappvra'tion (Lat. suppvfrOf I turn
into pus). The process of the
formation of pus as a result of
inflammation.

Su'pra- (Lat. su'prOf over). A pre-
position used in compound words,
signifying over.

Supra-aero'mial (Lat. su'pra, above ;
acro'mion). Lying above the
acromion process of the scapula.

Supraoreta'ceoQs (Lat. su'pra, over ;
cr^ta, chalk). Applied to deposits
lying over the chalk formation.

Supxtidecom'poand (Lat. m'pra^
above ; decom! pound). In botany,
applied to minutely divided or very
compound leaves.

Suprafolia'ceons (Lat. su'pra, over ;
fo'lium, a leaf). Inserted above a
leaf or petiole.

SapracBSophage'al (Lat. su'pra, over ;
cesopha'gus). Above the cesophagns.

Supraoooip'ital (Lat. su'pra, above ;
ocfciput, the back of the head). A
bone in the head of fishes, cor-
responding to the upper part of the
occipital bone.

Sapraorlntal (Lat. su'pra, over ;
ar^bit). Above the orbit or eye-
socket.

Suprare'nal (Lat. su'pra, over ; ren,
a kidney). Above the kidneys.

Suprasoap'nlar (Lat su'pra, over ;
scap*ula, the shoulder-blade).
Above the shoulder-blade.

Sapraspina'tns (Lat. su'pra, above ;
spina, a spine). Above the spine :
a name given to a muscle lying
above the spine of the shoulder-
blade.

Su'ral (Lat. su'ra, the calf of the
leg). Belonging to the calf of the
leg.

Surd (Lat. sui^dus, deaf). In artth-
metic and algebra, a root which
cannot be expressed in integral or
rational numbers.

gtupen^sion (Lat. suspen'do, 1 hang
up). In chemistry^ the state in

which bodies are held, but not in
solution, in a fluid, so that they
may be separated ifrom it by filtra-
tion.

Snspen^Bor (Lat. stispend^o, I hang).
In botany, the cord which suspends
the embryo, and is attached to the
young radicle.

Sntu'ral (Lat. stUu'ra, a sutur^.

* Belonging to satures ; in botany,
appli^ to that form of dehiscence
or separation of fruits which takes
place at the sutures.

Sn'tore (Lat. suo, 1 sew). A sewing :
in swrgery, the drawing together of
a wound by sewing ; in anatomy, a
seam or joint uniting the bones of
the skull ; in botany, the part
where separate organs unite, or
where the edges of a folded organ
adhere : the dental suture of the
ovary is that next the centre, formed
by the edges of the carpels : the
dorsal suture is at the back, cor-
responding to the midribs.

Syco'sis (Gr. o-vkov, su'kon, a fig). A
form of eruptive disease, aifecting
the skin of the chin, lower jaw, or
upper lip, characterised by the for-
mation of patches of tubercles.

Syllable (Gr. avWafiri, sul'labe, a
syllable). In grammar^ applied to
the augment in the past tense of
Greek verbs, which is formed by
the addition of the vowel e, so as
to produce a new syllable.

Syllable (Gr. <rvv, sun, together;
\(mfiava, lam' band, I take). A
letter or combination of letters that
can be uttered by a single effort of
the voice.

Syllog^ism (Gr. avv, sun, with ; Xoyi-
Coficu, logi'zomai, I think). In logi4:,
an argument consisting of three
terms, of which the first two are
premises, and the last the conclusion.

Syllogis'tic (Gr. a-w, sum, with ;
Xoyiiofuu,^ logi'zomai, I think).
Belonging to or in the form of
syllogisms.

Symbleph'aron (Gr. (tvv, sun, with ;
fi\€<f>apov^ bleph'aron, an eyelid).
A growing of the eyelids to the
eyeball.

SymlK)! (Gr. <rvjuj3aAA«, tumbal'lo^ I

180

GLOSSAKY.

compare). A visible object or
character representing something.

Sym'metry (Gr. (rvy, switij with ;
fifTpoVy metfroriy a measure). The
due proportion of one thing, as part,
to another with respect to the
whole ; in botanyf applied in refer'
ence to the parts being of the same
number, or multiples of each other.

8ym,pathet'io (Gtr. avy^ sun, with ;
TcaBos, path'oSf suffering). Having
common feeling ; in anatomyy
applied to a system of nerves which
are specially supplied to the viscera,
and blood-vessels.

Sym'pathy (Gr. trw, sun, with;
voBos, path'os, suffering). Fellow-
feeling : in medidnef applied to
the production of a modified or
dises^ied condition in an organ or
part through action or a disease of
some other organ or part.

Sym'phony (Gr. awy sun, witii ;
(jxavri, phone, voice). A consonance
or harmony of sounds : a musical
composition for a full band of in-
struments.

Sym'physis (Gr. a-uy, swi, together ;
ipwio, phu'o, I grow). In ancUomy,
the union of bones by means of an
intervening cartilage, so as to form
an immovable joint ; applied also
to the junction of the two halves
of the lower jaw.

Sympesiom'eter (Gr. aufontCM, sum-
pi^zo, I press together ; fierpoy,
met! r on, a measure). An instru-
ment for measuring the weight of
the atmosphere by the compression
of a column of gas.

Symp'tom (Gr. avy, sun, with ;
vtirra, pip' to, I fall). Something
that happens concurrently with
another ; in medicine, a disordered
function, or assemblage of dis-
ordered functions, becoming ob-
vious in the course of a disease.

Symptomafic {Symptom), Belonging
or according to symptoms ; pro-
duced from some apparent prior
disorder or injury.

Symptomatorogy (Gr. <ru/jLirra>fia,
sump'tom^, a symptom; \oyos,
losfos, a discourse). The part of

medicine which treats of symptoms.

Syn- or Sjrm- (Or. <rw, «m, witili).
A prefix in compound words signi-
fying with.

Synae'resiB (Gr. avy, sv/n, with ;
cupfw, hai'reo, I take). A com-
bination of two vowels into one.
* Synaloe'pha (Gr. <rvp, sun, with ;
a\€i<f>u, alei'phd, I oil or anoint).
In ffvosody, the process by which,
when one word ends and the next
begins with a vowel, the vowel of
the first word is cut o£^ or absorbed
in that of the second.

Synaii'theroiu (Gr. aw, swn, with ;
anther). Having the anthers
widest in a tube round the style ;
applied to some composite plants.

Synarthro'siB (Gr. aw, sun, together;
apdpoy, arthron, a joint). An
immovable joint.

Sjmcai'poiu (Gr. avu, sun, with;
KopTTos, karpos, fruit). Having the
carpels of a compound fruit com-
pletely united.

Synchondro'sis (Gr. aw, sun, with ;
XovSpos, chon'dros, a cartilage).
An articulation by cartilage ; ap-
plied especially to the joint formed
by the sacrum with the ilium on
each side.

Synchronic (Gr. avp, sun, with;
Xpovos, chro^i'os, time). Happening
at the same time ; performed in the
same time.

Syn'chronous. See Synchronic.

Syncli'nal (Gr. aw, sun, with ; K\um,
kli'no, 1 lean). In geology, applied
to strata that dip from opposite
directions downwards, or which
incline to a common centre.

Syn'cope' (Gr. aw, sun, with ; k&vtu,
kop'to, I cut). A cutting off; in
medicine, fainting ; interruption of
the action of the heart.

Syndesmorogy (Gr. awd^afjLoSf mch-
des'mos, a ligament ; \oyos, log^<^
discourse) . A treatise on ligannenta.

Syndesmo'sis (Gr. aw, swn, with ;
Sea/jLos, de^mos, a binding). Hie
union of bones by ligaments.

Synec'doche (Gr. aw, swn, with;
^KScxojuai, ekdech'omai, I take out).
A figure in speech by which the
whole is put for a part^ or a part
for the whole.

GLOSSAET.

181

Syne'ohia (Ghr. aw^ tun, with ; ^x^^f
eeh'oy I hold). In surgery , an sid-
hesion of the iris of the eye to the
cornea or to the capsule of the
crystalline lens.

83r]igene'8ia (Qr. <rvy, sun, with ;
ytvfffiSf gen'esis, production). A
term applied to a class of plants in
the Linnsean system, in which the
anthers are united, the filaments
being mostly separate.

Syn'ocha (Gr. (rvvoxos, sun'oehos,
holding together). A name for-
merly given to inflammatory fever.

Syno'chreate (Gr. a-w, sun, together;
Lat dchrea, a boot). In botany,
applied to stipules which unite
round the stem, on the opposite
side from the leaf.

Syn'oohns (Gr. awoxos, sun'oehos,
holding together). .A name for-
merly given to a mixed form of
fever, intermediate between syno-
chus and typhus.

SjBod'io (Gr. aw, sun, with ; 6Sos,
hoctos, a way). In astronomy,
applied to the common lunar
month, or the period of time which
the moon takes in returning to any
givmi phase ; also to the motion of
a planet considered merely in rela-
tion to that of the earth, without
reference to its actual position in
its orbit.

Bjn'oaym (Gr. avp, sun, with ; ivofia,
on'oma, a name). A word having
the same signification as another.

Synop'sis (Gr. avp, sun, with ; oif^ts,
opsis, sight). A general view.

Synop'tie (Gr. avy, sun, with ; oif'is,
opsis, sight). Taking in at one
view.

Byno'via (Or. <rw, sun, with ; Lat.
o'vum, an egg). A fluid resembling
the white of egg, secreted in the
cavity of joints for the purpose of

moistening them and fisMulitating
motion.

Synori'tis {Byno'via; kis, denoting
inflammation). Inflammation of a
synovial membrane.

Syn'taz {Qtr, aw, sun, together;
raa-ffof, tassS, I arrange). A con-
nected system or order ; in gram-
mar, the part which teaches the
arrangement and connection of
words.

Ssm^fheuB (Gr. trw, sun, together ;
TtBrjixt, iUhemi, I place). A put-
ting together ; the uniting of sepa-
rate elements or constituents into a
compound.

Sjniihet'io (Gr. <rvv, sun, together ;
TtOrini, iithemi, I place). Relating
to synthesis or composition.

Syn'tcnun (Gr. <rvvTOPos, sun'tonos,
stretched). Fibrin of muscle or
flesh.

Sys'tsm ((Jr. <rw, sun, together ;
IcTijjUi, histemi, I place). A com-
bination of things taken together ;
a classification, real or theoretical,
of parts or objects.

Systemat'ic (System). Formed ac-
cording to a regular connection.

System'ic (System). Belonging to a
system ; in physiology, relating to
the system, or assemblage of organs
of the body in general.

Sys'tole (Gr. (rv<rTeX\of, susieUlo, I
contract). In grammar, the short-
ening of a long syllable ; in physio-
logy, the contraction of the heart
for carrying on the circulation.

Bya'ygy (Gr. wv, sun, with ; O'yoy,
zu'gon, a yoke). A conjunction or
coupling ; in astronomy, ' the line
of syzygies is the diameter of the
moon's orbit which is directed to
the sun, its extremes being the
points of conjunction and of oppo-
sition.

T.

Tabes (Lat.) A wasting.

TaVular (Lat. tah'ula, a table). In

the form of a table ; arranged in

laminn or plates.

Tac'tile (Lat. tactus, touch). Relating
to, or employed for, touch.

TflB'nia (Gr. raivia^ tainia^ a ribbon).
The tape-worm.

182

GLOSSABY.

TsBXiioid (Gt. rtuvM, tcUniUf a
ribbon ; ciSos, eidoSf a form).
Shaped like a ribbon, as the tape-
worm.

Talc A mineral consisting of mag*
nesia, potash, and silica, closely
resembling mica, arranged in broad,
flat, smooth plates, translucent
and offcen transparent.

Taliaco'tian Operation. In surgery,
the operation of forming a new
nose from the skin of the forehead
or other part of the face.

Ta'lipes (Lat. talmy an ankle ; pes,
a foot). A deformity known as
club-foot.

Tan'gent (Lat. tango^ I touch). In
geometrpf a straight line which
touches a circle or curve in one
point, and which, being produced,
does not cut it.

Tan'nic (^an). Applied to an acid
existing in oak-bark, and in which
depends its efficacy in tanning.

Tape'tom (Lat. a carpet). The
coloured layer of the choroid coat
of the eye.

Taphren'di3rma(Gr. r(uf>posy taph'ros,
a ditch ; iyxvfiOy en'ckuma, tissue).
A name for pitted vessels in vege-
tables.

Tar'digrade (Lat. tai^dus, slow;
grad'ior, 1 step). Advancing
slowly.

Tarsal {Tarsus). Belonging to the
instep, or to the cartilage of the
eyelid.

Tar'siLS (Qr. raptros, tarsos, a flat
surface). The instep; the carti-
lage supporting each eyelid ; also
the last segment of the legs of
insects.

Tartar'io (Tartar^ a deposit from
wines). Applied to an organic acid
which exists in tartar, and which is
found in the juice of grapes and
other fruits.

Tartari'sed {Tartar), Impregnated
with tartar.

Tar'trate {Tartar). A neutral com-
pound of tartaric acid with a base.

Tau'rine (Lat. tauruSf a bull). £e-
lating to a buU.

TazidePmy (Qr. raffffa, tasad, I put
ia order; fepfia, derma^ skin).

The art of preparing and preserving
the skins of animals in their natural
appearance.

Taxis (Gr. raa-o-ctf, tasso, I put in
order). In swrgery^ a process by
which parts that have left their
proper situation are replaced by the
hand without the aid of instiu-
ments.

Tazon'omy (Gr. To|tj, taxis, order ;
vofjLos, nom'os, law). The depart-
ment of natural history which
treats of the laws and principles of
classification.

Teoh'nical (Gr. t€x»^, techne, art).
Belating or belonging to a science
or art.

Teolmorogy (Gr. rtxf^i techne, art ;
\oyos, log' 08, discourse). A des-
cription of arts or of the terms
used in arts.

Tectibran'chiate (Lat. tectus, covered;
Gr. fipayxtOf bran'chia, gills).
Having covered gills ; applied to
mollusca in which the gills are
covered by the mantle.

Teg^men (Lat. teg'o, I cover). See
Tegument.

Tegmen'tum (Lat. teg'o, I cover).
The scaly coat covering the leaf-
buds of deciduous trees.

Teg'nment (Lat. te^o, 1 cover). A
covering ; in anatomy, the skin ;
in botany, see Tegmentum ; in
entomology, the covering of the
wings of the orthoptera, or straight-
winged insects.

Tegumen'tajy {Tegument). Belonging
to or consisting of teguments or
coverings. .

Telangiec'tasis (Gr. t6\os, tel'os, an
end ; kyyuov, angeHon, a vessel ;
iKTcivco, ektein'o, I stretdi out).
Distension of the vessels.

Teregram (Gr. rrjKe, tele, at a dis-
tance ; ypatpa, graph' o, I write).
A message communicated by a
telegraph.

Tel'egraph (Gr. rnXe, tele, at a dis-
tance; ypoufxa, graph' 0, I write).
An instrument for communicatixLg
messages or news fi*om a distanoe
by means of signals representiDg
letters or words : to transmit by
means of a telegraph.

GLOSSABY.

183

Velegn|3i1e (TW'^mp^). Belonging
to, or communicated by, a tele-
graph.

Telen'gifleope (Gr. ttiXc, iele, far o£f ;
iyyvs, en'guSj near; aKoweto, ikop'to,
I look). An instrument combin-
ing the powers of the telescope and
microscope.

Terescope (Gr. tt/Ac, fele^ at a dis-
tance ; (TKoirca, skap'eOf I view).
An optical instrument for viewing
objects at a distance.

Telescop'ic {Telescope). Belonging to
or seen by a telescope.

Tellu'rio (Lat. teUus, the earth). Be-
longing to or proceeding from the
earth.

Tellu'ric (TeUu'rimn, a kind of
metal). Belonging to tellurium ;
applied to an acid consisting of
tellurium and oxygen.

Tem'peramexLt (Lat. tem'pero, I mix).
Constitution ; in physiology, a term
applied to peculiar characters of the
human body in health, each of
which is specially liable to certain
forms of disease.

Tem'peratnre (Lat. tem'pero, I mix
or moderate). The state of a body
with regard to heat and cold, es-
pecially as compared with another
substance.

TenL'poral(Lat. tern' par a, the temples).
In anatomy y belonging to the tem-
ples.

Tem'poral (Lat. tempus, time). Li
grammar, applied to a form of
augment in tiie past tense of verbs,
by which a short Towel is changed
into a long one.

Tenacity (Lat. tenax, holding). The
property which makes bodies ad-
here ; in physics, the property by
which a body resists the separation
of its parts by extension in the
direction of its length.

Tenac'uliim (Lat. ten'eo, I hold).
An instrument used in surgery for
laying hold of arteries or other
parts in operating.

Ten'don (Gr. r^vuv, ten'dn). The
dense fibrous structure in which a
muscle ends, and by which it is
attached to bone.

Ten'on (Fr. from Lat tenfeo, I hold).

In ardUteeture, the end of a piece
of wood cut into a rectangular
prism, and received into a cavity
in another piece called a mortise.

Tenof omy (Gr. r^vntv, tenon, a ten-
don ; refufu, temno, 1 cut). The
operation of dividing a tendon.

Ten'sion (Lat. tendo, 1 stretch). The
art of stretching, or the state of
being stretched or strained.

Ten'tade or Tentac'iiliim (Lat. ten'to,
I feel or try). A feeler : a thiead-
like organ, simple or branched,
seated about the mouth or other
part of the body of many inverte-
brate animals.

Tentaciilif 'eroQS (Lat. teniae' ulum, a
feeler; fer'o, I bear). Producing
or having tentacles.

Ten'tatiYe (Lat. ien'to, I try). £x-
perimentaL *

Tento'rium (Lat. ten'do, I stretch).
In anaiomy, a projecting of the
dura mater, separating the cere-
brum from the cerebellum.

Tenuiros'tral (Lat. ten!uis, thin;
ros'trum, a beak). Having a
slender beak, as tiie humming-
bird, &c.

Tenuity (Lat. ten'uis, thin.) Thin-
ness.

Tepida'rinm (Lat. tep'eo, I am hot).
The part of the ancient bath in
which the garments were removed,
before the sweating process com-
menced.

Teratorogy (Gr. repay, fer'cw, a
monster : Koyos, lo(/os, discourse).
The study of monstrosities, or de-
partures from the normal forms of
beings.

Ter'cine (Lat. ter'tius, third). In
botany, the innermost coat of an
ovule.

Terebin'thinate (Gr. rfptfiivBos, tere-
hin'thos, turpentine). Belonging
to or having the properties of tur-
pentine.

Ter'es (Lat. round). In anatomy, ap-
plied to certain muscles, from their
shape.

Te'rete (Lat. tdres, round). Cylin-
drical and tapering.

Ter'gal (Lat. ter'gvm, the back).
Belonging to the back.

184

GLOSSAET.

Tergem'inal (Lat. ter, three times ;
gem'inuSy doable). Thrice double.

Tergif ^erons (Lat. ter^gum^ the back ;
fer'Of I bear). Bearing on the
back ; applied to plants which bear
their seeds on the back of the
leaves, as ferns.

Ter'miiial (Lat. ter^mintUf a limit).
Belonging to or placed at the end
of an object.

Terminorogy (Lat. ter^mimUy a term ;
Or. \oyoSy^ log*08, a discourse).
The branch of a science or art
which defines and explains the
woids and phrases used therein.

Ter'naxy (Lat. ter^ni^ three and three).
Arranged in threes.

Ter'nate (Lat. ter^nif three and
three). In botany ^ applied to
leaves having three leaflets on one
stem.

Ter'ra (Lat.) The earth; an earth,
or earthy substance.

Terra'qiieoiis (Lat. ter^ra, earth ;
a^jiOt water). Consisting of land
and water.

Ter'reoii8(Lat. ter'rat earth). Earthy.

Ter'tian (Lat. ter'tius, third) Oc-
curring every third day.

Tertiary (Lat. teT^tius, third). Of
the third order : in geology, a
term applied to the formations
above the chalk.

Tes'selated (Lat. tes'sela, a cube, or
die). Formed in little squares,
like a chess-board.

Test (Lat. ies^tiSf a witness). In
chemistry y a substance employed to
detect the presence of any ingre-
dient in a compound.

Tes'ta (Lat.) A shell; in hotuny,
the outer covering of the seed ;
sometimes applied to the coverings
taken together.

Testa'ceouB (Lat. tes^ta^ a shell). Be-
longing to or having shells.

Testu'diiiate (Lat. teatu'do, a tor-
toise). Arched; like the back of
a tortoise.

Tetanic (Tel'amts), Belonging to or
denoting tetanus.

Tet'anoid {Tetaniut ; Gr. ^iBos, e/Hdot,
shape). Resembling tetanus.

Tet'anus (Gr. retyw, tei'ndy I stretch).
A dismse characterised by violent

and continued contraction of the
muscles.

Tefra- (Gr. T6(r<rop€j, tes'mres, or
rcrraptSf tef tares, four). A pre-
fix in compound words, signifying
four.

Tetrabran'ohiate (Gr. rerpa, iet'ra,
four ; fiparyx^^ hran'chia, gills).
Having four gills ; applied to an
order of cephalopods.

Tetraoan'thous (Gr. rcrpa, tetfra,
four; iucavBoy ahan'tha, a spine).
Having four spines or thorns.

Tetracliotomoiis(Gr. T€Tpox«s, teHror
ehos, fourfold ; rc/ui/w, tem'nOf 1
cut). Branching in fours.

Tetradac'tylouB (Gr. rerpa, tetra,
four ; SoKTuXos, daJdtulos, a finger,
or toe). Having four toes.

Tetradsmaxnla (Gr. rcTpo, tefra^
four; ^waixts, du'rhamis, strength).
A class of plants in the Linnaean
system, having six stamens, of
which four are longer than the
other two.

Tetragon (Gr. rtrpa, tetfra, four ;
7a>i'ice, go'nia, an angle). A figure
having four angles; especially a
square.

Tetrag'onal (Gr. rerpo, tedra, four ;
TWKto, gtfnia, an angle). Belonging
to a tetragon ; in botany, having
four angles, the faces being con-
vex.

Tetragynla (Gr. rerpa, telfra, four;
yvm), gtme, a female). An order of
plants in the linnaean system,
liaving four pistils.

Tetrahed'ron (Gr. rerpa, UHlra, four ;
ISpo, hed'ra, a base). A figure
bounded by four equilateral and
equal triangles ; a triangular pyra-
mid, with four equal and equi-
lateral faces.

Tetrahezahed'ron (Gr. rerpo, tdSra^
four ; k\, hex, six ; 48pa, hedSra^
a base). A solid bounded by
twenty-four equal fi^ces.

Tetram'eronB (Gr. rtrpa, tet'ra, four ;
fAfpos, mer'os, a part). Consisting
of four parts.

Tetran'dia (Gr. rtrpa, tetroy fouT;
varqp, aner, a male). A class <^
plants in the Linn»an Bystaa,
having four stamens.

GLOSSARY.

185

Tetrapet^alOTis (Gr. rtrpoy tet'ra,

four ; trcToKoVf pe^odon, a petal).

Haying four petals.
Tetrapliylloiis (Gr. rcrpa, tetfray

four ; <pvWoVf phulUm^ a leaf).

Having four leaves.
Tetrap'odous (Gr. r^rpa, tet'ra, four ;

irovsy potM, a foot). Haying four

feet.
Tetrap'teronI (Gr. rerpo, tet'ray four ;

m-epov, ptei^tmy a wing). Haying

four wings.
Tetrap'tote (Gr. rcrpo, tet'ra, four;

XT0WI5, ptosis, case). In grammar,

a noun haying four cases.
TetraqnefrotiB (Gr. Terpo, telfra,

four ; Lat quac^rOt a square).

In botany, having four angles, the

faces being concaye.
Tetrasep^ona (Gr. rerpa, tet'ra,

four ; sepal). Having four sejMils.
Tetrasper'mona (Gr. rtrpa, tet'ra,

four; anrtpfxa, sper^mOf seed).

Having four seeds.
TetrasyllaVic (Gr. rerpa, tefra,

four; avKKa&% sul'labe, a syllable).

Having four syllables.
Tetrathe'cal (Gr. rerpo, tet^ra, four ;

OvKVy thrice, a case). Having four

thecsB, or loculaments.
Tet'rodon (Gr. rtrpa, tet'ra, four;

oSovSf od'otts, a tooth). A genus of

fishes having four large teeth.
Textile (Lat. texo, I weave). Woven,

or capable of being woven.
Teztnre (Lat. texo, I weave). In

aricUomyf a name applied to the

solid constituents of the body.
Thalaxniflo'ral (Gr. 0a\afios, thaVa-

mos, a bed : Lat. flos, a flower).

A subclass of exogenous plants, in

which the parts of the flower are

inserted separately into the thala-
mus or receptacle.
Thal'amiia (Gr. 0a\afAoSy thaVamos,

a bed). In anatomy, a name given

to a part of the brain from which

the optic nerve is partly derived ;

in botany, the receptacle of the

flower, or part of the stem from

which the flower grows.
Thallogen {ThdUus; Gr. y^vvaxa^

genna'o, I produce). Producing a

thallos.
ThalloplLyte (TTmUiu; Gt. ^vtov,

phu'ton, a plant). A plant pro-
ducing a thallus.

Thallna (Gr. 0a\\os, thaVlus, a
bough). In botany, the cellular
expansion in cryptogamie plants
bearing the analogues of fruit.

Than'matrope (Gr. Bavfia, thauma,
a wonder ; rpeww, trep'Oy I turn).
An optical toy, consisting of a disc
having on successive divisions of its
circumference pictures representing
figures in a succession of different
positions in performing some action,
80 that, when the disc is caused to
revolve, the impressions made by
figures on the eye remain and are
combined, and the figure appears
to pirouette before the eye.

The'ca (Gr. 0riKri, thehe, a sheath
or case). In botany, the case con-
taining the reproductive matter in
some flowerless plants : in anatomy,
a strong fibrous sheath, enclosing
certain soft parts, as the spinal
cord.

The'caphore (Gr. ^kt;, theie, a
sheath ; <pfp», pher^o, I bear). The
roundish stalk on which the ovary
of some plants is elevated.

Thecas'poroiu (Gr. Brjicrt, theke, a
sheath ; inropo, spor'a, a seed).
Applied to fungi which have the
spores in thecse or cases.

Thl/codonts (Gr. Orficn, theke, a
sheath ; oBovs, odfoits, a tooth). A
tribe of extinct lizard-like reptiles
having the teeth implanted in
sockets.

Theod'olite (Perhaps Gr. 0€ao/uat,

. tkea'omai, I view ; doKos, doVos,
stratagem). A surveying instru-
ment for measuring horizontal an-
gles, or the angular distance be-
tween objects projected on the plane
of the horizon.

Theog'ony (Gr. Beos, Theos, God;
yivofAM, gin'omai^ 1 am bom). The
part of mythology which treats of
the genealogy of heathen deities.

Theorogy (Gr. e^os, The^os, God ;
\oyos, lo^os, a discourse). Divi-
nity ; the science of Gbd and divine
things.

The'orem (Gr. 9t»pto», thenreo, I see).
la mathemaiieSf a proposition to

186

GLOSSARY.

be proved bj a cbain of reason-
ing, the conclasion being stated ;
in arithmetic and algebrOf Bome-
times used to denote a rule.

Theoref leal (The'ory). Pertaining to,
or depending on, theory or pecula-
tion ; not practicaL

The'orize (The'ory). To form a
theory ; to speculate.

The'ory (Qr. Beapew, theureo^ I see).
An exposition of the general prin-
ciples of a science, and the rules
derived therefrom, as distinguished
from an art : in 'physical science,
an explanation of natural pheno-
mena, founded on facts known to
be true from evidence independent
of those phenomena : as distin-
guished from hypothesis, it means
an explanation of phenomena
founded on principles established
on independent evidence, while an
hypothesis is a proposition assumed
to account for certain phenomena,
and having no other evidence of
truth than in giving a satisfactory
explanation of the phenomena.

Therapeu'tlc (Gr. Qepaviva^ thera-
peu'dy I heal). Heialing ; pertain-
ing to the art of healing.

Therapea'tics (Gr. eepavcvwy thera-
peu% I heal). The part of medical
science which describes the proper-
ties of medicines and their modes of
administration.

Thermal (Gr. Bepfios, thei^moSj warm).
Belonging to heat ; warm ; applied
to springs of which the temperature
is above 60° Fahr.

Thermo - electricity (Gr. ^cp/xt?,
thermey heat ; electricity), Klec-
tricity developed by heat.

Ther'mo-electrom'eter. An instru-
ment for ascertaining the defla-
grating or heating power of an
electric current.

Thermom'eter (Gr. Ofpfiv, therme,
heat ; fierpov, metfron, a measure).
An instrument for measuring the
heat or temperature of bodies, by
the regular expansion of mercury
or some other substance. The
thermometers usually employed are
Fahrenheit's, the Centigrade, and

v.. JB^aumur's. In Fahrenheit's ther-

mometer, the tipace between th^
freezing and boiling points of water
is divided into 180 degrees, the
freezing point being marked as 32
degrees, and the boiling as 212.
In the Centigrade thermometer the
space is divided into 100 degrees ;
and in Reaumur's into 80. Hence
5 degrees of the Centigrade, or
4 of Reaumur's thermometer, are
equal to 9 of Fahrenheit.

Thermomet'ric (Thermometer), Be-
longing to the thermometer.

Ther'mo-mul'tiplier. A thermo-elec-
tric pile, used for detecting changes
of temperature.

Ther'mophone (Gr. 0€pfiri, thermit
heat ; ^»kt7, phoney sound). An
apparatus for producing sound from
.heated bodies.

Ther'moscope (Gr. depfirit therme,
heat; (TKowca, shopedy I view).
An instrument for measuring mi-
nute di£ferences of heat and cold.

Ther'mostat (Gr. Oep/tiy, thermic,
heat ; iarri/ju, hiatemi, I make to
stand). An apparatus for regu-
lating temperature in distilleries,
baths, furnaces, &c.

Thermofics (Gr. ^ep/tt;, thermie, heat;
The science of heat.

The'sis (Gr. ridrifu, tithe'mi, I place).
A proposition to be maintained by
argument.

thorac'io (Thorax), Belonging to
or contained in the chest.

Thoracic Duct. The vessel which
conveys the chyle into the subcla-
vian vein.

Thorax (Gr. Btopo^, thorax, a breast-
plate). The chest, or the part of the
body between the neck and the ab-
domen ; in entom/>logy, the second
segment of insects, or the part be-
tween the head and the abdomen.

Thrombus (Gr. epo/xfios, throm'bos,
a clot of blood). A small tumour
of clotted blood that has escaped
under the skin.

Thjrmiu. A temporary organ, which
exists at the lower part of the neck
in children, disappearing gradually
after the second year.

Thy'ro-orThy'reo-(Gr. evp€os,thu'reoi,
a shield). In amatompf a prefix in

GLOSSARY.

187

compound words, implying connec-
tion with the thjrroid cartilage.

Thy'roid (Gr. dupeos, thu'reos, a
shield ; ctSos, eidos, form). Like
a shield; in anattomy, applied to
one of the cartilages of the larynx
from its shape ; also to a glandular
body lying in front of this cartilage ;
and to arteries supplying this part.

Thyrsus (Gr. Qvpaos, thv/r^sos, a
^ght straight shaft). Li botany^
a kind of inflorescence resembling
a bunch of grapes.

Thysanou'ra (Gr. duiravos, thu'aanoSf
a tassel ; oupo, oura, a tail). A
family of wingless insects with
fringed tails.

Tib'ia (Lat. a pipe or flute). The

, largest bone of the leg ; so called
from its supposed resemblance to an
ancient flute.

Tib'iAl (Tib'ia). Belonging to, or
situated near, the tibia or large
bone of the leg.

Timbre (French). An acoustic pro-
perty, not yet explained, by which
sounds of the same note and loud-
ness are distinguished from each
other.

Tinc'ture (Lat. tin'gOf I tinge). In
medicine, a solution, generally in
spirit, of the active principles of
any substance.

Tinni'tus Aifrium (Lat.). A rin^g
in the ears.

Tissne (French, tissUf woven). In
anatomy and botany, the minute
elementary structures of which
organs are composed.

Titiio'nie (Gr. Ti^wvos, TUko'nus),
Pertaining to those rays of light
which produce chemical effects.

Tme'sis (Gr. re/uvcD, temnd, I cut).
In grammar, the division of a com-
pound word into two parts, a word
or words being inserted between
them.

Tomen'tose (Lat. tomen'tum, down).
Downy ; covered with a down-like
wool.

Tomen'tnni (Lat. down). In anatomy,
a term applied to the minutely
divided vessels on the surface of
the brain ; in botany, a species of
l^gish, soft) entangled hairs.

Tonic (Gh:. rovos, ton'os, that which
tightens, or may be tightened).
In medicine, increasing strength ;
applied also to spasmodic con-
tractions which last steadily for a
comparatively long time.

Tonicity (Gr. rovos, ton'os, that
which tightens). The property of
muscles, by which they remain in
a state of contraction, being at the
same time counterbalanced by other
muscles in a similar state.

Ton'sU (Lat. tonsii'lce). An oblong
gland situated on each side of the
fauces.

TonsiUi'tis (Lat. ton'sillce, the tonsils;
itis, denoting inflammation). In-
flammation of the tonsils ; a form
of sore throat.

Topha'ceoos (Lat. toph'us, a sand or
gravel stone). Consisting of depo-
sited calcareous matter.

Toph'us (Lat. a sand or gravel stone).
A deposit of porous calcareous
matter ; in medicine, a chalky
deposit on the joints from gout.

Topographical {Topog'rajphy), De-
scriptive of a place or country.

Topo'graphy (Gr. towos, top'os, a
place ; ypa<pa), graph' o, I write),
A description of a particular place,
giving a notion of everything con-
nected therewith.

To'rmina (Lat. tor'queo, I twist).
Griping pains.

Toma'do (Spanish, tornar', t6 turn).
A hurricane ; especially applied to
the whirlwind hurricanes prevalent
in some tropical regions.

Tor'ose (Lat. torus, a protuberance). #
Swelling in protuberances or knobs.

Torrefac'tlon (Lat. torrefa&io, I
roast). The operation of drying or
roasting.

Torricel'lian Vac'nnm (TorriceVli,
the inventor of the mercurial
barometer). The space left in the
upper part of a long tube closed at
one end and filled with mercury,
when it is inverted in this fluid,
which still remains in the tube to
the height of thirty inches.

Tor'rid (Lat. twi^reo, I roast). Dried
with heat ; extremely hot.

Tor'Bion (Lat. tor*queo^ I twist). A

1S8

6L0SSART.

iwistiDg : force of ionion, a term
employed to denote the effort made
by a thread which has been twisted
to untwist itself.

Torticollif (Lat. tot^queo, I twist;
coUum, the neck). Wry-neck.

Tortiioiis (Lat. tar^queo, I twist).
Twisted ; winding.

Tar^nloM (Lat. toruHuM^ a kind of
ringlet). In botany, haying snc-
oessiye ronnded swellings^ as the
pods of some cmciferons plants.

Tot'iis (Lat. a rope ; also a bed). In
architedwe, a lar^e moalding,
with a semicircalar section, nsed
in the bases of colnmns; in botany,
the receptacle or part of the flower
on which the carpels are seated.

Tonr'niqaet (French). An instmment
nsed in surgery for producing
pressure on a blood-vessel so as to
restrain h»morrhage.

ToxsB'mia (Gr. to^ikov, toaficon, a
poison; cdfut, haima, blood). A
poison^ state of the blood.

Tox'ieal (Gr. ro^ucoy, toa^icon, a
X>oi8on). Poisonous.

TozicohsB'mia (Gr. ro^ucov, tosxficon,
a poison ; al/xa, Juii'ma, blood).
See Toxaemia.

Tozioolog'ical {ToxicoVogy). Relating
to the branch of medicine which
describes poisons.

Toxioorogy (Gr. ro^iKoy, tox'tcorif a
poison ; \oyos, log' as, disconrse).
The branch of medical science
which describes poisons, their
effects, and antidotes.

Tox'odon {Qtr. ro^ov, toodon, a bow ;
It^vs, ocPottSf a tooth). An extinct
genus of pachydermatous or thick-
skinned animals, having teeth bent
like a bow.-

Tra'chea (Gr. rpaxvs, trachuSf
rough; iiprripia rpax^icii art^ria-
trachei'ttf the rough artery or air-
tube). The windpipe, a cartilagi-
nous and membranous tube, which
conveys the air into and out of the
lungs.

Tra'ohea (Plural of Trafchea), In
botany, the spiral vessels of plants ;
in entomology, the vessels by which
air is carried to every part of the
ho47 in JBsects.

Tn'fsbnl (Tradua). Belonging to
the windiMpe.

Ihiehea'ria {Tra^a). An order
of arachnidan invertebrata, whose
organs of breathing oonsisft of
tr aches.

Tndiei'tis (Trackea ; itis, denoting
inflammation). Inflammation of
the trachea ; croup.

TtaelieIip'odoiu(Gr. rpaxn^^os, traM-
los, a neck ; rovs, pons, a foot).
Having the feet unit^ to the head.

Trachen'chyma {Trachea; Gr. ^-
XVfM, en'chuma, a tissue). V^e-
table tissue consisting of spiral
vessels.

Tracheot^omy (Gr. rpax^ia, traekeCa,
the windpipe ; rtfiw, temno, I
cut). The operation of making an>
opening into the windpipe.

Tra'chyte (Gr. rpaxys, trackuSf
rough). A rock of volcanic origin,
consisting of felspar, and having a
harsh feel.

Trac'tile (Lat. traho, I draw). Capa-
ble of being drawn out in length.

Trae'tion (Lat. traho, 1 draw). Draw-
ing ; the act of being drawn ; in
mechanics, the act of drawing a
body along a plane.

Trac'tor (Lat. traho, I draw). That
which draws.

Trade-winds (Trade and wind; be-
cause favourable to navigation and
trade). The constant winds which
occur in the open seas to the dis-
tance of about thirty degrees Uorth
and south of the equator ; those
on the north of the equator being
from the north-east, and those on
the south from the south-east.

Tra'g^is {Qt. rpayos, tra'gos, a goat).
In anatomy, a conical pi'ominence
projecting backwards from the
front of the ear.

Tngec'tory (Lat. traiu, across ; jadio,
I cast). The path of a moving
body which is acted on by given
forces.

Transoendeii'tal (Lat. trans, beyond ;
scando, I climb). Surpassing; in
philosophy, relating to that which
goes beyond the limits of actual
experience.

Traa'wpt (Lat. trantf across; iep'

GLOSSARY.

18|»

turn, a partition). The transyerse
portion of a church built in the
form of a cross.

Transfa'se (Lat. transy across ;fun*do,
I pour). To ponr, as &om one
vessel into another.

transfd'sion (Transfuse) . A pouring
from one vessel into another ; in
medicine^ the introduction of the
blood of one person or animal into
the vessels of another.

Transit (Lat. tranSy across ; e^Oy.l
go). In astronomy f the passage of
a planet between the earth and
the sun, so that it appears as a
black round spot on the surface of
the sun's disc ; the passage of a
celestial body across .the meridian.

Transit Circle. An apparatus for
making astronomical observations,
combining the functions of the
mural circle and the transit in-
strument.

Trans'it Instrument An instru-
ment for determining the time at
which an object passes the meri-
dian, consisting of a telescope so
arranged as to be capable of being
directed to all points of the
meridian.

Transition (Lat. trans^ across ; e'o,
I go). A passage from one state to
another ; in geology^ a term applied
to strata between the primary and
secondary, containing remains of
the lower invertebrate animals.

Transitive (Lat. trans^ across ; e'o,
I go). Pasafing ; in grammar y ap-
plied to verbs of which the action
passes to an object.

Translu'cence {hdX. trans, through;
hix, light). The property of trans-
mitting light, but not the images
of objects.

Tranidu'cent (Lat. trana, through;
luXy light). Transmitting light,
but not in such a way as to render
objects distinct.

Iransmuta'tion (Lat. trans, across ;
mu'tOy I change). The change of
one substance or form into another.

Transpa'rency (Lat. trans, through ;
par^eo, I appear). The property
of allowing light to pass so that
objects can be distinctly seen.

Transpa'rent (Lat. trans, through ;
par'eo, I appear). Allowing the
passage of light, so as to form dis-
tinct images of objects.

Transpira'tion (Tramspire), The act
of passing off in vapour from the
surfaces of animals, or vegetables.

Transpire (Lat. tran^, over ; spiro,
I breathe). To pass off in vapour
from the surfaces of animals or
vegetables.

Transpose (Lat. trans, across ; po'no,
I put). To change the order by
putting one thing in the place of
another; in algebra, to bring a
term of an equation to the other
side.

Transnda'tion (Lat. trans, across ;
sibdo, I sweat). An oozing of fluid
through membranes.

Transver'sal {Transverse). Lying
across several lines so as to cut
them all.

Transver'se (Lat. trans, across;
vertOy I turn). Lying across ; in
geometry, applied to the diagonals
of a square or parallelogram.

Trap (Swedish trappa, a stair). In
geology, originally applied to ba-
saltic and greenstone rocks rising
in masses like stairs ; but now
denoting all granitic rocks which
are not igneous or strictly volcanic.

Trape'zinm (Q-r. rpaveia, trapezfa, a
table). In geometiy, a plane four-
sided figure, with none of the sides
parallel ; in anatomy, one of the
small bones of the wrist.

Trape'zins (Gr. rparefo, trapez'a, a
table). A somewhat square muscle
attached to the shoidder and the
spine in the neck.

Trap'ezoid (Gr. rpairefo, trapezia, a
table ; eidos, eidos, shape). In
geometry, a plane four-sided figure
having two of the opposite sides
parallel : in anatomy, one of the
bones of the wrist, somewhat re-
sembling but smaller than the
trapezium.

Tranmat'lc (Gr. rpaupa, trauma, a
wound). Relating to, or arising
from, wounds.

TraVertin (Italian, traverti'no), A
whitish limestone deposited from.

190

OLOSSABT.

the waters of springs holding lime
in solution.

Trem'atode (Or. rpTifta, tre'tna, a
pore). An order of parasitic
^tnimala having snctoiial pores.

Trepa'n (Gr. rpvwctyoVf iru'pcmonf a
wimble). A circular saw for re-
moriug a portion of the skuU.

Trephi'ne (Gr. Tf>€T«, trep'o^ I torn).
A surgical instrument nsed for the
same purpose as the trepan, of
which it is a modification.

Trip (Lat. tres, or Or. rptiSf treis, three).
A prefix in compound words, signi-
fying three.

Triadel'plioiis (Gr. rpeis, treis, three ;
&li€\<t>os, adel'pkos^ a brother). Har-
ing, the stamens united in three
bundles.

Triaii'dria (Gr. rpeiy, treis, three;
oviipj ameTf a male). A class of
plants in the Linnsean system
having three stamens.

Trian'gle (Lat. tres, three ; an'gvluSf
an angle). A plane figure, having
three sides and three angles.

Trian'gnlar {Trumgle). Having the
form of a triangle; relating to a
triangle ; applied to a series of
numbers, such as 1, 8, 6, 10, 15,
21, &c., because the number of
points expressed by any one may be
arrauged in aa equilateral triangle ;
in botany, having three angles, the
faces being flat.

Trias'sic (Gr. rpias, trios, a triad).
In geology, a name given to the
upper new red sandstone, from its
consisting of three divisions in
Germany, whence the term was in-
troduced.

Triba'sic (Ghr. rpfis, treis, three;
fiaais, ha'sis, a base). In chemis-
try^ applied to a class of salts which
contain three atoms of base to one
of acid.

Tribe (Lat. tri'hus). A division or
class of people, sometimes origina-
ting from one forefather ; a num-
ber of animals or vegetables having
certain characters in common.

Trilirach (Gr. rp^t^, treis, three;
fipaxvs, hrach'us, short). A foot
in verse, consisting of three short
£ryjJabIeB.

Trieap'ffalar (Lat trei, three; caj/-
sula, a little chest). Having three
capsules.

Tri'eeps (Lat. tres, three; cap'vi, a
head).- Having three heads ; ap-
plied to muscles which arise by
three heads.

Tri^'asis {One. 6pt^, thrix, hair). A
turning inwards of the eyelashes, so
that they irritate the ball of the
eye.

Triehop'teroiu (Gr. $pi^, ikrix, hair ;
m-fpoy, pter^on, a wing). An order
of insects having hairy membranous
wings.

TriMshofomons (Ghr. rpixa, ti-ich'a,
thrice ; refivu, temno, I cut). Di-
vided into three parts.

Tri'chroism (Gr. rpets, treis, three;
Xpoa, chroa, colour). An appear-
ance which some bodies present of
having three different colours, ac-
cording to the way in which the
rays of light traverse them.

Tricoe'cons (Gr. rpeis^ treis, three;
KOKKOi, kohkos, a berry). Applied
to a fruit consisting of a capsule
with three cells, each containing
one seed.

Tricos'tate (Lat. fres, three ; costa, a
rib). Three-ribbed.

Tricus'pid (Lat. tresy three ; cwlpiSy a
point). Having three points : ap-
plied to a valve situated between
the right auricle and ventricle of
the heart.

Tricas'pidate (Lat. tres, three ; ens'-
pis, a point). In hotany, having
three long points.

Tridac'tylous (Gr. rpcis, treis^ three ;
ZoMrvKos, ddl^tulos, a finger, or
toe). Having three fingers or toes.

Triden'tate (Lat. tres, three ; dens, a
tooth). Having three teeth.

Trien'nial (Lat. tres, three; an'nus,
a year). Containing three years ;
happening every three years.

Tri&'cial (Lat. tres, three ; fa<iies, a
fece). A term applied to one of
the cranial nerves, from its division
into three large branches, and dis-
tribution to the face and adjoining
parts.

Iti&'rions (Lat. tHfa'riam, in three
I ways). In three rows.

GLOSSARY.

191

Tri'^fid (Lat. tres, three; Jindo, I
cleave). Cleft into three : in ho-
tanyf divided half way into three
parts.

Triflo'ronfl (Lat. treSf three; Jlos, a
flower). Having three flowers.

Trifoliate (Lat. ires, three ; fo'lium^
a leaf)- Having three leaves.

Mfar'cate (Lat. tres^ three ; furca^
a fork). Having three forks.

T^dg'amoiu (Gr. tp^is, three ; yafios,
gam' 08 f marriage). Having male,
female, and neutral flowers in one
head.

Trigem'ini (Lat. tresj three ; gem'inij
doable). Three-donble ; a name
given to the fifth pair of cranial
nerves, which are divided into
three branches; otherwise called
trifacial.

Tri 'glyph (Gr. rpfiSf treiSf three ;
y\v<pvif glu'phcy sculpture). In
ctrchitectwCy an ornament repeated
at intervals in the Doric frieze,
consisting of two gutters or chan-
nels cut to a right angle, and sepa-
rated by their interstices from each
other, and from half-channels at
the sides.

Tri'g^n (Gr. rpeiSt treisy three ; yapta,
gonioy an angle). A triangle.

Tn'gonal (Gr. rpiyav, trigone a tri-
angle). Belonging to a trigon or
triangle.

Trigonometrical (Trigonom'etry).
Relating to, or performed accord-
ing to the rules of, trigonometry.

Trigonom'etry (Gr. rpiyoovy trigon^ a
triangle ; tierpov^ met'ron, a mea-
sure). Literally, the art of mea-
suring triangles ; but now including
all theorems and formulae relating
to angles and circular arcs, and the
lines connected with them.

Tri'g^nous (Gr. rpeiSy treiSy three ;
ycovuxy go'niaf an angle.) In botany,
having three angles, the faces being
convex.

Trigyn'ia (Gr. rpets, treis, three;
yvPT}, guntf a female). An order
of plants in the Linnsean system,
having three pistils.

Trihed'ittl (Gr. rp€iSf ti'eis, three;
i9pa, hed'ra, a base). Having
three equal sides.

Tri'jngate (Lat. treSf three ; jugum,
a yoke) In hotany^ having three
pairs of leaflets.

Trilateral (Lat. tres, three ; la'tua, a
side). Having three sides.

Trilin'gnal (Lat. ires, three ; lin'gvxt,
a tongue). Written in three lan-
guages.

TrUif eral (Lat. tres, three ; libera, a
letter). Having three letters.

Trilobate (Gr. rptis, treis, three ;
\o$oSf loh'oSf a lobe). Having
three lobes.

Trilobites (Gr. rpeis, treiSy three ;
\o$oSy lob' 08, a lobe). A genus of
fossil crustaceous animals, having
the upper surface of the body di-
vided into three lobes.

Triloc'alar (Lat. tresy three ; loc'ulusy
a little place). Having three cells.

Trim'erons (Gr. rpets, treis, three ;
fi^posy mer^08, a part.) Having
three parts; applied to flowers
which have three parts in the
calyx, three in the corolla, an<^
three stamens.

Trim'eter (Gr. rptis, treisy three;
fi€TpoVy mefroTiy a measure). A
verse consisting of three measures.

TrinerVate (Lat. i{rg«, three ; nervusy
a nerve). In botanyy applied to
leaves having three unbranched
nerves extending from the base to
the point.

Trino'mial (Lat. tresy three ; no'men^
a name). In algebrOy a quantity
consisting of three terms.

Trioe'cia (Gr. rpety, trei8y three ;
oiKoSy oi'koSy a house). An order
of plants in the Linnsean system,
having male, female, and bi-
sexual flowers on three separate
plants.

Tripar'tite (Lat. iresy three; par^tioy
I divide). Divided into three
parts ; applied to leaves divided
into three parts down to the base.

Tripefalous (Gr. rpeiSy treiSy three;
iTiraKoVy pet'alon, a petal). Having
three petals.

Triph'tiiong (Gr. rpeis, treiSy three ;
ipOoyyrfy phthon'gcy sound). A
combination of three vowels in one
sound.

TriphylloQS (Or. rpttsy treis, three ;

192

GLOSSARY.

^vAXoi', phufUmf a leaf). Having
three leaves.

Tripin'nate (Lat. tres, three ; pin'nOf
a feather). In botany, applied to
leaves in which there are three
series of pinnation ; bipinnate
leaves being again divided down to
the base of each division.

Triplicate (Lat. tres, three; plido^ I
fold). Three-fold: applied to the
ratio which the cubes of two
quf^ntities bear to each other as
compared with the ratio which
the two numbers bear to each
other.

Triplicos'tate (Lat. tri'plex, three-
fold ; cog^ta, a rib). In bQtany,
applied to leaves which have three
ribs proceediDg from above the
base.

Trip'tote (Gr. rpcts, treisy three ;
vTOMtSf ptd'aiSf case). A noun
having three cases only.

Triqnefrous (Lat. triqueifra, a tri-
angle). Having three sides; in
botany, having three angles, the
faces being concave.

Trira'diate (Lat tree, three ; ra'-
diiLSy a ray). Having three rays.

Trisect (Lat. treg, three ; stcfo, I
cut). To divide into three equal
parts.

Trisec'tioii {Trisect), Division into
three parts.

Trisep'aloos (Lat. tres, three ; septal).
Having three sepals.

Tris'miu (Gr. Tp(C<^, tri'zd, I gnash).
Lock-jaw ; a kind of tetanus affect-
ing the muscles of the jaw.

Trisoctahed'ron (Gr. rpis, tris, three
times ; oktcd, oifto, eight : e^pa,
hedlra, a base). A figure having
twenty-four equal faces.

Trispei'mons (Gr. rpns, treitj three ;
a-aepfMy spcT^ma, seed). Ha^g
three seeds.

Tris'tiehoiui (Gr. rpeis, treis, three ;
ffTixoSf ttich'osy a row). In three
rows. '

Trisul'cate (Lat. tres, three ; svXcus,
a farrow). Having three forrows.

Tri'syllabic (Gr. rp^is, treis, three;
(TvWafirif suHlabe, a syllable).
Having three syllables.

Zri'sjllable (Gr. rpcis^ treU, three ;

ffvWa^y tuPlabe, a syllable). A
word of three syllables.

Tritem'ate (Lat. tree, three ; (em<Ue),
Divided three times in a temate
manner.

Tritox'ide (Gr. rfwros, trUtos, third ;
oxide). The third degree of oxida-
tion of a body.

Trif orate (Lat. tritu'ra^ a threshing
or grinding). To rub or grind to a
very fine powder.

Tritura'tion {Tridurate), The a<yt of
reducing to a very fine powder.

Trival'vnlar (Lat. tresy three ; valves,
foldiDg-do<M:8). Having three valves.

Triv'ial (Lat. trivHum, a highway).
Common ; trifling; in botany, ap-
plied to the name of the species,
which, added to the generic name,
forms the name of the plant.

Tro'car (Fr. trois quart, three-
quarters, from its triangular point).
A surgical instrument used in
tapping.

Trochaic (Troch'ee). Consisting of
trochees.

Trochan'ter (Gr. rpoxa(u, trockalzo,
I run along). In anatomy, a name
given to two prominences at the
upper part of the thigh-bone, in
wldch are inserted several of the
muscles used in motion.

Tro'clie'(Gr, rpoxvi troch'e, a wheel)).
A form of medicine in a circular
cake for dissolving in the mouth.

Tro'chee (Gr. Tf>€x«, trech'o^ Iran).
A foot in verse consisting of two
syllables, the first long, the next
short

Tro'chiform (Gr. rpoxos, troch'os, a
wheel ; for^ma^ shape). Beaoa-
bling a wheel.

Trochlea (Gr. rpcxw, trech'o, I ran).
A pulley ; applied in ancUomy, to
projections of bones over which
parts turn as over pulleys.

Troch'oid (Gr. rpoxos, troch/os, a
wheel ; cidos, e^dos, shape). In
geometry, a curve produced by the
motion of a wheeL

Troehom'eter (Gr. rpoxos, troch'ogy
a wheel ; fitrpov, mttfron, a mea-
sure). An instrument for com-
puting the revolutions of a wheeL

Trope (Gr. rpivu, trep'o, I turn). Jjo.

GLOSSARY.

193

rhetoriCf a cliange in the significa-
tion of a word from a primary to a
derived sense.

TTOpli'i(QT,Tp€(fH)Df trephfof I nourish).
The parts of the month in insects
employed in acquiring and pre-
paring food.

Troph'OBperm (Gh:. rpo^os, troph'oSf
one who feeds ; (nrepfiOj sper^mOf a
seed). In botany j the part of the
ovary from which the ovules arise.

Troplo (Gr. Tpeir», trep'o, I turn).
A name applied to each of the two
circles lying parallel to the equator
ttt the distance of 23^ degrees north
and south.

Trop'ioal {Trop'ic). Belonging to the
tropics.

Tnm'cate (Lat. trun'co, I cut oflf).
To cut or lop off.

Tnm'cated (Trun'cate), Cut off;
applied to figures the angles or
edges of which have been cut off.

TuHber (Lat. a mushroom or bunch).
In botany, a thick underground
stem, as the potato; in anatomy,
a rounded projection of a bone.

Tiil)eircle (Lat. tuber^culvm, a little
swelling). A little knob; mmedi-
cine, a peculiar diseased deposit
in the lungs and various parts of
the body, frequently attended by
the symptoms known as those of
consumption.

Tuber'oiila Quadrigem'ina (Lat. Four-
double tubercles). A name given
to four rounded projections at the
base of the brain.

Tubet'cular or Tuber'culous (Lat.
tvJber^culumf a little knob). Having
knobs or tubercles.

Tubercnlo'sis (Lat. tuber^culum,
tubercle). In medicine, the name
applied to the condition under which
tubercle is deposited in the organs
of the body.

Tuberif erons (Lat. iu'ber, a knob ;
/c/o, I bear). Bearing tubers, as

' -the ix)tato. . * ' •.

Ta'berose (Lat. iu'ber, a knob.) Hav-
ing knobs or tubers.

Tuberos'ity (Lat. tu'ber, a knob). In
cmatomy, a kind of projection or
elevation.

Tiil)eroiui (Lat. tu'htr, a knob).

Knobbed ; consisting of tubers con-
nected together.

Tubic'ola (lat. tu'bus^ a tube ; ix>l'o^
I inhabit). An inhabitant of a
tube ; applied to an order of
animals which live in calcareous
tubes.

TiiT)ifer (Lat» tiibus, a tube ; fti^o^
I bear). Bearing tubes.

Tn'biform (Lat. tu'bus, a tube ;fot^ma,
shape). Like a tube in shape.

Tu'bular (Lat. tu'bus, a tube).
Having the form of a tube ; con-
sisting^of a tube or pipe.

Tu'bTilated (Lat. tu'bus, a tube). In
the form of a small tube ; fur-
nished with a small tube.

1111)1116 (Lat. tu'bus, a* tube}. A
small tube.

Tu'bulibran'ohiate (Lat. tu'bulus, a
little tube ; Gr. fipayxia, bran'chia,
gills). Having the shell, which con-
tains the branchiae, in the form of a
more or less regularly spiral tube.

Tufa (Italian, tufo). In geology, any
porous vesicular compound.

Tnmefac'tion (Lat. tu'meo, I swell ;
fac'io, I make). In medicine, a
temporary swelling or enlarge-
ment.

Tu'monr (Lat. iu'mor, a swelling).
In medicine, a permanent swelling
or enlargement.

Ta'muliu (Lat.). An artificial
mound of earth.

Tung'state (Tung'sten). A com-
pound of tungstic acid with a base.

Tu'nica (Lat.). A coat or covering.

Tn'nicated (Lat. tu'nica, a kind of
garment). In botany, applied to
a bulb covered by thin scales, as
the onion ; in geology, to a class of
mollusca, enveloped in an elastic
tunic not covered by a shell.

TTir1i>inated (Lat. tui^bo, a top).
Shaped like a top ; in conchohgy
and botany, conically spiral, large
at one end . and narrow at the
other. '

Tnrges'cent (lfi,t, turges'co, I swell).
Growing large ; swelling.

Tu'rio (Lat. a tendril). A young
shoot covered with scales sent up
ffuoa. an underground stem ; as the
aff^iaragus.

194

GLOSSARY.

Tympan'ie {^ym!pa/Mim), Belonging
to the tympanum or drum of the ear.

I^^anum (Gh:. ^ Tu/Aircwov, twmf'
panoUf a drum). In ancUomy, the
middle cavity of the ear ; in archi-
tecturef the space in a pediment
between the cornice of the inclined
sides and the fillet of the corona ;
also the die of a pedestal and the
panel of a door.

Tympaui'tes (Gr. rvfivayov, twrn*-
panon, a drum). A distension of
the abdomen by gas.

Type (Gr. twos, tu'pos, a figure or
model). The perfect noimal repre-
sentation or idea of anything.

lymphoid {Typhtu; Gr. ciSos, eidoSf
shape). In medicmey a term ap-
pli^ to an asthenic or low form
of fever : a fever characterised by
general depression, and by an
eruption of the skin with dis-
turbance and morbid changes in the
intestinal canal.

Typihoma'xiia {Typhus; Gr. fiavia,
ma'niaf madness). The low mut-
tering delirium which accompanies
typhoid fever.

Typh'oon (Gr. rv^v, iu'phon, a
storm). A furious whistlmg wind
or hurricane.

Ty'phous {Typhm), Relating to
typhus.

^phuB (Gr. Tu^ws, tu'phos, smoke
or stupor). In medicine, a form of
fever characterised by much de-
pression, and by the appearance of
an eruption on the skin.

Typical (Gr. rinros, tu'poi, a type).
Having the characters of a type ;
characteristic.

Typographic (Gr. rxmos, tvfpos, a
type ; ypcupw, graph% I write).
Relating to printing.

Typog'raphy (Gr. twos, tu'pos, a
type; 7pa^«, graph'o, I write).
The art of printing.

U.

Udom'eter (Gr. fiiBwp, huddr, water ;
fierpov, metfron, a measure). A
rain-gauge.

TJl'cer (Gr. iXKos, heXkos, a sore). A
loss of substance on the surface of
parts, produced by some action
going on in the part itself, or
by ihe application of destructive
agents.

TJl'oerate (UVcer), To form an ul-
cer ; to become ulcerous.

TJl'na (Gr. uXevri, iflene, the elbow).
The inner bone of the forearm,
which forms part of the elbow joint.

XJI'nar {UVna), Belonging to or
situated near the ulna.

Umbel (Lat. wnbel'la, a little fiEm).
In botany, a form of inflorescence
in which numerous stalked flowers
arise from one point, as in the car-
rot and hemlock.

ThnbeUif eroos (Um'hel; Lat. fer'o, I
bear). Producing umbels ; applied
to an order of plants characterised
by having the flowers arranged in
umbels.

Umbellule {Um'hel; Lat. uU, deno-
ting smallness). A small or par-
tial umbeL

UmbiU'ons (Lat.) The navel ; in
hotcmy, the part of the seed by
which it is attached to the pericarp.

Um'boiiate (Lat. umlho, the boss of a
shield). Round, with a projecting
point in the centre.

Um1)ra (Lat. a shadow). In astrih
nomy, the shadow of the earth or
moon in an eclipse, or the dark
cpne projected from a planet or
satellite on the side opposite to the
sun.

Uncial. A term applied to a form
of letters used in ancient manu-
scripts.

Un'ciform (Lat. wn'cus, a hook ; /or'-
ma, shape). Resembling a hook:.

Un'cixiate (Lat. un'ais, a hook). Ha-
ving a hooked process.

Unc'tuons (Lat. un'yo, I anoint).
Oily ; having an oily feel.

Un'dulate (Lat. unda, a waye)i To
yibrate or move like a wavQi

0LOSSART.

1P5

Xrn'dalated (Lat. un'da^ a wave).
Wavy ; in botany, applied to leaves
with wavy or crisp margins.

XTxidQla'tion (Lat. un'cUif a wave). A
waving motion, or formation of
waves ; in physicSf the vibration of
& substance in the manner of waves.

TTn'dulatory (Lat. un'daf a wave).
Moving like waves.

TTn'dulatory The'ory. In optics, the
theory which supposes light to be
produced by the undulation of a
subtle fluid, as sound is produced
by undulations of the air.

TTngnie'iilate (Lat. vm'guds, a nail or
daw). Having claws.

TTn'gnifonn (Lat. tm'guis, a nail or
claw ; for^ma, shape). Like a claw.

JJngJUB (Lat). A nail or claw ; in
anatomy, the name of a small bone
of the fetce ; in hotcmy, the lower
part of a petal.

ITn'gala (Lat). A hoof ; in geometry^
a part cut off from a cylinder,

• cone, &c., by a plane passing ob-
liquely through the base and part
of the curved surfoce.

ITn'g^ate (Lat. un'gula, a hoof).
Hoof-shaped ; having hoofs.

ITxii- (Lat. vlmbs, one). A prefix in
compound words, signifying one.

ITmaac'ial (Lat. vinus, one ; axis).
Having but one axis.

TTnicellidar (Lat. u'nva, one ; ceV-
Ivla, a cell). Composed of one cell.

TTnioofl'tate (Lat. vInus, one ; cos'tctf
a rib). Having one rib.

Uniiia'cial (Lat. t^'nt^, one; fadiea,
a face). Having but one front sur-

Uniflo'roiiB (Lat. v!nus^ one ; flos, a

flower). Having but one flower.
tTnig'enouB (Lat. vlnus, one; gen'us,

a kind). Of one kind.
TTnij'ngate (Lat. u'ntu, one ; ju'go, I

yoke). In botany, applied to a

penninerved compound leaf, with

only one pair of leaflets.
UnUaliiate (Lat. vfn^u, one ; la'bium,

a lip.) Having one lip only.
Umlaferal (Lat u'ims, one; la'ttu,

a side). Being on one side only ;

having one side.
Unilif end (Lat. u'nus, one ; Utferaf

a letter). Haviiig one lottor oniy. |

Uniloc'nlar (Lat. u'nus, one ; locfulus,
a little place). Having one cavity.

Unip'arous (Lat. u'nus, one; pat^io,
1 bring forth). Bringing forth
only one.

Uniper'soxial (Lat. u'nvs, one; per-
so'na, a person). Having only one
person.

Unipef alons (Lat. u'nus, one ; petfal).
Having one petal only.

Unisex'ual (Lat. u'nus, one ; seaduSf
a sex). Having one sex only ; ap-
plied to plants having separate
male and female flowers.

U'nison (Lat. unus, one ; so'nus, a
sound). A coincidence in sounds
arising from an equality in the
number of vibrations.

U'nivalYe (Lat. 'ulnvs, one ; valve).
Having one valve only.

U'niverge (Lat. vInus, one ; ver'sus,
turned). The collective term for
all the bodies which are the objects
of astronomical observation.

TJniVocal (Lat. v!nus, one ; vox,
voice). Having only one meaning.

UxLstrat^ified (Un, implying not; Lat.
stra'tuMf a layer ; facfio, I make).
Not stratified; in geology, applied
to rocks which do not occur in
strata or layers, but in shapeless
masses.

TJranog'raphy (Gr. ohpavos, ou'ranos,
heaven ; ypapco, grapk'd, I write).
A definition of a heavenly body, as
of a planet.

TJ'rate {Uric). A compound of uric
acid with a base.

TJi/oeolate (Lat. wr'ceola, a pitcher).
Shaped like a pitcher.

Ure'a. An organic compound formed
in the animal body.

TJ'tricle (Lat. utri<fulus, a little bag).
A little bag or cell; in botany, a
thin-walled cell, or a bladder-like
covering.

Utric'vlar (Wtride), Containing utri-
cles or vessels like small bags.

U'vea (Lat. u'va, a grape). The co-
vering of dark pigment which lines
the posterior surface of the iris in
the eye.

U'vnla (Lat. u'va, a grape). The
small fleshy part which hangs down
ai the back of the soft palate.

196

GLOSSAAT,

V.

Vae'cinate (Lat. vacca^ a cow). To
introduce the cowpox into the hu-
man being, as a preventive of
small-pox.

Vac'nnm (Lat. vacuus^ empty). Space
devoid of all matter or substance.

Vagi'na (Lat. a sheath). In botany,
the sheath formed by a petiole
round a stem, as in grasses.

Vagi'nate {Vagina), Sheathed.

Vaginipen'iLOiu (Lat. vagina^ a
sheath ; jpenna, a wing). Having
the wings enclosed in a sheath.

Vallec'iila (Lat. vai'lis, a valley ; u'la,
denoting smallness). In botany^
the interval between the ribs in
the fruit of umbelliferous plants.

Val'vate (Lat. val'vcBy folding doors).
Having valves ; opening by valves :
applied to aestivation and verna-
tion, when the leaves in the flower-
bud or leaf-bud are applied to each
other by their margins only.

Valve (Lat. val'va;, folding doors).
In anaiomy, a fold of membrane in
a tube or vessel preventing the
backward flow of fluids.

Val'vule ( Valve). A little valve.

Van'isliiiig Point. In 'perspective^
the point at which an imaginary
line, passing through the eye of
the observer parallel to any original
line, cuts the horizon.

Vaperiza'tioiL {Va'por). The rapid
conversion of a fluid into a vapour
by heat.

Va'riable (Lat. va'rius, changing). In
the differential calculus, applied
to quantities which are subject to
continual increase or diminution.

Ya'riable Elements. In astronomy,
a method of viewing the efiects of
\ disturbing forces acting on a body
moving in an elliptic orbit, which is
supposed from time to time to
change its position, form and mag-
nitude in a minute degree.

Varia'tion (Lat. va'nus, changing).

An alteration or partial changes ; in

arithmetic and (dgtbra^ applied to

the different arraugements that can
be made of auy number of things,
a certain number being taken to-
gether ; in astronomy, the inequality
in the moon's apparent motion,
which is greatest at conjunction imd
opposition, and least at the quad-
ratures.

Varicella. The chicken-pox.

Var^icose (Lat. va'rix, a swoUen vein).
Enlarged ; applied to the veins
when they are distended and pre-
sent a knotty appearance.

Vari'ety (Lat. va'rius, changing). In
natural history, a plant or animal
differing from the rest of its species
in some accidental circumstances,
which are not permauent or con-
stant, and are produced by the ope-
ration of such causes as climate,
food, cultivation, &c.

Vari'ola (Lat. va'riv^s, spotted). The
small-pox.

Vari'olous (Vari'ola). Relating to
the small-pox.

Variz (Lat.). An nneven dilatation
of a vein.

Vas'CTiIar (Lat. vas'culum, a little
vessel). Belonging to vessels ; con-
sisting of, or containing vessels.

Vas'cular System. The collective
name for the blood-vessels.

Vascnlif'erous (Lat. vas'culum, a
little vessel ; fer^o, I bear). In
botany, applied to plants which have
the seed-vessels divided into cells.

Va'siform (Lat. vas, a vessel ; forma,
shape). Resembling vessels ; ap-
plied to a vegetable tissue called
dotted vessels.

Veg'etable (Lat. veg'eo, I grow). A
body having life, but without sen-
sation or voluntary motion.

Veg'etate (Lat. veg'eo, I flourish).
To grow, like plants.

Vegeta'tion ( Veg'etate). The process
of growing like plants.

Veg'etative ( Vegetate). Having the
power of growing, or of producing
growth in plants.

GLOSSART.

197

Vein (Lat. vena). In anatomy, a
vessel which carries the blood to-
wards the heart; in botany, ap-
plied to the midrib and its branches
in a leaf ; in geology, a fissure or
rent filled with mineral or metallic
matter, differing from the rock in
which it occurs.

Veloc'ity (Lat. velox, swift). Swift-
ness ; in physics, the measure of
the rate at which a body moves.

Ve'na (Lat.). A vein.

Ve'iia FortsB (Lat. the vein of the
gate). The large vein which con-
veys the blood from the intestines
into the liver.

Ve'nsB Ca'vsB (Lat. the hollow veins).
The large veins which pour the
blood collected from the body into
the heart.

Vena'tion (Lat. vena, a vein). In
botany, the arrangement of the
veins in leaves.

Venesec'tion (Lat. vena, a vein ; secfo,
1 cut). The operation of letting
blood by opening a vein.

Ve'nouB (Lat. vena, a vein). Belong-
ing to, or contained in the veins.

Venous System. In (matomy, the
collective name for the veins.

Ventral (Lat. venter, the belly). Be-
longing to the belly; in botany,
applied to that part of the carpel
which is nearest the axis, or in
front.

Ven'tricle (Lat. venter, the belly). A
small cavity in an animal body;
applied to two cavities of the heart,
which propel the blood into the
arteries, also to certain cavities in
the brain.

Ven'tricose (Lat. venter, a belly).
Distended ; swelling out in the
middle or unequally on one side.

Ve'nules (Lat. ve'nula, a little vein).
In botany, the last branchings of
the veins of a leaf.

Verbal (Lat. verbvm, a word or
verb). In grammar, derived from
a verb.

Vermes (Lat. ver'mis, a worm).
"Worms ; applied by Linnaeus to
all animals which could not be
ranged under the h^ads of verte-
brates and insects; but now re-

stricted to the annelids and entozoa,
or parasitic worms.

Vermic'ular (Lat. ver'mis, a worm).
Pertaining to a worm ; resembling
the motion of a worm ; shaped like
a worm.

Vermiciila'tion(Lat.ve/mt8, aworm).
The act of moving like a worm.

Ver'miform (Lat. ver'mis, a worm ;
for'mxi, shape). Shaped like a
worm.

Vei'mifuge (Lat. ver'mis, a worm;
fu'go, I put to flight). Destroying
or expelling worms.

VermiVoroos (Lat. ver'mis, a worm ;
vo'ro, I devour). Eating worms.

Vemac'nlar (Lat, vei^na, a bond-
slave). Native ; belonging to the
country where one is born.

Veronal (Lat. ver, the spring). Be-
longing to the spring.

Vema'tion (Lat. vemo, I bud or
spring out). The arrangement of
the young leaves within the bud.

Ver'nier. A small portable scale,
running parallel with the fixed
scale of a graduated instrument,
for the purpose of subdividing the
divisions of the instrument into
more minute parts.

Verm'ca (Lat.). A wart.

Verru'cose (Lat. verruca, a wart).
Warty ; full of warts ; having ele-
vations resembling warts.

Ver'satile (Lat. verso, I turn). In
botany, applied to anthers which
are attached to the filament by a
point at the back.

Ver'tebra (Lat. verto, I turn). A
division or separate bone of the
spinal column.

Ver'tebral (Vei'tebra). Belonging to
a vertebra, or to the vertebrae;
consisting of vertebrae.

Ver'tebrate (Ver^tebra), Having a
vertebral column, or spine com-
posed of a number of bones jointed
together.

Ver'tebra'ta {Ver'tebra). Animals
with a spine ; including mammals,
birds, reptiles, and fishes.

Vertex (Lat. verto, I turn). The top
or summit.

Ver'tical (Lat. vertex, a top). Per-
pendicularly over-bead, or to the

198

aU)SSAKT.

plane of tlie hofisoii ; standiiig up-
right ; in geometry, applied to the
opposite anglea made by the inter-
section of two straight lines ; in
oMronomyf to, a circle passing
through the zenith and the nadir,
at right angles to the meridian.

Vei'tlcil (Lat. verticUlus, a pin or
peg). In hottmy, a whorl, or form
of inflorescence, in which the
flowers surround the stem in a
kind of ring, on the same plane.

Verticillate ( Ver'ticU). Having parts
arranged in a whorl, or verticil.

Vertig'inoiis ( Vertigo), Taming
round; giddy.

Verti'go (Lat. verto, I turn). Giddi-
ness.

Vesicant (Lat. vesica, a bladder).
Producing a blister.

Ves'icate (Lat. vesica, a bLidder).
To produce a blister.

Vee'icatory (Lat. vesica, a bladder).
Having the property of raising
blisters.

Ves'icld (Lat. vesidula, a small blad-
der). A small blister ; any small
membranous cavity in plants or
animals.

Vesic'iilar (Lat. vesicfula, a little
bladder). Belonging to or having
vesicles or little bladders.

Vessel (Lat. vas). In aruUomy, any
tube in which the blood or other
fluid is formed or conveyed ; in
botany, a tube with closed ends.

Vexillairy (JusX^vexiilum, a standard).
In botany, a form of lestivation in
which the vexillum, or upper
petal, is folded over the other.

Vexillum (Lat. a standard). In
botany, the upper petal of a papi-
lionaceous flower.

Via Lac'tea (Lat the milky way). In
astronomy, the galaxy or Milky
Way, a region of the heavens pre-
senting a whitish nebulous light,
but consistiDg of innumerable stars
crowded together.

Vi'able (Fr. vie, life ; from Lat. vivo,
I live). Capable of living.

Vi'aduot (Lat. via, a way; dueo, I

lead). An extensive bridge or series

of arches for the purpose of oon-

duoting a road above the level of a

ground in erosEong a valley, or
wherever it may be necessary to
raise the road above the nataial
surCftce of the gronnd.

l^Atec'tnre (Lat. via, a way ; Gr.
TWTwy, tdcton, a builder). The
art oi constructing roads, Ac ;
civil engineering.

Vilmte (Lat. vibro, I tomdish). To
swing or move to and fro.

^liratilB (vibrate). Used for the
motion of swinging to and fro.

Vibra'tion (Lat. vibro, I brandish).
The act of moving to and fro
quickly ; in mechanics, the regular
swinging motion of a suspended
body, as a pendulum ; in physics,
the tremulous motion produoed in
a body when it is struck or dis-
turbed by any impulse, by which
waves or undulations are pro-
duced.

Vi1)ratory ( Vibrate), Having a vi-
bratory motion.

ViVrio {la.t. vibro, I shake). A name
given to certain minute thread-like
animalcules sometimes found in
fluids.

Vibris'sfle. The stiff hairs which grow
within the nostrils.

Vil'li (Lat. villus, wool or hair). In
anatomy, minute projections from
the surface of a mucous membrane,
giving the appearance of the nap of
cloth ; in botany, long, straight,
soft hairs on the surface of a plant.

Villos'ity (Lat. villus, wool or hair).
The condition of being covered with
vilH.

Villous (Lat. viUus, wool or hair).
Having a covering resembling hair
or wool, or the nap oi velvet or
cloth.

Vina'ceons (Lat. viwuM, wine). Per-
taining to wine or grapes.

Vin'oulum (Lat. from vin'cio, I
bind). A bond or tie ; in algebra^
a line drawn ovw an expression
consisting of several terms, to show
that they are to be taken together.

Vi'noas (Lat. vinum^ wine). Be-
longing to, or having the quality of
wine ; applied to the process of
fermentation which prodmoea al-
cohol.

GFLOSSAET,

199^

Vir'gate (Lat. vw^ga^ a rod). Shaped
like a rod.

Vir'taal (Lat vir'tus, x)ower or force).
BeiDg or acting in effect, not in
£BK!t ; in optics^ applied to the
foctiB from which rays, that have
been rendered divergent, appear to
issue ; in mechanics, to the velocity
which a body in equilibrium would
acquire in the first instant of its
motion, if the equilibrium were dis-
turbed.

Vir'alent (Lat. vinu, a poison).
Very poisonous.

Vi'roB (Lat.). A poison ; in medi-
cme, applied to the essential mat-
ter of a disease, which is capable of
communicating t^e disease from one
person to another.

Vis a Fronte. A force acting frt>m
the front or in advance.

Vis Iner'tiaB (Lat. the force of in-
acUon). A term used to denote
the power by which matter resists
changes endeavoured to be made in
its state.

Vis a Tergo (Lat. force from the
back). A moving power acting
from behind.

Vis In'sita (Lat. inherent force). The
property by which a muscle, when
irritated, contracts independently
of the will of the animal, and with-
out sensation.

Vis Medica'trix ITata'rsB (Lat. the
healing power of nature). A term
applied to denote the power by
which a living body is able to
throw off disease or recover from
injury.

Vis ITervo'sa (Lat. nervous force).
The property of nerves by which
they convey stimuli to muscles.

Vis Flas'tica (Lat. plastic force).
The formative power of plants and
animals.

Vis Vi'tBB (Lat. force of life). Vital
power or energy.

l^'cera (Plural of Lat. vi^cus, an
entrail). The organs contained in
any of the great cavities of the
body, especially the chest and ab-

■ domen.

Vis'ceral ( Viscera), Belonging to the
viaeera or hitornal organs.

Vis'cid or Vis'ooiiB (Lai. vUcum,
bird-lime). Glutinous ; sticky.

Vis'cns (Lat.). An entrail, or organ
contained in one of the great cavi-
ties of the body.

Vis^ible (Lat. wd'eo, I see). Li optxcsy
emitting or reflecting a sufficient
number of rays of light to produce
an impression on the eye.

Vis'ual (Lat. vid'eo, I see). Belating
to sight.

Vi'tal (Lat. viia^ life). Pertaining or
contributing to life.

Vitality {Vital), The principle of
life : the act of living,

Vitellary (Lat. vUellus, a yolk). Be-
longing to the yolk of an egg.

Vifreoos (Lat. idtfrum, glass). Be-
longing to, or consisting of glass :
resembling glass.

Vifreons Body. A large globular
transparent structure occupying the
centre of the eyeball, being the
largest of the transparent media of
the eye.

^f reous Electricity. A name some-
times given to positive electricity,
because developed by rubbing glass.

Vitreous Hnxnonr. See Vitreous
Body.

Vltres'cence (Lat. vifrvmj glass).
Glassiness; capability of being
formed into glass.

Vitri&c'tion (Lat. v^trurHf glass;
facfio, I make). The process of
converting into glass by heat.

Vitrifi'able (Lat. vidrum, glass ; /a-
eu>, I make). Capable of bmg
converted into glass by heat.

Vit'rify (Lat. vUfrwm,, glass ; fadiOj
I make). To convert or be con-
verted into glass by heat.

Vifriol (Lat. t^rum, glass). A
name given to sulphuric acid and
several of its compounds, probably
from the glassy appearance of the
crystals : oil of vitriol is sulphuric
acid : blue vitriol, sulphate of cop-
per: green vitriol, green sulphate
of iron : red vitriol, red sulphate of
iron : white vitriol, sulphate of zinc.

Vitriolic ( Vitfriol), Belonging to or
containing vitriol.

Vitf a (Lat. a fillet or head-band). In
arckUeeture^ the ornament of a

200

GLOSSARY.

capital, &c. ; in hotany^ (plnral
vUta^) the receptacles of oil in the
frnits of nmbelliferonB plants, as
anise, carravay, fennel, &c.

Tiftate (Lat. mUa, a band). In
hatany^ applied to leaves wMch are
steiped.

Vivip'aroiiB (Lat. rnvtu, alive ; par^io,
I bring forth). Bringing forth
yonng alive ; in hoiany, applied to
stems that produce leaf buds or
bulbs in place of fruit.

Vocab'ulary (Lat. vocah'vtum, a
word). A list of the words of a
language.

Vo'cative (Lat. vo'co, I call). Calling.

Volatile (Lat. volo, I fly). Having
the power of flying; capable of easily
passing into an aeriform state.

VolatU'ity ( VotatiU). Capability of
rising in an aeriform state.

Volafilize {Vol'cUiU), To cause to
pass off in vapour, or in an aeriform
state.

Volcanic (Volca'no), Belonging to
or produced by volcanoes ; thrown
out by volcanic eruptions.

Volca'no (Italian, from Latin Vtd-
ca'niu, the god of fire). An open-
ing in the surface of the globe,
generally in a mountainous eleva-
tion, giving issue from time to time
to eruptions of melted matter.

Volifion (Lat. volo, I will). The act
of willing.

Volta'ic {VoUa). Relating to vol-
taism.

Volta'ic Bat'tery. An apparatus con-
sisting of a series of pairs of plates of
different metals — ^aszinc and copper
— immersed in fluid, and con-
nected by wires, for the develop-
ment of voltaic electricity.

Volta'ic Electricity. The form of
electrical action discovered by Gal-
Tani, but first Qorrectly described

by Volta, in which, ahy two con-^'
ductors of electricity being brought
into contact^ an electric action is
set up.

Vol'taism {VoUa). A term for gal*
vanism as produced by Yolta's
apparatus.

Vdtam'eter ( Volta; Gr. fAtrpov, met!'
ron, a measure). An instrument
for measuring the amount of a cur-
rent of voltaic electricity by means
of the quantity of water decomposed
in a given time.

Vorume (Lat. volvo, I roll). Origin-
ally something rolled ; as much as
is included in a roll ; dimension ;
in chemistry, the relative or com-
parative measure of the combining
atoms of gases.

Vd'nntary (Lat. volim'tcu, will). In
physiology, acting under the direc-
tion of the will; produced by the will.

Volu'te (Lat. votvo, I roll). In cbr^
chitectwe, a kind of spiral scroll
used in capitals.

Vo'mer (Lat. a ploughshare). In
ancUomy, the small flat bone which
separates the nostrils from each
other.

Vor'tex (Lat. from verto, I turn). A
whirlpool.

Vul'canist (Lat. Yulca'nuSy the god of
fire). In geology, a term applied
to the supporters of an hypothesis
which supposed that the older
rock formations were of volcanic or
igneous origin.

Vulcaniza'tion. A process of prepar-
ing india-rubber by impregnating it
with sulphur.

Vul'nerary (Lat. wJbius, a wound).
Useful in healing wounds.

Vulsellum (Lat. veUo, I pull or
pluck). A surgical instrument for
seizing parts and drawing them into
a convenient position for operation.

W.

Wacke. In geology, a German term
for a soft earthy variety of trap-rock.

Weald-olay. In geology, the blue
clay which forms part of the Weal-
den group,

Wealden (Sax. vfold)4 In geology,

a deposit prevailing in Kent and
Sussex, consisting chiefly of clays
and shales, with beds of indurated
sand, sandstone, and shelly lime-
stone.
Weight (Sax. toilU), The pressure

GLOSSARY.

201

which a body exerts yertically
downwards in consequence of the
action of gravity.

Weld (Germ, wellen, to join). To
unite two or more pieces, generally
of iron, by hammering tiiem to-
gether when heated.

"Wldrlpool {Whirl and pool), A
body of water running round in a
circle.

Whirlwind {Whirl and wind). A

body of air moving in a circular or
spiral form, as if round an axis,
at the game time having a pro-
gressive motion.

Woulfe*8 Appara'tns. In chemistry,
a bottle with two or more openings,
used for generating gases.

Wormian Bones. The small trian-
gular pieces of bone sometimes
found lying between the other bones
of the skull.

Xan'fhic (Gr. lavdos, xan'tJios, yel-
low). 0^ or belonging to yellow :
yeUowish ; having yellow as the
type.

Xan'thogen (Gr. {cu/^os, xan'thos,
yellow ; yeyvouoy genua! Oy I pro-
duce). YeUow colouring matter in
vegetables.

Xan'thophylle (Gr. ^oofBos, xan'thos,
yellow; <l>v\\oyf phulloUj a leaf).
Yellow colouring matter in plants.

Xan'thous (Gr. ^ov^os, xan'thos, yel-
low). A term applied by Dr.
Prichard to the variety of mankind
including individuals with brown,
yellow, or red hair.

Xiph'oid (Gr. ii<itos, xiph'os, a sword;

€iSos, eidos, shape). Shaped like
a sword.

Xiphosu'ra (Gr. ^i<t>os, xiph'os, a
sword ; ovpa, ou'ra, a tail). A
family of crustaceous animals with
sword-shaped tails.

Xylo- (Gr. ^v\ov, xvlon, wood). A
prefix in compound words, denoting
relation to wood, or that wood
enters into the composition.

Xylocar'pous (Gr. ^v\ov, xulon,
wood ; Kopiros, harpos, fruit).
Bearing fruit which becomes hard
and woody.

Xylog'raph7(Gr. ^v\ov, xulon, wood ;
ypcupWy graph' 0, 1 write). Engrav-
ing on wood.

Z.

Zenith. The point in the arch of
the heavens which is vertically
above the head of the spectator.

Zen'ith Distance. The distance of a
heavenly body from the zenith,
measured on the vertical circle
passing through the zenith and the
body.

Zen'ith Sector. An instrument for
measuring the zenith distances of
stars which pass near the zenith.

Zenograph'ic (Gr. Zrji/os, Zenos, a
genitive case of Zevs, Zeus, Jupi-
ter; ypcupw, graph' 0, 1 write). Re-
lating to a description of the planet
Jupiter, or characteristic of the
appearance of this planet.

Ze'olite (Gr. C^u, I boil : \t0os,
lith'os, a stone). A term applied
in chemistry to certain compounds,
from their frothing when heated
before the blow-pipe.

Zero (Italian, nothing). The point
of a thermometer from which it is
graduated : in the Centigrade and
Reaumur's, it is the freezing point
of water ; in Fahrenheit's, thirty-
two degrees below the freezing-
point.

Zeng^ma (Gr. (tvywfu, zeugnu'mi,
1 join). In grammar^ a figure by
which an adjective or verb that
agrees with a nearer word, is also
referred to another more remote.

202

6L06SA&T.

(Zime; hA.fe/9^ I bear).
Producing ziiie.

Ziae'oos (Znu;), Belatxng to zine ;
applied to the postiTe pole of a
^ranie batterjr,

Zo'diae (Or. ^lor, zodton, a little
amxnal ), The zone of the beareni
ineladed witliin a ^laoe of the
celestial sphere extending a few-
degrees north and sooth of the
ecliptic, and within ndiich the ap-
parent motions of the planets are
included.

Zodi'aeal {Zddiac), Belonging to
the zodiac.

Zon'ole {Zone), A small zone or
girdle.

Zoo- {Or. {<aoVf zttony an animal). A
prefix in compoond words, implying
relation to animals.

Zoooham'ieal (Gr. («or, aSfouj an
animal ; chem'icaL). Belating to
the chemistry of animal bodies.

Zo'oii (Gr. C'lfop^ zff&n^ an animal ;
ffiSofy ei'dii^ form). Resembling
an animal.

Zo'olite (Or. Cccoy, zlSfony an animal ;
XjBos, lUk'oSf a stone). A petrified
or fossil animal substance.

Zoolog'ical {Zool'ogy). Belonging to
zoology, or the classification of
animals.

Zool'ogift (Zootogy), One who is
skilled in the natural history of
animals.

ZooFogy {Or. (uovy zd'on^ an animal :
KoyoSf lof/o8, a discourse). The
science or natural history of the
animal kingdom ; the description
of the structure, habits, &c., of all
animals.

Zooph'agoiia (Gr. ^wov, zd'mj an
animal ; ^oyc^, jpAoi^o, I eat).
Eating animals.

(Gr. fiNir, 2» OK, an i
^«fm, pktr^i^ I bear^ Sapp<Hting
the figure of an animal

Zo^ophyte ^Gr. ^mt, ason, an animal ;
fvToif, pkmUm^ a plant). In natwral
kutory, a name gi^en to bodies
resembling boUi •»«;»i«i« and r^e-
tables, and (mee soppoeed to par-
take of the nature of both.

ZO'ospofe (Grr. C^mt, 20 on, an animal;
gpore). A moving spore^ prorided
witii cilia or Tibratile organs.

Zoof omiflt (Zootomy). One who dis-
sects animals.

Zoot^omy (Gr. ^»oy,2o(m, an animal;
Tffirttj temno, I cut). Anatomy of
the lower animals

Zotter (Gr. (ttarrip^ zotHTf a girdle).
An eruptive disease which ext^ids
round the waist like a girdle ; com-
monly called shingles.

Zygodac'tyloiia (Gr. (vyoy, zufftm, a
yoke ; ScucruAoi, daiftuloSj a finger
or toe). Having the toes formed
as if yoked together.

Zygo'ma (Gr. (vyo», zugo'o, I yoke
together). A bony arch at the
upper part of the side of the &ce»
formed by the union of a process
from the temporal with one from
the malar bone.

Zygomat^ic {Zygo'ma). Belonging to
the zygoma.

Zymo'sis (Gr. Cvfuwy zumo'd. Heaven).
In medicine^ applied to diseases
which are epidemic, endemic, and
contagious, including fever, small-
pox, cholera, &c., which are be-
lieved to be produced by the action
of certain specific poisons.

Zymof ic (Gr. (vfiowf zumo'o, I leaven).
Arising from zymosis or fieimenta-
tion.

THE END.

jnuosoar ahb ktaks, pBurTSRa^ wmraw utaa

POPULAR SCIENCE.

DR. LARDNER'S "MUSEUM OE SCIENCE AND ART."

CompleteJn Twelve Single Volumes, ornamental boards, 18«. ; or in Six
Double Volumes, clotli fettered, 21«. ; also handsomely half-bound morocco,
Six Volumes, 11. 11«. 6d.

The Planets ; are they Inhabited Worlds?— Weather Prognoetics— Popular Fallacies —
— Latitudes and Longitudes— Lunar Influences — Meteoric Stones and Shooting
Stars — Railway Accidents — Light— Common Things : Air — Locomotion in the
United Statea— Cometary Influences— Common Things: Water— The Potter's
Art — Common Things: Fire — Locomotion and Transport — The Moon— Common
Things : The Earth— The Electric Telegraph— Terrestrial Heat— The Sun— Earth-
quakes and Volcanoes — Barometer, Safety Lamp, and Whitworth's Micrometric
Apparatus-^team— The Steam Engine— The Bye— The Atmosphere— Time —
Common Things: Pumps — Common Things: Spectacles, The Kaleidoscope —
Clocks and Watches — Microscopic Drawing and Engraving— The Locomotive —
Thermometer— New Planets: Leverrier and Adams's Planet— Magnitude and
Minuteness — Common Things : The Almanack — Optical Images — How to observe
the Heavens— Common Things : The Looking Glass — Stellar Universe— The Tides
— Colour — Common Things : Man — Magnilying Glasses — Instinct and Intelli-

gence— The Solar Microscope — The Camera Lucida— The Magic Lantern — The
amera Obscura — The Microscope — The White Ants : their Manners and Habits
— The Surface of the Earth — Science and Poetry— The Bee — Steam Navigation —
Electro-Motive Power - Thunder, Lightning, and the Aurora Borealis— The Print-
ing Press — The Crust of the Earth-^3omets— The Stereoscope— The Pre- Adamite
Earth— Eclipses— Sound .

"The * Museum of Science and Art' is the most valuable contribution that has
ever been made to the Scientific Instruction of ©very class of Society." — Sir David
Brewster in the North British JUview.

n.

LAEDNEE^S HANDBOOK OF - NATUEAL PHILO-

SOPHY. Forming a Complete Course of Natural Philosophy. In Four
Volumes, 12mo, with 1334 Illustrations, price 208.

Also sold separately as under : —

MECHANICS. With 357 Illustrations. One Volume, 5s.
HYDROSTATICS, PNEUMATICS, and HEAT. 292 Illustrations. One

Volume, 5s.
OPTICS. With 290 Illustrations. One Volume, 5«.
ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, and ACOUSTICS. 395 Dlustrations. One

Volume, 58.

m.

LAEDNEE^S HANDBOOK OF ASTEONOMY. Second

Edition, Revised and Edited by Edwin Bunkin, F.R.A.S. of the Royal
Observatory, Greenwich. Forming a Companion to the "Hand-Book of
Natural Philosophy." With 37 Plates, and 100 Illustrations on Wood.
Small 8vo, 78. Qd. cloth.

IV.

ANIMAL PHYSICS; OE, THE BODY AND ITS

FUNCTIONS FAMILIARLY EXPLAINED. By Dr. Lardnee. One

Volume, 520 Illustrations, 12s. 6d. cloth.

" We can strongly recommend this volume, perfect in accuracy and arrangement.,
as affording an excellent, yet strictly popular view of Animal Physics — a subject
which, we doubt not, must now become a part of general education. It is profusely
illustrated with well-executed woodcuts ; and, from its completeness throughout, we
expect to see it adopted as a text-book in all schools of preliminary instruction for
those who are to be educated for any of the learned professions. "^i>u6{in QiiarUirly
JourwU <if Medical Science.

POPULAR SCIENCK

V.

LIEBIG^S PAMILIAE LETTEES ON CHEMISTRY.

Fourth Edition, revised throughont^ with additional letters. 1 YoL small
Syo, 78. 6d, cloth.

VI.

COMMON THINGS EXPLAINED. By Dionysius

Labdneb, D.C.Lu Containing : — Air — Earth — Fire — Water — Time — The
Almanack — Clocks and Watches — Spectacles — Colour — Kaleidoscope —
Pumps— Man—The Eye— The Printing Press— The Potter's Art— Loco-
motion and Transport— The SurfSice of the Earth, or First Notions of
Geography. (From *'The Museum of Science and Art.") 233 Illustra-
tions, 58. cloth.

\* Sold dUo in Two Serie8, 28, 6d. each,

VII.

THE ELECTEIC TELEGEAPH POPULAEISED. By

Diomrsius Lardneb, D.C.L. (From **The Museum of Science and Art )
100 Illustrations, 2«. cloth.

Tin.

THE MICEOSCOPE. By Dionysius Lardner, D.C.L.

(From *'The Museum of Science and Art.") 147 Illustrations, 28, cloth.

IX.

POPULAE GEOLOGY. By Dionysius Labjdner, D.CL.

(From **The Museum of Science and Art.") 201 Illustrations, 28. Qd,

X.

STEAM AND ITS USES: including the Steam Engine,

the Locomotive^ and Steam Navigation. By Diontsius Lardkbr, D.C.L.
(From ** The Museum of Science and Art.") 89 Illustrations, 28, cloth.

XI.

POPULAE ASTEONOMY. By Dionysius Lardner, D.C.L.

(From '^The Museum of Science and Art.") 182 Illustrations, is. 6d.

XII.

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY POR SCHOOLS. By Da.

Labpneb. 828 Illustraiions. 1 Vol. 38. 6d. cloth.

XIII.

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY FOR SCHOOLS. By Dk.

Labdneb. 190 Illustrations, 1 YoL 3«. Qd.

XIV.

CHEMISTEY EOE SCHOOLS. By Dr. Lardner. "With

170 Illustrations. 1 Vol. Zs. Qd,

LONDON: WALTON AND MABERLY,
UPFEB QOWER STREET, AND lYY LANE, PATERNOSTER ROW.

WALTON AND MABERLY'S

CATALOGUE OF EDUCATIONAL WORKS, AND WORKS
IN SCIENCE AND GENERAL LITERATURE.

ENGLISH.
Dr. R. 6. liatham. The Kuffllsh lianipiiaffe.

Fourth Edition. 2 vols. 8vo. £1 88. cloth.

I^atlunn's Klementary isnerllsli Grammar, for the Use of

Schools. Eighteenth thonsaud. With Chapters on Parsing and Punctuation, also
Exercises and Questions for Examination. Small 8vo. 4s. 6d. cloth.

liatham's Hand-book of the Knurlish lian^uase, for the Use

of students of the Universities and higher Glasses of Schools. Fourth Edition.
Small 8yo. 7s. 6d. doth.

liatham's Smaller KnKllsh Grammar, for the Use of Schools.

By Dr. R. G. Latham and Miss M. G. Mabeblt. Fcap. Byo., Ss. 6d. doth.

liatham's liOsic In its Application to liangruair®*

12mo. 6s. daOi.

Mason's Ennrlish Orammar: IndttdiniT the Principles of

Grammatical Analysis. 12mo. S», 6a.

Mason's Cowper's Task, Book 1. (the Sofa), with Notes on

the Analysis and Parsing. Grown Svo. Is. 6a. cloth.

Mason's Cowper's Task, Book II. (the Tlme.piece). With

notes on the Analysis and Parsing. GroMrn 8vo. 2s.t cloth.

Mason's Milton's Paradise liost. Book I, with Notes en the

Analysis and Parsing. Grovm 8yo. 28., doth.

Abbott's First Bnslish Reader.

Third Edition. 12mo., with Illustrations. Is. cloth, limp.

Abbott's Second Enffiish Reader.

Third Edition. 12mo. Is. 6d. doth, limp.

GREEK.
The Bnarlishman's Greek Concordance of the New Testament.

Third Edition. Royal 8vo. £2 28.

Greenwood's Greek Grammar, Inclndlnv Accidence, Irre-
gular Verbs, and Principles of Derivation and Composition; adapted to the
System of Crude Forms. Small 8to. 5s. 6d. doth.

Kflhner's New Greek Delectus : beins Sentences for Trans-
lation from Greek into En^ish, and Engush into Greek ; arranged in a systematic
Progression. By the late Ds. Alszandbs AxJiBN. Fifth Edition. 12mo. 4b.

Gillespie's Greek Testament Roots, in a Selection of Texts,

giving the power of Reading the whole Greek Testament without difBculty.
With Grammatical Notes, and a Parsing Lexicon associating the Greek Primitives
with English Derivatives. Poet 8vo. 78. 6d. cloth.

lilnwood's Remarks and Bmendatlons en some passages In

Thncydides. Second Issue, much enlarged. 8vo. 4s. 6d.

Robson's ConstmctlTe Exercises for Teachinff the Elements

of the Greek Language, on a system of Analjr^ and Synthesis, with Greek Bead-
ing Lessons and copious Vocabularies. 12mo., pp. 406. 7s. 6d. cloth.

Robson's First Greek Book. Exercises and Readlny licssonii

with Copious Vocabularies. Being the First Part of the ** Constructive Greek
Exercises.'' 12mo. 38. 6d. doth.

The IiOnd<m Greek Grammar. Designed to exhibit. In

small Compass, the El^nentsoftiie Greek Language. Sixth Edition. ISmo. is.6d.

WORKS PUBLISHED BY

Smith's Plato. The Apolofpy of Socrates, the Crlto, and

part of the Phaedu; with Notes iii English from Stallbaum, Schleiennacher*B
[ntroductlons, etc. Edited by Dr. Wm. Smith, Editor of the Dictionary of Greek
and Roman Antiquities, &c. Tliird Edition. 12mo. 6b. doth.

Hardy and Adams's Anabasis of Xenophon. Kxpressly for

Scliools. With Notes, Index of Names, and a Map. 12mo. 4s. 6d. cloth.

LATIN.

New liatln Readlnur Book; consistiniir of Short Sentenees,

Easy Narrations, and Descriptions, selected ftom Caesar's Gallic War; in Syt-
tematic Progression. With a Dictionary. Third Edition, revised. 12mo. 2s. 6d.

Allen's New Ijatin Delectus ; beinip Sentences for Transla-
tion from Latin into English, and English into Latin ; arranged in a systematie
Progression. Fourth Edition, revised. 12mo. 4s. cloth.

The London Latin Grammar; Includiniir the Kton Syntax

and Prosody in English, accompauied with Notes. Sixteenth Edition. 12mo. Is. 6d.

Robson's ConstructiTe Latin Exercises, for teaching: the

Elements of the Language on a System of Analysis and Synthesis ; with Latin
Reading Lessons and Copious Vocabularies. Fourth Edition. 12mo. 4s. 6d.

Robson's First Latin Readinur Lessons. With Complete

Vocabularies. Intended as an Introduction to Caesar. 12mo. 2s. Cd. cloth.

Smith's Tacitus; Germania, Agricola, and First Book of

the ANN ALB. With English Notes, original and selected, and fiotticher's remarks
on the style of Tacitus. Edited by Dr. Wm. Smith, Editor of the Dictionary of
Greek and Roman Antiquities, eic. Third Edition, greatly improved. 12mo. 68.

Caesar. Civil War. Book 1. With Knurlish Notes for the

Use of Students preparing for the Cambridge School Examination. 12mo. Is.Sd.

Terence. Andria. With Knylish Notes, Summaries, and

Life of Terence. By Newenuam TBAVsas, B.A., Assistant-Master in Unlyerflity
College School. Fcap. 8vo. 3s. 6d.

HEBBEW.

The Englishman's Hebrew and Chaldee Concordance of the

Old Testament, being an attempt at a verbal connexion between the Original and the
English Translation, with Indexes, a List of Proper Names, and their occurrenoes.
Second Edition, revised. 2 Volumes, Hoyal 8vo. £3 13s. 6d. cloth.

Hurwitz's Grammar of the Hebrew Laneuase. Fourth

Edition. 8vo. 13s. cloth. Or in Two Parts, sold separately :~-£LBKKMn. 48. 6d.
cloth. Ettmoloot and Sxntax. 98. cloth.

FRENCH.
Nerlet's French Orammar. By P. F. merlet. Professor of

French in University College, London. New Edition. 12mo. fts. 6d. bound.
Or sold in Two Parts — Peonumciatiom and Accidencb, 8b. 6d. ; Syntax, 38. Gd.
(Kkt, 3s. 6d.)

Herlet's Le Traducteur; Selections, Historical, Dramatic,

and Miscellaneous, fi'om the best Fkench Wkitebs, on a plan calculated to
render reading and trauslatiou peculiarly serviceable in acquiring the French Lan-
guage; Explanatory Notes, a Selectioa of Idioms, etc. 14th Edit. 12mo. 58. 6d.

Herlet's Exercises on French Composition. Consisting of

Extracts from English Autliors to be turned into French ; with Notes indicatlnff
the Differences in Style between the two Languages. A List of Idioms, with
Explanations, Mercantile Terms and Correspondence, Essays, etc. 12mo. 38. 6d.

Herlet's French Synonymes, explained In Alphabetical

Order. Copious Examples. 12mo. 28. 6d.
Herlet's Apersu de la Litterature Fransalse. l2mo. 2s. 6d.
Herlet's Stories tr^m French Writers; In French and

English Interlinear (from Merlet*s**Tradactear")> Second Edition. 12mo. Is.

WALTON AND MABERLY.

ITALIAN.
Smith's Flr§t Italian Course: beinur a Practical and Easy

Method of Learning the Elements of the Italian Language. Edited from the
Geiman of Filippi* after the method of Dr. Aun. 12mo. 38. 6d. cloth.

INTERUNEAE TBANSLATIONS.
liocke's System of Classical Instruction. Interlinear

TBAN8LATI0N8. IS. 6d. Oach.

Latin.
Phaedm8*8 Fahles of JSsop.
Virgil's iEneid. Book I.
Caesar's luvasion of Britain.

Greek.
Lnclan*s Dialogues. Selections.
Homer's Eiad. Book I.
Xenophou's Memorabilia. Book I.
Herodotus's Histories. Selections.

French.

Sismondi; the Battles of Creasy and
Poictiers.

Qerman.

Stories from German Writers.

AlaOf to cuxompany the Latin and Greek

Series.
The London Latin Grammar. I2mo. ls.6d.
The London Greek Grammar. 12mo. ls.6d.

HISTORY, MYTHOLOGY, AND ANTiaUITIES.

Creasy's (Professor) History of Ennriand. Witli Illustrations.

One Volume. Small 870. Uniform with Schmitz's *' History of Kon^e," and Smith's
** History of Greece." (Preparing).

Smitli's Smaller History of Ennrland. Witb Illustrations.

Fcap. Svo. 33. 6d. (Preparing).

Sclimitz's History of Rome, from tlie Earliest Times to tlie

Death of Commodus, a.d. 192. Ninth Edition. 100 Engravings. 12mo. 7s. 6d.

Smith's Smaller History of Rome. Wltli 79 Illustrations.

|i'cap. Svo. 3s. 6d. cloth.

Smith's History of Greece, from the Earliest Times to the

Koman Conquest. New Edition. 100 Engravings. Large 12mo. 78. 6d.

Smith's Smaller History of Greece. With Illustrations.

Fcp. Svo. 3s. 6d. cloth.

Smith's Dictionary of the Bible. By various Writers. With

lUuBtrations. Two Volumes. Medium Svo. volume 1. Second Edition. j£2 28.

Smith's Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities. By

various Writers. Second Edition. IIIUHtrated by Several Hundred Engravings
on Wood. One thick volume, medium Svo. £2 2s. cloth.

Smith's Smaller Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiqui-
ties. Abridged fi'om the larger Dictionary. New Edition. Grown Svo. 7s. 6d.

Smith's Dictionary of Greek and Roman Bloiri^phy ai?d

Mythology. By various Writers. Medium Svo. Illustrated by numorous En-
gravings on Wood. Complete in Three Volumes. Svo. £5 15a. Gd. cloth.

Smith's Classical Dictionary of Blogrraphy, Hythologry, and

Geography. Panly based on the " dictionary of Greek and Roman Biography and
Mythology.** Fifth Edition. 750 niustrations. Svo. 18s. cloth.

Smith's Smaller Classical Dictionary of Biography, My-

tholo?yt and Geography. Abridged f^om the lar^rer Dictionary. Illustrated by
200 Engravings on Wood. New Edition. Crown Svo. 78. 6d. cloth.

Smith's Dictionary of Greek and Roman C^eovraphy. By

various Writers. Illustrated with Woodcuts of Coins, Flans of Cities, etc. Two
Volumes Svo. £A. cloth.

Smith's Student's Hannal of Ancient Geofrniphy. Many

illustrations. Small Svo. 9s. cloth.

WORKS PUBLISHED BY

?riebabr*» Miiftorj of Kohm. Froni tke Emrllert TIsms t»

th« Mnt Panic War. Foartn Edition. Translated bjr b»Bor Tbixlwau, AmcB-
»BACo]r Habb, Db. Smith, Bnd Db. Scbmrs. Three Vols. ftro. XI 16b.

3rie1lakr*M Lertnrefi on tke Hintonr of Ronie. Froai tke

F:arli«it Thnes to the Fint Fonte War. Edited by Dr. ScHjaxs. Tlurd BdMon.
Hro. 4s.

Jfewmum fP.W.) The IMm ^f Horace. TnuMlatc« imm

VnjhymtA Metres, with Introdnctfoa Bod Notes. Crown Sto. 5a^ cloCh.

Hewman fP.W.) The lUad of Homer. Falthftdly

iBted into L'nrbjmied Metre. 1 roL crown ftro. 68. 6d. doth.

Akeman*!! TVomlMniatle Hannal* or GaMe to the CoOectloa

and Stody of Greek, Roman, and English Coins. Many EngraTingB. ftvo. JEl Ib.

Haamajr** (Mr Cicorre) Prlncipleii of Psyrholonrt St^- lOe. 6d.

FUBE MATHEMATICS.
De Horffan** Klementiiof Arlthnietfe.

Seventeenth Thf^osand. HoyBl l2mo. Ab. cloth.

He Horvan** Trlconometrj and HouMe Algebra.

Koyal iSmo. 7s. 6d. cloth.

Bllenberflrer*M Gonme of Arlthmetle, as tauyht in the Pee-

ta]<»zzian School, Worksop. Po.>t Hto. 58. cloth.
*«* The Amtwers to IfU Questions in Ms Votrnme are now retidp, ftiee U. td.

HaMon'M FirHt Book of Euclid. Explained to Beslnnere.

Fcap. 8to. Is. 9d.

Keiner** Leflnonii on Form; or. An Introduction to Ceo

metry, bs giren in a Pestalotzlan School, Cheam, fMirrey. ISmo. la. 6d.

Keiner*M LeiiHonN on Number, an fflTcn in a PestalozKiaa

School, Cheam, Surrey. Master's Hanaal, 6s. Scholar's Praxis, 98.

Table of liOsarithmM Common and Trin^nometrical to

FlTe Placos. tinder the Superintendence qf the Society for the DiffMon <^ VmpA
KnowUdge. Fcap. 8to. Is.Sd.

Barlow'* Table of Sqaares, Cubes, Square Roots, Cnbe

J('iK>t8, and Kedprocals of all Int^er Numbers, up to 10,000. Royal lamo. Ss.

%%\%A\

MATHEMATICS.

Potter*fl Treatise on Hechanics, for Junior VnlTereitj

Students. By Uicuard Pottkb, M.A., Proibssor of Natural PhUoaophy in
University College, London. Fourth Edition. 8vo. Bs. 6d.

Potter's Treatise on Optics. Part I. All the remlatte

l^ropoidtlons carried to First Approximations, with the construction oT Optical
Instruments, for Junior University Students. Second Edition. 8to. 9i. U.

Potter's Treatise on Optics. Part II. The Higher

poidtions, with their application to the more perliBct forms of InBtrumentB. 8to.
13s. 6d.

Potter's Physical Optics; or, the Nature and Properties af

Light. A Descriptive and Experimental Treatise. 100 DlustrationB. 8to. 6b. 6d.

/

WALTON AND MAB£BLT.

Newtli*s Mathematical Exaniples. A irnUliiated serlea of

£lementary Examples, in Arithmetic, Algebra, Logarithms, IWgonometry, and
Mechanics. Crown 8to. With Answers. Ss. 6d. dotii.

£Md also in wtparoltt Partt, wUhotU Answera .*—

. 6cL I Trigonometry and

Algebra, Ss. 6d. 1 Mechanics, 8s. 6d.

Arithmetic. 28. 6d. 1 Trigonometry and Logarlfbmi, 98. td.

Hewtli'8 Klements of Mecluiiiles, Inclndiiiff Hrdrostatlety

with numerons Examples. By Samuu. Nbwtb, M.A., Fellow of Unirersity Col-
lege, London. Third Edition. Revised and Enlarged. Small 8to. 8s. 6d. cloth.

Newth's First Book of ITatural Plillosopliy; or an Intro-
duction to the Stndy of Statics, Dynamics, Hydrostatics, and Optics, with nnmer-
008 Examples. 12mo. as. 6d. doth.

NATUEAL PHILOSOFHT, ASTRONOMT, Etc.

liardner's BHueuin Of Science and Art. Complete In 19

Single Volumes, 18s., ornamental boards ; or 6 DouUe Ones, £1 Is., cl. lettered.

*«* Also, handsomsltf 1uiff4}ound nwroeco, 6 vo/umef, £1 lis. 6d.

CoMTSMTs :— The Planets ; are they inhabited Worlds? Weather PrognosticB. Po-

Jiular Fallades in Questions of Physical Sdence. Latitudes and Longitudes. Lunar
nflnences. Meteoric Stones and Shooting Stars. Railway Accidents. Light Com-
mon Things.— Air. Locomotion in the United States. Comeiary Influences. Common
Things.— Water. The Potter's Art. Common Things. —Fire. Locomotion and Trans-
port their Influence and Progress. The Moon. Common Thhigs.— The Earth. The
Electric Telegraph. Terrestrial Heat. The Sun. Eaithqnakes and Volcanoes. Baro-
meter, Safety Liunp, and Whitworth's Mitnrometric Apparatus. Steam. The Steam
Engine. The Eye. The Atmosphere. Time. Common Things.— Pumps. Common
Things. — Spectacles— The Kaleidoscope. Clocks and Watches. Microscopic Drawing
and Engraving. The Locomotive. Thermometer. New Planets.— Leverrier and Adams's
Planet. Bfagnitude and Minuteness. Common Things. — ^The Almanack. Optical
Images. How to Observe the Heavens. Common Things. — ^The Looking Glass. Stellar
Universe. The Tides. Colour. Common Things.— Man. Magnifying Glasses. In-
stinct and Intelligence. The Solar Microscope. The Camera Lucida. The Magic
Lantern. The Camera Obscura. The Microscope. The White Ants ; their Manners
and Habits. The Surface of the Earth, or First Notions of Geograi^y. Sdence and
Poetry. The Bee. Steam Navigation. Electro-Motive Power. Thunder, Lightning,
and the Aurora Borealis. The Printhig-Press. The Crust of the Earth. Comets.
The Stereoscope. The Pre-Adamite Earth. Eclipses. Sound.

liardner*8 Animal Physics, or the Body and Its Functions

familiarly Explained. 520 Illustrations. 1 vol., small 8vo. 12s. 6d. cloth.

liardner's Animal Physloloery for Schools. (chiefly taken

fh)m ihe *' Animal Physics"). 190 Illnstrations. 12mo. 8s. 6d. cloth.

liardner's Hand-Book of Mechanics.

357 Illustrations. 1 vol., small 8vo., 68.

liardner's Hand -Book of Hydrostatics, Pneumatics, and

Heat. 892 Illustrations. 1 vol., small 8vo., 5s.

liardner's Hand-Bookof Optics.

290 Illnstrations. 1 voL , smaJl 8vo., Ss.

Iiardner*s Hand-Book of Electricity, BEaffnetlsm, and

Acoustics. 895 Illustrations. 1 vol., small 8vo. 5s.

liardner's Hand-Book of Astronomy.

Second Kdition. Revised and brought down to the present time. 35 Plates and
105 Illustrations on Wood. Complete in 1 vol., small 8vo., 7s. 6d.

liardner's Natural Philosophy for Schools.

328 Illustrations. Third Edition. 1 vol., large 12mo., 3s. fid. doth.

liardner's Chemistry for Schools.

170 Illustrations. 1 vol., large 12mo. 38. 6d. cloth.

6 WOKK8 PUBLISHED BY

Clonfiary of Sdentlflc Terms tmr General Use. By Alexander

Henbt, MJ). Small 8vo., Zs. tid.

Pictorial Illustrations of Science and Art. Large Printed

SheetM, each containing from 60 to 100 Eneraved Figures. Complete, 9 sheets
in a Wrapper, prict 4s. 6d. Also in Farts (separately).

Part I. Is. 6d.
1. Mechanic Powers.
9. Machinery.
3. Watch and Clock Work.

Part n. Is. 6d.

4. Elements of Machinery.

5. Motion and Force.

6. Steam Engine.

Part m. Is. 6d.

7. Hydrostatics.

8. Hydraulics.

9. Pnenmatic8.

liardner's Popular Geology. (From ''The Museum of

Science and Art. ) 201 Illustrations. Ss. 6d.

liardner's Common Thlnflfs Explained. Contalnlny:

Air-Earth— Fire— Water— Time— The Almauack— Clocks and Watches— Spec-
tacles — Colour— Kaleidoscope— Pumps — Man— The Eye — The Printing Press —
The Potter's Art — Locomotion and Tran.sport — The Surface of the Earth, or First
Kotions of Geography. (From "The Museum of Science and Art.") With 233
Illustrations. Complete, 6s., cloth lettered.

«»* Sold aUo in Two Series^ 2s. 6d. each.

I^ardner^s Popular Physics. Containing : Nasnltnde and

Minuteness— Atmospliere— Thunder and Lightning— Terrestrial Heat — Meteoric
Stones — Popular Fallacies— Weather Prognostics — Thermometer — Barometer-
Safety Lamp — Whitworth's Micrometric Apparatus — Electro-Motive Power —
Sound — Magic Lantern — CJamera Obscure- Camera Lncida — Looking Glass — Ste-
reoscope » Science and Poetry. (From ^* The Museum of Science and ArL**) With
85 Illustrations. 2s. 6d. cloth lettered.

Lardner's Popular Astronomy. Containlnur: How to

Observe the Heavens— Latitudes and Longitudes — The YAvth — The Sun— The
Moon— The Planets: are they Inhabited?— The New Planets— lA-verrier and
Adams's Planet— The Tides — Lunar Influences— and the Stellar Universe — Light
— Comets— Cometary Influences — Eclipses — Terrestrial Rotation — Lunar Rota-
tion—Astronomical Instruments. (From "The Museum of Science and ArL")
182 Illustrations. Complete, 48. 6d. cloth lettered.

*«* Sold alio in Two Seriett 2s. 6d. <md 2s. each,

liardner on the Microscope. (From **Tlie Museum of

Science and Art.") 1 voL 147 Engravings. 28.

liardner on the Bee and White Ants; their Manners

and Habits; with illustrations of Animal Instinct and Intelligence. (From ** The
Museum of Science and ArL") I vol. 136 Illustrations. 2s., cloth lettered.

Lardner on Steam and Its Uses ; Includlufp the Steam

Engine and Locomotive, and Steam Navigation. (From ** The Museum of Science
and Art.") 1 vol., with 89 Illustrations. 2s.

Lardner on the Electric Telesraph, Popularised. With

100 lUuRtrations. (From *'The iiusenm of Science and Art.") 12mo., S60 pages.
28.. cloth lettered.

*^* The following Works from " Lixrdner's Museum of Science and Art^** mcy
also be had arranged as described^ handsomely half bound morocco, cloth sides.

Common Things. Two series in one vol. ....... 7s. 6d.

Popular Astronomy. Two series in one vol 7s. Od.

Electric Telegraph, with Steam and its Uses. In one vol. . 78. Od.

Microscope and Popular Physics. In one vol. ..... 78. Od.

Popular Gteology, and Bee and White Ants. In one vol. . 7s. 6d.

A Guide to the Stars for cTery Night In the Tear. In

Eight Planispheres. With an Introduction. Svo. 68., cloth.

MlnasPs Mechanical Diagrams. For the Use of Iiec«

turers and Schools. 15 Sheets of Diagrams, coloured, 16s., illustrating the' follow-
ing subjects: 1 and 2. Composition of Forces.— 3. Equilibrium.— 4 and 5. Levers.
—6. Steelyard, Brady Balance, and Danish Balance. — 1. Wheel and Axle. — 8.
Inclined Plane.— 9, 10, 11. Pulleys.— 12. Hunter's Screw^^lS and 14. Toothed
Wheels. — 16. Combination of the Mechanical Powers.

WALTON AND MABERLT.

LOGIC.

De Morfiraii's Vormai Logric; or, the Calculus of Inference,

Necessary and Probable. 8to. 68. 6d.

De Morgran's Syllabus of a Proposed System of liOfic. 8vo. is.

Nell's Art Of Reasonlnur: a Popular Exposition of the

Principles of Logic, Indactive and DeductiYe; with an Introductory Outline of
the History of Logic, and an Appendix on recent Logical Developments, with
Notes. Crown Svo. 48. 6d., cloth.

ENGLISH COMPOSITION.

Neil's Klements of Rhetoric; a Manual of the Laws of

Taste, hicluding the Theory and Practice of Composition. Grown Svo. 4s. 6d., d.

DRAWING.

lilneal Drawlnup Copies for the earliest Instruction. Com-
prising upwards of SOO subjects on 24 sheets, mounted on 12 pieces of thick paste-
board, in a Portfolio. By the Author of ** Drawing for Toong Children." 68. 6d.

Easy Drawinur Copies for Elementary Instruction. Simple

Outlines without Perspective. 67 snttjects, hi a Portfolio. By the Author of
*• Drawing for Young Children,** 6s. 6d.

Sold also ttt Tuo Sets.
Set I. Twenty-six Sutijects mounted on thick pasteboard, in a Portfolio. 3s. 6d.
Set II. Forty-one Subjects mounted on thick pasteboard, bi a Portiolio. Ss. 6d.
The copies are snflBcienUy large and bold to be drawn from by forty or fifty children

at the same time.

SINGING.

A Musical Gift fi*om an Old Friend, contalnlnir Twenty-
four New SonKs for the Young. By W. £. Hickson, author of the Moral Songs of
** The Singing Master." Svo. 2s. 6d.

The Sinslnii; Master. Containing First Ijcssous In Slngriuip,

and the Notation of Music; Rudiments en the Science of Harmony; The First
Class Tune Book; The Second Class Tune Bo6k; and the Hymn Tune Book.
Sixth Edition. Svo. 6s., cloth lettered.

Sold also in Five Farts, any qf tohich may he had separately.

I.— First Iicssons In Slngringr and the Notation of Music

Containing Nineteen Lessons in the Notation and Art of Reading Music, as adapted
for the Instruction of Children, and especially for Class Teaching, with Sixteen
Vocal Exercises, arranged as simple two-part harmonies. Svo. Is., sewed.

II.— Rudiments of the Science of Harmony or Thorounrh

Bass. Containing a general view of the principles of Musical Composition, the
Nature of Chords and Discords, mode of applying them, and an Explanation of
Musical Terms connected with this branch of Science. Svo. Is., sewed.

III.-~The First Class Tune Book. A Selection of Thirty

Single and Pleasing Airs, arranged with suitable words for young children. Svo.
Is., sewed.

lY.— The Second Class Tune Book. A Selection of Vocal

Music adapted for youth of different ages, and arranged (with suitable words) as
two or three-part humonies. Svo, Is. ^.

T.— The Hymn Tune Book. A Selection of Seyenty

popular Hymn and Psalm Tunes, arranged with a view of fiscilitating the progress
of Children learning to shig in parts. Svo. Is. 6d.

•«* The Vocal Exercises, Moral Songs, and Hymns, with the Music, may also be had,
printed on Cards, price Twopence each Card, or Twenty-five for Three ShilUngs.

WORKS PUBLISHED BY WALTOH AND MABERLY.

Y.
^rtgmrj^B llan«-B««k ef ChewmiMtej, Fsr tke ttsc •#

StodenU. Fonrtli Editkm, reriaed Md ealtffed. EngnTings on Wood. Com-
plete in One Vcdume. iMrge limo. Ite. doth.

*«* Alto im two FoimMi, ogtmrmieljf at under,

IvamaAMK CanuaTBT. 6f. 6d. dotb.
Oboavic Chucutbt. ItLfdoth.

CheBilstnr for Schools. By Dr. LardBer. !•• lUiistnu

tkmi. L^rge 12iiio. St. 6d. doth.

IJeMf*s l^MiUor liCUen on Ckemlstrr, !■ Its Selatlons

to Phjniologj, JDietetieB, Agricnltnre, Commerce, and Political Eoooomy. Fourth
Edition, reriaed and enlarged, with additional Lettera. Edited Ij Dr. Bltth.
SnuOlSTO. 7s. 6d. doth.

lileblff's liTtters on Modem Afrrtcalture. Snail 8to. 6s.

I^lebtsr^s Frlnelples of AsrlcaUaral Chenilstry ; witk Special

Kefeirence to the uite Beaeardiea made in England. Small 8yo. 3s. 6d., doth.

LlebUr*B CheaiistrF la Its AapUeattons to Airrtcoltiire and

Physiology. Fourth Edition, revised. 8to. 6s. 6d., doth.

Iilebl|r*s Hand-Book of Orsanle Analysis; eontalnlnir a

detailed Account of the Tarious Methods used in determining the Elementary
Composition of Organic Substances. lUustrated by 85 Woodcuts. 12mo. 5e., doth.

Bansen*s Casometry ; eompiisInK tke licadlns Physical and

Chemical Properties of Oases, together with the Methods of Gas Analysis. Fifty-
nine Illustrations. 8vo. 8s. 6d., cloth.

Wdhler*8 Hand-Book of Inorssnic Analysis ; One Hundred

and Twenty-two Examples, illustrating the most important processes for deter>
mining the Elementary composition of Mineral substances. Edited by Dr. A. W.
Horn AW, Professor in the Royal CoUege of Chemistry. Large 12mo., 3s. 6d.

Pamell en Byelna and Calico Prtntlny. (Reprinted ft*om

Pamell's ** Applied Chemistry in Manntictures* Arts, and Domestic Economy,
1844.'*) With lUustrations. Syo. 7s., doth.

OEITEEAL LITERATUBE.
De Morsan's Book of Almanacs. With an Index of

Reference by which the Almanac .may be found for every Year, whether in Old
Style or New, fhmi any Epoch, Ancient or Modem, up to a.d. 2000. With means
of finding the Day of New or Full Moon, from b.c. aooo to aj>. 9000. 6s., doth
lettered.

Cnesses at Tmth. By Two Brothers. New Edition.

With an Index. Complete in 1 yol. Small 8to. Handaomdy bound In doth
with red edges. 10s. 8d.

Rndall*s Memoir of the Kct. James Crabb ; late of South-
ampton. With Portrait. Large 12mo., 6s., doth.

Herschell (R.H.) The Jews; a brief Sketch of their

Present State and Future Expectations. Fcap. 8yo. Is. 6d., doth.

?BlHTfiD BT WEBTHKIMBB AND CO.

4

I

■•■^X'i-;>*;A-.^r..

\